texlive[66299] Master/texmf-dist: etoc (2mar23)

commits+karl at tug.org commits+karl at tug.org
Thu Mar 2 22:01:34 CET 2023


Revision: 66299
          http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=66299
Author:   karl
Date:     2023-03-02 22:01:34 +0100 (Thu, 02 Mar 2023)
Log Message:
-----------
etoc (2mar23)

Modified Paths:
--------------
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/README.md
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etoc.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etoc.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-01.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-02.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-03.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-04.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-05.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-06.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-07.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-08.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-09.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-10.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-11.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-12.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-13.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-14.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-15.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-16.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-17.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-18.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-19.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-20.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-21.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-22.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-23.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-24.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-25.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-26.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/etoc/etoc.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/etoc/etoc.sty

Removed Paths:
-------------
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-27.tex

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/README.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/README.md	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/README.md	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!-- -->
 
-    Source:  etoc.dtx (1.1c)
+    Source:  etoc.dtx (1.2)
     Author:  Jean-Francois Burnol
     Info:    Completely customisable TOCs
     License: LPPL 1.3c
@@ -10,68 +10,49 @@
 ABSTRACT
 ========
 
-The etoc package gives to the user complete control on how the entries
-of the table of contents should be constituted from the *name*,
-*number*, and *page number* of each sectioning unit. This goes via the
-definition of *line styles* for each sectioning level used in the
-document. The package provides its own custom line styles. Simpler
-ones are given as examples in the documentation. The simplest usage
-will be to take advantage of the layout facilities of packages dealing
-with list environments.
+With `etoc` loaded, `\tableofcontents` can be used multiple times and
+an added command `\localtableofcontents` allows to typeset "local"
+tables of contents, i.e. having their scope limited to the last
+sectioning command encountered.
 
-Regarding the *global toc display*, etoc provides pre-defined styles
-based on a multi-column format, with, optionally, a ruled title or
-framed contents.
+No auxiliary file is used additionally to the standard `.toc` file.
+Release 1.2 provides experimental additions `\locallistoffigures` and
+`\locallistoftables` which also use only the `.toc` file.
 
-The `\tableofcontents` command may be used arbitrarily many times and
-it has a variant `\localtableofcontents` which prints tables of
-contents 'local' to the current surrounding document unit. An
-extension of the `\label/\ref` syntax allows to reproduce (with
-another layout) a local table of contents defined somewhere else in
-the document.
+Such local TOCs or "Lists Of" typically need to adopt a "display
+style" (i.e. the way the title is rendered, whether it should add
+itself an entry in the `.toc` file, ...) somewhat distinct from the
+global TOC.  The release 1.2 default adapts automatically the titles
+of local TOCs to their depths in the sectioning hierarchy.  Should the
+need arise to customize such "display style", full control is allowed
+by package commands.
 
-Via *depth tags*, one gets an even finer control for each table of
-contents of which sectioning units it should, or not, display.
+Regarding how the individual "contents lines" are handled, here again
+complete control is given to the user to define from the ground-up how
+to use the *name*, *number*, and *page number* for each entry,
+according to their "levels" (i.e. part, chapter, section, subsection,
+...).  As this requires some LaTeX fluency, many examples which can
+serve as starting points are attached to the PDF documentation as
+extractible files.
 
-The formatting inherited (and possibly customized by other packages)
-from the document class will be used when in compatibility mode.
+Loading `etoc` per itself modifies nothing to "contents lines"
+rendering from the class default or changes from other packages.  But
+full usage of the package allows spectacular effects such as displaying
+TOCs as trees or mind maps.
 
-The assignment of levels to the sectioning units can be changed at any
-time, and etoc can thus be used in a quite general manner to create
-custom ''lists of'', additionally to the tables of contents related to
-the document sectioning units. No auxiliary file is used additionally
-to the standard `.toc` file.
-
 INSTALLATION
 ============
 
-To extract the package (.sty) and driver (.tex) files from etoc.dtx,
-execute `etex etoc.dtx`.
+For manual installation do `etex etoc.dtx` to extract files then move
+`etoc.sty` to a place where TeX can find it.
 
-It is also possible to execute latex or pdflatex directly on etoc.dtx.
-
-To produce etoc.pdf one can run pdflatex directly on etoc.dtx or on
-the file etoc.tex which was extracted from `etex etoc.dtx` step.
-
-Options can be set in etoc.tex:
-
-- scrartcl class options (paper size, font size, ...)
-- with or without source code,
-- with dvipdfmx or with latex+dvips or pdflatex.
-
-Since release 1.08h pdflatex is the default in etoc.tex (prior it
-was latex+dvipdfmx as it produces smaller PDFs) in order to allow
-inclusion via the use of package `attachfile` of about 25 code
-samples as file attachment annotations.
-
-Installation:
-
     etoc.sty    -> TDS:tex/latex/etoc/etoc.sty
     etoc.dtx    -> TDS:source/latex/etoc/etoc.dtx
     etoc.pdf    -> TDS:doc/latex/etoc/etoc.pdf
     README.md   -> TDS:doc/latex/etoc/README.md
 
-The other files may be discarded.
+To produce `etoc.pdf` run pdflatex on the extracted file `etoc.tex`
+sufficiently many times (`latexmk -pdf etoc` is recommended).
 
 LICENSE
 =======
@@ -97,123 +78,29 @@
 RECENT CHANGES
 ==============
 
-1.1c \[2023/01/20\]
--------------------
+This is `1.2` of `2023/03/01`.
 
-Fix a brace removal bug in the construction of `\etocname`.  It
-remained without visible effects in documents using `hyperref` and
-default settings, thanks to the hyperlink wrapper, but e.g.
-`\section{{\color{blue}Blue}}` in a document not using `hyperref`,
-and not using etoc only in "compatibility mode", could cause a
-color leak in the table of contents.
+`1.1a` up to `1.1d` were mainly about refactoring core legacy code
+dating back to the earliest versions of the package.  The initial
+stimulus came from the necessity to prepare for changes to how
+hyperref and the LaTeX kernel will interact in the future.
 
-With the KOMA-script numberline toc feature, unnumbered entries in
-TOCs typeset via etoc user-defined or package provided line styles
-but using compatibility mode for the global display style were
-(knowingly) considered to be numbered with an empty number.  They
-are now considered by `\etocifnumbered` to be not numbered and the
-empty `\etocnumber` will carry no hyperlink.
+`1.2` added `\locallistoffigures` and `\locallistoftables`.  One must
+pass options `lof` and `lot` to the package to activate these
+experimental features.
 
-Fix a 1.1a regression in the context of KOMA-script unnumbered TOC
-entries: `\etocthelinkedname` could lose its hyperlink.
+The initial default rendering of the titles of tables of contents now
+uses the emulated document class code only for the global ones
+(`\tableofcontents`); for local ones (`localtableofcontents` and the
+new "local lists of") it uses by default a context aware title
+(such as `\subsection*` if local to a section).  Thus, usage of
+`\etocsettocstyle` is now purely optional.  Regarding the
+"line styles", the package has always used the unaltered rendering
+from the document class, so using the other core customization command
+`\etocsetstyle` to truly unleash the package powers has always been
+optional.
 
-Continue internal trimming of old code branches which became
-un-needed after the 1.1a refactoring.  Add relatively decent
-code comments to accompany the 1.1a-c refactoring.  Update
-warning messages to use more consistently LaTeX's templates.
-
-1.1b \[2023/01/15\]
--------------------
-
-Documentation fix, 1.1a forgot to mention the following change:
-`\etocthelinkedname`, `\etocthelinkednumber`, `\etocthelinkedpage`
-are now always hyperlinks independently of linktoc status.
-
-1.1a \[2023/01/14\]
--------------------
-
-This version brings no new functionality, despite the number bump.
-It implements a complete rewrite of old legacy core internals.
-Formerly, etoc waited for
-[hyperref](https://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref)
-(if present) to have added hyperlinks via its patch to LaTeX's
-`\contentsline`. etoc examined the arguments of `\l at section` and
-other commands to extract hyperlinking information, if any.
-With this release etoc decides earlier according to
-[hyperref](https://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref)
-linktoc status whether section names and page numbers
-should be hyperlinked, and adds links itself via `\hyperlink`.
-etoc is thus now immune to the details of how hyperref patches
-the `\contentsline` command, which is not executed anymore.
-Overall, the code is greatly simplified.
-
-`\etoclink` now wraps its argument in an hyperlink even if
-[hyperref](https://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref) is configured via
-`linktoc=none`.  Formerly no hyperlink was added then.
-
-Deprecation of `\etocsavedsectiontocline` and similarly named
-commands.  They are not needed as `\l at section` et al. are with this
-release left unmodified during the table of contents typesetting.
-
-LaTeX kernel from `2020/10/01` or later is required (to allow
-assuming the `\contentsline` entries in the TOC file always have
-four arguments).
-
-1.09i \[2022/11/21\]
---------------------
-
-Fix bug showing when a document uses both `\etocchecksemptiness` and
-`\etocsetlocaltop.toc`: the `start` and `finish` parts of some levels
-were executed possibly causing extra printed output.
-
-More hyperlinking in the implementation part of the documentation.
-
-1.09h \[2022/11/20\]
---------------------
-
-Documentation improvements.  In particular, attached code snippets
-are now visible via their filenames in the page margins.  Also,
-command names are doubly hyperlinked: first half links to the devoted
-part of the user manual, second half links to the implementation part.
-
-1.09g \[2022/11/17\]
---------------------
-
-Compatibility hotfix with recent hyperref `7.00u` of `2022-11-13`.
-Thanks to Denis Bitouzé for signaling the breakage to the author.
-
-1.09f \[2022/08/30\]
---------------------
-
-No more shipping of a German translation of the documentation, as
-it was last updated in April 2015.
-
-(etoc.pdf) User level commands hyperlink from their code source
-definitions to their descriptions in the documentation part.  Macros
-used in the code source hyperlink to where they first got defined
-there.
-
-Wrap the `\etocpartname` (from etoc's package provided toc line style)
-together with the part number in a potential common hyperlink.
-
-Try to sync the emulation of the global display style with KOMA-script
-`v3.37` (in particular regarding the `noparskipfake` KOMA toc feature).
-
-Improve documentation of some aspects under `memoir` class.
-
-Remove the `\nonumberline` token, even though empty, from the meaning of
-`\etocthename` (KOMA-script classes).
-
-Add `\etocimmediatedepthtag.toc` to work around problems related to
-`\include` (see user doc).  Thanks to Norman Ramsey who reported the problem
-and proposed a work-around in July 2016.  Apologies for the somewhat longish
-delay in incorporating it...
-
-Also add `\etocimmediatesettocdepth.toc`.
-
-Also add `\etocimmediatetoccontentsline` and its starred variant.
-
-Also add `\etocimmediatesetlocaltop.toc`.
-
-Fix an obscure bug (see source code comments) in the `\etocsetlocaltop.toc`
-mechanism.
+Shoud they dare to go check the PDF documentations, users will
+discover that it has been completely restructured at release `1.2`, to
+the extent allowed by random permutations of topics, and that many
+commands have been added to facilitate usage of `\etocsettocstyle`.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etoc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etoc.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etoc.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etoc.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
 %%
 %% Package: etoc
-%% Version: 1.1c
+%% Version: 1.2
 %% License: LPPL 1.3c
 %% Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Jean-Francois Burnol
 %%                         <jfbu at free dot fr>
 %% To produce the documentation etoc.pdf with source code included:
 %%   latexmk -pdf etoc.tex
-%% Or
-%%   pdflatex etoc.tex
-%% enough times.  For customizations see comments and classe options below.
+%% (or sufficiently many times pdflatex etoc.tex)
+%% For customizations see comments and classe options below.
+\tracinglostchars3
 \chardef\Withdvipdfmx 0 % replace 0 by 1 for using latex+dvipdfmx
 \chardef\NoSourceCode 0 % replace 0 by 1 for the doc *without* the source code
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
 \ProvidesFile {etoc.tex}[Driver for etoc documentation]%
-\PassOptionsToClass   {a4paper,fontsize=11pt,twoside}{scrartcl}
+\PassOptionsToClass   {a4paper,fontsize=10pt,twoside}{scrartcl}
 \PassOptionsToPackage {ngerman,english}{babel}
 \input etoc.dtx
 %%% Local Variables:

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-01.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-01.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-01.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,30 +1,22 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-01.tex'
-%% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\begingroup\parindent 0pt \parfillskip 0pt \leftskip 0cm \rightskip 1cm
-\etocsetstyle {section}
-              {}
-              {\leavevmode\leftskip 0cm\relax}
-              {\bfseries\normalsize\makebox[.5cm][l]{\etocnumber.}%
-               \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak
-               \rlap{\makebox[1cm]{\mdseries\etocpage}}\par}
-              {}
-\etocsetstyle {subsection}
-              {}
-              {\leavevmode\leftskip .5cm\relax }
-              {\mdseries\normalsize\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}%
-               \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak
-               \rlap{\makebox[1cm]{\etocpage}}\par}
-              {}
-\etocsetstyle {subsubsection}
-              {}
-              {\leavevmode\leftskip 1.5cm\relax }
-              {\mdseries\normalsize\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}%
-               \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak
-               \rlap{\makebox[1cm]{\etocpage}}\par}
-              {}
-\etocruledstyle[1]{\bfseries \Large My first \etoc: TOC of
-  \autoref{part:overview} (\nameref{part:overview})}
-\tableofcontents \ref {toc:overview}
-\endgroup
+\etocsetstyle{section}
+{\begin{enumerate}}
+{\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item}
+{\etocname{} (page \etocpage)}
+{\end{enumerate}}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}
+{\begin{enumerate}}
+{\normalfont\item}
+{\etocname{} (p.~\etocpage)}
+{\end{enumerate}}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}
+{\par\nobreak\begingroup\normalfont
+        \footnotesize\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix}
+{\allowbreak\,--\,}
+{\etocname}
+{.\hfil\par\endgroup\pagebreak[3]}

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-02.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-02.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-02.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,53 +1,23 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-02.tex'
-%% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
+\etocruledstyle[2]{\normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape
+  \fbox{\parbox{.6\linewidth}{
+      \leftskip 0pt plus .5fil
+      \rightskip 0pt plus -.5fil
+      \parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil This is the global table of
+      contents on two columns, using \etoc default line styles, but with
+      sections as chapters, and subsections as sections.
+      }}}
+\etocdefaultlines
+\etocsetnexttocdepth{1}
 \begingroup
-\newcommand*{\DotsAndPage}
-{\nobreak\leaders\hbox{\bfseries\normalsize\hbox to .75ex {\hss.\hss}}%
-         \hfill\nobreak
-         \makebox[\rightskip][r]{\bfseries\normalsize\etocpage}\par}
-
-\etocsetstyle {part}
-{\parindent 0pt
- \nobreak
- \etocskipfirstprefix}
-{\pagebreak[3]\bigskip}
-{\large\rmfamily\bfseries\scshape\centering
- \etocifnumbered{Part \etocnumber{} -- }{}\etocname\par}
-{}
-
-\etocsetstyle {section}
-{\leftskip 0pt \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip-\rightskip
- \nobreak\medskip
- \etocskipfirstprefix}
-{\leftskip 0pt \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip-\rightskip
- \pagebreak[1]\smallskip}
-{\normalsize\rmfamily\bfseries\scshape
- \etocnumber. \etocname\DotsAndPage }
-{\parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil\relax }
-
-\etocsetstyle {subsection}
-{\leftskip1cm\rightskip .75cm \parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil\relax
- \nobreak\smallskip}
-{}
-{\footnotesize\sffamily\mdseries\itshape
- \etocname{} (\etocnumber, p. \etocpage). }
-{\par\medskip}
-
-\etocsettagdepth {preamble}   {none}
-%\etocsettagdepth {overview}   {none}% not needed explicitely, keeps value
-%\etocsettagdepth {arbitrarily}{none}
-%\etocsettagdepth {examples}   {none}
-%\etocsettagdepth {surprising} {none}
-\etocsettagdepth {linestyles} {subsection}
-\etocsettagdepth {globalcmds} {subsection}
-\etocsettagdepth {custom}     {none}
-%\etocsettagdepth {tips}       {none}
-%\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{none}
-%\etocsettagdepth {code}       {none}
-
-\etocsettocstyle {\centering\LARGE\textsc{\contentsname}\par\nobreak\medskip}{}
-\etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection}
+\etocsetlevel{section}{0}
+\etocsetlevel{subsection}{1}
+\renewcommand*{\etocfontone}{\normalfont \normalsize}
+\renewcommand*{\etoctoclineleaders}
+        {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hbox to 1ex {\hss.\hss}}}
+\sloppy
 \tableofcontents
 \endgroup

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-03.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-03.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-03.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,32 +1,20 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-03.tex'
 %% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\begingroup % we start a group to keep the style changes local
-\newlength{\tocleftmargin}    \setlength{\tocleftmargin}{5cm}
-\newlength{\tocrightmargin}   \setlength{\tocrightmargin}{1cm}
-
-\etocsetstyle{section}              % will pretend to be a Chapter
-{\addvspace{1ex}\parfillskip0pt
- \leftskip\tocleftmargin            % (already done in title)
- \rightskip\the\tocrightmargin plus 1fil
- \parindent0pt\color{cyan}}         % (already done)
-{\bfseries\LARGE\upshape\addvspace{1ex}\leavevmode}
-{\llap{Chapter\hspace{.5em}{\etocnumber}\hspace{.75cm}}\etocname
- \hfill\makebox[-\tocrightmargin][l]{\makebox[0pt]{\etocpage}}\par}
-{}
-
-\etocsetstyle{subsection}           % will pretend to be a Section
-{}
-{\mdseries\large\addvspace{.5ex}\leavevmode}
-{\llap{\etocnumber\hspace{.75cm}}\textit{\etocname}%
- \hfill\makebox[-\tocrightmargin][l]{\makebox[0pt]{\etocpage}}\par}
-{}
-
-\def\tmptitle{My Beautiful Thesis}
-\etocsettocstyle{\color{cyan}\parindent0pt \leftskip\tocleftmargin
-  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\
-  \huge\textit{\tmptitle}\par}{\bigskip}
-
-\tableofcontents \ref{toc:overview}
-\endgroup
+\begin{figure}[ht!]
+  \centering
+  \begingroup
+  % this is a KOMA-script specific customization
+  \DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=2em,indent=0pt]{tocline}{section}
+  \DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=3.2em,indent=2em]{tocline}{subsection}
+  \etocstandardlines % <-- use the defaults from the document class
+  \renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{green!5}}
+  \renewcommand{\etocbelowtocskip}{0pt\relax}
+  \fboxsep1ex
+  \etocframedstyle [1]{\fbox{\makebox[.5\linewidth]{\etocfontminusone
+        I am from \hyperref[toc:part:styling]{far away}}}}
+  \etocsetnexttocdepth{subsection}
+  \tableofcontents \label{toc:d} \ref{toc:part:styling}
+  \endgroup
+\end{figure}

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-04.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-04.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-04.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,16 +1,30 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-04.tex'
 %% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\begin{figure}[ht!]
-  \centering
-  \begingroup
-  \etocstandardlines
-  \renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{green!5}}
-  \renewcommand{\etocbelowtocskip}{0pt\relax}
-  \fboxsep1ex
-  \etocframedstyle [1]{\fbox{\makebox[.5\linewidth]{\etocfontminusone
-        \hyperref[toc:c]{I am from far away}}}}
-  \tableofcontents \label{toc:d} \ref{toc:c}
-  \endgroup
-\end{figure}
+\begingroup\parindent 0pt \parfillskip 0pt \leftskip 0cm \rightskip 1cm
+\etocsetstyle {section}
+              {}
+              {\leavevmode\leftskip 0cm\relax}
+              {\bfseries\normalsize\makebox[.5cm][l]{\etocnumber.}%
+               \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak
+               \rlap{\makebox[1cm][r]{\mdseries\etocpage}}\par}
+              {}
+\etocsetstyle {subsection}
+              {}
+              {\leavevmode\leftskip .5cm\relax }
+              {\mdseries\normalsize\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}%
+               \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak
+               \rlap{\makebox[1cm][r]{\etocpage}}\par}
+              {}
+\etocsetstyle {subsubsection}
+              {}
+              {\leavevmode\leftskip 1.5cm\relax }
+              {\mdseries\normalsize\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}%
+               \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak
+               \rlap{\makebox[1cm][r]{\etocpage}}\par}
+              {}
+\etocruledstyle[1]{\bfseries \Large My first \etoc: TOC of
+  \autoref{part:overview} (\nameref{part:overview})}
+\tableofcontents \ref {toc:overview}
+\endgroup

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-05.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-05.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-05.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,25 +1,50 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-05.tex'
-%% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand{\MyStandardTOC}{%
-  \begingroup
-  % for the book or article classes:
-  %\etocsetstyle{part}{}{}
-  %  {\l at part{\etocnumber\hspace{1em}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
-  % for the scrbook or scrartcl classes:
-  \etocsetstyle{part}{}{}
-    {\l at part{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
-  % following is identical in book/article/scrbook/scrartcl classes:
-  \etocsetstyle{chapter}{}{}   %%% only for book and scrbook
-    {\l at chapter{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
-  \etocsetstyle{section}{}{}
-    {\l at section{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
-  \etocsetstyle{subsection}{}{}
-    {\l at subsection{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
-  % etc... if further sectioning units are used
-  \etocstandarddisplaystyle % this is for the title, page-marks, etc...
-  \tableofcontents
-  \endgroup}
-\makeatother
+\begingroup
+\newcommand*{\DotsAndPage}
+{\nobreak\leaders\hbox{\bfseries\normalsize\hbox to .75ex {\hss.\hss}}%
+         \hfill\nobreak
+         \makebox[\rightskip][r]{\bfseries\normalsize\etocpage}\par}
+
+\etocsetstyle {part}
+{\parindent 0pt
+ \nobreak
+ \etocskipfirstprefix}
+{\pagebreak[3]\bigskip}
+{\large\rmfamily\bfseries\centering %\scshape
+ \etocifnumbered{Part \etocnumber{} -- }{}\etocname\par}
+{}
+
+\etocsetstyle {section}
+{\leftskip 0pt \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip-\rightskip
+ \nobreak\medskip
+ \etocskipfirstprefix}
+{\leftskip 0pt \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip-\rightskip
+ \pagebreak[1]\smallskip}
+{\normalsize\rmfamily\bfseries %\scshape
+ \etocnumber. \etocname\DotsAndPage }
+{\parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil\relax }
+
+\etocsetstyle {subsection}
+{\leftskip1cm\rightskip .75cm \parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil\relax
+ \nobreak\smallskip}
+{}
+{\footnotesize\sffamily\mdseries\itshape
+ \etocname{} (\etocnumber, p. \etocpage). }
+{\par\medskip}
+
+\etocsettagdepth {preamble}   {none}
+\etocsettagdepth {overview}   {none}
+\etocsettagdepth {styling}    {subsection}
+\etocsettagdepth {control}    {none}
+\etocsettagdepth {examples}   {none}
+\etocsettagdepth {advanced}   {none}
+\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{none}
+\etocsettagdepth {code}       {none}
+
+\etocsettocstyle {\centering\LARGE\textsc{\contentsname}\par\nobreak\medskip}{}
+\etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection}
+\tableofcontents
+\endgroup

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-06.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-06.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-06.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,36 +1,32 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-06.tex'
-%% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand*{\MyQuasiStandardTOC}[1]{%
-  \begingroup
-  \etocsetstyle{section}
-    {}
-    {\ifnum\etocthenumber=4
-      \etocsetstyle{subsection}
-        {\par\nopagebreak\begingroup
-         \leftskip1.5em \rightskip\@tocrmarg
-         \parfillskip \@flushglue
-         \parindent 0pt
-         \normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape
-         \etocskipfirstprefix}
-        {\allowbreak\,--\,}
-        {\etocname\ \textup{(\etocnumber)}}
-        {.\par\endgroup}%
-     \else
-        \etocsetstyle{subsection}
-        {}%
-        {}%
-        {\l at subsection{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}%
-        {}%
-     \fi
-    }% prefix for section sets the style dynamically for subsections!
-    {\l at section{\numberline{{\color{cyan}\etocthenumber}}\etocname}{\etocpage}}%
-    {}%
-  \etocstandarddisplaystyle
-  \etocsetnexttocdepth {2}%
-  \tableofcontents #1
-  \endgroup
-}
-\makeatother
+\begingroup % we start a group to keep the style changes local
+\newlength{\tocleftmargin}    \setlength{\tocleftmargin}{4cm}
+\newlength{\tocrightmargin}   \setlength{\tocrightmargin}{1cm}
+
+\etocsetstyle{section}              % will pretend to be a Chapter
+{\addvspace{1ex}\parfillskip0pt
+ \leftskip\tocleftmargin            % (already done in title)
+ \rightskip\the\tocrightmargin plus 1fil
+ \parindent0pt\color{cyan}}         % (already done)
+{\bfseries\LARGE\upshape\addvspace{1ex}\leavevmode}
+{\llap{Chapter\hspace{.5em}{\etocnumber}\hspace{.75cm}}\etocname
+ \nobreak\hfill\kern1em\makebox[-\tocrightmargin][l]{\makebox[0pt]{\etocpage}}\par}
+{}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}           % will pretend to be a Section
+{}
+{\mdseries\large\addvspace{.5ex}\leavevmode}
+{\llap{\etocnumber\hspace{.75cm}}\textit{\etocname}%
+ \hfill\makebox[-\tocrightmargin][l]{\makebox[0pt]{\etocpage}}\par}
+{}
+
+\def\tmptitle{My Beautiful Thesis}
+\etocsettocstyle{\color{cyan}\parindent0pt \leftskip\tocleftmargin
+  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\
+  \huge\textit{\tmptitle}\par}{\bigskip}
+
+\tableofcontents \ref{toc:overview}
+\endgroup

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-07.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-07.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-07.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,100 +1,23 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-07.tex'
 %% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-% it will be easy to globally shift the TOC horizontally if needed
-\def\TOCleftmargin     {0pt}
-\def\TOCrightmargin    {2.55em}% like LaTeX's \@tocrmarg
-
-% this is for dotted leaders
-\newbox\TOCleaderbox
-\def\TOCleaderboxwidth {0.7777em}% about like what standard classes do
-
-% vertical spacing
-\def\TOCverysmallvskip {0pt plus .2pt}
-\def\TOCmedvskip       {1em plus 1pt}
-\def\TOCbigvskip       {2.25em plus 1pt}
-
-% the ``numwidths'' for typesetting the numbering of division units.
-% I don't recall exactly how (and for which fonts) these figures were chosen.
-% They quickly prove too small if using Roman numerals (as do too the book
-% class defaults even though they are a bit larger).
-\def\TOCnumwidthB {1.5em} % chapter
-\def\TOCnumwidthC {2.278em}% section, I think default is 2.3em
-\def\TOCnumwidthD {3.056em}% analog in standard class is 3.2em
-\def\TOCnumwidthE {3.833em}% analog in standard class is 4.1em
-\def\TOCnumwidthF {4.611em}% analog in standard class is 5em
-\def\TOCnumwidthG {5.389em}% analog in standard class is 6em
-
-% The code for the ``global toc style''.
-
-\newcommand*\TOCglobalstyle {%
-\etocsettocstyle
-   {\if at twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi
-    \parindent\z@ \leftskip\z at skip \rightskip \z at skip
-    \setbox\TOCleaderbox\hbox to \TOCleaderboxwidth{\hss.\hss}%
-    \chapter *{\noindent\kern\TOCleftmargin\relax % uses "pt"...
-        \contentsname
-        \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}{\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}%
-    \rightskip    \TOCrightmargin\relax
-    \parfillskip -\rightskip % or a smaller value if desired
-    \leftskip     \TOCleftmargin \relax }
-   {\if at restonecol \twocolumn \fi\cleardoublepage}%
-%
-\etocsetstyle{part}
- {}
- {\addpenalty {-\@highpenalty}%
-  \addvspace \TOCbigvskip
-  \leavevmode
-   {\large \bfseries % use a group to limit font change
-      \interlinepenalty\@M
-      \etocifnumbered{\etocnumber\hspace{1em}}{}%
-      \etocname
-      \nobreak\hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}}\par
-  \nobreak
-  }
- {}
- {}%
-%
-\etocsetstyle{chapter}
- {\advance\leftskip\TOCnumwidthB\relax}
- {\addpenalty {-\@highpenalty }%
-  \vskip \TOCmedvskip\relax
-  \leavevmode
-  {\interlinepenalty\@M
-   \etocifnumbered
-      {\llap{\makebox[\TOCnumwidthB][l]{\bfseries\etocnumber}}}
-      {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthB\relax}%
-   \bfseries\etocname
-      \nobreak\hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}\par }%
-  \penalty \@highpenalty
-  }
- {}
- {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthB\relax}%
-%
- \TOCsetlinestyle {section}      {\TOCnumwidthC}%
- \TOCsetlinestyle {subsection}   {\TOCnumwidthD}%
- \TOCsetlinestyle {subsubsection}{\TOCnumwidthE}%
- \TOCsetlinestyle {paragraph}    {\TOCnumwidthF}%
- \TOCsetlinestyle {subparagraph} {\TOCnumwidthG}%
-}% end of \TOCglobalstyle
-
-%The common code for line styles is abstracted into a macro:
-
-\newcommand\TOCsetlinestyle [2]{% #1= unit, #2= numwidth as macro
-\etocsetstyle{#1}
- {\advance\leftskip#2\relax}
- {\vskip \TOCverysmallvskip\relax
-  \leavevmode
-  {\interlinepenalty\@M
-   \etocifnumbered
-     {\llap{\makebox[#2][l]{\etocnumber}}}{\advance\leftskip-#2\relax}%
-   \etocname
-   \nobreak\leaders \copy\TOCleaderbox
-   \hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}%
-   \par }%
- }
- {}
- {\advance\leftskip-#2\relax}%
-}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand{\MyLocalTOC}[1][section]{%
+  \begingroup
+  \etocsetstyle{section}{}{}
+    {\l at section{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
+  \etocsetstyle{subsection}{}{}
+    {\l at subsection{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
+  \etocsetstyle{subsubsection}{}{}
+    {\l at subsubsection{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
+  % etc... if further sectioning units are needed
+  %        (i.e. not excluded by tocdepth and actually there in document)
+  % Here #1 defaults to section, meaning this is appropriate
+  % for local TOC in a chapter
+  \etocsettocstyle{\@nameuse{#1}*{Local contents}}
+                  {}
+  %
+  \localtableofcontents
+  \endgroup}
 \makeatother

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-08.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-08.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-08.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,49 +1,100 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-08.tex'
 %% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand*\TOClocalstyle {%
+% it will be easy to globally shift the TOC horizontally if needed
+\def\TOCleftmargin     {0pt}
+\def\TOCrightmargin    {2.55em}% like LaTeX's \@tocrmarg
+
+% this is for dotted leaders
+\newbox\TOCleaderbox
+\def\TOCleaderboxwidth {0.7777em}% about like what standard classes do
+
+% vertical spacing
+\def\TOCverysmallvskip {0pt plus .2pt}
+\def\TOCmedvskip       {1em plus 1pt}
+\def\TOCbigvskip       {2.25em plus 1pt}
+
+% the ``numwidths'' for typesetting the numbering of division units.
+% I don't recall exactly how (and for which fonts) these figures were chosen.
+% They quickly prove too small if using Roman numerals (as do too the book
+% class defaults even though they are a bit larger).
+\def\TOCnumwidthB {1.5em} % chapter
+\def\TOCnumwidthC {2.278em}% section, I think default is 2.3em
+\def\TOCnumwidthD {3.056em}% analog in standard class is 3.2em
+\def\TOCnumwidthE {3.833em}% analog in standard class is 4.1em
+\def\TOCnumwidthF {4.611em}% analog in standard class is 5em
+\def\TOCnumwidthG {5.389em}% analog in standard class is 6em
+
+% The code for the ``global toc style''.
+
+\newcommand*\TOCglobalstyle {%
 \etocsettocstyle
-    {\if at twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi
-     \setbox\TOCleaderbox\hbox to \TOCleaderboxwidth{\hss.\hss}%
-     \parindent\z@
-     \dimen@ 2.25em % for left indenting
-     \section *{\kern\dimen@ % use of \dimen@ works here by sheer luck
-       \contentsname
-       % un-comment this if marks are wanted:
-       %\@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}{\MakeUppercase \contentsname}%
-       }% end of \section
-     \parskip \z at skip
-     \vspace{-1.25\baselineskip}% somewhat ad hoc
-     \leftskip  2.25em
-     \rightskip 4.5em
-     \advance\rightskip-\TOCrightmargin\relax
-     \leavevmode\leaders\hrule\@height\p@\hfill\kern\z@\par
-     \rightskip 4.5em
-     \parfillskip -\TOCrightmargin\relax }
-    {\nobreak\vskip-.5\baselineskip
-     \leavevmode\leaders\hrule\@height\p@\hfill\kern\z@\par
-     \bigskip
-     \if at restonecol \twocolumn \fi }%
+   {\if at twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi
+    \parindent\z@ \leftskip\z at skip \rightskip \z at skip
+    \setbox\TOCleaderbox\hbox to \TOCleaderboxwidth{\hss.\hss}%
+    \chapter *{\noindent\kern\TOCleftmargin\relax % uses "pt"...
+        \contentsname
+        \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}{\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}%
+    \rightskip    \TOCrightmargin\relax
+    \parfillskip -\rightskip % or a smaller value if desired
+    \leftskip     \TOCleftmargin \relax }
+   {\if at restonecol \twocolumn \fi\cleardoublepage}%
 %
-\etocsetstyle{section}
- {\advance\leftskip\TOCnumwidthC\relax}
- {\addpenalty \@secpenalty
-  \etociffirst{}{\addvspace{\TOCmedvskip}}%
+\etocsetstyle{part}
+ {}
+ {\addpenalty {-\@highpenalty}%
+  \addvspace \TOCbigvskip
   \leavevmode
+   {\large \bfseries % use a group to limit font change
+      \interlinepenalty\@M
+      \etocifnumbered{\etocnumber\hspace{1em}}{}%
+      \etocname
+      \nobreak\hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}}\par
+  \nobreak
+  }
+ {}
+ {}%
+%
+\etocsetstyle{chapter}
+ {\advance\leftskip\TOCnumwidthB\relax}
+ {\addpenalty {-\@highpenalty }%
+  \vskip \TOCmedvskip\relax
+  \leavevmode
   {\interlinepenalty\@M
-   \bfseries\etocifnumbered
-      {\llap{\makebox[\TOCnumwidthC][l]{\etocnumber}}}
-      {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthC}%
-   \etocname\nobreak\hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}\par }%
-  \penalty \@highpenalty }
+   \etocifnumbered
+      {\llap{\makebox[\TOCnumwidthB][l]{\bfseries\etocnumber}}}
+      {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthB\relax}%
+   \bfseries\etocname
+      \nobreak\hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}\par }%
+  \penalty \@highpenalty
+  }
  {}
- {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthC\relax}%
-% the rest is identical with code for global tocs:
+ {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthB\relax}%
+%
+ \TOCsetlinestyle {section}      {\TOCnumwidthC}%
  \TOCsetlinestyle {subsection}   {\TOCnumwidthD}%
  \TOCsetlinestyle {subsubsection}{\TOCnumwidthE}%
  \TOCsetlinestyle {paragraph}    {\TOCnumwidthF}%
  \TOCsetlinestyle {subparagraph} {\TOCnumwidthG}%
-}% end of \TOClocalstyle
+}% end of \TOCglobalstyle
+
+%The common code for line styles is abstracted into a macro:
+
+\newcommand\TOCsetlinestyle [2]{% #1= unit, #2= numwidth as macro
+\etocsetstyle{#1}
+ {\advance\leftskip#2\relax}
+ {\vskip \TOCverysmallvskip\relax
+  \leavevmode
+  {\interlinepenalty\@M
+   \etocifnumbered
+     {\llap{\makebox[#2][l]{\etocnumber}}}{\advance\leftskip-#2\relax}%
+   \etocname
+   \nobreak\leaders \copy\TOCleaderbox
+   \hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}%
+   \par }%
+ }
+ {}
+ {\advance\leftskip-#2\relax}%
+}
 \makeatother

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-09.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-09.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-09.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,35 +1,49 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-09.tex'
 %% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\etocdefaultlines
-\begingroup
-\renewcommand{\etoccolumnsep}{2em}
-\renewcommand{\etocinnerleftsep}{1.5em}
-\renewcommand{\etocinnerrightsep}{1.5em}
-% specify a background color for the toc contents
-\renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{yellow!10}}
-% set up the top and bottom rules
-\renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 1pt}
-\renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}}
-\renewcommand{\etocbottomrule}{\hrule height 1pt}
-\renewcommand{\etocbottomrulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}}
-% set up the left and right rules
-\renewcommand{\etocleftrule}{\vrule width 5pt}
-\renewcommand{\etocrightrule}{\vrule width 5pt}
-\renewcommand{\etocleftrulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}}
-\renewcommand{\etocrightrulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}}
-% use \fcolorbox to set up a colored frame for the title
-\fboxrule1pt
-\renewcommand{\etocbelowtocskip}{0pt\relax}
-\etocframedstyle {\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape
-  \fcolorbox{red}{white}{\parbox{.8\linewidth}{\centering
-      This is a table of contents \`a la \etoc, but just for
-      the sections and subsections in this part. As it is put
-      in a frame, it has to be small enough to fit on
-      one page. It has the label |toc:b|.}}}
-\begin{figure}[ht!]
-  \centering
-\tableofcontents \label{toc:b} \ref{toc:globalcmds}
-\end{figure}
-\endgroup
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\TOClocalstyle {%
+\etocsettocstyle
+    {\if at twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi
+     \setbox\TOCleaderbox\hbox to \TOCleaderboxwidth{\hss.\hss}%
+     \parindent\z@
+     \dimen@ 2.25em % for left indenting
+     \section *{\kern\dimen@ % use of \dimen@ works here by sheer luck
+       \contentsname
+       % un-comment this if marks are wanted:
+       %\@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}{\MakeUppercase \contentsname}%
+       }% end of \section
+     \parskip \z at skip
+     \vspace{-1.25\baselineskip}% somewhat ad hoc
+     \leftskip  2.25em
+     \rightskip 4.5em
+     \advance\rightskip-\TOCrightmargin\relax
+     \leavevmode\leaders\hrule\@height\p@\hfill\kern\z@\par
+     \rightskip 4.5em
+     \parfillskip -\TOCrightmargin\relax }
+    {\nobreak\vskip-.5\baselineskip
+     \leavevmode\leaders\hrule\@height\p@\hfill\kern\z@\par
+     \bigskip
+     \if at restonecol \twocolumn \fi }%
+%
+\etocsetstyle{section}
+ {\advance\leftskip\TOCnumwidthC\relax}
+ {\addpenalty \@secpenalty
+  \etociffirst{}{\addvspace{\TOCmedvskip}}%
+  \leavevmode
+  {\interlinepenalty\@M
+   \bfseries\etocifnumbered
+      {\llap{\makebox[\TOCnumwidthC][l]{\etocnumber}}}
+      {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthC}%
+   \etocname\nobreak\hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}\par }%
+  \penalty \@highpenalty }
+ {}
+ {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthC\relax}%
+% the rest is identical with code for global tocs:
+ \TOCsetlinestyle {subsection}   {\TOCnumwidthD}%
+ \TOCsetlinestyle {subsubsection}{\TOCnumwidthE}%
+ \TOCsetlinestyle {paragraph}    {\TOCnumwidthF}%
+ \TOCsetlinestyle {subparagraph} {\TOCnumwidthG}%
+}% end of \TOClocalstyle
+\makeatother

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-10.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-10.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-10.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,80 +1,35 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-10.tex'
 %% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\begin{figure}[htbp!]\centering
-\colorlet{subsecnum}{black}
-\colorlet{secbackground}{green!30}
-\colorlet{tocbackground}{red!20!green!20}
-
-\renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
-\renewcommand{\etocleftrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
-\renewcommand{\etocrightrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
-\renewcommand{\etocbottomrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
-\renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
-
-\renewcommand{\etocleftrule}{\vrule width 3cm}
-\renewcommand{\etocrightrule}{\vrule width 1cm}
-\renewcommand{\etocbottomrule}{\hrule height 12pt}
-\renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 12pt}
-
-\renewcommand{\etocinnertopsep}{0pt}
-\renewcommand{\etocinnerbottomsep}{0pt}
-\renewcommand{\etocinnerleftsep}{0pt}
-\renewcommand{\etocinnerrightsep}{0pt}
-
-\newcommand\shiftedwhiterule[2]{%
-    \hbox to \linewidth{\color{white}%
-    \hskip#1\leaders\vrule height1pt\hfil}\nointerlineskip
-    \vskip#2}
-
-\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}
-{\etocskipfirstprefix}
-{\shiftedwhiterule{\leftskip}{6pt}}
-{\sffamily\footnotesize
-  \leftskip2.3cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip.5cm\relax
-  \makebox[1cm][l]{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber}%
-  \color{black}\etocname
-  \nobreak\leaders\hbox to.2cm{\hss.}\hfill
-  \rlap{\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.1cm}}}\par
-  \nointerlineskip\vskip3pt}
-{}
-
-\etocsetstyle{subsection}
-{\etocskipfirstprefix}
-{\shiftedwhiterule{1.5cm}{6pt}}
-{\sffamily\small
-  \leftskip1.5cm\hangindent.8cm\rightskip.5cm\relax
-  \makebox[.75cm][l]{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber}%
-  \color{black}\etocname
-  \nobreak\leaders\hbox to.2cm{\hss.}\hfill
-  \rlap{\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.1cm}}}\par
-  \nointerlineskip\vskip3pt}
-{}
-
-\newcommand{\coloredstuff}[2]{%
-            \leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\parskip0pt
-            \fboxsep0pt % \colorbox uses \fboxsep also when no frame!
-       \noindent\colorbox{secbackground}
-               {\parbox{\linewidth}{%
-                    \vskip5pt
-                    {\noindent\color{#1}#2\par}\nointerlineskip
-                    \vskip3pt}}%
-       \par\nointerlineskip}
-
-\etocsetstyle{section}
-{\coloredstuff{blue}{\hfil \bfseries\large Contents of Part One\hfil}}
-{\vskip3pt\sffamily\small}
-{\coloredstuff{blue}
-    {\leftskip1.5cm\rightskip.5cm\parfillskip-\rightskip
-     \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[.5cm][l]{\etocnumber}}%
-     \etocname\nobreak\hfill\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.1cm}}}%
- \vskip6pt}
-{}
-
-\etocframedstyle[1]{}
-\tableofcontents \label{toc:floating} \ref{toc:overview}
-\vspace{-\baselineskip}
-\centeredline{|\tableofcontents \ref{toc:overview}|
-(\emph{cf.} \hyperref[toc:clone]{this other toc})}
+\etocdefaultlines
+\begingroup
+\renewcommand{\etoccolumnsep}{2em}
+\renewcommand{\etocinnerleftsep}{1.5em}
+\renewcommand{\etocinnerrightsep}{1.5em}
+% specify a background color for the toc contents
+\renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{yellow!10}}
+% set up the top and bottom rules
+\renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 1pt}
+\renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}}
+\renewcommand{\etocbottomrule}{\hrule height 1pt}
+\renewcommand{\etocbottomrulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}}
+% set up the left and right rules
+\renewcommand{\etocleftrule}{\vrule width 5pt}
+\renewcommand{\etocrightrule}{\vrule width 5pt}
+\renewcommand{\etocleftrulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}}
+\renewcommand{\etocrightrulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}}
+% use \fcolorbox to set up a colored frame for the title
+\fboxrule1pt
+\renewcommand{\etocbelowtocskip}{0pt\relax}
+\etocframedstyle {\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape
+  \fcolorbox{red}{white}{\parbox{.8\linewidth}{\centering
+      This is a table of contents \`a la \etoc, but for
+      the subsections and subsubsections of \autoref{sec:tocstyle}.
+      As it is put in a frame, it has to be small enough to fit on
+      one page. It has the label |toc:b|.}}}
+\begin{figure}[ht!]
+  \centering
+\tableofcontents \label{toc:b} \ref{toc:tocstyle}
 \end{figure}
+\endgroup

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-11.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-11.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-11.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,27 +1,80 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-11.tex'
-%% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\begingroup
-\newsavebox{\forsubsections}
-\etocsetstyle{part}{\upshape. \etocskipfirstprefix}
-                   {. \upshape}
-                   {\bfseries\etocname:~~}
-                   {}
-\etocsetstyle{section}{\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix}
-                      {, }
-                      {\mdseries\etocname}
-                      {}
+\begin{figure}[htbp!]\centering
+\colorlet{subsecnum}{black}
+\colorlet{secbackground}{green!30}
+\colorlet{tocbackground}{red!20!green!20}
+
+\renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
+\renewcommand{\etocleftrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
+\renewcommand{\etocrightrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
+\renewcommand{\etocbottomrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
+\renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
+
+\renewcommand{\etocleftrule}{\vrule width 3cm}
+\renewcommand{\etocrightrule}{\vrule width 1cm}
+\renewcommand{\etocbottomrule}{\hrule height 12pt}
+\renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 12pt}
+
+\renewcommand{\etocinnertopsep}{0pt}
+\renewcommand{\etocinnerbottomsep}{0pt}
+\renewcommand{\etocinnerleftsep}{0pt}
+\renewcommand{\etocinnerrightsep}{0pt}
+
+\newcommand\shiftedwhiterule[2]{%
+    \hbox to \linewidth{\color{white}%
+    \hskip#1\leaders\vrule height1pt\hfil}\nointerlineskip
+    \vskip#2}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}
+{\etocskipfirstprefix}
+{\shiftedwhiterule{\leftskip}{6pt}}
+{\sffamily\footnotesize
+  \leftskip2.3cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip.5cm\relax
+  \makebox[1cm][l]{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber}%
+  \color{black}\etocname
+  \nobreak\leaders\hbox to.2cm{\hss.}\hfill
+  \rlap{\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.1cm}}}\par
+  \nointerlineskip\vskip3pt}
+{}
+
 \etocsetstyle{subsection}
-    {\begin{lrbox}{\forsubsections}\footnotesize\upshape\etocskipfirstprefix}
-    {; }
-    {\etocname}
-    {.\end{lrbox}\footnote{\unhbox\forsubsections}}
-\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}
-    { (\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix}
-    {, }
-    {\etocname}
-    {\/\upshape)}
-\etocsettocstyle{Here is the inline table of contents. }{.\par}
-\tableofcontents \label{toc:crazyinline}
-\endgroup
+{\etocskipfirstprefix}
+{\shiftedwhiterule{1.5cm}{6pt}}
+{\sffamily\small
+  \leftskip1.5cm\hangindent.8cm\rightskip.5cm\relax
+  \makebox[.75cm][l]{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber}%
+  \color{black}\etocname
+  \nobreak\leaders\hbox to.2cm{\hss.}\hfill
+  \rlap{\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.1cm}}}\par
+  \nointerlineskip\vskip3pt}
+{}
+
+\newcommand{\coloredstuff}[2]{%
+            \leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\parskip0pt
+            \fboxsep0pt % \colorbox uses \fboxsep also when no frame!
+       \noindent\colorbox{secbackground}
+               {\parbox{\linewidth}{%
+                    \vskip5pt
+                    {\noindent\color{#1}#2\par}\nointerlineskip
+                    \vskip3pt}}%
+       \par\nointerlineskip}
+
+\etocsetstyle{section}
+{\coloredstuff{blue}{\hfil \bfseries\large Contents of Part One\hfil}}
+{\vskip3pt\sffamily\small}
+{\coloredstuff{blue}
+    {\leftskip1.5cm\rightskip.5cm\parfillskip-\rightskip
+     \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[.5cm][l]{\etocnumber}}%
+     \etocname\nobreak\hfill\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.1cm}}}%
+ \vskip6pt}
+{}
+
+\etocframedstyle[1]{}
+\tableofcontents \label{toc:floating} \ref{toc:part:styling}
+\vspace{-\baselineskip}
+\centeredline{|\tableofcontents \ref{toc:part:styling}|
+(\emph{cf.} \hyperref[toc:clone]{this other toc})}
+\end{figure}

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-12.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-12.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-12.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,25 +1,27 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-12.tex'
-%% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-   < in the preamble >
-\newcounter{visibletoc}
-\renewcommand{\etocaftertitlehook}
-   {\stepcounter{visibletoc}\etoctoccontentsline{visibletoc}{\thevisibletoc}}
-\etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{6}
-\begin{document}
-   < document body >
-\subsection{Surprising uses of etoc}
 \begingroup
-    \etocinline
-    \etocsetlevel{part}{1}
-    % \etocsetlevel{chapter}{1} % (no chapters in scrartcl class)
-    \etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{0}
-    \etocsetstyle{visibletoc}
-        {\etocskipfirstprefix}{, }{{\color{niceone}\etocname}}{}
-    \etocsettocstyle{}{}     % don't set any title, rules or frame or multicol!
-    \etocsetnexttocdepth{visibletoc} % display only the `visibletoc' entries from .toc
-
-Here is the numbered and linked list of all tables of contents which are
-displayed within this document: \tableofcontents.
+\newsavebox{\forsubsections}
+\etocsetstyle{part}{\upshape. \etocskipfirstprefix}
+                   {. \upshape}
+                   {\bfseries\etocname:~~}
+                   {}
+\etocsetstyle{section}{\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix}
+                      {, }
+                      {\mdseries\etocname}
+                      {}
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}
+    {\begin{lrbox}{\forsubsections}\footnotesize\upshape\etocskipfirstprefix}
+    {; }
+    {\etocname}
+    {.\end{lrbox}\footnote{\unhbox\forsubsections}}
+\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}
+    { (\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix}
+    {, }
+    {\etocname}
+    {\/\upshape)}
+\etocsettocstyle{Here is the inline table of contents. }{.\par}
+\tableofcontents \label{toc:crazyinline}
 \endgroup

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-13.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-13.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-13.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,20 +1,74 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-13.tex'
 %% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-  \etocsetnexttocdepth{2}     % sections are at level 1 and will show up
 \begingroup
-  \etocsetlevel{exercise}{2}   % but:
-  \etocsetlevel{chapter}{3}    %     no chapters
-  \etocsetlevel{subsection}{3} %     no subsections
-  \etocsetlevel{part}{3}       %     no parts
-  \etocsetstyle{exercise}{}{}  % \etocname = exercise number
-    {\noindent\etocname\strut\leaders\etoctoclineleaders\hfill\etocpage\par}
-    {\pagebreak[2]\vskip\baselineskip}
-  \etocsetstyle{section}{}{}
-    {\noindent\strut{\bfseries\large\etocnumber\hskip.5em\etocname}\par
-     \nopagebreak[3]}{}
-  \etocruledstyle[4]{\Large\bfseries List of the exercises}
-  \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}
-  \tableofcontents
+\definecolor{subsecnum}{RGB}{13,151,225}
+\definecolor{secbackground}{RGB}{0,177,235}
+\definecolor{tocbackground}{RGB}{212,237,252}
+
+\renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
+\renewcommand{\etocleftrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
+\renewcommand{\etocrightrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
+\renewcommand{\etocbottomrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
+\renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
+
+\renewcommand{\etocleftrule}{\vrule width 1cm}
+\renewcommand{\etocrightrule}{\vrule width .5cm}
+\renewcommand{\etocbottomrule}{\hrule height 12pt}
+\renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 12pt}
+
+\renewcommand{\etocinnertopsep}{0pt}
+\renewcommand{\etocinnerbottomsep}{0pt}
+\renewcommand{\etocinnerleftsep}{0pt}
+\renewcommand{\etocinnerrightsep}{0pt}
+
+\newcommand\shiftedwhiterule[2]{%
+    \hbox to \linewidth{\color{white}%
+    \hskip#1\leaders\vrule height1pt\hfil}\nointerlineskip\vskip#2}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}{\etocskipfirstprefix}
+  {\shiftedwhiterule{\leftskip}{6pt}}
+  {\sffamily\footnotesize
+     \leftskip2.5cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip1cm\noindent
+     \hbox to 1cm{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber\hss}%
+     \color{black}\etocname\leaders\hbox to .2cm{\hss.}\hfill
+     \rlap{\hbox to 1cm{\hss\etocpage\hskip.2cm}}\par
+     \nointerlineskip\vskip3pt}
+  {}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}{\etocskipfirstprefix}
+  {\shiftedwhiterule{1.5cm}{6pt}}
+  {\sffamily\small
+     \leftskip1.5cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip1cm\noindent
+     \hbox to 1cm{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber\hss}%
+     \color{black}\etocname\leaders\hbox to .2cm{\hss.}\hfill
+     \rlap{\hbox to 1cm{\hss\etocpage\hskip.2cm}}\par
+     \nointerlineskip\vskip6pt}
+  {}
+
+\newcommand{\coloredstuff}[2]{%
+            \leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\parskip0pt
+            \fboxsep0pt % \colorbox uses \fboxsep also when no frame!
+       \noindent\colorbox{secbackground}
+               {\parbox{\linewidth}{%
+                    \vskip5pt
+                    {\noindent\color{#1}#2\par}\nointerlineskip
+                    \vskip3pt}}%
+       \par\nointerlineskip}
+
+\etocsetstyle{section}
+{\coloredstuff{white}
+     {\hfil \hyperref[toc:b]{\bfseries\large I am a twin of
+     that other TOC (click me!)}\hfil}}
+{\vskip3pt\sffamily\small}
+{\coloredstuff{white}
+    {\leftskip1.5cm\rightskip.5cm\parfillskip-\rightskip
+     \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocnumber\hspace{.2cm}}}%
+     \etocname\hfill\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.2cm}}}%
+ \vskip6pt }
+{}
+
+\etocframedstyle[1]{}
+\tableofcontents \label{toc:clone} \ref{toc:tocstyle}
 \endgroup

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-14.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-14.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-14.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,62 +1,25 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-14.tex'
-%% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-% \newtoks\treetok % put this (uncommented) preferably in the preamble
-% \newtoks\tmptok  % (idem)
+   < in the preamble >
+\newcounter{visibletoc}
+\renewcommand{\etocaftertitlehook}
+   {\stepcounter{visibletoc}\etoctoccontentsline{visibletoc}{\thevisibletoc}}
+\etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{6}
+\begin{document}
+   < document body >
+\subsection{Surprising uses of etoc}
+\begingroup
+    \etocinline
+    \etocsetlevel{part}{1}
+    % \etocsetlevel{chapter}{1} % (no chapters in scrartcl class)
+    \etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{0}
+    \etocsetstyle{visibletoc}
+        {\etocskipfirstprefix}{, }{{\color{niceone}\etocname}}{}
+    \etocsettocstyle{}{}     % don't set any title, rules or frame or multicol!
+    \etocsetnexttocdepth{visibletoc} % display only the `visibletoc' entries from .toc
 
-\newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2
-  #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
-    {\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}}
-
-\newcommand*\PrepareSectionNode{%
-  \tmptok {\centering\bfseries}%
-  \appendtotok\tmptok\etocthelinkedname
-  \edef\foresttreenode{ [{\noexpand\parbox{2cm}{\the\tmptok}}}%
-}
-
-\newcommand*{\PrepareSubsectionNode}{%
-  \tmptok {\raggedright}%
-  \appendtotok\tmptok\etocthelinkedname
-  \edef\foresttreenode{ [{\noexpand\parbox{6cm}{\the\tmptok}}}%
-}
-
-\etocsetstyle{section}
-  {\etocskipfirstprefix}
-  {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}}
-  {\PrepareSectionNode \appendtotok\treetok\foresttreenode}
-  {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}}
-
-\etocsetstyle{subsection}
-  {\etocskipfirstprefix}
-  {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}}
-  {\PrepareSubsectionNode \appendtotok\treetok\foresttreenode}
-  {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}}
-
-\etocsettocstyle
-    {\treetok{[{\hyperref[part:overview]{Overview}}}}
-    {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}}
-
-% forest does not like @\the\treetok if \treetok is empty. On first latex
-% run, this will be the case because the TOC style defined above will not
-% have been executed, as the label {toc:overview} does not refer to a valid
-% TOC yet. So we must give a safe default value to \treetok
-\treetok{[{run latex again}]}
-
-\begin{figure}[th!]\centering
-     \etocsetnexttocdepth{subsection}
-     \tableofcontents \label{toc:forest}\ref{toc:overview}
-     \hypersetup{hidelinks}%
-     \bracketset{action character=@}
-     \begin{forest}
-                  for tree={anchor=center,child anchor=west,
-                            grow'=east,draw,thick,
-                            edge={draw,thick,dashed,color=teal}},
-                  where={level()==1}{circle,thick,fill=blue!5,
-                                    before computing xy={l=3cm}}{},
-                  where={level()==2}{fill=red!5,
-                                    before computing xy={l=6cm}}{},
-                  rectangle, thick, fill=cyan!5, inner sep=6pt,
-     @\the\treetok
-     \end{forest}
-\end{figure}
+Here is the numbered and linked list of all tables of contents which are
+displayed within this document: \tableofcontents.
+\endgroup

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-15.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-15.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-15.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,48 +1,20 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-15.tex'
 %% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-% \newtoks\treetok % put this (uncommented) preferably in the preamble
-% \newtoks\sectiontok
-% \newtoks\subsectiontok
-\newcommand*{\treenode}{}
-
-\newcommand*{\appendchildtree}[2]{% token list t1 becomes: t1 child {t2}
-   \edef\tmp{\the#1 child {\the#2}}%
-   #1\expandafter{\tmp}%
-}
-\newcommand*{\preparetreenode}{%
-  \tmptok\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}% expanded one time (mandatory)
-  \edef\treenode{node {\the\tmptok}}%
-}
-
-\etocsetstyle{section}
-  {\etocskipfirstprefix}
-  {\appendchildtree\treetok\sectiontok}
-  {\preparetreenode \sectiontok\expandafter{\treenode}}
-  {\appendchildtree\treetok\sectiontok}
-
-\etocsetstyle{subsection}
-  {\etocskipfirstprefix}
-  {\appendchildtree\sectiontok\subsectiontok}
-  {\preparetreenode \subsectiontok\expandafter{\treenode}}
-  {\appendchildtree\sectiontok\subsectiontok}
-
-\etocsettocstyle
-  {\treetok{\node {\hyperref[part:overview]{Overview}}}}
-  {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}}
-
-\begin{figure}[thbp!]\centering
-   \etocsetnexttocdepth{subsection}
-   \tableofcontents \label{toc:molecule} \ref{toc:overview}
-   \hypersetup{hidelinks}%
-   \begin{tikzpicture}
-              [grow cyclic,
-               level 1/.style={level distance=4cm,sibling angle=72},
-               level 2/.style={level distance=2cm,sibling angle=60},
-               every node/.style={ball color=red,circle,text=SkyBlue},
-               edge from parent path={[dashed,very thick,color=cyan]
-                           (\tikzparentnode) --(\tikzchildnode)}]
-     \the\treetok
-   \end{tikzpicture}
-\end{figure}
+  \etocsetnexttocdepth{2}     % sections are at level 1 and will show up
+\begingroup
+  \etocsetlevel{exercise}{2}   % but:
+  \etocsetlevel{chapter}{3}    %     no chapters
+  \etocsetlevel{subsection}{3} %     no subsections
+  \etocsetlevel{part}{3}       %     no parts
+  \etocsetstyle{exercise}{}{}  % \etocname = exercise number
+    {\noindent\etocname\strut\leaders\etoctoclineleaders\hfill\etocpage\par}
+    {\pagebreak[2]\vskip\baselineskip}
+  \etocsetstyle{section}{}{}
+    {\noindent\strut{\bfseries\large\etocnumber\hskip.5em\etocname}\par
+     \nopagebreak[3]}{}
+  \etocruledstyle[4]{\Large\bfseries List of the exercises}
+  \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}
+  \tableofcontents
+\endgroup

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-16.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-16.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-16.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,120 +1,67 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-16.tex'
 %% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
+% \newtoks\treetok % put this (uncommented) preferably in the preamble
+% \newtoks\tmptok  % (idem)
 \begingroup
-% \newtoks\treetok % done in preamble
-% \newtoks\parttok
-
-\newcommand*\partnode {}  % just to check we don't overwrite something
-\newcommand*\childnode {}
-
-\newcommand*\tmprotate {} % just to check we don't overwrite something
-\newcommand*\tmpoption {} % just to check we don't overwrite something
-\newcommand*\tmpstuff  {} % just to check we don't overwrite something
-
 \newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2
-   #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}}
+  #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+    {\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}}
 
-\newcommand*{\appendchildtree}[3]{%
-% this is to construct "t1 child [#3]{t2}" from #1=t1 and #2=t2
-% t1 and t2 are two toks variable (not macros)
-% #3 = for example teal!60
-   \edef\tmpstuff {\the#1 child [#3]{\the#2}}%
-   #1\expandafter {\tmpstuff }%
+\newcommand*\PrepareSectionNode{%
+  \tmptok {\centering\bfseries}%
+  \appendtotok\tmptok\etocthelinkedname
+  \edef\foresttreenode{ [{\noexpand\parbox{2cm}{\the\tmptok}}}%
 }
 
-\newcounter{partco}
+\newcommand*{\PrepareSubsectionNode}{%
+  \tmptok {\raggedright}%
+  \appendtotok\tmptok\etocthelinkedname
+  \edef\foresttreenode{ [{\noexpand\parbox{6cm}{\the\tmptok}}}%
+}
 
-% 1,2,3,4,5,... -> 1,2,3,1,2,3,1,2,3
-\def\pseudomodthree #1{\numexpr #1 + 3 - 3*((#1+1)/3)\relax}
+\etocsetstyle{section}
+  {\etocskipfirstprefix}
+  {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}}
+  {\PrepareSectionNode \appendtotok\treetok\foresttreenode}
+  {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}}
 
-\etocsetstyle{part}
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}
   {\etocskipfirstprefix}
-% This updates the global tree with the data  from the previous
-% part and all its children sections. Moved here because for some parts the
-% sections are not displayed due to depth tags.
-  {\ifnum\value{partco}=3
-     \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= green!50,level distance=10cm}%
-   \else
-\ifcase\pseudomodthree{\value{partco}}%
-   \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= teal!60}%   first
-   \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= yellow!80}% second
-   \else\appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= green!50}% third and next ...
-   \fi\fi
-   }
-  {\stepcounter{partco}%
-% customize manually  some TikZ set-up (should be done inside the TikZ thing I guess)
-   \def\tmpoption {}%
-   \def\tmprotate {}% first
-   %\ifnum\value{partco}=5 \def\tmprotate {[counterclockwise from =-40]}\fi
-   %\ifnum\value{partco}=8 \def\tmprotate {[counterclockwise from =-50]}\fi
-% define the part node
-   \edef\partnode{node \tmpoption
-                  {\unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}.
-                   \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}}\tmprotate }%
-% this is a starting point which will be filled it by the section children
-   \parttok\expandafter{\partnode}}
-  {\ifcase\pseudomodthree{\value{partco}}%
-   \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= teal!60}%   first
-   \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= yellow!80}% second
-   \else\appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= green!50}% third and next ...
-   \fi
-   }
+  {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}}
+  {\PrepareSubsectionNode \appendtotok\treetok\foresttreenode}
+  {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}}
 
-\etocsetstyle{section}
-  {}
-  {}
-  {% define the section node
-   \edef\childnode{child {node {\unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}
-                        \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}}}}%
-   % append it to the current \parttok
-   \appendtotok\parttok\childnode
-    }
-  {}
-
 \etocsettocstyle
-  {\setcounter{partco}{0}%
-   \treetok{\node [root concept]{\textbf{The \etoc documentation}}}}
-  {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}}
-% The \global above is mandatory because etoc always typesets TOC inside a group
+    {\treetok{[{\hyperref[part:styling]{The \etoc styling commands}}}}
+    {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}}
 
-\etocsetnexttocdepth{section}
-% use of depth tags to cut out some sections.
-\etocsettagdepth {preamble}   {none}
-\etocsettagdepth {overview}   {part}
-\etocsettagdepth {arbitrarily}{part}
-\etocsettagdepth {examples}   {section}
-\etocsettagdepth {surprising} {part}
-\etocsettagdepth {linestyles} {part}
-\etocsettagdepth {globalcmds} {part}
-\etocsettagdepth {custom}     {section}
-\etocsettagdepth {tips}       {part}
-\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{part}
-\etocsettagdepth {code}       {section}
+% forest does not like @\the\treetok if \treetok is empty. On first latex
+% run, this will be the case because the TOC style defined above will not
+% have been executed, as the label {toc:overview} does not refer to a valid
+% TOC yet. So we must give a safe default value to \treetok
+\treetok{[{run latex again}]}
 
-\tikzset{
-    branch color/.style={
-        concept color=#1!white,
-        every child/.append style={concept color=#1!white!30!white, font=\normalsize},
-    }
-}%
-
-\begin{figure}[thp!]
-\tableofcontents\label{toc:mindmap}%
-\centeredline{\resizebox{.85\paperwidth}{!}%
-{\begin{tikzpicture}[mindmap,
-                    grow cyclic,
-                    text width=2cm,
-                    align=flush center,
-                    nodes={concept},
-                    concept color=orange!60,
-                    root concept/.append style={text width=4cm, font=\Large},
-   level 1/.append style={level distance=5cm,sibling angle=40, text width=3cm},
-   level 2/.append style={level distance=7cm,sibling angle=30, text width=3cm},
-   level 1 concept/.append style={font=\normalsize},
-                    ]
-\the\treetok
-\end{tikzpicture}}}
+\begin{figure}[htbp!]
+\centering
+     \etocsetnexttocdepth{subsection}
+     \tableofcontents \label{toc:forest}\ref{toc:part:styling}
+     \hypersetup{hidelinks}%
+     \bracketset{action character=@}
+% manual adjustments to fit the printed page
+% \kern-1cm
+\noindent\kern-3cm
+     \begin{forest}
+                  for tree={anchor=center,child anchor=west,
+                            grow'=east,draw,thick,
+                            edge={draw,thick,dashed,color=teal}},
+                  where={level()==1}{circle,thick,fill=blue!5,
+                                    before computing xy={l=6cm}}{},
+                  where={level()==2}{fill=red!5,
+                                    before computing xy={l=6cm}}{},
+                  rectangle, thick, fill=cyan!5, inner sep=6pt,
+     @\the\treetok
+     \end{forest}
 \end{figure}
 \endgroup

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-17.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-17.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-17.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,64 +1,61 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-17.tex'
-%% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\begingroup
-\etocglobaldefs % necessary for \etocname etc... to survive &
-\makeatletter
-% hack into longtable \hline to avoid annoying (here) stray lines at top
-\def\LT@@hline{%
-  \ifx\@let at token\hline
-    \global\let\@gtempa\@gobble
-    \global\let\@gtempb\@firstofone %%% ADDED
-    \gdef\LT at sep{\penalty-\@medpenalty\vskip\doublerulesep}%
-  \else
-    \global\let\@gtempa\@empty
-    \global\let\@gtempb\@gobble     %%% ADDED
-    \gdef\LT at sep{\penalty-\@lowpenalty\vskip-\arrayrulewidth}%
-  \fi
-  \ifnum0=`{\fi}%
-  \multispan\LT at cols
-     \unskip\leaders\hrule\@height\arrayrulewidth\hfill\cr
-  \@gtempb{%                        %%% ADDED
-  \noalign{\LT at sep}%
-  \multispan\LT at cols
-     \unskip\leaders\hrule\@height\arrayrulewidth\hfill\cr
-  \noalign{\penalty\@M}%
-  }%                                %%% ADDED
-  \@gtempa}
-\makeatother
+% \newtoks\treetok % put this (uncommented) preferably in the preamble
+% \newtoks\subsectiontok
+% \newtoks\subsubsectiontok
+% Attention: this code has been prepared only for subsections
+% and subsubsections.
 
-% observe the locations of the \\
-\etocsetstyle{part}
-  {}
-  {}
-  {\\\hline\multicolumn{3}{c}{\bfseries\vrule height6ex depth3ex width0pt
-                              \etocifnumbered{\etocnumber. }{}\etocname}}
-  {}
+\newcommand*{\treenode}{}% only to make sure our \edef's do not overwrite
+                         % an existing command
 
-\etocsetstyle{section}
-  {}
-  {\etociffirst{\\\hline}{\\}}
-  {\etocnumber&\etocname &\etocpage }
-  {}
+% expands 2nd argument (macro) and appends it to 1st argument (toks)
+\newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2
+  #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+    {\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}}
 
+% appends 2nd argument contents (toks) as child of first argument (toks)
+\newcommand*{\appendchildtree}[2]{% token list t1 becomes: t1 child {t2}
+   \edef\tmp{\the#1 child {\the#2}}%
+   #1\expandafter{\tmp}%
+}
+% prepare the (hyperlinked) number in the "node (number)" shape
+\newcommand*{\preparetreenode}{%
+  \tmptok\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}% expanded once (needed)
+  \edef\treenode{node {\the\tmptok}}%
+}
+
 \etocsetstyle{subsection}
-  {}
-  {\\}
-  {&\makebox[1cm][c]{\etocnumber}%
-    \parbox[t]{\dimexpr6cm-\tabcolsep\relax}{\sloppy\itshape\etocname\strut}%
-   &\itshape\etocpage }
-  {}
+  {\etocskipfirstprefix}
+  {\appendchildtree\treetok\subsectiontok}
+  {\preparetreenode
+   \subsectiontok\expandafter{\treenode}}
+  {\appendchildtree\treetok\subsectiontok}
 
+\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}
+  {\etocskipfirstprefix}
+  {\appendchildtree\subsectiontok\subsubsectiontok}
+  {\preparetreenode
+   \subsubsectiontok\expandafter{\treenode}}
+  {\appendchildtree\subsectiontok\subsubsectiontok}
+
 \etocsettocstyle
-    {\hypersetup{hidelinks}%
-     \begin{longtable}{|>{\bfseries}c|p{7cm}|r|}
-     \hline
-     \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{\Large\bfseries\strut\strut TABLE OF CONTENTS}%
-     }
-    {\\\hline\end{longtable}}
+  {\treetok{\node {\hyperref[sec:linestyles]{Line styles}}}}
+  {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}}
 
-\etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection}
-
-\tableofcontents
-\endgroup
+\centeredline{% from package centeredline (limits scope of \hypersetup)
+   \etocsetnexttocdepth{subsubsection}
+   \etocinline\tableofcontents \label{toc:molecule} \ref{toc:tocstyle}
+   \hypersetup{hidelinks}%
+   \begin{tikzpicture}
+              [grow cyclic,
+               level 1/.style={level distance=4cm,sibling angle=72},
+               level 2/.style={level distance=2cm,sibling angle=60},
+               every node/.style={ball color=red,circle,text=SkyBlue},
+               edge from parent path={[dashed,very thick,color=cyan]
+                           (\tikzparentnode) --(\tikzchildnode)}]
+   \the\treetok
+   \end{tikzpicture}%
+}

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-18.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-18.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-18.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,23 +1,116 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-18.tex'
 %% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\begin{center}
+% \newtoks\treetok % done in preamble
+% \newtoks\parttok
+\newcommand*\partnode {}  % check with \newcommand we will not overwrite something
+\newcommand*\childnode {}
+
+\newcommand*\tmprotate {} % (idem)
+\newcommand*\tmpoption {} %
+\newcommand*\tmpstuff  {} %
+
+\newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2
+   #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}}
+
+\newcommand*{\appendchildtree}[3]{%
+% this is to construct "t1 child [#3]{t2}" from #1=t1 and #2=t2
+% t1 and t2 are two toks variable (not macros)
+% #3 = for example teal!60
+   \edef\tmpstuff {\the#1 child [#3]{\the#2}}%
+   #1\expandafter {\tmpstuff }%
+}
+
+\newcounter{partco}
+
+% 1,2,3,4,5,... -> 1,2,3,1,2,3,1,2,3
+\def\pseudomodthree #1{\numexpr #1 + 3 - 3*((#1+1)/3)\relax}
+
+\etocsetstyle{part}
+  {\etocskipfirstprefix}
+% This updates the global tree with the data  from the previous
+% part and all its children sections. Moved here because for some parts the
+% sections are not displayed due to depth tags.
+  {\ifnum\value{partco}=3
+     \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= green!50,level distance=10cm}%
+   \else
+\ifcase\pseudomodthree{\value{partco}}%
+   \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= teal!30}%   first
+   \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= yellow!80}% second
+   \else\appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= green!50}% third and next ...
+   \fi\fi
+   }
+  {\stepcounter{partco}%
+% customize manually  some TikZ set-up (should be done inside the TikZ thing I guess)
+   \def\tmpoption {}%
+   \def\tmprotate {}% first
+   %\ifnum\value{partco}=5 \def\tmprotate {[counterclockwise from =-40]}\fi
+   %\ifnum\value{partco}=8 \def\tmprotate {[counterclockwise from =-50]}\fi
+% define the part node
+   \edef\partnode{node \tmpoption
+                  {\unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}.
+                   \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}}\tmprotate }%
+% this is a starting point which will be filled it by the section children
+   \parttok\expandafter{\partnode}}
+  {\ifcase\pseudomodthree{\value{partco}}%
+   \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= teal!60}%   first
+   \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= yellow!80}% second
+   \else\appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= green!50}% third and next ...
+   \fi
+   }
+
 \etocsetstyle{section}
-             {}
-             {\etociffirst{\\\hline\hline}{\\\hline}}
-             {\etocname & \etocnumber & \etocpage }
-             {}
+  {}
+  {}
+  {% define the section node
+   \edef\childnode{child {node {\unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}
+                        \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}}}}%
+   % append it to the current \parttok
+   \appendtotok\parttok\childnode
+    }
+  {}
 
 \etocsettocstyle
-   {\hypersetup{hidelinks}\begin{tabular}{|p{4cm}|c|c|}\hline
-    \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{\bfseries Section}&
-    \bfseries number&
-    \bfseries page}
-   {\\\hline\end{tabular}}
+  {\setcounter{partco}{0}%
+   \treetok{\node [root concept]{\textbf{The \etoc documentation}}}}
+  {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}}
+% The \global above is mandatory because etoc always typesets TOC inside a group
 
-\etocglobaldefs % MANDATORY !!
-\etocsetnexttocdepth{1}
+\etocsetnexttocdepth{section}
+% use of depth tags to cut out sections for most parts, the sections
+% are too numerous to fit well with the circular growth
+\etocsettagdepth {preamble}   {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {overview}   {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {styling}    {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {control}    {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {examples}   {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {advanced}   {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{part}
+\etocsettagdepth {code}       {section}
 
-\tableofcontents\ref{toc:overview}
-\end{center}
+\tikzset{
+    branch color/.style={
+        concept color=#1!white,
+        every child/.append style={concept color=#1!white!30!white, font=\normalsize},
+    }
+}%
+
+\begin{figure}[htbp!]
+\etocobeydepthtags % obey the depth tags restrictions (which is default anyhow)
+\tableofcontents\label{toc:mindmap}%
+\centeredline{\resizebox{.85\paperwidth}{!}%
+{\begin{tikzpicture}[mindmap,
+                    grow cyclic,
+                    text width=2cm,
+                    align=flush center,
+                    nodes={concept},
+                    concept color=orange!60,
+                    root concept/.append style={text width=4cm, font=\Large},
+   level 1/.append style={level distance=5cm,sibling angle=45, text width=3cm},
+   level 2/.append style={level distance=7cm,sibling angle=30, text width=3cm},
+   level 1 concept/.append style={font=\normalsize},
+                    ]
+\the\treetok
+\end{tikzpicture}}}
+\end{figure}

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-19.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-19.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-19.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,57 +1,64 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-19.tex'
-%% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
+\begingroup
+\etocglobaldefs % necessary for \etocname etc... to survive &
 \makeatletter
-\newcommand*\TOCcompute at numwidths [2]{% #1=empty/"local", #2=minimal indent
-  \begingroup
-    \def\TOCnumwidthB {0pt}%
-    \def\TOCnumwidthC {0pt}%
-    \def\TOCnumwidthD {0pt}%
-    \def\TOCnumwidthE {0pt}%
-    \def\TOCnumwidthF {0pt}%
-    \def\TOCnumwidthG {0pt}%
-    \etocsetstyle{part}{}{}{}{}%
-    \etocsetstyle{chapter}{}
-      {\setbox0\hbox{\bfseries\etocthenumber\kern#2}}
-      {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthB\edef\TOCnumwidthB{\the\wd0}\fi}{}%
-    \etocsetstyle{section}{}
-      {\setbox0\hbox{\bfseries\etocthenumber\kern#2}}
-      {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthC\edef\TOCnumwidthC{\the\wd0}\fi}{}%
-    \etocsetstyle{subsection}{}
-      {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}}
-      {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthD\edef\TOCnumwidthD{\the\wd0}\fi}{}%
-    \etocsetstyle{subsubsection}{}
-      {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}}
-      {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthE\edef\TOCnumwidthE{\the\wd0}\fi}{}%
-    \etocsetstyle{paragraph}{}
-      {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}}
-      {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthF\edef\TOCnumwidthF{\the\wd0}\fi}{}%
-    \etocsetstyle{subparagraph}{}
-      {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}}
-      {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthG\edef\TOCnumwidthG{\the\wd0}\fi}{}%
-    %
-    \etocsettocstyle{}
-     {\global\let\TOCnumwidthB\TOCnumwidthB
-      \global\let\TOCnumwidthC\TOCnumwidthC
-      \global\let\TOCnumwidthD\TOCnumwidthD
-      \global\let\TOCnumwidthE\TOCnumwidthE
-      \global\let\TOCnumwidthF\TOCnumwidthF
-      \global\let\TOCnumwidthG\TOCnumwidthG}%
-    \etocnopar
-    \csname #1tableofcontents\endcsname
-\typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthB\space for chapter number width}%
-\typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthC\space for section number width}%
-\typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthD\space for subsection number width}%
-\typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthE\space for subsubsection number width}%
-\typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthF\space for paragraph number width}%
-\typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthG\space for subparagraph number width}%
-    \endgroup
-}%
-\newcommand*\TOCcomputenumwidths [1][0.5em]{%
-  \TOCcompute at numwidths {}{#1}%
-}%
-\newcommand*\TOCcomputelocalnumwidths [1][0.5em]{%
-  \TOCcompute at numwidths {local}{#1}%
-}%
+% hack into longtable \hline to avoid annoying (here) stray lines at top
+\def\LT@@hline{%
+  \ifx\@let at token\hline
+    \global\let\@gtempa\@gobble
+    \global\let\@gtempb\@firstofone %%% ADDED
+    \gdef\LT at sep{\penalty-\@medpenalty\vskip\doublerulesep}%
+  \else
+    \global\let\@gtempa\@empty
+    \global\let\@gtempb\@gobble     %%% ADDED
+    \gdef\LT at sep{\penalty-\@lowpenalty\vskip-\arrayrulewidth}%
+  \fi
+  \ifnum0=`{\fi}%
+  \multispan\LT at cols
+     \unskip\leaders\hrule\@height\arrayrulewidth\hfill\cr
+  \@gtempb{%                        %%% ADDED
+  \noalign{\LT at sep}%
+  \multispan\LT at cols
+     \unskip\leaders\hrule\@height\arrayrulewidth\hfill\cr
+  \noalign{\penalty\@M}%
+  }%                                %%% ADDED
+  \@gtempa}
 \makeatother
+
+% observe the locations of the \\
+\etocsetstyle{part}
+  {}
+  {}
+  {\\\hline\multicolumn{3}{c}{\bfseries\vrule height6ex depth3ex width0pt
+                              \makebox[0pt]{\etocifnumbered{\etocnumber. }{}\etocname}}}
+  {}
+
+\etocsetstyle{section}
+  {}
+  {\etociffirst{\\\hline}{\\}}
+  {\etocnumber&\etocname &\etocpage }
+  {}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}
+  {}
+  {\\}
+  {&\makebox[1cm][c]{\etocnumber}%
+    \parbox[t]{\dimexpr6cm-\tabcolsep\relax}{\sloppy\itshape\etocname\strut}%
+   &\itshape\etocpage }
+  {}
+
+\etocsettocstyle
+    {\hypersetup{hidelinks}%
+     \begin{longtable}{|>{\bfseries}c|p{7cm}|r|}
+     \hline
+     \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{\Large\bfseries\strut\strut TABLE OF CONTENTS}%
+     }
+    {\\\hline\end{longtable}}
+
+\etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection}
+
+\tableofcontents
+\endgroup

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-20.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-20.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-20.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,22 +1,23 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-20.tex'
-%% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
+\begin{center}
 \etocsetstyle{section}
-{\begin{enumerate}}
-{\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item}
-{\etocname{} (page \etocpage)}
-{\end{enumerate}}
+             {}
+             {\etociffirst{\\\hline\hline}{\\\hline}}
+             {\etocname & \etocnumber & \etocpage }
+             {}
 
-\etocsetstyle{subsection}
-{\begin{enumerate}}
-{\normalfont\item}
-{\etocname{} (p.~\etocpage)}
-{\end{enumerate}}
+\etocsettocstyle
+   {\hypersetup{hidelinks}\begin{tabular}{|>{\RaggedRight}p{4.5cm}|c|c|}\hline
+    \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{\bfseries Section title}&
+    \bfseries number&
+    \bfseries page}
+   {\\\hline\end{tabular}}
 
-\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}
-{\par\nobreak\begingroup\normalfont
-        \footnotesize\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix}
-{\allowbreak\,--\,}
-{\etocname}
-{.\hfil\par\endgroup\pagebreak[3]}
+\etocglobaldefs % MANDATORY !!
+\etocsetnexttocdepth{1}
+
+\tableofcontents\ref{toc:overview}
+\end{center}

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-21.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-21.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-21.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,19 +1,59 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-21.tex'
 %% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\etocsettocdepth {subsubsection} % set the initial tocdepth
-\etocdefaultlines % use the package default line styles. At this early stage in
-                  % the document they had not yet been modified by \etocsetstyle
-                  % commands, so \etoctoclines could have been used, too.
-\etocmarkboth\contentsname
-\etocmulticolstyle[1]                   % one-column display
-    {\pdfbookmark[1]{Table of contents}{MAINTOC}% create a bookmark in the pdf
-     \noindent\bfseries\Large
-     \leaders\hrule height1pt\hfill
-     \MakeUppercase{Table of Contents}}
-\begingroup                             % use a group to limit the scope of the
-  \etocsetlevel{subsection}{3}          %   subsection level change.
-  \etocsetlevel{subsubsection}{4}       % anything > tocdepth=3.
-  \tableofcontents \label{toc:main}
-\endgroup
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\TOCcompute at numwidths [2]{% #1=empty/"local", #2=minimal indent
+  \begingroup
+    \def\TOCnumwidthB {0pt}%
+    \def\TOCnumwidthC {0pt}%
+    \def\TOCnumwidthD {0pt}%
+    \def\TOCnumwidthE {0pt}%
+    \def\TOCnumwidthF {0pt}%
+    \def\TOCnumwidthG {0pt}%
+    \etocsetstyle{part}{}{}{}{}%
+    \etocsetstyle{chapter}{}
+      {\setbox0\hbox{\bfseries\etocthenumber\kern#2}}
+      {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthB\edef\TOCnumwidthB{\the\wd0}\fi}{}%
+    \etocsetstyle{section}{}
+      {\setbox0\hbox{\bfseries\etocthenumber\kern#2}}
+      {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthC\edef\TOCnumwidthC{\the\wd0}\fi}{}%
+    \etocsetstyle{subsection}{}
+      {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}}
+      {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthD\edef\TOCnumwidthD{\the\wd0}\fi}{}%
+    \etocsetstyle{subsubsection}{}
+      {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}}
+      {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthE\edef\TOCnumwidthE{\the\wd0}\fi}{}%
+    \etocsetstyle{paragraph}{}
+      {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}}
+      {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthF\edef\TOCnumwidthF{\the\wd0}\fi}{}%
+    \etocsetstyle{subparagraph}{}
+      {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}}
+      {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthG\edef\TOCnumwidthG{\the\wd0}\fi}{}%
+    %
+    \etocsettocstyle
+     {}
+     {\global\let\TOCnumwidthB\TOCnumwidthB
+      \global\let\TOCnumwidthC\TOCnumwidthC
+      \global\let\TOCnumwidthD\TOCnumwidthD
+      \global\let\TOCnumwidthE\TOCnumwidthE
+      \global\let\TOCnumwidthF\TOCnumwidthF
+      \global\let\TOCnumwidthG\TOCnumwidthG
+     }% make the found maximal widths have global scope
+    \etocnopar
+    \csname #1tableofcontents\endcsname
+\typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthB\space for chapter number width}%
+\typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthC\space for section number width}%
+\typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthD\space for subsection number width}%
+\typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthE\space for subsubsection number width}%
+\typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthF\space for paragraph number width}%
+\typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthG\space for subparagraph number width}%
+  \endgroup % matches \begingroup at start of definition
+}%
+\newcommand*\TOCcomputenumwidths [1][0.5em]{%
+  \TOCcompute at numwidths {}{#1}%
+}%
+\newcommand*\TOCcomputelocalnumwidths [1][0.5em]{%
+  \TOCcompute at numwidths {local}{#1}%
+}%
+\makeatother

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-22.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-22.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-22.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,23 +1,48 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-22.tex'
 %% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\etocruledstyle[2]{\normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape
-  \fbox{\parbox{.6\linewidth}{
-      \leftskip 0pt plus .5fil
-      \rightskip 0pt plus -.5fil
-      \parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil This is the global table of
-      contents on two columns, using \etoc default line styles, but with
-      sections as chapters, and subsections as sections.
-      }}}
-\etocdefaultlines
-\etocsetnexttocdepth{1}
-\begingroup
-\etocsetlevel{section}{0}
-\etocsetlevel{subsection}{1}
-\renewcommand*{\etocfontone}{\normalfont \normalsize}
-\renewcommand*{\etoctoclineleaders}
-        {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hbox to 1ex {\hss.\hss}}}
-\sloppy
-\tableofcontents
-\endgroup
+\newsavebox\firstnamei  \newsavebox\firstnumberi
+\newsavebox\lastnamei   \newsavebox\lastnumberi
+\newsavebox\firstnameii \newsavebox\firstnumberii
+\newsavebox\lastnameii  \newsavebox\lastnumberii
+\newcounter{mycounti}   \newcounter{mycountii}
+\newcommand*{\thispartstatsauxi}{} \newcommand*{\thispartstatsauxii}{}
+\newcommand*{\oldtocdepth}{}
+\newcommand*{\thispartstats}{%
+  \setcounter{mycounti}{0}%
+  \setcounter{mycountii}{0}%
+  \def\thispartstatsauxi{%
+         \sbox{\firstnamei}{\footnotesize\etocname}%
+         \sbox{\firstnumberi}{\footnotesize\etocnumber}%
+         \def\thispartstatsauxi{}}%
+  \def\thispartstatsauxii{%
+         \sbox{\firstnameii}{\footnotesize\etocname}%
+         \sbox{\firstnumberii}{\footnotesize\etocnumber}%
+         \def\thispartstatsauxii{}}%
+  \begingroup
+  \etocsetstyle{subsection} {} {}
+    {\thispartstatsauxii
+     \stepcounter{mycountii}%
+     \sbox{\lastnameii}{\footnotesize\etocname}%
+     \sbox{\lastnumberii}{\footnotesize\etocnumber}} {}%
+  \etocsetstyle{section} {} {}
+    {\thispartstatsauxi
+     \stepcounter{mycounti}%
+     \sbox{\lastnamei}{\footnotesize\etocname}%
+     \sbox{\lastnumberi}{\footnotesize\etocnumber}}
+    {{\footnotesize\itshape
+    Here are some statistics for this part: it contains \arabic{mycounti}
+    section\ifnum\value{mycounti}>1 s\fi{} and \arabic{mycountii}
+    subsection\ifnum\value{mycountii}>1 s\fi. The name of the first section is
+    \unhbox\firstnamei{} and the corresponding number is \unhbox\firstnumberi.
+    The name of the last section is \unhbox\lastnamei{} and its number is
+    \unhbox\lastnumberi. The name of the first subsection is \unhbox\firstnameii{}
+    and the corresponding number is \unhbox\firstnumberii. The name of the last
+    subsection is \unhbox\lastnameii{} and its number is \unhbox\lastnumberii.\par}}%
+  \etocinline % cancels the automatic \par automatically before the TOC
+  \etocsettocstyle {}{}
+  \etocsetnexttocdepth{2}%
+  \localtableofcontents  % to be used at the top level of a Part.
+  \endgroup
+}

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-23.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-23.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-23.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,74 +1,31 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-23.tex'
 %% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\begingroup
-\definecolor{subsecnum}{RGB}{13,151,225}
-\definecolor{secbackground}{RGB}{0,177,235}
-\definecolor{tocbackground}{RGB}{212,237,252}
-
-\renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
-\renewcommand{\etocleftrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
-\renewcommand{\etocrightrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
-\renewcommand{\etocbottomrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
-\renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
-
-\renewcommand{\etocleftrule}{\vrule width 1cm}
-\renewcommand{\etocrightrule}{\vrule width .5cm}
-\renewcommand{\etocbottomrule}{\hrule height 12pt}
-\renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 12pt}
-
-\renewcommand{\etocinnertopsep}{0pt}
-\renewcommand{\etocinnerbottomsep}{0pt}
-\renewcommand{\etocinnerleftsep}{0pt}
-\renewcommand{\etocinnerrightsep}{0pt}
-
-\newcommand\shiftedwhiterule[2]{%
-    \hbox to \linewidth{\color{white}%
-    \hskip#1\leaders\vrule height1pt\hfil}\nointerlineskip\vskip#2}
-
-\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}{\etocskipfirstprefix}
-  {\shiftedwhiterule{\leftskip}{6pt}}
-  {\sffamily\footnotesize
-     \leftskip2.5cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip1cm\noindent
-     \hbox to 1cm{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber\hss}%
-     \color{black}\etocname\leaders\hbox to .2cm{\hss.}\hfill
-     \rlap{\hbox to 1cm{\hss\etocpage\hskip.2cm}}\par
-     \nointerlineskip\vskip3pt}
-  {}
-
-\etocsetstyle{subsection}{\etocskipfirstprefix}
-  {\shiftedwhiterule{1.5cm}{6pt}}
-  {\sffamily\small
-     \leftskip1.5cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip1cm\noindent
-     \hbox to 1cm{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber\hss}%
-     \color{black}\etocname\leaders\hbox to .2cm{\hss.}\hfill
-     \rlap{\hbox to 1cm{\hss\etocpage\hskip.2cm}}\par
-     \nointerlineskip\vskip6pt}
-  {}
-
-\newcommand{\coloredstuff}[2]{%
-            \leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\parskip0pt
-            \fboxsep0pt % \colorbox uses \fboxsep also when no frame!
-       \noindent\colorbox{secbackground}
-               {\parbox{\linewidth}{%
-                    \vskip5pt
-                    {\noindent\color{#1}#2\par}\nointerlineskip
-                    \vskip3pt}}%
-       \par\nointerlineskip}
-
-\etocsetstyle{section}
-{\coloredstuff{white}
-     {\hfil \hyperref[toc:b]{\bfseries\large I am a twin of
-     that other TOC (click me!)}\hfil}}
-{\vskip3pt\sffamily\small}
-{\coloredstuff{white}
-    {\leftskip1.5cm\rightskip.5cm\parfillskip-\rightskip
-     \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocnumber\hspace{.2cm}}}%
-     \etocname\hfill\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.2cm}}}%
- \vskip6pt }
-{}
-
-\etocframedstyle[1]{}
-\tableofcontents \label{toc:clone} \ref{toc:globalcmds}
-\endgroup
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\firstsubname   {}  \newcommand*\lastsubname    {}
+\newcommand*\firstsubnumber {}  \newcommand*\lastsubnumber  {}
+\newcommand*\thisspecialstatsaux{}
+\newcommand*{\thisspecialstats}{%
+  \setcounter{mycounti}{0}%
+  \def\thisspecialstatsaux{%
+         \let\firstsubname\etocthelinkedname
+         \let\firstsubnumber\etocthelinkednumber
+         \def\thisspecialstatsaux{}}
+  \begingroup
+  \etocsetstyle{subsection} {} {}
+    {\thisspecialstatsaux
+     \stepcounter{mycounti}%
+     \let\lastsubname\etocthelinkedname
+     \let\lastsubnumber\etocthelinkednumber }
+    {Here are some statistics for this section. It contains \arabic{mycounti}
+      subsections. The name of its first is \emph{\firstsubname{}} and the
+      corresponding number is {\firstsubnumber}. The name of the last
+      subsection is \emph{\lastsubname{}} and its number is {\lastsubnumber}.}%
+   \etocsettocstyle {}{}
+   \etocinline
+   \etocsetnexttocdepth {1}%
+   \localtableofcontents % to be used within a section
+  \endgroup
+}
+\makeatother

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-24.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-24.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-24.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,48 +1,65 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-24.tex'
-%% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\newsavebox\firstnamei  \newsavebox\firstnumberi
-\newsavebox\lastnamei   \newsavebox\lastnumberi
-\newsavebox\firstnameii \newsavebox\firstnumberii
-\newsavebox\lastnameii  \newsavebox\lastnumberii
-\newcounter{mycounti}   \newcounter{mycountii}
-\newcommand*{\thispartstatsauxi}{} \newcommand*{\thispartstatsauxii}{}
-\newcommand*{\oldtocdepth}{}
-\newcommand*{\thispartstats}{%
-  \setcounter{mycounti}{0}%
-  \setcounter{mycountii}{0}%
-  \def\thispartstatsauxi{%
-         \sbox{\firstnamei}{\footnotesize\etocname}%
-         \sbox{\firstnumberi}{\footnotesize\etocnumber}%
-         \def\thispartstatsauxi{}}%
-  \def\thispartstatsauxii{%
-         \sbox{\firstnameii}{\footnotesize\etocname}%
-         \sbox{\firstnumberii}{\footnotesize\etocnumber}%
-         \def\thispartstatsauxii{}}%
-  \begingroup
-  \etocsetstyle{subsection} {} {}
-    {\thispartstatsauxii
-     \stepcounter{mycountii}%
-     \sbox{\lastnameii}{\footnotesize\etocname}%
-     \sbox{\lastnumberii}{\footnotesize\etocnumber}} {}%
-  \etocsetstyle{section} {} {}
-    {\thispartstatsauxi
-     \stepcounter{mycounti}%
-     \sbox{\lastnamei}{\footnotesize\etocname}%
-     \sbox{\lastnumberi}{\footnotesize\etocnumber}}
-    {{\footnotesize\itshape
-    Here are some statistics for this part: it contains \arabic{mycounti}
-    section\ifnum\value{mycounti}>1 s\fi{} and \arabic{mycountii}
-    subsection\ifnum\value{mycountii}>1 s\fi. The name of the first section is
-    \unhbox\firstnamei{} and the corresponding number is \unhbox\firstnumberi.
-    The name of the last section is \unhbox\lastnamei{} and its number is
-    \unhbox\lastnumberi. The name of the first subsection is \unhbox\firstnameii{}
-    and the corresponding number is \unhbox\firstnumberii. The name of the last
-    subsection is \unhbox\lastnameii{} and its number is \unhbox\lastnumberii.\par}}%
-  \etocinline % cancels the automatic \par automatically before the TOC
-  \etocsettocstyle {}{}
-  \etocsetnexttocdepth{2}%
-  \localtableofcontents  % to be used at the top level of a Part.
-  \endgroup
-}
+\etocsetnexttocdepth {all}
+\begingroup
+\parindent 0pt \leftskip 0cm \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip -\rightskip
+\newcommand*{\EndParWithPagenoInMargin}
+    {\nobreak\hfill
+     \makebox[0.75cm][r]{\mdseries\normalsize\etocpage}%
+     \par}
+\renewcommand*\etoctoclineleaders
+    {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hbox to .75ex {\hss.\hss}}}
+\newcommand*{\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders}
+    {\nobreak\leaders\etoctoclineleaders\hfill
+     \makebox[0.75cm][r]{\mdseries\normalsize\etocpage}%
+     \par }
+\etocsetstyle {part}
+              {}
+              {\leavevmode\leftskip 1cm\relax}
+              {\bfseries\large\llap{\makebox[1cm][r]{\etocnumber\ \ }}%
+               \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMargin\smallskip}
+              {}
+\etocsetstyle {section}
+              {}
+              {\leavevmode\leftskip 1.75cm\relax}
+              {\bfseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[.75cm][l]{\etocnumber}}%
+               \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders}
+              {}
+\etocsetstyle {subsection}
+              {}
+              {\leavevmode\leftskip 2.75cm\relax }
+              {\mdseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}}%
+               \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders}
+              {}
+\etocsetstyle {subsubsection}
+              {}
+              {\leavevmode\leftskip 4cm\relax }
+              {\mdseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[1.25cm][l]{\etocnumber}}%
+               \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders}
+              {}
+\etocsetstyle {paragraph}
+              {}
+              {\leavevmode\leftskip 5.5cm\relax }
+              {\mdseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[1.5cm][l]{\etocnumber}}%
+               \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders}
+              {}
+\etocsettagdepth {preamble}    {all}
+\etocsettagdepth {overview}    {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {styling}     {subsection}
+\etocsettagdepth {control}     {subsubsection}
+\etocsettagdepth {examples}    {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {advanced}    {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{all}
+\etocsettagdepth {code}        {all}
+\renewcommand\etoctoprule {\hrule height 3pt\relax }
+\renewcommand\etoctoprulecolorcmd {\color{blue}}
+\renewcommand\etocaftercontentshook
+   {\medskip\begingroup \color{blue}\hrule height 3pt \endgroup }
+\etocruledstyle [1]{\Large\bfseries
+                    \fbox{\makebox[8cm]{A TOC using depth tags}}}
+\sloppy
+\etocobeydepthtags % let's not forget to activate this (default anyhow)
+\tableofcontents
+\endgroup

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-25.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-25.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-25.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,31 +1,59 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-25.tex'
 %% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
 \makeatletter
-\newcommand*\firstsubname   {}  \newcommand*\lastsubname    {}
-\newcommand*\firstsubnumber {}  \newcommand*\lastsubnumber  {}
-\newcommand*\thisspecialstatsaux{}
-\newcommand*{\thisspecialstats}{%
-  \setcounter{mycounti}{0}%
-  \def\thisspecialstatsaux{%
-         \let\firstsubname\etocthelinkedname
-         \let\firstsubnumber\etocthelinkednumber
-         \def\thisspecialstatsaux{}}
+\newcommand*{\MyQuasiStandardTOC}[2][]{%
+  % #1 is an optional "\ref{somelabeltoanothertoc}"
+  % #2 is the number of some exceptional section
   \begingroup
-  \etocsetstyle{subsection} {} {}
-    {\thisspecialstatsaux
-     \stepcounter{mycounti}%
-     \let\lastsubname\etocthelinkedname
-     \let\lastsubnumber\etocthelinkednumber }
-    {Here are some statistics for this section. It contains \arabic{mycounti}
-      subsections. The name of its first is \emph{\firstsubname{}} and the
-      corresponding number is {\firstsubnumber}. The name of the last
-      subsection is \emph{\lastsubname{}} and its number is {\lastsubnumber}.}%
-   \etocsettocstyle {}{}
-   \etocinline
-   \etocsetnexttocdepth {1}%
-   \localtableofcontents % to be used within a section
+  \etocsetstyle{section}
+    {}
+    {\etociffirst{% Suppress display of subsections for the first section!
+                  \etocsetlevel{subsection}{6}}
+                 {\etocsetlevel{subsection}{2}}%
+     \ifnum\etocthenumber=#2 % Handle especially section number #2 !
+      \etocsetstyle{subsection}
+        {\def\foo{}\par\nopagebreak\begingroup
+         \leftskip2em \rightskip\@tocrmarg
+         \parfillskip \@flushglue
+         \parindent 0pt
+         \normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape
+         \etocskipfirstprefix}
+        {\allowbreak\,--\,}
+        {\edef\foo{\the\numexpr\foo+1}\etocname\ \textup{(\etocnumber)}}
+        {.\par \upshape My AI counted circa \foo\space subsections,
+                        was it right?\par\endgroup}%
+     \else
+      \ifnum\etocthenumber>#2 % Only count subsections in those sections !
+        \etocsetstyle{subsection}
+        {\def\foo{}}%
+        {\edef\foo{\the\numexpr\foo+1}}%
+        {}%
+        {\leftskip2em \emph{There are \foo\space subsections here,
+                      but I will need payment to display them.}\par}%
+      \else
+        \etocsetstyle{subsection}
+        {}%
+        {}%
+        {\l at subsection{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}%
+        {}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    }%
+    {% Display in a special color the number of the special section!
+     \l at section{\numberline{{\ifnum\etocthenumber=#2
+                             \color{red}\else\color{cyan}\fi\etocthenumber}}%
+                \etociffirst{\etocname\space (SUBSECTIONS SKIPPED)}{\etocname}}
+               {\etocpage}}%
+    {}%
+  \etocclasstocstyle % will use the ambient document class
+     % special KOMA-script customization as this document uses scrartcl
+     % and we need to enlarge numwidth for some subsections
+     \DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=2em,indent=0pt]{tocline}{section}
+     \DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=2.5em,indent=2em]{tocline}{subsection}
+  \etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection}%
+  \tableofcontents #1
   \endgroup
 }
 \makeatother

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-26.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-26.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-26.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,67 +1,50 @@
 %% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-26.tex'
-%% generated by the `filecontentsdef' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
+%% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
+%% from source `etoc' on 2023/03/02.
 %%
-\etocsetnexttocdepth {all}
+\newtoks\toctabletok
+\newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2
+  #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter {\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}}
+
+\newcommand*\PreparePart{%
+  \toks0 \expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}%
+  \toks2 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}%
+  \toks4 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedpage}%
+  \edef\toctablepiece {\noexpand\hline
+                      \noexpand\strut\the\toks0 &\noexpand\bfseries\the\toks2
+                                 &\the\toks4 \noexpand\\\noexpand\hline}%
+}
+\newcommand*\PrepareSection{%
+  \toks0 \expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}%
+  \toks2 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}%
+  \toks4 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedpage}%
+  \edef\toctablepiece {\the\toks0 &\the\toks2 &\the\toks4 \noexpand\\}%
+}
+%
+\newcommand*{\PrepareSubsection}{%
+  \toks0 \expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}%
+  \toks2 \expandafter{\expandafter\itshape\etocthelinkedname\strut}%
+  \toks4 \expandafter{\expandafter\itshape\etocthelinkedpage}%
+  \edef\toctablepiece{&\noexpand\makebox[1cm][c]{\the\toks0}%
+                      \noexpand\parbox[t]{\dimexpr6cm-\tabcolsep\relax}
+                                         {\noexpand\sloppy\the\toks2}%
+                      &\the\toks4 \noexpand\\}%
+}
+
 \begingroup
-\parindent 0pt \leftskip 0cm \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip -\rightskip
-\newcommand*{\EndParWithPagenoInMargin}
-    {\nobreak\hfill
-     \makebox[0.75cm][r]{\mdseries\normalsize\etocpage}%
-     \par}
-\renewcommand*\etoctoclineleaders
-    {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hbox to .75ex {\hss.\hss}}}
-\newcommand*{\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders}
-    {\nobreak\leaders\etoctoclineleaders\hfill
-     \makebox[0.75cm][r]{\mdseries\normalsize\etocpage}%
-     \par }
-\etocsetstyle {part}
-              {}
-              {\leavevmode\leftskip 1cm\relax}
-              {\bfseries\large\llap{\makebox[1cm][r]{\etocnumber\ \ }}%
-               \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMargin\smallskip}
-              {}
-\etocsetstyle {section}
-              {}
-              {\leavevmode\leftskip 1.75cm\relax}
-              {\bfseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[.75cm][l]{\etocnumber}}%
-               \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders}
-              {}
-\etocsetstyle {subsection}
-              {}
-              {\leavevmode\leftskip 2.75cm\relax }
-              {\mdseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}}%
-               \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders}
-              {}
-\etocsetstyle {subsubsection}
-              {}
-              {\leavevmode\leftskip 4cm\relax }
-              {\mdseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[1.25cm][l]{\etocnumber}}%
-               \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders}
-              {}
-\etocsetstyle {paragraph}
-              {}
-              {\leavevmode\leftskip 5.5cm\relax }
-              {\mdseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[1.5cm][l]{\etocnumber}}%
-               \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders}
-              {}
-\etocsettagdepth {preamble}   {none}
-\etocsettagdepth {overview}   {part}
-%\etocsettagdepth {arbitrarily}{part}% not needed explicitely, keeps value
-%\etocsettagdepth {examples}   {part}
-%\etocsettagdepth {surprising} {part}
-%\etocsettagdepth {linestyles} {part}
-\etocsettagdepth {globalcmds} {paragraph}
-\etocsettagdepth {custom}     {part}
-%\etocsettagdepth {tips}       {part}
-%\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{part}
-\etocsettagdepth {code}       {none}
-\renewcommand\etoctoprule {\hrule height 3pt\relax }
-\renewcommand\etoctoprulecolorcmd {\color{blue}}
-\renewcommand\etocaftercontentshook
-   {\medskip\begingroup \color{blue}\hrule height 3pt \endgroup }
-\etocruledstyle [1]{\Large\bfseries
-                    \fbox{\makebox[8cm]{A TOC using depth tags}}}
-\sloppy
+\etocsetstyle{part}{}{}{\PreparePart \appendtotok\toctabletok\toctablepiece}{}
+
+\etocsetstyle{section}{}{}{\PrepareSection \appendtotok\toctabletok\toctablepiece}{}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}{}{}{\PrepareSubsection\appendtotok\toctabletok\toctablepiece}{}
+
+\etocsettocstyle
+    {\toctabletok{\hypersetup{hidelinks}%
+                 \begin{longtable}{|>{\bfseries}c|p{7cm}|r|}\hline
+                 \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{\Large\bfseries\strut TABLE OF CONTENTS}%
+                 \\\hline\hline}}
+    {\global\toctabletok\expandafter{\the\toctabletok\hline\end{longtable}}}
+\etocsettocdepth {subsection}
 \tableofcontents
+\the\toctabletok
 \endgroup

Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-27.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-27.tex	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/etoc/etocsnippet-27.tex	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-%% LaTeX2e file `etocsnippet-27.tex'
-%% generated by the `filecontentshere' environment
-%% from source `etoc' on 2023/01/21.
-%%
-\newtoks\toctabletok
-\newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2
-  #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter {\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}}
-
-\newcommand*\PreparePart{%
-  \toks0 \expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}%
-  \toks2 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}%
-  \toks4 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedpage}%
-  \edef\toctablepiece {\noexpand\hline
-                      \noexpand\strut\the\toks0 &\noexpand\bfseries\the\toks2
-                                 &\the\toks4 \noexpand\\\noexpand\hline}%
-}
-\newcommand*\PrepareSection{%
-  \toks0 \expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}%
-  \toks2 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}%
-  \toks4 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedpage}%
-  \edef\toctablepiece {\the\toks0 &\the\toks2 &\the\toks4 \noexpand\\}%
-}
-% new version for 1.07k, 2014/03/06
-\newcommand*{\PrepareSubsection}{%
-  \toks0 \expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}%
-  \toks2 \expandafter{\expandafter\itshape\etocthelinkedname\strut}%
-  \toks4 \expandafter{\expandafter\itshape\etocthelinkedpage}%
-  \edef\toctablepiece{&\noexpand\makebox[1cm][c]{\the\toks0}%
-                      \noexpand\parbox[t]{\dimexpr6cm-\tabcolsep\relax}
-                                         {\noexpand\sloppy\the\toks2}%
-                      &\the\toks4 \noexpand\\}%
-}
-
-\begingroup
-\etocsetstyle{part}{}{}{\PreparePart \appendtotok\toctabletok\toctablepiece}{}
-
-\etocsetstyle{section}{}{}{\PrepareSection \appendtotok\toctabletok\toctablepiece}{}
-
-\etocsetstyle{subsection}{}{}{\PrepareSubsection\appendtotok\toctabletok\toctablepiece}{}
-
-\etocsettocstyle
-    {\toctabletok{\hypersetup{hidelinks}%
-                 \begin{longtable}{|>{\bfseries}c|p{7cm}|r|}\hline
-                 \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{\Large\bfseries\strut TABLE OF CONTENTS}%
-                 \\\hline\hline}}
-    {\global\toctabletok\expandafter{\the\toctabletok\hline\end{longtable}}}
-\etocsettocdepth {subsection}
-\tableofcontents
-\the\toctabletok
-\endgroup

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/etoc/etoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/etoc/etoc.dtx	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/etoc/etoc.dtx	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -1,30 +1,26 @@
-% -*- coding: utf-8; time-stamp-format: "%02d-%02m-%:y at %02H:%02M:%02S %Z" -*-
-% N.B.: this dtx file is NOT for use with \DocInput. The latex source of the
-% user manual is not prefixed with percent signs.
+% -*- coding: utf-8; time-stamp-format: "%02d-%02m-%:y at %02H:%02M:%02S %Z" ; time-stamp-active: nil -*-
+% N.B.: this dtx file does NOT use \DocInput.  It does NOT prefix the user
+% manual part with percent characters.
 %<*none>
-\def\etocdtxtimestamp {Time-stamp: <20-01-2023 at 21:03:03 CET>}%
+\def\etocdtxtimestamp {Time-stamp: <01-03-2023 at 23:38:38 CET>}%
 %</none>
 %<*!readme>
 %%
 %% Package: etoc
-%% Version: 1.1c
+%% Version: 1.2
 %% License: LPPL 1.3c
 %% Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Jean-Francois Burnol
 %%                         <jfbu at free dot fr>
 %</!readme>
 %<*none>
-\def\etocpkgdate        {2023/01/20}
-\def\etocdocdate        {2023/01/20}
-\def\etocpkgversion     {1.1c}
+\def\etocpkgdate        {2023/03/01}
+\def\etocdocdate        {2023/03/01}
+\def\etocpkgversion     {1.2}
 \def\etocpkgdescription {Completely customisable TOCs (JFB)}
-%% German translation was last udpated on April 2015 and all new material
-%% was included since in English.  During 2020/2021/2022 emerged a still
-%% unresolved texdoc problem which always displays etoc-DE.pdf preferentially.
-%% On 2022/08/26, decision is made to stop shipping this etoc-DE.pdf.
-%% The dtx gets purged from its soure as well.
-%% Not sure if I will make pdf available for download from some web site,
-%% but this can always be done if requests emerge; but I hesitate for
-%% the location.
+%% Formerly this etoc.dtx also included source for a German translation
+%% etoc-DE.pdf.  But all additions since April 2015 had been only in English.
+%% Since 1.09f of 2022/08/30 etoc-DE.pdf is not produced anymore and the
+%% existing translated sections have been removed from this etoc.dtx.
 % Definition of \etocLicense
 % --------------------------
 \begingroup
@@ -33,7 +29,7 @@
     \catcode32=13\catcode`\\=12^^Brelax^^A
 ^^Bfirstofone{^^Bendgroup^^Bdef^^BetocLicense^^A
 {% Package: etoc
-% Version: 1.1c
+% Version: 1.2
 % License: LPPL 1.3c
 % Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Jean-Francois Burnol <jfbu at free dot fr>
 %
@@ -60,7 +56,7 @@
 %<*readme>
 <!-- -->
 
-    Source:  etoc.dtx (1.1c)
+    Source:  etoc.dtx (1.2)
     Author:  Jean-Francois Burnol
     Info:    Completely customisable TOCs
     License: LPPL 1.3c
@@ -70,69 +66,52 @@
 ABSTRACT
 ========
 
-The etoc package gives to the user complete control on how the entries
-of the table of contents should be constituted from the *name*,
-*number*, and *page number* of each sectioning unit. This goes via the
-definition of *line styles* for each sectioning level used in the
-document. The package provides its own custom line styles. Simpler
-ones are given as examples in the documentation. The simplest usage
-will be to take advantage of the layout facilities of packages dealing
-with list environments.
+With `etoc` loaded, `\tableofcontents` can be used multiple times and
+an added command `\localtableofcontents` allows to typeset "local"
+tables of contents, i.e. having their scope limited to the last
+sectioning command encountered.
 
-Regarding the *global toc display*, etoc provides pre-defined styles
-based on a multi-column format, with, optionally, a ruled title or
-framed contents.
+No auxiliary file is used additionally to the standard `.toc` file.
+Release 1.2 provides experimental additions `\locallistoffigures` and
+`\locallistoftables` which also use only the `.toc` file.
 
-The `\tableofcontents` command may be used arbitrarily many times and
-it has a variant `\localtableofcontents` which prints tables of
-contents 'local' to the current surrounding document unit. An
-extension of the `\label/\ref` syntax allows to reproduce (with
-another layout) a local table of contents defined somewhere else in
-the document.
+Such local TOCs or "Lists Of" typically need to adopt a "display
+style" (i.e. the way the title is rendered, whether it should add
+itself an entry in the `.toc` file, ...) somewhat distinct from the
+global TOC.  The release 1.2 default adapts automatically the titles
+of local TOCs to their depths in the sectioning hierarchy.  Should the
+need arise to customize such "display style", full control is allowed
+by package commands.
 
-Via *depth tags*, one gets an even finer control for each table of
-contents of which sectioning units it should, or not, display.
+Regarding how the individual "contents lines" are handled, here again
+complete control is given to the user to define from the ground-up how
+to use the *name*, *number*, and *page number* for each entry,
+according to their "levels" (i.e. part, chapter, section, subsection,
+...).  As this requires some LaTeX fluency, many examples which can
+serve as starting points are attached to the PDF documentation as
+extractible files.
 
-The formatting inherited (and possibly customized by other packages)
-from the document class will be used when in compatibility mode.
+Loading `etoc` per itself modifies nothing to "contents lines"
+rendering from the class default or changes from other packages.  But
+full usage of the package allows spectacular effects such as displaying
+TOCs as trees or mind maps.
 
-The assignment of levels to the sectioning units can be changed at any
-time, and etoc can thus be used in a quite general manner to create
-custom ''lists of'', additionally to the tables of contents related to
-the document sectioning units. No auxiliary file is used additionally
-to the standard `.toc` file.
 
 INSTALLATION
 ============
 
-To extract the package (.sty) and driver (.tex) files from etoc.dtx,
-execute `etex etoc.dtx`.
+For manual installation do `etex etoc.dtx` to extract files then move
+`etoc.sty` to a place where TeX can find it.
 
-It is also possible to execute latex or pdflatex directly on etoc.dtx.
-
-To produce etoc.pdf one can run pdflatex directly on etoc.dtx or on
-the file etoc.tex which was extracted from `etex etoc.dtx` step.
-
-Options can be set in etoc.tex:
-
-- scrartcl class options (paper size, font size, ...)
-- with or without source code,
-- with dvipdfmx or with latex+dvips or pdflatex.
-
-Since release 1.08h pdflatex is the default in etoc.tex (prior it
-was latex+dvipdfmx as it produces smaller PDFs) in order to allow
-inclusion via the use of package `attachfile` of about 25 code
-samples as file attachment annotations.
-
-Installation:
-
     etoc.sty    -> TDS:tex/latex/etoc/etoc.sty
     etoc.dtx    -> TDS:source/latex/etoc/etoc.dtx
     etoc.pdf    -> TDS:doc/latex/etoc/etoc.pdf
     README.md   -> TDS:doc/latex/etoc/README.md
 
-The other files may be discarded.
+To produce `etoc.pdf` run pdflatex on the extracted file `etoc.tex`
+sufficiently many times (`latexmk -pdf etoc` is recommended).
 
+
 LICENSE
 =======
 
@@ -154,141 +133,48 @@
 This Work consists of the main source file etoc.dtx and the derived files
 etoc.sty, etoc.tex, etoc.pdf, etoc.dvi.
 
+
 RECENT CHANGES
 ==============
 
-1.1c \[2023/01/20\]
--------------------
+This is `1.2` of `2023/03/01`.
 
-Fix a brace removal bug in the construction of `\etocname`.  It
-remained without visible effects in documents using `hyperref` and
-default settings, thanks to the hyperlink wrapper, but e.g.
-`\section{{\color{blue}Blue}}` in a document not using `hyperref`,
-and not using etoc only in "compatibility mode", could cause a
-color leak in the table of contents.
+`1.1a` up to `1.1d` were mainly about refactoring core legacy code
+dating back to the earliest versions of the package.  The initial
+stimulus came from the necessity to prepare for changes to how
+hyperref and the LaTeX kernel will interact in the future.
 
-With the KOMA-script numberline toc feature, unnumbered entries in
-TOCs typeset via etoc user-defined or package provided line styles
-but using compatibility mode for the global display style were
-(knowingly) considered to be numbered with an empty number.  They
-are now considered by `\etocifnumbered` to be not numbered and the
-empty `\etocnumber` will carry no hyperlink.
+`1.2` added `\locallistoffigures` and `\locallistoftables`.  One must
+pass options `lof` and `lot` to the package to activate these
+experimental features.
 
-Fix a 1.1a regression in the context of KOMA-script unnumbered TOC
-entries: `\etocthelinkedname` could lose its hyperlink.
+The initial default rendering of the titles of tables of contents now
+uses the emulated document class code only for the global ones
+(`\tableofcontents`); for local ones (`localtableofcontents` and the
+new "local lists of") it uses by default a context aware title
+(such as `\subsection*` if local to a section).  Thus, usage of
+`\etocsettocstyle` is now purely optional.  Regarding the
+"line styles", the package has always used the unaltered rendering
+from the document class, so using the other core customization command
+`\etocsetstyle` to truly unleash the package powers has always been
+optional.
 
-Continue internal trimming of old code branches which became
-un-needed after the 1.1a refactoring.  Add relatively decent
-code comments to accompany the 1.1a-c refactoring.  Update
-warning messages to use more consistently LaTeX's templates.
-
-1.1b \[2023/01/15\]
--------------------
-
-Documentation fix, 1.1a forgot to mention the following change:
-`\etocthelinkedname`, `\etocthelinkednumber`, `\etocthelinkedpage`
-are now always hyperlinks independently of linktoc status.
-
-1.1a \[2023/01/14\]
--------------------
-
-This version brings no new functionality, despite the number bump.
-It implements a complete rewrite of old legacy core internals.
-Formerly, etoc waited for
-[hyperref](https://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref)
-(if present) to have added hyperlinks via its patch to LaTeX's
-`\contentsline`. etoc examined the arguments of `\l at section` and
-other commands to extract hyperlinking information, if any.
-With this release etoc decides earlier according to
-[hyperref](https://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref)
-linktoc status whether section names and page numbers
-should be hyperlinked, and adds links itself via `\hyperlink`.
-etoc is thus now immune to the details of how hyperref patches
-the `\contentsline` command, which is not executed anymore.
-Overall, the code is greatly simplified.
-
-`\etoclink` now wraps its argument in an hyperlink even if
-[hyperref](https://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref) is configured via
-`linktoc=none`.  Formerly no hyperlink was added then.
-
-Deprecation of `\etocsavedsectiontocline` and similarly named
-commands.  They are not needed as `\l at section` et al. are with this
-release left unmodified during the table of contents typesetting.
-
-LaTeX kernel from `2020/10/01` or later is required (to allow
-assuming the `\contentsline` entries in the TOC file always have
-four arguments).
-
-1.09i \[2022/11/21\]
---------------------
-
-Fix bug showing when a document uses both `\etocchecksemptiness` and
-`\etocsetlocaltop.toc`: the `start` and `finish` parts of some levels
-were executed possibly causing extra printed output.
-
-More hyperlinking in the implementation part of the documentation.
-
-1.09h \[2022/11/20\]
---------------------
-
-Documentation improvements.  In particular, attached code snippets
-are now visible via their filenames in the page margins.  Also,
-command names are doubly hyperlinked: first half links to the devoted
-part of the user manual, second half links to the implementation part.
-
-1.09g \[2022/11/17\]
---------------------
-
-Compatibility hotfix with recent hyperref `7.00u` of `2022-11-13`.
-Thanks to Denis Bitouzé for signaling the breakage to the author.
-
-1.09f \[2022/08/30\]
---------------------
-
-No more shipping of a German translation of the documentation, as
-it was last updated in April 2015.
-
-(etoc.pdf) User level commands hyperlink from their code source
-definitions to their descriptions in the documentation part.  Macros
-used in the code source hyperlink to where they first got defined
-there.
-
-Wrap the `\etocpartname` (from etoc's package provided toc line style)
-together with the part number in a potential common hyperlink.
-
-Try to sync the emulation of the global display style with KOMA-script
-`v3.37` (in particular regarding the `noparskipfake` KOMA toc feature).
-
-Improve documentation of some aspects under `memoir` class.
-
-Remove the `\nonumberline` token, even though empty, from the meaning of
-`\etocthename` (KOMA-script classes).
-
-Add `\etocimmediatedepthtag.toc` to work around problems related to
-`\include` (see user doc).  Thanks to Norman Ramsey who reported the problem
-and proposed a work-around in July 2016.  Apologies for the somewhat longish
-delay in incorporating it...
-
-Also add `\etocimmediatesettocdepth.toc`.
-
-Also add `\etocimmediatetoccontentsline` and its starred variant.
-
-Also add `\etocimmediatesetlocaltop.toc`.
-
-Fix an obscure bug (see source code comments) in the `\etocsetlocaltop.toc`
-mechanism.
+Shoud they dare to go check the PDF documentations, users will
+discover that it has been completely restructured at release `1.2`, to
+the extent allowed by random permutations of topics, and that many
+commands have been added to facilitate usage of `\etocsettocstyle`.
 %</readme>
 %<*tex>-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 %% To produce the documentation etoc.pdf with source code included:
 %%   latexmk -pdf etoc.tex
-%% Or 
-%%   pdflatex etoc.tex
-%% enough times.  For customizations see comments and classe options below.
+%% (or sufficiently many times pdflatex etoc.tex)
+%% For customizations see comments and classe options below.
+\tracinglostchars3
 \chardef\Withdvipdfmx 0 % replace 0 by 1 for using latex+dvipdfmx
 \chardef\NoSourceCode 0 % replace 0 by 1 for the doc *without* the source code
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
 \ProvidesFile {etoc.tex}[Driver for etoc documentation]%
-\PassOptionsToClass   {a4paper,fontsize=11pt,twoside}{scrartcl}
+\PassOptionsToClass   {a4paper,fontsize=10pt,twoside}{scrartcl}
 \PassOptionsToPackage {ngerman,english}{babel}
 \input etoc.dtx
 %%% Local Variables:
@@ -311,7 +197,7 @@
         \chardef\Withdvipdfmx 0 % 0 = pdflatex or latex+dvips, 1 = dvipdfmx
         \chardef\NoSourceCode 1 % 0 =  include source code, 1 = do not
         \NeedsTeXFormat {LaTeX2e}%
-        \PassOptionsToClass   {a4paper,fontsize=11pt,twoside}{scrartcl}%
+        \PassOptionsToClass   {a4paper,fontsize=10pt,twoside}{scrartcl}%
         \PassOptionsToPackage {ngerman,english}{babel}%
       \else % latex run is on etoc.tex
         \chardef\extractfiles 2 % do not extract files, only typeset
@@ -329,8 +215,8 @@
 \Msg{*^^J}%
 \Msg{*\space\space\space\space etoc.sty^^J}%
 \Msg{*^^J}%
-\Msg{* To produce the documentation with source code included run pdflatex^^J}%
-\Msg{* thrice on file etoc.tex^^J}%
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation with source code included execute^^J}%
+\Msg{* latexmk -pdf etoc.tex^^J}%
 \Msg{*^^J}%
 \Msg{* Happy TeXing!^^J}%
 \Msg{*^^J}%
@@ -362,7 +248,7 @@
 \ifdefined\MessageDeFin\AtEndDocument{\MessageDeFin}\fi
 %-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 % START OF USER MANUAL TEX SOURCE
-\documentclass[abstract]{scrartcl}
+\documentclass{scrartcl}
 
 \makeatletter
 %%% START OF CUSTOM doc.sty LOADING (May 21, 2022 in xint.dtx)
@@ -492,6 +378,17 @@
 %%% copied over almost verbatim to etoc.dtx on 2022/08/26.
 %%% See after \StopEventually for doc.sty hacks.
 
+\makeatletter
+% pour maintenir les % en début de ligne dans les blocs verbatim
+   \let\original at check@percent\check at percent
+   \let\check at percent\relax
+\makeatother
+
+
+% We got sensible result with attachfile or attachfile2
+% only with pdflatex.  So this is remnant of earlier
+% times when etoc.pdf was produced via latex+dvipdfmx
+
 \usepackage{ifpdf}
 \ifpdf\chardef\Withdvipdfmx 0 \fi
 
@@ -512,8 +409,9 @@
 \makeatother
 
 \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
 \usepackage[hscale=0.66,vscale=0.75]{geometry}
+
+% Some problems with headers
 \pagestyle{headings}
 % \sectionmark uses \markboth in twoside but
 % with an empty right mark!  As a result if a section starts
@@ -520,11 +418,11 @@
 % on an odd page, it does not appear in the header mark.
 % Perhaps there was a subsection of 3 lines on that page
 % and it is the subsection which decides what is in the header.
-\makeatletter
 
 % Some custom \sectionmark to get headers more to my taste.
 % But it is hard to find algorithm giving satisfaction in all cases.
 
+\makeatletter
 \renewcommand *{\sectionmark }[1]{%
 % Que c'est pénible cette syntaxe \markboth/\markright de LaTeX !
 % Pourquoi est-ce que \markright n'a pas été définie comme #1#2-> truc avec #2 ??
@@ -561,23 +459,13 @@
 % peut-être serait-ce mieux de mettre le \thispagestyle après mon \clearpage,
 % explicitement dans la source
 \def\part{\thispagestyle{mypartheadings}\scr at startpart {part}}
-
 \makeatother
 
-\usepackage{centeredline}% replaces the 2013/03/07 original code 
-
-\makeatletter
-% pour maintenir les % en début de ligne dans les blocs verbatim
-%
-
-   \let\original at check@percent\check at percent
-   \let\check at percent\relax
-\makeatother
-
-
 % pour les environnements verbatim
 % uniformisé finalement, avec quelques exceptions, pour dtx du 3 déc 2013
-\def\MacroFont{\ttfamily\small\hyphenchar\font45 \baselineskip11pt\relax}
+%\def\MacroFont{\ttfamily\small\hyphenchar\font45 \baselineskip11pt\relax}
+% Je supprime le small finalement 2023/02/28 mais passe en 10pt
+\def\MacroFont{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45\relax\setstretch{1}}
 
 
 %----
@@ -635,15 +523,15 @@
 \def\makestarlowast {\catcode`\*\active\let~\lowast}}%
 \makeatother
 %
-\usepackage{txfonts}
 
+%%%% FONT CONFIGURATION
 
-% -start- font adjustment 2013
+\usepackage{txfonts}
 
-
-
-
+% (2013) rescale the monospace font to 92% and allow hyphenation
+% (2023) fix the missing rescaling of bold series of txttt
 \DeclareFontFamily{T1}{txtt}{\hyphenchar\font 45\relax}
+%\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{txtt}{\hyphenchar\font -1\relax}
 \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{m}{n}{  %medium
      <->s*[.96] t1xtt%
 }{}
@@ -659,7 +547,7 @@
 \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{m}{ui}{     %unslanted italic
      <->ssub * txtt/m/sl%
 }{}
-% ---- /added scale factor 2023
+% ---- /added here missing scale factor 2023
 \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{bx}{n}{ %bold extended
      <->s*[.96] t1xbtt%
 }{}
@@ -670,7 +558,7 @@
 \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{bx}{sl}{    %bold extended slanted
      <->s*[.96] t1xbttsl%
 }{}
-% ---- /end of 2023 change
+% ---- /end of 2023 fix
 \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{bx}{it}{    %bold extended italic
      <->ssub * txtt/bx/sl%
 }{}
@@ -692,8 +580,8 @@
 \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{b}{ui}{     %bold unslanted italic
      <->ssub * txtt/bx/ui%
 }{}
-% -end- font adjustment 2013
-% -start- font adjustment 2023
+
+% (2023) also rescale the txss sans serif (Helvetica)
 \DeclareFontFamily{T1}{txss}{}
 \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txss}{m}{n}{	%medium
      <->s * [0.89]t1xss%
@@ -740,8 +628,17 @@
 \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txss}{b}{ui}{   	%bold unslanted italic
      <->ssub * txss/bx/ui%
 }{}
-% -end- font adjustment 2023
+%
 
+
+% Use the Bitter typeface for the romanfamily
+\usepackage[scale=0.87]{bitter}
+
+\AddToHook{begin/document/after}{%
+    \renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault}%
+    \rmfamily
+}
+
 \usepackage{xspace}
 % added svgnames 2022/08/26 on occasion of transfer from xint colouring scheme
 \usepackage[dvipsnames,svgnames]{xcolor}
@@ -754,9 +651,22 @@
 \definecolor{JOLI}{RGB}{225,95,0}
 \definecolor{BLUE}{RGB}{0,0,255}
 \colorlet{niceone}{green!35!blue!75}
+\colorlet{optioncolor}{Maroon}
 
+% These colours mostly used only after stopeventually
+\definecolor{etocnamecolor}{RGB}{228,57,0}
+\colorlet{verbcolor}{Maroon}
+\colorlet{privatecommentcolor}{cyan}
+\colorlet{macrocodecommentcolor}{gray}
+\colorlet{macrocodenewmacrocolor}{verbcolor}
+\colorlet{macrocodelinktouserdoccolor}{etocnamecolor}% and bold face
+\colorlet{macrocodelinktosectioncolor}{DarkBlue}% and bold face
+\colorlet{macrocodelinktocodelinecolor}{Blue}
+\colorlet{macrocodenoncscolor}{Green}
+
 \usepackage {babel} % ngerman and english options have been passed to babel
-\AtBeginDocument {
+\AtBeginDocument {%
+% this may be obsolete as I don't use scrdoc or ltxdoc classes anymore
   \renewcommand\partname{Part}%
   \addto\captionsenglish {\renewcommand\partname{Part}}
 }
@@ -763,13 +673,22 @@
 
 \usepackage{tikz}
 \usetikzlibrary{trees}    % added for "cyclic" grow function 2013/03/02
-
 \usepackage{forest}[2015/05/04]
+% switched from tikz-qtree to forest 2013/09/09
+% No problem with hyperlinks then, contrarily to tikz-qtree.
 
 
 
 % 12 mars 2015, pour 1.08a, see http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/232584/4686
 \usetikzlibrary{mindmap} 
+% Vendredi 13 mars 2015 à 18:10:40
+% POUR LA TOC DE TITLE PAGE
+\usepackage{eso-pic}
+\usepackage{picture}
+\usepackage{ragged2e}
+% setspace usage added February 2023... (to accompany change of document font)
+% It must be loaded before hyperref
+\usepackage{setspace}
 
 \usepackage{hyperref}% I had used [pdfencoding=pdfdoc] until 1.09f
 \hypersetup{%
@@ -787,14 +706,145 @@
 pdfstartview=FitH,%
 %%pdfpagemode=UseOutlines,% commented-out for 1.09h
 }
-
 % added usage of package bookmark 2013/10/10
 \usepackage{bookmark} 
-
-\usepackage{framed}
 \usepackage{varioref}
 
-\usepackage{etoc}  % loads multicol
+% Vendredi 16 septembre 2016
+% pour rendre accessibles les exemples
+% Fait package filecontentsdef le Samedi 17.
+\usepackage{filecontentsdef}
+
+%\ifnum\Withdvipdfmx=1
+%% Attempts to use attachfile2 for latex+dvipdfmx fail:
+%%
+%% - 2016: (I did not record which version of attachfile2 was used)
+%%         (this \the\value comment presumably refers to how I was using
+%%         \attachfile at that time)
+%%
+%%   I have an issue that with \thesubsection or \the\value{section} in code
+%%   snippet filename, the file is not correctly attached, it appears in the
+%%   pdf interface but with a wrong filename and one can not obtain the file
+%%   from the pdf (tested on Acrobat Reader 11 Vendredi 16 septembre 2016).
+%%
+%% - 2023 (January, 1.2, with 2019/11/26 v2.11):
+%%
+%%   I had to comment-out the mimetype, created and modified key settings.
+%%   Then latex run passed but dvipdfmx complained with a dozen of
+%%      dvipdfmx:warning: Object @atfi_obj_67 used, but not defined. Replaced by null.
+%%   The Adobe Reader (same as in 2016...) Attachment panel lists a dozen of
+%%      Inconnu in section 39
+%%   lines clearly matching the dvipdfmx warnings.
+%%
+%%   The panel of Comments does display the list.  From there or from the
+%%   Attachment panels one can recover the snippets.  The «etocsnippet» name
+%%   is displayed in a strange greyed-out rendering, and one has to guess that
+%%   CTRL-click gives access to the file.  (not different from pdflatex route)
+%%
+%%   I also tried with attachfile2.dtx from github at commit 660cea7 of May
+%%   19, 2022, and the same problem with the Attachment panel was there.  Only
+%%   difference I saw with attachfile2 from TL2022 was the ordering in the
+%%   Attachment panel (with TL2022 attachfile2, the «Inconnu» lines were all
+%%   grouped together).
+%%
+%%   So I can still not go via latex+dvipdfmx in 2023.  But the size reduction
+%%   which is motivation for dvipdfmx was modest in this renewed testing,
+%%   roughly 740Kb vs 840Kb with pdflatex.
+%%
+%  \usepackage[dvipdfmx]{attachfile2}
+%% MEMO: I use \widthof in Linked list of the main package commands in
+%%       a \makebox, since August 30, 2022, for 1.09f release.
+%%       This requires calc, which is loaded only by attachfile among
+%%       used packages; and calc is not loaded by attachfile2.
+%  \usepackage{calc}
+%\else
+  \usepackage{attachfile}% no op with dvipdfmx
+%\fi
+% 
+\def\CEST{+02'00'}\def\CET{+01'00'}
+\def\ExtractDateStamp #1<#2-#3-#4 at #5:#6:#7 #8>%
+    {D:#4#3#2#5#6#7\csname#8\endcsname}
+\edef\DateForSamples {\expandafter\ExtractDateStamp\etocdtxtimestamp}
+\attachfilesetup{%icon=Paperclip,% attention Paperclip pas PaperClip !!
+                 mimetype=application/x-tex,
+                 %appearance=false,
+% These comments and next are from November 19, 2022
+%                 author={Jean-François Burnol},
+%                 author={\pdfescapestring{Jean-François Burnol}},
+% TODO: resolve this at some point in my future life
+                 author={Jean-Francois Burnol},
+% doing this has fixed the date shown in Acrobat annotation panel
+% but now some strange seemingly unrelated date is printed in
+% the "Comment panel"
+                 created=\DateForSamples,
+                 modified=\DateForSamples,
+% allright this one next sets the dates shown in the "Comment Panel",
+% whereas the above two (or only modified) impacts the panel of
+% annotations on the left in my (very old) Adobe Reader.  Not yet
+% tested with evince
+                 date=\DateForSamples
+                 }%
+
+\colorlet{etocsnippet}{blue}
+\newcommand\marginattach{%
+  \noindent Depending on the PDF viewer\normalmarginpar
+% syntaxe pénible n'y-a-t-il pas un moyen plus commode
+% j'hésite à tester \value{page}
+  \marginpar
+  [% left
+   {\hfill
+   \textattachfile[description={in section \the\value{section}}]%
+                  {etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}%
+                  {\textcolor{etocsnippet}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}}%
+   }%
+  ]%
+  {% right
+   \textattachfile[description={in section \the\value{section}}]%
+                  {etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}%
+                  {\textcolor{etocsnippet}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}}%
+   \hfill
+  }%
+  \stepcounter{snippet},
+  a click (or CTRL-click) on the filename in the margin may allow to extract
+  it.  Or check if an ``attachments'' or ``comments'' panel is available.
+}
+% Sadly, on non-attachement supporting viewers such as Skim.app,
+% the filename is not even searchable : entering "etocsnippet"
+% in the PDF viewer search form does not find the margin texts.
+
+% But I did not want to add to the filename the section number,
+% or perhaps even the page number (which could have been perilous
+% and I did not want to have to test and experiment, as I have
+% done enough for today with these code snippets).
+
+% In Acrobat the description field gives rise to some "tooltip"
+% display on hover, which displays the description field.
+
+\newcounter{snippet}%[section]
+\stepcounter{snippet}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand\snippetno{%
+  \ifnum\value{snippet}<10 0\fi\the\value{snippet}%
+%%%  emulating former manual mark-up (with reset at each section) but I drop this
+%%%  \ifnum\value{snippet}>0 -\@Alph{\numexpr\value{snippet}+\@ne\relax}\fi
+}
+\makeatother
+
+\usepackage{colorframed}% fix color issues with framed.sty (JFB 2022)
+\colorlet{shadecolor}{gray!10}
+\usepackage{centeredline}% custom macro now in public package
+\usepackage{xinttools}% for easier construction of the doubly hyperlinked cs names
+
+\usepackage{etoc}  % (loads multicol)
+% There is clearly a bug of \singlespacing to do this \vskip\baselineskip.
+% What then if one goes from double to onehalf spacing? no such adjustment
+% in \onehalfspacing? Not coherent.  And caused me a lost of half an hour
+% to first spot the problem (with "inline" TOCs first), then understand
+% that it originated into the setspace.sty commands, then waste time
+% canceling the hook locally and finally do this after going into checking
+% setspace.sty.
+\def\etocbeforetitlehook{\setstretch{1}}
+
 % for etoc's own default line styles. <1.08b had \partname by default but this
 % does not work well with babel+frenchb hence the default is now simply Part.
 % Here we can use \partname as we do (did) the documentation for English or German.
@@ -802,7 +852,6 @@
 \renewcommand{\etocpartname}{\partname}
 % see the \AtBeginDocument with \addto\captionsngerman etc...
 
-
 %--------
 % 10 octobre 2013:
 \AtBeginDocument{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\hypersetup{hidelinks}}}
@@ -809,45 +858,13 @@
 
 %--------
 % add-ons for the new section `surprising uses of etoc' (2013/01/24)
+% use of \the\value rather than \arabic due to paranoia in 2023.
 \newcounter{visibletoc}
 \renewcommand{\etocaftertitlehook}
    {\stepcounter{visibletoc}%
     \phantomsection
-    \etoctoccontentsline{visibletoc}{\thevisibletoc}}
+    \etoctoccontentsline{visibletoc}{\the\value{visibletoc}}}
 \etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{6}
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand*{\MyQuasiStandardTOC}[1]{%
-  \begingroup
-  \etocsetstyle{section}
-    {}
-    {\ifnum\etocthenumber=4 % <- check this if new sections added to user manual
-      \etocsetstyle{subsection}
-        {\par\nopagebreak\begingroup
-         \leftskip1.5em \rightskip\@tocrmarg
-         \parfillskip \@flushglue 
-         \parindent 0pt
-         \normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape
-         \etocskipfirstprefix}
-        {\allowbreak\,--\,}
-        {\etocname\ \textup{(\etocnumber)}}
-        {.\par\endgroup}%
-     \else
-        \etocsetstyle{subsection}
-        {}%
-        {}%
-        {\l at subsection{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}%
-        {}%
-     \fi
-    }% prefix for section sets the style dynamically for subsections! 
-     % direct usage of \l at subsection, \l at section allowed here since 1.1a
-    {\l at section{\numberline{{\color{cyan}\etocthenumber}}\etocname}{\etocpage}}%
-    {}%
-  \etocstandarddisplaystyle
-  \etocsetnexttocdepth {2}%
-  \tableofcontents #1
-  \endgroup
-}
-\makeatother
 %--------
 % Statistics on sections and subsections in a part \thispartstats:
 % 2 mars 2013
@@ -901,7 +918,8 @@
     {{\footnotesize\itshape
       Here are some statistics for this part: it contains \arabic{mycounti}
       section\ifnum\value{mycounti}>1 s\fi{} and
-      \arabic{mycountii} subsection\ifnum\value{mycountii}>1 s\fi. The name of
+      \ifnum\value{mycountii}>1 \arabic{mycountii} \else no \fi
+      subsection\ifnum\value{mycountii}>1 s\fi. The name of
      the first section is 
      ``\unhbox\firstnamei{}'' and the corresponding number is 
      ``\unhbox\firstnumberi''. The name of the last section is 
@@ -921,38 +939,8 @@
   \localtableofcontents
   \endgroup
 }
-%%
-% pour les TOC à la TikZ
-\newtoks\treetok
-\newtoks\parttok
-\newtoks\sectiontok
-\newtoks\subsectiontok
-\newtoks\tmptok
-
-\newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2
-  #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}}
-
-% 12 et 13 mars 2015 pour la mind map de title page
-% pour les Mindmap avec branch color
-\def\appendpart #1#2#3{% 
-   \edef\tmpstuff {\the#1 child [branch color = #3]{\the#2}}%
-   #1\expandafter {\tmpstuff }%
-}
-% for 1.09f mind map on title page
-\def\prependpart #1#2#3{% 
-   \edef\tmpstuff {child [branch color = #3]{\the#2} \the#1}%
-   #1\expandafter {\tmpstuff }%
-}
-
-% Vendredi 13 mars 2015 à 18:10:40
-% POUR LA TOC DE TITLE PAGE
-\usepackage{eso-pic}
-\usepackage{picture}
-
-\newcommand\etoc{%
-        \texorpdfstring{{\color{joli}\ttfamily\bfseries etoc}}{etoc}\xspace}
-
-
+%--------
+% add-ons pour les TOC comme TikZ mind map, tree ou molécules
 % hyperlinks to source code... added November 20, 2022
 % works in sync with macrocode hacks explained after \StopEventually
 % which were added in August 2022
@@ -961,30 +949,58 @@
 % FINALLY, after many hesitations and great suffering with \marginpar
 % I decide to simply divide the name into two parts and use two
 % distinct hyperlinks, so as to not render the reading to painful.
-\usepackage{xinttools}
 
-
 % use a slightly different colour for second half?
 % MEMO: we can change \ttfamily as hyperref uses a scope limiting group.
+% Modified 2023/03/20 to devote the left two-thirds to linking to the user manual.
+\makeatletter % for \on at line
 \DeclareRobustCommand\csb[1]{%
-    \edef\nbmoitie{\the\numexpr\xintLength{#1}/2}%
+    \edef\nbforuser{\the\numexpr2*\xintLength{#1}/3}%
     \ifcsname r@#1\endcsname
-        \hyperref[#1]{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \char`\\ \xintKeepUnbraced{\nbmoitie}{#1}}%
+        \hyperref[#1]{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \char`\\ \xintKeepUnbraced{\nbforuser}{#1}}%
         \ifcsname r at etocmacro-#1\endcsname
-          \hyperref[etocmacro-#1]{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \xintTrim{\nbmoitie}{#1}}%
+          \hyperref[etocmacro-#1]{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \xintTrim{\nbforuser}{#1}}%
         \else
           % for .toc suffixed macros
           \ifcsname r at etocmacro-\xintTrimUnbraced{-4}{#1}\endcsname
             \hyperref[etocmacro-\xintTrimUnbraced{-4}{#1}]{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 
-                                                           \xintTrim{\nbmoitie}{#1}}%
+                                                           \xintTrim{\nbforuser}{#1}}%
           \else
-            \hyperref[#1]{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \xintTrim{\nbmoitie}{#1}}%
+% 2023/02/27 also catch non existing destinations in source code
+            {\fboxsep-\fboxrule\color{Orchid}%
+              \fbox{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \xintTrim{\nbforuser}{#1}#1}%
+             }%
+            \ifcsname r at etocname\endcsname
+              \expanded{\noexpand\AtEndDocument
+                         {\noexpand\PackageError{etoc}{Pas de référence dans
+                             le code à #1\on at line}%
+                                                      {Corriger!}
+                         }%
+                       }%
+            \fi
+%            \hyperref[#1]{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \xintTrim{\nbforuser}{#1}}%
           \fi
         \fi
     \else
-        \textcolor{red}{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \char`\\ #1}%
+% 1.1a, updated 2023/01/22 1.2
+          {\fboxsep-\fboxrule\color{Orchid}%
+           \fbox{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \char`\\ #1}%
+          }%
+% make second run of compilation raise an error if macro name has been
+% misspelled so target (in the documentation) does not exist ; but this will
+% trigger error first time the documentation is added, one has to make
+% one compilation after adding the label and before continuing doc edits
+% 2023/01/22 1.2
+          \ifcsname r at etocname\endcsname
+            \expanded{\noexpand\AtEndDocument
+                       {\noexpand\PackageError{etoc}{Pas de référence à #1\on at line}%
+                                                    {Corriger!}
+                       }%
+                     }%
+          \fi
     \fi
 }
+\makeatother
 
 \DeclareRobustCommand\csa [1]
                 {{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \char`\\ #1}}
@@ -993,11 +1009,11 @@
 
 \newcommand\csbhyp[1]{\texorpdfstring{\csa{#1}}{\textbackslash #1}}
 
-\DeclareRobustCommand\ctanpkg[1]
-      {\texorpdfstring{\href{https://ctan.org/pkg/#1}{#1}}{#1}}
-
+\newcommand\etoc{%
+        \texorpdfstring{{\color{joli}\ttfamily\bfseries etoc}}{etoc}\xspace}
 \newcommand\toc{\csb{tableofcontents}\xspace}
 \newcommand\localtoc{\csb{localtableofcontents}\xspace}
+\newcommand\invisiblelocaltoc{\csb{invisiblelocaltableofcontents}\xspace}
 \newcommand\localtocwrdp{\csb{localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth}\xspace}
 
 \newcommand\lowast{\raisebox{-.25\height}{*}}
@@ -1004,15 +1020,27 @@
 \newcommand\starit[1]{\csa{#1\lowast}}
 \newcommand\staritb[1]{\csb{#1}\lowast}
 
+% 2023/01/23, mais pas la peine de s'embêter avec robust et texorpdfstring
+\newcommand\etocrelease[1]{\hyperlink{v#1}{\texttt{#1}}}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\ctanpkg[1]
+      {\texorpdfstring{\href{https://ctan.org/pkg/#1}{#1}}{#1}}
+
+
 \hyphenation{
 table-of-con-tents
 local-table-of-con-tents
 local-table-of-con-tents-with-rel-a-tive-depth
-}
-
-\hyphenation{toc-depth sec-num-depth con-tents-line}
-
-\hyphenation{etoc-stan-dard-lines
+etoc-local-list-of-ta-bles-hook
+etoc-local-list-of-fig-ures-hook
+local-list-of-fig-ures
+local-list-of-ta-bles
+%
+toc-depth
+sec-num-depth
+con-tents-line
+%
+etoc-stan-dard-lines
 etoc-de-fault-lines
 etoc-toc-lines
 etoc-set-style
@@ -1070,9 +1098,7 @@
 etoc-af-ter-toc-hook
 etoc-skip-first-pre-fix
 etoc-only-on-first
-}
-
-\hyphenation{ 
+% 
 etoc-font-mi-nus-two 
 etoc-font-mi-nus-one 
 etoc-font-zero 
@@ -1125,148 +1151,93 @@
 etoc-im-me-di-ate-depth-tag
 etoc-im-me-di-ate-toc-con-tents-line
 etoc-im-me-di-ate-set-local-top
+%
+next-toc-with-tags
 }
 
-\hyphenation{next-toc-with-tags}
-% removed, 2022/08/26
-% \frenchspacing
+% no more \frenchspacing since 2022/08/26
 
-\renewcommand\familydefault\sfdefault
-
 % for illustration only. Not to be recommended in general.
 \setcounter{secnumdepth}{4}
 
-% Vendredi 16 septembre 2016
-% pour rendre accessibles les exemples
-% Fait package filecontentsdef le Samedi 17.
-\usepackage{filecontentsdef}
+% Usage of microtype added for 1.2 release; now that for some time
+% due to the business of attachfile I am tied with pdflatex.
+\ifnum\Withdvipdfmx=1
+\else
+% should I check for xetex/luatex ?
+\usepackage{microtype}
+\fi
 
-%\ifnum\Withdvipdfmx=1
-%% I have an issue that with \thesubsection or \the\value{section} in code
-%% snippet filename, the file is not correctly attached, it appears in the pdf
-%% interface but with a wrong filename and one can not obtain the file from
-%% the pdf (tested on Acrobat Reader 11 Vendredi 16 septembre 2016).
-%  \usepackage[dvipdfmx]{attachfile2}
-%\else
-  \usepackage{attachfile}% no op with dvipdfmx
-%\fi
-% 
-\def\CEST{+02'00'}\def\CET{+01'00'}
-\def\ExtractDateStamp #1<#2-#3-#4 at #5:#6:#7 #8>%
-    {D:#4#3#2#5#6#7\csname#8\endcsname}
-\edef\DateForSamples {\expandafter\ExtractDateStamp\etocdtxtimestamp}
-\attachfilesetup{%icon=Paperclip,% attention Paperclip pas PaperClip !!
-                 mimetype=application/x-tex,
-                 %appearance=false,
-%                 author={Jean-François Burnol},
-%                 author={\pdfescapestring{Jean-François Burnol}},
-% TODO: resolve this at some point in my future life
-                 author={Jean-Francois Burnol},
-% doing this has fixed the date shown in Acrobat annotation panel
-% but now some strange seemingly unrelated date is printed in
-% the "Comment panel"
-                 created=\DateForSamples,
-                 modified=\DateForSamples,
-% allright this one next sets the dates shown in the "Comment Panel",
-% whereas the above two (or only modified) impacts the panel of
-% annotations on the left in my (very old) Adobe Reader.  Not yet
-% tested with evince
-                 date=\DateForSamples
-                 }%
+\def\etocoption#1{{\color{optioncolor}\bfseries\texttt{#1}}}
 
-\colorlet{etocsnippet}{blue}
-\newcommand\marginattach[1]{% #1 is from some legacy mark-up and is ignored
-  \noindent Depending on your PDF viewer\normalmarginpar
-% syntaxe pénible n'y-a-t-il pas un moyen plus commode
-% j'hésite à tester \value{page}
-  \marginpar
-  [% left
-   {\hfill
-   \textattachfile[description={in section \the\value{section}}]%
-                  {etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}%
-                  {\textcolor{etocsnippet}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}}%
-   }%
-  ]%
-  {% right
-   \textattachfile[description={in section \the\value{section}}]%
-                  {etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}%
-                  {\textcolor{etocsnippet}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}}%
-   \hfill
-  },
-  clicking on the margin filename may allow to extract it.%
-  \stepcounter{snippet}%
-}
-% Sadly, on non-attachement supporting viewers such as Skim.app,
-% the filename is not even searchable : entering "etocsnippet"
-% in the PDF viewer search form does not find the margin texts.
+\begin{document}
+\marginparsep 6bp
+\thispagestyle{empty}
 
-% But I did not want to add to the filename the section number,
-% or perhaps even the page number (which could have been perilous
-% and I did not want to have to test and experiment, as I have
-% done enough for today with these code snippets).
+\bookmark[named=FirstPage,level=1]{Title page}
+% depth tags for title page toc
+\etocsettagdepth {preamble}    {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {overview}    {section}
+\etocsettagdepth {styling}     {section}
+\etocsettagdepth {control}     {section}
+\etocsettagdepth {examples}    {section}
+\etocsettagdepth {advanced}    {section}
+\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{part}
+\etocsettagdepth {code}        {section}
 
-% In Acrobat the description field gives rise to some "tooltip"
-% display on hover, which displays the description field.
+% pour les TOC à la TikZ
+\newtoks\treetok
+\newtoks\parttok
+\newtoks\sectiontok
+\newtoks\subsectiontok
+\newtoks\subsubsectiontok
+\newtoks\tmptok
 
-\newcounter{snippet}%[section]
-\stepcounter{snippet}
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand\snippetno{%
-  \ifnum\value{snippet}<10 0\fi\the\value{snippet}%
-%%%  emulating former manual mark-up (with reset at each section) but I drop this
-%%%  \ifnum\value{snippet}>0 -\@Alph{\numexpr\value{snippet}+\@ne\relax}\fi
+\newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2
+  #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}}
+
+% 12 et 13 mars 2015 pour la mind map de title page
+% pour les Mindmap avec branch color
+\def\appendpart #1#2#3{% 
+   \edef\tmpstuff {\the#1 child [branch color = #3]{\the#2}}%
+   #1\expandafter {\tmpstuff }%
 }
-\makeatother
-%\usepackage{layout}
+% for 1.09f mind map on title page
+\def\prependpart #1#2#3{% 
+   \edef\tmpstuff {child [branch color = #3]{\the#2} \the#1}%
+   #1\expandafter {\tmpstuff }%
+}
 
-\usepackage{ragged2e}
-\begin{document}%\normalmarginpar\layout %marginparwidth is 96pt
-\marginparsep 6bp
-\rmfamily
-\thispagestyle{empty}
 
-% START ENGLISH VERSION
-\bookmark[named=FirstPage,level=1]{Title page}
+% TOC MIND MAP ON TITLE PAGE
+\newcount\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild
 
-\begingroup
-\newcount\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild
-\newcount\tikzdeltaofcurrentgrandchild
-%\newcount\tikzoffset
-% copié de http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/232914
-% THIS WAS NOT USED FOR 1.08a--1.09e RELEASES AND IS NOW AGAIN USED AT 1.09f,
-% BUT IS MANUALLY ADJUSTED TO HANDLE ESPECIALLY THE "Surprising" 
-% (now rather "Examples") AND "Tip" PARTS
-% AND FALL-BACK FOR THEM TO CIRCULAR GROWTH FUNCTION
-% hence stuff is hard-coded and interacts with other hard-coded things
-% further down; in particular with the configuration of depth tags,
-% here all sections are included (except the first two, "Foreword" and "License",
-% which are not in any part).
-% But etoc documentation is not likely to receive new sections soon.
+% copied originally from http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/232914
+%
+
+% \newcount\tikzdeltaofcurrentgrandchild % not needed at 1.2
+
+% 1.2 causes quite a few adjustments as the parts have been modified, there
+% are now only 8 of them, and it is not same number of sections too.
+% As I don't read TikZ well, I had some trouble, but I take this opportunity
+% to clean up some complications from recent layouts which handled some
+% sections to lie on circular arcs, as exception to the general rectangular
+% rule.  This was because not everything could fit, but I could find
+% satisfactorily layout this time, simply inhibiting via depth tags a few
+% sections.
+
 \def\tikzmycustomgrowth {%
     \pgftransformreset
     \ifnum\tikztreelevel=1
-        \pgftransformrotate{-65.4545+((\pgfkeysvalueof{/tikz/sibling angle})*(1+\tikznumberofcurrentchild)}%
+        \pgftransformrotate{(\pgfkeysvalueof{/tikz/sibling angle})
+                             *
+                             (\tikznumberofcurrentchild-2)}%
         \pgftransformxshift{\the\tikzleveldistance}%
     \fi
     \ifnum\tikztreelevel=2
-    % hard-coded section numbers for branching
-    % il y a un décalage de 3 avec les numéros de sections numérotées
-      \if1\ifnum\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild>2
-          \ifnum\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild<6  0%
-            \else
-          \ifnum\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild>20  % était 21 mais
-                                % \etocsetlocaltop déplacé
-          \ifnum\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild<27 0% était 28 mais
-                                % \etocsetlocaltop déplacé
-            \else
-          \ifnum\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild>50  % était 51
-          \ifnum\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild<58 0%
-          \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-         1%
-        % ceci correspond aux sections qui seront sur le bord rectangulaire
-        % le "9+" choisi manuellement jusqu'à obtenir quelque chose de bien
-        \pgfmathsetmacro\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild{(\tikzsiblingdistance)*(7+\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild
-          +\tikzdeltaofcurrentgrandchild)}%
+        \pgfmathsetmacro\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild{%
+          (\tikzsiblingdistance)*(\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild)
+        }%
         \ifdim\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild pt<\tikzlevelheight
             \pgftransformxshift{\tikzlevelwidth/2}
             \pgftransformyshift{-\tikzlevelheight/2+\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild}
@@ -1288,38 +1259,17 @@
             \pgftransformyshift{-\tikzlevelheight/2}
         \else
         \pgfmathsetmacro\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild{\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild-\tikzlevelwidth}%
-        %\ifdim\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild pt<\tikzlevelheight
             \pgftransformxshift{\tikzlevelwidth/2}
             \pgftransformyshift{-\tikzlevelheight/2+\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild}
-        %\fi
         \fi\fi\fi\fi
-      \else
-        % les sections spéciales pas mises sur bord rectangulaires mais à
-        % distance constante du parent
-        % NEW BRANCH ADDED AT 1.09f
-        \ifnum\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild<6
-          \tikzset{level distance=8cm}% TikZ est tout de même assez génial dans l'interface
-        \fi
-        \pgftransformrotate {\ifnum\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild<6 -12
-                             \else\ifnum\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild<27 180
-                             \else0\fi\fi +
-                             \pgfkeysvalueof{/tikz/sibling angle}*\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild}%
-        \pgftransformxshift {\the\tikzleveldistance}%
-        \ifnum\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild=5
-          \global\advance\tikzdeltaofcurrentgrandchild by-3
-        \fi
-        \ifnum\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild=26 % était 27 mais déplacement \etoclocaltop
-          \global\advance\tikzdeltaofcurrentgrandchild by-6
-        \fi
-        \ifnum\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild=57
-          \global\advance\tikzdeltaofcurrentgrandchild by-7 % était -6
-        \fi
-      \fi
+        \pgftransformrotate {\pgfkeysvalueof{/tikz/sibling angle}
+                             *
+                             \tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild}%
       \global\advance\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild by1
     \fi
 }
 
-%version circulaire utilisée avec les versions 1.08a--1.09e du manuel.
+% % % version circulaire utilisée avec les versions 1.08a--1.09e du manuel.
 % \def\tikzmycustomgrowth {%
 %   \pgftransformreset
 %   \ifnum\tikztreelevel=1
@@ -1336,18 +1286,15 @@
 % 1,2,3,4,5,... -> 1,2,3,1,2,3,1,2,3
 \def\pseudomodthree #1{\numexpr #1 + 3 - 3*((#1+1)/3)\relax}
 
-% For etoc.toctree file was used to test the Mind map separately
-%\newwrite\TOCasTree
 
 \newbox\TitlePageMindmapTOC
 
-
 \etocsetstyle{part}
   {\etocskipfirstprefix}
   {\ifcase\pseudomodthree{\value{partco}}%
-   \or  \appendpart\treetok\parttok {teal!30}%   first (60 avant 1.09f)
-   \or  \appendpart\treetok\parttok {yellow!80}% second
-   \else\appendpart\treetok\parttok {green!50}%  third
+   \or  \appendpart\treetok\parttok {Dandelion!50}%   first  (was teal!60 until 1.09f)
+   \or  \appendpart\treetok\parttok {teal!40}% second (was yellow!80 until 1.2)
+   \else\appendpart\treetok\parttok {green!40}%  third
    \fi
    }
   {\stepcounter{partco}%
@@ -1355,11 +1302,12 @@
                   {\noexpand\textbf{\etocifnumbered{\unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}.}{}
                    \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}}}}%
    \parttok\expandafter{\treenode}}
-  {% 1.09f prepends...
+  {% 1.09f used \prependpart for the last... reverted at 1.2,
+   % better to append, avoids overlaps by rays of some balls
    \ifcase\pseudomodthree{\value{partco}}%
-   \or  \prependpart\treetok\parttok {teal!30}%   first (60 avant 1.09f)
-   \or  \prependpart\treetok\parttok {yellow!80}% second
-   \else\prependpart\treetok\parttok {green!50}%  third
+   \or  \appendpart\treetok\parttok {Dandelion!50}%   first
+   \or  \appendpart\treetok\parttok {teal!40}% second
+   \else\appendpart\treetok\parttok {green!40}%  third
    \fi
    }
 
@@ -1367,78 +1315,74 @@
   {}
   {}
   {% define the section node
-   \edef\childnode{child {node
-       {\noexpand\itshape\noexpand\bfseries
+     \edef\childnode{child {node
+% The Bitter font does not have bold italic
+% Adding \baselineskip setting, and \endgraf to activate because \par causes
+% ! Paragraph ended before \tikz at collect@child at code was complete.
+% There must be some way to configure the TikZ node but I don't have
+% the time to go into its documentation.
+       {\baselineskip10pt\noexpand\itshape%\noexpand\bfseries
         \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}\hfil\break
-         p. \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedpage}}}
-                        }%
+         p. \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedpage}\noexpand\endgraf
+       }%
+                           }%
+                    }%
    \appendtotok\parttok\childnode 
    }
   {}
 
-\etocsetnexttocdepth{section}
-
 % title page toc
-% 1.09f uses a prepend for last part so we need to delay
-% start of tree construction in \treetok
-\treetok{}
-\makeatletter
-\etocsettocstyle
-  {\setcounter{partco}{0}%
+% 1.09f used a prepend for last part so we needed to delay
+% the insertion of the root node to after the treetok had
+% been finished.
+% 1.2 uses append always so we can initialize here
+\treetok{\node [root concept]{\normalfont{The \etoc package}\par {\normalsize\textsc
+    {Jean-François Burnol}\par \ttfamily jfbu (at) free (dot) fr}\par
+    {\normalsize 
+     Package version:\par \hyperref[changelog]{\etocpkgversion{} (\etocpkgdate )}\par}}%
    }
-  {%
-   \toks@{\node [root concept]{\normalfont{The \etoc package}\par {\normalsize\textsc
-    {Jean-François Burnol}\par \ttfamily jfbu (at) free (dot) fr}\par
-    {\normalsize Package version:\par \etocpkgversion{} (\etocpkgdate )\par}}%
-   }%
-   \global\treetok\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter\toks@\the\treetok;}%
-  }
 
-% depth tags for title page toc
-\etocsettagdepth {preamble}{section}
-\etocsettagdepth {overview}{section}
-\etocsettagdepth {arbitrarily}{section}
-\etocsettagdepth {examples}{section}
-\etocsettagdepth {surprising}{section}
-\etocsettagdepth {linestyles}{section}
-\etocsettagdepth {globalcmds}{section}
-\etocsettagdepth {custom}{section}
-\etocsettagdepth {tips}{section}
-\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{section}
-\etocsettagdepth {code}{all}
+\etocsettocstyle
+  {\setcounter{partco}{0}}
+  {\global\treetok\expandafter{\the\treetok;}}
 
+\etocsetnexttocdepth{section}
+
 % fill in the \treetok
-\etocinline\tableofcontents\label{toc:mindmaptitlepage}
+\etocinline
+\tableofcontents\label{toc:mindmaptitlepage}
 
+% For debugging
+% \newwrite\TOCasTree
 % \immediate\openout\TOCasTree=\jobname.toctree
 % \immediate\write\TOCasTree{\the\treetok}%
+% \immediate\closeout\TOCasTree
 
-
 \tikzset {branch color/.style={concept color=#1!white,
                                every child/.append style={concept color=#1!white!30!white,
                                                           opacity=0.3, text opacity=1},
                              },
-% ajout pour version de 1.08g
+          % ajout pour versions depuis 1.08g
           level width/.store in=\tikzlevelwidth,
-          level height/.store in=\tikzlevelheight
+          level height/.store in=\tikzlevelheight,
          }%
-
-\global
-\setbox\TitlePageMindmapTOC\hbox {%
-\resizebox{\dimexpr\paperwidth-1cm\relax}!{%
+\global\setbox\TitlePageMindmapTOC\hbox {%
+\resizebox{\dimexpr\paperwidth-1cm\relax}!{
 \begin{tikzpicture}[mindmap,
                     text width=2cm,
                     align = flush center,
-% pour 1.09 je reviens à version circulaire simplifiée
-% pour 1.09f je reviens à version rectangulaire
+                    % pour 1.09 je reviens à version circulaire simplifiée
+                    % pour 1.09f je reviens à version rectangulaire
                     growth function=\tikzmycustomgrowth,
                     nodes={concept},
-                    concept color=orange!60,
+% trying cyan I get some surprising brutal color change
+% much more visible than with orange
+                    concept color=yellow!50,% orange!60 until 1.2
                     % root concept/.append style={font=\huge, text width = 6cm},
                     root concept/.append style={font=\Large, text width = 5cm},
                     % level 1/.append style={level distance=7cm, sibling
                     level 1/.append style={level distance=6cm,
-                                           sibling angle=360/11},% une partie de plus
+                                           sibling angle=360/8},% 8 parties
                     % level 1 concept/.append style={font=\Large, text width = 3cm},
                     % ancienne version circulaire
                     % level 2/.append style={level distance=12.5cm, sibling angle=360/39},% 
@@ -1447,12 +1391,11 @@
         % a tout de même pris pas mal de temps...)
         level 2/.append style={level width=21cm,
                                level height=30cm,
-                               sibling distance=2.22cm,% ajusté à la
-                                                       % main... dépend de ce qui qu'on conserve par
-                                                       % les depth tags...
-                               % 1.09f pour essayer certaines parties en circulaire
-                               level distance=10cm,% DISTANCE DEPUIS LE CENTRE !
-                               sibling angle=12,% ajusté manuellement
+                               sibling distance=2.12cm,% à ajuster manuellement
+                               % 1.09f pour essayer certaines parties en
+                               % circulaire; plus besoin pout 1.2
+                               % level distance=10cm,% distance depuis le centre !
+                               % sibling angle=12,% à ajuster manuellement
                                },
         level 2 concept/.append style={text width=2cm},
                    ]
@@ -1460,256 +1403,426 @@
 \end{tikzpicture}%
 }%
 }% end of \hbox
-\endgroup% fin de la défintion de la mind map pour la page de titre
-
-\noindent\null\par\vskip-5cm\hbox{\hypertarget{FRONTPAGE}{}}\vskip5cm
-
 % On l'envoie au shipout
 \AddToShipoutPictureFG*{\put(.5\paperwidth,.5\paperheight)
                         {\makebox(0,0){\box\TitlePageMindmapTOC}}}
+% trigger first page 
+\noindent\null\par\vskip-5cm\hbox{\hypertarget{FRONTPAGE}{}}\vskip5cm
 
+% % for standard TOC
+% \etocstandardlines
+% \etocclasstocstyle
+% \tableofcontents
+
+% reset toc global to class default and line styles to etoc default
+\etocdefaultlines
+\etocclasstocstyle
+
 \clearpage
-
 \etocdepthtag.toc {preamble}
 
 %----
 % MAIN TOC
-%
-\etocsettocdepth {subsubsection}
-\etoctoclines
-\etocmarkboth\contentsname
-\etocmulticolstyle[1]
-     {\noindent 
-      \bfseries\Large
-      \leaders\hrule height1pt\hfill
-      TABLE OF CONTENTS\let\thefootnote\empty
- \footnote{Documentation (\etocdocdate) generated from the source file
-  with timestamp ``\etocdtxtimestamp''.}\setcounter{footnote}{0}%
-}
+% made invisible at 1.2
+\invisibletableofcontents \label{toc:main}
 
-\pdfbookmark[1]{Table of contents}{MAINTOC}%
-      
-%\begin{framed}
-\begingroup\footnotesize\itshape
-  Starting with 1.08h, about 25 code samples (especially the longer ones)
-  are incorporated into the PDF file (thanks to \textsc{Scott
-    Pakin}'s \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/attachfile}{attachfile} package) as
-  \textbf{file attachement annotations}. Each file is represented by its
-  filename in the margin after the verbatim rendering of the corresponding
-  code.  Clicking on this filename will on supporting viewers trigger some
-  dialog for extracting the file, or perhaps even will extract it
+
+\part*{\etoc}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\etoc (read this first)}
+
+\onehalfspacing
+
+\begin{shaded}\small
+  Since \etocrelease{1.08h} (2016/09/25), about 25 code samples
+  (especially the longer ones) are incorporated into the PDF file (thanks to
+  \textsc{Scott Pakin}'s \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/attachfile}{attachfile}
+  package) as \textit{file attachement annotations}. Each file is represented
+  by its filename in the margin after the verbatim rendering of the
+  corresponding code.  Clicking on this filename will on supporting viewers
+  trigger some dialog for extracting the file, or perhaps even will extract it
   automatically and open it in some text editor.  This is much better than
-  copy-paste which often loses indentation.
-At 1.09h the formerly used icon in the text body has been replaced by the
-filename itself, placed in the page margin.
+  copy-paste which often loses indentation.  In some PDF viewers side panels
+  may provide a convenient clickable list of all these \textit{attachments
+    annotations}.
+  % https://helpx.adobe.com/acrobat/using/comments.html
 
-  In some PDF viewers side panels may provide a convenient clickable list of
-  all these \textbf{attachments annotations}.
+  \medskip
 
-\endgroup
-%\end{framed}
-% https://helpx.adobe.com/acrobat/using/comments.html
+  Since \etocrelease{1.09h} (2022/11/20), the command names throughout
+  the user documentation which are displayed
+  {\textcolor{RoyalBlue}{with this colour}} are doubly hyperlinked:
+  their left parts hyperlink to the user documentation, their right
+  parts hyperlink to the source code.  You can try it out now:
+  \csb{localtableofcontents}.  But read this first: if you get lost
+  inside the source code, clicking on control sequences displayed
+  {\textcolor{macrocodelinktouserdoccolor}{with this colour}} brings
+  you back to the part of the user manual discussing that specific
+  command.  \ifnum\NoSourceCode=1 (but this PDF does not include the
+    source code) \fi As of \etocrelease{1.2} (2023/03/01), the left
+  \emph{two-third} of the command name hyperlinks to its user documentation,
+  not only the left \emph{half}, as landing by accident in the midst
+  of the source code is not recommended for the general public, so the
+  dangerous area was made smaller.
+\end{shaded}
 
-% I move colours mostly used only after stopeventually
-\definecolor{etocnamecolor}{RGB}{228,57,0}
-\colorlet{verbcolor}{Maroon}
-\colorlet{privatecommentcolor}{cyan}
-\colorlet{macrocodecommentcolor}{gray}
-\colorlet{macrocodenewmacrocolor}{verbcolor}
-\colorlet{macrocodelinktouserdoccolor}{etocnamecolor}% and bold face
-\colorlet{macrocodelinktosectioncolor}{DarkBlue}% and bold face
-\colorlet{macrocodelinktocodelinecolor}{Blue}
-\colorlet{macrocodenoncscolor}{Green}
 
-%\ifnum\NoSourceCode=0
-\begin{framed}
-  Throughout the documentation the command names displayed
-  {\textcolor{RoyalBlue}{with this colour}} are doubly hyperlinked: the left
-  half of the name links to the user documentation, the second half links to
-  the source code.  You can try it out now: \csb{localtableofcontents}.  But
-  read this first: if you get lost inside the source code, clicking on control
-  sequences displayed {\textcolor{macrocodelinktouserdoccolor}{with this
-      colour}} brings you back to the part of the user manual discussing that
-  specific command. \ifnum\NoSourceCode=1 (but this PDF does not include the source code)\fi
-\end{framed}
-%\fi
+\section*{Abstract}
 
+%\renewcommand\abstractname{}
+
+%\begin{abstract}
 \begingroup
-  \etocsetlevel{subsection}{3}
-  \etocsetlevel{subsubsection}{6}
-  \tableofcontents \label{toc:main}
+\leftskip1cm
+\rightskip1cm
+
+With \etoc loaded, \csb{tableofcontents} can be used multiple times and
+an added command \csb{localtableofcontents} allows to typeset ``local''
+tables of contents, i.e. having their scope limited to the last
+sectioning command encountered.
+
+No auxiliary file is used additionally to the standard \texttt{.toc}
+file.  Release \etocrelease{1.2} provides experimental additions
+\csb{locallistoffigures} and \csb{locallistoftables} which also use
+only the \texttt{.toc} file.
+
+Such local TOCs or ``Lists Of'' typically need to adopt a ``display
+style'' (i.e. the way the title is rendered, whether it should add
+itself an entry in the \texttt{.toc} file, ...) somewhat distinct from
+the global TOC.  The release \etocrelease{1.2} default adapts
+automatically the titles of local TOCs to their depths in the
+sectioning hierarchy.  Should the need arise to customize such
+``display style'', full control is allowed by package commands.
+
+Regarding how the individual ``contents lines'' are handled, here again
+complete control is given to the user to define from the ground-up how
+to use the \emph{name}, \emph{number}, and \emph{page number} for each
+entry, according to their ``levels'' (i.e. part, chapter, section,
+subsection, ...).  As this requires some \LaTeX{} fluency, many examples
+which can serve as starting points are attached to the PDF
+documentation as extractible files.
+
+Loading \etoc per itself modifies nothing to ``contents lines''
+rendering from the class default or changes from other packages.  But
+full usage of the package allows spectacular effects such as displaying
+TOCs as trees or mind maps.
+
+%\end{abstract}
 \endgroup
 
-% ATTENTION Vendredi 09 septembre 2016 à 21:46:51
 \clearpage
 
-% refactoring 2022/08/30 via ajout de ce \part* et déplacement de l'abstract
-% pour avoir une TOC mindmap plus complète
-\part*{\etoc}
-\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\etoc}
+\setstretch{1}
 
-\phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\abstractname}
+\section*{License}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{License}
 
-\begin{abstract}
-  The \etoc package gives to the user complete control on how
-  the entries of the table of contents should be constituted
-  from the \emph{name}, \emph{number}, and \emph{page number}
-  of each sectioning unit. This goes via the definition of
-  \emph{line styles} for each sectioning level used in the
-  document. The package provides its own custom line styles.
-  Simpler ones are given as examples in the documentation. The
-  simplest usage will be to take advantage of the layout facilities
-  of packages dealing with list environments.
-  
-  Regarding the \emph{global toc display}, \etoc provides pre-defined styles
-  based on a multi-column format, with, optionally, a ruled title or framed
-  contents.
+\begingroup
+\ttfamily
+\hyphenchar\font -1
+           \parindent0pt 
+           \obeyspaces\obeylines %
+\etocLicense\endgroup
 
-  The \toc command may be used arbitrarily many times%
+\onehalfspacing
+\clearpage
+\onehalfspacing
+\etocignoredepthtags
+\etocsettocdepth {subsubsection}
+
+\etocdepthtag.toc{overview}
+\part{Overview}\label{part:overview}
+
+\thispartstats
+
+\etocdefaultlines
+\etocsettocstyle{}{}
+\localtableofcontents \label{toc:overview}
+
+\section[\csbhyp{(local)\-tableofcontents}]{The \csbhyp{tableofcontents},
+  \csbhyp{localtableofcontents} and other main package commands}
+
+\begin{description}
+\item [\csb{tableofcontents}] can be used arbitrarily many times in the
+  document,
+
+\item [\csb{localtableofcontents}] produces tables of contents which are
+  limited in scope by the nearest preceding sectioning command,%
 %
-\footnote{\label{etockeeporiginaltableofcontents}%
-  If \csb{etockeeporiginaltableofcontents} is issued in the preamble
-  after package loading, then \toc keeps the non-\etoc meaning and one must
-  use \csb{etoctableofcontents} in its place to get the \etoc features. This
-  was added to fix a compatiblity issue with \ctanpkg{listings}'s
-  \texttt{\string\lstlistoflistings}, as it needs the
-  \texttt{\string\tableofcontents} macro to keep its original meaning.}
-%
- and it
-  has a variant \csa{localtableofcontents} which prints tables of contents
-  `local' to the current surrounding document unit. An extension of the
-  \csa{label}/\csa{ref} syntax allows to reproduce (with another layout) a local
-  table of contents defined somewhere else in the document.
+\footnote{After adding a \localtoc in-between existing ones, the first
+  compilation will typeset at its location a pre-existing next one; only at
+  second compilation will the contents match the location.  Hence often a
+  third compilation is needed for document to stabilize.  And if the ``to toc''
+  mechanism is active (see the discussion of \csb{etocsetup} option
+  \etocoption{localtoctotoc} and
+  similar options), only on second compilation is a new entry made in the
+  \texttt{.toc} file so three compilations is always a minimum.  If one
+  starts compilations from a given source, and no auxiliary files, the first
+  compilation prepares the |.toc| file, the second typesets the main and local
+  TOCs, possibly changing page numbers due to added contents, and only at the
+  third compilation will things perhaps stabilize, and this third step is
+  surely needed in case of \etocoption{localtoctotoc}. \ctanpkg{latexmk} is highly
+  recommended.}
 
-  Via ``depth tags'', one gets an even finer control for each table of contents
-  of which sectioning units it should, or not, display.
 
-  The formatting inherited (and possibly customized by other
-  packages) from the document class will be used when in
-  \emph{compatibility mode}.
+\item [\csb{etocsettocstyle}\marg{before\_toc}\marg{after\_toc}] defines
+  (from the ground up, completely) the TOC titles, or more generally
+  everything either before or after the actual TOC contents,
 
-  The assignment of levels to the sectioning units can be changed at any
-  time, and \etoc can thus be used in a quite general manner to
-  create custom ``lists of'', additionally to the tables of contents
-  related to the document sectioning units. No auxiliary file is used
-  additionally to the standard |.toc| file.
-\end{abstract}
+\item [\csb{etocsetstyle}\marg{levelname}%
+  \marg{start}\marg{prefix}\marg{contents}\marg{finish}] defines (completely,
+  from the ground up) arbitrarily the way the \csa{contentsline} entries in
+  the |.toc| file are rendered, depending on their first argument, which is a
+  `level name' such as |part|, |chapter|, |section|, |subsection|, \dots
 
-\section{Foreword}
+  It is possible to create new levels or re-assign the numerical level of a
+  named one via \csb{etocsetlevel}\marg{levelname}\marg{number}, thus opening
+  the way for sophisticated (ab)-uses of the data stored in the |.toc| file.
 
-%\ifnum\NoSourceCode=0
-\begin{framed}
-  Throughout the documentation the command names displayed
-  {\textcolor{RoyalBlue}{with this colour}} are doubly hyperlinked: the left
-  half of the name links to the user documentation, the second half links to
-  the source code.  You can try it out now: \csb{localtableofcontents}.  But
-  read this first: if you get lost inside the source code, clicking on control
-  sequences displayed {\textcolor{macrocodelinktouserdoccolor}{with this
-      colour}} brings you back to the part of the user manual discussing that
-  specific command. \ifnum\NoSourceCode=1 (but this PDF does not include the source code)\fi
-\end{framed}
-%\fi
+\item [\csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber}, \csb{etocpage}] are free to use
+  arbitrarily in the \csb{etocsetstyle} \marg{prefix} and \marg{contents}
+  arguments for a given contents line level name, they stand for what will be
+  extracted by \etoc from the actual data which is stored in the |.toc| file
+  and is a bit entangled there (for the first two).
+\end{description}
 
-Popular packages dealing with TOCs include \ctanpkg{tocloft}, \ctanpkg{titletoc}
-and \ctanpkg{minitoc}. Why another one? I started \etoc
-for my own use, and found out only later about these mentioned
-packages.
+%% \vskip-\baselineskip\vskip0pt % sigh LaTeX spaces !
 
-As is well explained in the \ctanpkg{tocloft} package documentation,
-the standard \LaTeX{} layout for the Table of Contents is
-buried in the class definitions. In particular, most of the
-lengths therein are hardcoded, and the only way for the user
-to change them is to recopy the class definitions into the
-document and then change them to obtain what is desired
-(within suitable \csa{makeatletter} and \csa{makeatother}).
-The more reasonable alternative is to use a dedicated package such as
-\ctanpkg{tocloft} or to use another flexible document class.
+Throughout this documentation ``layout'', ``display'', ``TOC style'' always are
+synonyms and refer roughly to how the TOC title is typeset.  And ``line
+styles'' refer to how each individual entry in the TOC will be rendered
+according to its ``level''.  Whenever ``TOC style'' is mentioned it is for the
+title related things, else the documentation will say ``line styles''. 
 
-However, although now things are hopefully not hard-coded, one
-still has to go through the package or class interface. This
-means one has to memorize a (possibly large) number of macros
-which will serve only to this task, and one will always be
-constrained to customizing one initially given layout.
+\csb{etocsetstyle} is for line styles and it requires \LaTeX{} fluency.  It is
+however absolutely not required to use it: by default \etoc does not intervene
+at all into the rendering of the contents lines.  For example, one can use
+packages such as \ctanpkg{tocloft} to customize these contents lines as wished.
 
-The spirit of \etoc is something else. The user will deal with
-the \emph{name}, the \emph{number} and the \emph{page number}
-corresponding to each document sectional division (and
-found in a line of the |.toc| file) in a completely arbitrary
-manner: they are made available via the \csb{etocname},
-\csb{etocnumber}, and \csb{etocpage} commands. 
+\csb{etocsettocstyle} is for styling the titles (and all things related to
+material before and after the actual TOC contents).  It was originally
+conceived mainly for being used after the main document TOC (assuming it comes
+first).  By default \etoc renders the main TOC as specified by the class it
+knows about.  But for example in a |book|-class document, one does not want to
+use a chapter-like heading for a local TOC in a section.  Hence the need for
+\csb{etocsettocstyle}.  But if used in the preamble it will apply to the main
+TOC too (if it comes first in the document body), hence its usage has to be
+delayed or stored into some command, else one has to insert branches in the
+original definition to query the kind of TOC it is applied to.
 
-\etoc appears to be (at least partially) compatible with the
-|article|, |book|, |report|, \ctanpkg{scrartcl}, \ctanpkg{scrbook}, \ctanpkg{scrreprt} and
-\ctanpkg{memoir} classes. 
+With \etocrelease{1.2} some utilities facilitate using
+\csb{etocsettocstyle} only once in the preamble and branch according to
+whether it is handling a main document TOC or a local one.  But the macro was
+really initially conceived to be used for local TOCs once the main TOC was
+typeset (commands are provided to restore the default configuration in time
+for a main TOC at end of document).  There is no command to customize the
+titles only for local TOCs from the preamble.
 
-\section{License}
+With \etocrelease{1.2} an effort has been made to make using
+\csb{etocsettocstyle} for local TOCs purely an option: by default the package
+adopts a style for local headings which takes into account the local top
+level.  This corresponds to the command \csb{etocetoclocaltocstyle}, which is emitted
+by default by the package.
 
-\begingroup\ttfamily\small\hyphenchar\font -1
-           \parindent0pt 
-           \obeyspaces\obeylines %
-\etocLicense\endgroup
+Furthermore \etocrelease{1.2} detects \ctanpkg{tocbibind}%
+%
+\footnote{Support for \ctanpkg{tocloft} customization of contents lines was
+  already in place for many years; the compatibility with \ctanpkg{tocbibind}
+  was added only at \etocrelease{1.2} and required to update the
+  \ctanpkg{tocloft} related code.}
+%
+and executes a compatilibity layer so that this package can be used with
+hopefully the same result as in the main document classes.  Package options
+\etocoption{maintoctotoc}, \etocoption{localtoctotoc},
+\etocoption{localloftotoc} and \etocoption{locallottotoc} trigger ``to toc''
+mechanisms even without \ctanpkg{tocbibind} if desired, directly at \etoc
+level.  The starred variants of the table of contents and ``list of'' commands
+will ignore the status of these options, as in the \ctanpkg{memoir} class.
 
 
-\clearpage
+\section[\csbhyp{locallistof\-(figures\textbar\-tables)}]{The \protect\etocrelease{1.2}
+  \csbhyp{locallistoffigures} and \csbhyp{locallistoftables} commands}
+\label{locallistoffigures}
+\label{locallistoftables}
+\label{etocsetup}
 
-\etocsettocdepth {subsection}
+The major novelty with \etocrelease{1.2} is the addition of
+\csb{locallistoffigures} and \csb{locallistoftables}.
 
-\etocdepthtag.toc{overview}
+Please read this:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item This is experimental code and the user interface as well as the
+  output may change.
+\item It is mandatory to load \etoc with option \etocoption{lof} for
+  \csb{locallistoffigures} and \etocoption{lot} for \csb{locallistoftables}.
+\item \etoc does not interfere whatsoever with \csa{listoffigures} and
+  \csa{listoftables}, and can not customize them in any way.
+\item \etoc still uses no additional auxiliary file, it uses only the
+  |.toc| file.
+\item This is experimental code and the user interface as well as the
+  output may change.
+\item The new command \csb{etocsetup} allows to configure at any
+  location in the preamble or in the document body the boolean options
+  \etocoption{maintoctotoc}, \etocoption{localtoctotoc},
+  \etocoption{localloftotoc}, \etocoption{locallottotoc}, and
+  \etocoption{ouroboros} which can also be issued as package options.
+  The first four default to |false|, except with the \ctanpkg{memoir}
+  class, in which case they are set to |true|, or when
+  \ctanpkg{tocbibind} is detected, in which case they are set to
+  |true| depending on the setting of the \ctanpkg{tocbibind} options.
+\item The \etocoption{ouroboros} option defaults to |true|.  When set
+  to |false|, local TOCs which have been added to the |.toc| file due
+  to \etocoption{localtoctotoc} will \emph{not} list themselves (they
+  will still list entries from local TOCs at deeper levels in their
+  scope, and the ``lists of'' at their same level, and are listed in
+  the main TOC, the only thing is that they don't show themselves in
+  themselves).%
+%
+\footnote{It is complex to try to anticipate all scenarii, but in general, it
+  is expected this behavior may cause the |.toc| file to need more time to
+  stabilize when a new local TOC is added in the midst of a document having
+  already a bunch of them.}
+%
+The default is that they \emph{do} list themselves, hence the name
+\etocoption{ouroboros}.  It has no impact on the main TOCs, use their
+starred variant to inhibit the self-display, but then why have issued
+\etocoption{maintoctotoc} in the first place?
+\item An effort has been made to facilitate as much as possible
+  customization by the user, i.e. via commands without |@| letter.
+  However this documentation will only list their names with very
+  brief comments at the appropriate place and the reader is expected
+  to check in the source code to understand better what they are for.
+\item This is experimental code and the user interface as well as the
+  output may change.
+\item For example, the actual figure entries or table entries use by
+  default the code from the main LOF or LOT; but one may prefer to
+  render them in a way taking into account the local ``list of''
+  scope: for example in a section, perhaps use the same style as
+  subsections.  This is possible and is explained briefly later.
+\item Although the default ``\etoc'' choices for local titles should
+  be hopefully satisfactory in most cases, it is also possible to tell
+  \etoc to try to use emulation from the document class via the
+  command \csb{etocclasstocstyle}.  An effort has been made to obtain
+  something which works at one level deeper than the ones under
+  \csa{part}.  For example with \ctanpkg{KOMA-script}, we use the
+  option |leveldown|.  However this will not really work for deeper
+  local ``lists of''.%
+%
+\footnote{And with \ctanpkg{KOMA-script} at version \texttt{3.30} or later the
+  fact that unnumbered sections reset the subsection counter will cause bad
+  problems in a \texttt{scrbook} document if a TOC, local to a \csa{subsection}
+  uses a title which is un unnumbered section!}
+%
+But for some document using local ``lists of'' only for chapters or
+for sections in classes without chapters, this \csb{etocclasstocstyle}
+may be appropriate as it may allow the user to use the class interface
+for advanced control of the marks or other details.
+\item The \etoc document class agnostic default, from
+  \csb{etocetoclocaltocstyle} which is automatically issued at package
+  loading time, is completely customizable.
+\item This is experimental code and the user interface as well as the
+  output may change.
+\item If using for example all three of \csb{localtableofcontents},
+  \csb{locallistoffigures} and \csb{locallistoftables}, in the same
+  location after a division heading, and if the ``to toc'' related
+  options either from \etoc or from \ctanpkg{tocbibind} are used, then
+  \csb{localtableofcontents} must be the first one in order to be able
+  to list the other two (and itself).  It can not see the ``lists of''
+  coming before itself at the same division level.
+\item Regarding the TOC title style, \etoc knows the standard classes,
+  the \ctanpkg{KOMA-script} main classes and the \ctanpkg{memoir}
+  class.  In an unknown class it will use the code from the |article|
+  class emulation.  For the local TOCs and local ``lists of'' it uses
+  as with the known classes its own class-independent code from
+  \csb{etocetoclocaltocstyle}.
+\item One can tell \etoc to not replace the original
+  \csa{tableofcontents} via \csb{etockeeporiginaltableofcontents} (it
+  will still be possible to use \csb{etoctableofcontents}), but the
+  non-etoc \csa{tableofcontents} is usable only if document does not
+  use \csb{locallistoffigures} or \csb{locallistoftables} as the
+  latter two insert entries for figures, resp.\@ tables, in the main
+  |.toc| file and only \etoc's \csb{tableofcontents} knows to ignore
+  them.
+\item This is experimental code and the user interface as well as the
+  output may change.
+\end{itemize}
 
-\part{Overview}\label{part:overview}
+\section{The \csbhyp{etocsettocstyle} command}
+\label{etocsettocstyleintro}
 
-\thispartstats
+This is a command with two mandatory arguments:
+\centeredline{\csb{etocsettocstyle}\marg{before\_toc}\marg{after\_toc}}
+The \marg{before\_toc} part is responsible for typesetting the
+heading, for example it can be something like
+\starit{section}|{\contentsname}|.  Here is an example of input:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\etocsettocstyle
+   {\section*{Local table of contents}}%
+   {}% don't do anything special after the toc contents
+\end{verbatim}
 
-\invisiblelocaltableofcontents \label{toc:overview}
+Once issued it will have an impact on all next usages of \localtoc (or \toc)
+until it is used again (or some related command).
 
-\section{Do I need to be a geek to use \etoc?}
+Generally speaking the \marg{before\_toc} part should leave \TeX{} in
+``vertical mode'': the line styles (either from the standard classes or the
+package default ones) all expect to get started in `vertical mode'.
 
-Not quite. The simplest way is to use |enumerate| environments,
-with the customizing facilities of packages such as
-\ctanpkg{enumitem}, to
-display the data fetched by \etoc from the |.toc| file. The data
-consists of the \emph{name} (\csb{etocname}), \emph{number}
-(\csb{etocnumber}), and \emph{page number} (\csb{etocpage}) as
-extracted
-% \footnote{although \LaTeX{} has been promoted as
-%   separating contents from form, there are some areas where its
-%   real implementation is very far from this ideal. And the |.toc|
-%   file is a case in point; not to mention the hard-coded
-%   dimensions, with use of the @ sign,
-%   in the macros responsible for constructing the typeset table of
-%   contents.} 
-from the |.toc| file.
+For more documentation of this and related commands see first
+\autoref{sec:compatoverview} then 
+\autoref{sec:tocstyle} for the more detailed pre-\etocrelease{1.2} documentation.
 
-This is
-illustrated \hyperref[toc:a]{at the start} of
-\autoref{part:linestyles}. More
-sophisticated examples would use more sophisticated |enumitem|
-options. One may say then that again the user has to memorize some
-customizing! indeed, but the syntax and option names to memorize
-are in no way related only to matters of tables of contents, hence
-an economy of use of the poor brain.
+Only daring people will continue reading documentation as it now starts
+telling how to truly activate \etoc power.
 
-% People who
-% know the internals of \LaTeX2e well (which is not my case) could
-% happily use directly a |\list| command;  
+\section{The \csbhyp{etocsetstyle} command}
+\label{etocsetstyleintro}
 
-Next in ease of use, perhaps, is the method explained
-\hyperref[sec:firstexample]{later in this part}
-(\autoref{sec:firstexample}). For this some knowledge of |\leftskip|,
-|\rightskip|, etc... is necessary. And a slight elaboration of this
-method, whose code is to be found in \autoref{ssec:tocwithdepthtags},
-allows to mimick very well, if so desired, the standard looks. An even
-closer emulation of the |book| class design is now included in this
-documentation as \autoref{sec:thirdexample}.
+A distinction must be made between the \emph{line styles}, \emph{i.e.} the way
+the name, number and page numbers (aka \etoc-provided \csb{etocname},
+\csb{etocnumber}, and \csb{etocpage}) are used at each level, and the \emph{toc
+  display style} (for lack of a better name) which tells how the title should
+be set, whether an entry in the |.toc| file should be made, whether the
+contents should be typeset with multiple columns, etc... the latter is governed
+by the command \csb{etocsettocstyle} (and related commands) which has already
+been mentioned, and the former by the command \csb{etocsetstyle} with is the
+core of \etoc functionality.
 
-As will be amply illustrated in this manual, \etoc is quite
-versatile (especially as it allows to re-define at any point in
-the document the hierarchy of sectioning units) and one can
-achieve surprising effects with it: \autoref{part:surprising} is
-devoted to this, and some more is to be found in
-\autoref{part:tipsandtricks}.
+It has five mandatory arguments.
+%
+\centeredline
+{\csb{etocsetstyle}\color{blue}\marg{levelname}%
+  \marg{start}\marg{prefix}\marg{contents}\marg{finish}}
+%
+The first one is the name of the sectional unit: a priori known names are
+|book|, |part|, |chapter|, |section|, |subsection|, |subsubsection|,
+|paragraph|, and |subparagraph|.  Any other name can be declared and
+assigned to a (numeric) level via the \csb{etocsetlevel} command.%
+%
+\footnote{\etoc issues automatically
+  \csb{etocsetlevel}\texttt{\string{appendix\string}\string{0\string}} (or wit
+  h |1| if the document has no \csa{chapter} command), since
+  \etocrelease{1.2}. Formerly this was done only with class
+  \ctanpkg{memoir}.}
 
-\begin{framed}
+The four other arguments of \csb{etocsetstyle} specify: 1) \emph{what to do
+  when this level is first encountered, down from a more general one,} then 2)
+\& 3) (two arguments, a `prefix' and a `contents') \emph{how to use for this
+  level the \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber} and \csb{etocpage} parsed data,}
+and 4) \emph{the last argument is the code to execute when a division unit of
+  higher importance than the defined level style is encountered.}
+
+Notice that this means that virtually \etoc manages a kind of tree-like
+substratum which is abstracted from the `flat' structure of the |.toc| data.
+
+You should now read \autoref{sec:linestyles} for the detailed documentation.
+
+\section{No auxiliary file is used beyond the TOC file}
+\label{sec:compatoverview}
+
+An important characteristic of \etoc is that it is allows many different TOCs
+in the same document, \emph{using only one} |.toc| \emph{file}!
+
+\begingroup
 \setcounter{mycounti}{0}%
   \etocinline
 \etocsetlevel{part}{1}
@@ -1723,449 +1836,1585 @@
 \etocsettocstyle{}{}
 \etocsetnexttocdepth{0}
 \tableofcontents
-A very important aspect of \etoc is that it is geared towards making many TOCs
-in the same document, \emph{using only one} |.toc| \emph{file}! The present
-documentation contains \arabic{mycounti} visible tables of contents (and a few
-invisible ones) and uses only one |.toc| file!\footnotemark{} So one should
-think 
-twice before adding manually extra commands to the |.toc| file (see
-\autoref{sec:addingtotoc}).
-\end{framed}
+The present documentation contains \arabic{mycounti} visible tables of
+contents (and a few invisible ones) and uses only one |.toc| file!%
+%
+\footnote{and the counting itself has been achieved by a table of contents
+  which was inserted in this paragraph! See \autoref{sec:tocoftocs}.}
+\endgroup
 
-\footnotetext{and the counting itself has been achieved by a table of contents
-  which was inserted in the framed paragraph! \dots the technique for this kind
-  of effect will be explained later.}
+However, each \localtoc or \toc command will trigger the execution of the
+\emph{full contents} from the |.toc| file.  The effect of \localtoc as well as
+the enforcement of the line styles as defined via \csb{etocsetstyle} are
+achieved via suitable redefinition of the \csa{contentsline} \LaTeX{} macro.
+But everything else present in the |.toc| file will be executed, as it is not
+possible for \etoc to control in any way what is present in the |.toc|
+file beyond \csa{contentsline} entries.
 
+So one should think twice before adding manually extra commands to the |.toc|
+file.  See \autoref{sec:addingtotoc} for further discussion.
 
-\subsection{Limitations in the use of list environments for
-  tables of contents}
-\label{ssec:limitations}
 
-There are some limitations to the use of list environments
-for typesetting TOCs. One of them is intrinsic to the scope
-limitations created by the groups associated to the
-environments: the |.toc| file
-may contain, besides the information to be typeset in the
-TOCs, some other commands, such as language changing
-commands, which do not expect to see their scope limited in
-this way inside a group (\LaTeX's environments create scope limiting groups).
 
-Therefore the built-in ``line styles'' proposed by \etoc as an example
-(and which are illustrated\footnote{with a twist, subsections having
-  been downgraded to the subsubsection style\dots} by the
-\hyperref[toc:main]{main table of contents} in this document) do not
-make use of environments. Actually, in this user manual, only the
-\hyperref[toc:a]{table of contents} at the start of
-\autoref{part:linestyles}, the \autoref{toc:allsubsections} (which is a
-TOC!) and examples from \autoref{etocthelink} have their line
-styles expressed in terms of enumerate or itemize environments.
 
-\section{Line styles and toc display style}
+\section{Compatibility mode}\label{subs:compat}
+\label{etoctoclines}
+\label{etocstandardlines}
+\label{etocclasstocstyle}
+\label{etocetoclocaltocstyle}
+\label{etocusertocstyle}
+\label{etoclocallistoffigureshook}
+\label{etoclocallistoftableshook}
 
-A distinction shall be made between the \emph{line styles},
-\emph{i.e.} the way the name, number and page numbers are
-used at each level, and the \emph{toc display style} (for
-lack of a better name) which tells how the title should be
-set, whether an entry in the |.toc| file should be made,
-whether the contents should be typeset with multiple columns,
-etc... the latter is governed by the command
-\csb{etocsettocstyle} (or some higher-level commands) and the
-former by the command \csb{etocsetstyle}.
+\etoc starts in a ``compatibility mode'', which means that it does not at all
+interfere with how the commands from the |.toc| file get executed as long as
+it has not been told explicitly to do so.%
+%
+\footnote{\label{fn:compat}for the ``toc display style'', by this we mean the
+  aspects independant from the contents of the \texttt{.toc} file, \etoc checks
+  if it knows the class, and then uses emulation code which was added manually
+  to its source, and if not it defaults to the |article| class layout.  No
+  automated way to recover the global toc display for arbitrary document
+  classes is implemented. But \etoc will detect if \ctanpkg{tocloft} has
+  customized the TOC title.}
 
+This ``compatibility mode'' stops for matters of the ``toc display style'' as
+soon as \csb{etocsettocstyle} is made use of, and for matters of the ``toc
+line styles'' as soon as \csb{etocsetstyle} is used for \emph{any} level
+(part, chapter, section, ...).  Levels not receiving explicit configurations
+will use some pre-defined defaults which are in \etoc source code.
 
-\subsection{\csbhyp{etocsetstyle} for the line styles}
+\begin{description}
+\item[\csb{etocclasstocstyle}] sets the `main toc layout' to be as without
+  |\usepackage{|\etoc\unskip|}|.  Local TOCs will also obey the document class
+  style but with an attempt to use a heading one level down.  This tries to
+  adapt to being in the top level below \csa{part} (i.e. in a \csa{chapter} or
+  \csa{section}) but is not adapted to deeper local TOCs.
 
-The command to inform \etoc of what to do with \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber},
-and \csb{etocpage} is called \csb{etocsetstyle}. It has five mandatory
-arguments. The first one is the name of the sectional unit: a priori known names
-are |book|, |part|, |chapter|, |section|, |subsection|, |subsubsection|,
-|paragraph|, and |subparagraph|, and any other name can be declared and assigned
-to a (numeric) level via the \csb{etocsetlevel} command.\footnote{under the
-  \texttt{memoir} class, \etoc knows \texttt{appendix} as a sectioning
-  name.} 
+  At \etocrelease{1.2}, previously existing \csa{etocstandarddisplaystyle}
+  was made into a deprecated synonym to this (the version from earlier
+  releases made no attempt to adapt the style of the local TOCs to the level
+  where it is located).
 
-The four other arguments of \csb{etocsetstyle} specify: 1) \emph{what to do when
-  this level is first encountered, down from a more general one,} then 2) \& 3)
-(two arguments, a `prefix' and a `contents') \emph{what to do when a new entry
-  of that type is found,} and 4) \emph{the last argument is the code to execute
-  when a division unit of higher importance is again hit upon.}
+\item [\csb{etocetoclocaltocstyle}] (package default) Activates a heading
+  style for local tables of contents (and ``lists of'') which tries to adapt
+  automatically to the surrounding level.  It thus by-passes the configuration
+  done by \csb{etocsettocstyle} which will then apply only to the main TOC.
+  Using again \csb{etocsettocstyle} de-activates this behavior.
 
-\subsection{\csbhyp{etocsettocstyle} for the toc display}
+\item [\csb{etocusertocstyle}] means to obey the \csb{etocsettocstyle}
+  configuration as previously in place, not only for the main TOC but also for
+  local ones.  If \csb{etocsettocstyle} has never been used, this means that
+  we return to the situation from \csb{etocclasstocstyle}.
 
-The \csb{etocsettocstyle} command allows to specify what
-should be done before and after the line entries of the TOC
-are typeset, and in particular how the title should be
-printed. It has two arguments, the first one is executed
-before the TOC contents (typically it will print
-``Contents'' and define suitable marks for the page headings) and
-the second is executed after the TOC contents.
+\item [\csb{etocstandardlines}] (package default) Sets the `content lines' to be as without
+  |\usepackage{|\etoc\unskip|}|.
 
-\etoc provides four (customizable) higher level toc styles:
-\csb{etocmulticolstyle}, \csb{etoctocstyle},
-\csb{etocruledstyle}, and \csb{etocframedstyle}. All use the
-\ctanpkg{multicol} package with a default of two columns
-(single-column mode is obtained with the optional argument |[1]|).
+\item [\csb{etoctoclines}] sets the `content lines' to match the last encountered
+  \csb{etocsetstyle} specs.
 
-These commands must be followed either by \toc or \localtoc.
+\item [\csb{etocdefaultlines}] sets the `content lines' to use \etoc pre-defined
+  ones.  The denomination is a bit confusing as `default' here means that
+  these line styles are the ones defined by default, but not used by
+  default\dots{} perhaps \csa{etocfallbacklines} would have been a better name.
+\end{description}
 
-\subsection{Compatibility mode}\label{subs:compat}
-\label{etoctoclines}
-\label{etocstandardlines}
+Naturally \csb{etocsettocstyle} and \csb{etocsetstyle} can be used arbitrarily
+many times in the document body (or already in the preamble but there one can
+not typeset a TOC; however one can prepare commands which will be activated
+later from inside the document body).  And they obey the scope-limiting effect
+of \LaTeX{} environments.
 
-Both for the ``line styles'' and the ``toc display style'', \etoc defaults to
-a compatibility mode which uses the defaults from the document
-class.%
-%
-\footnote{\label{fn:compat}for the ``toc display style'' \etoc checks if it knows the class,
-  and then uses emulation code which was added manually to its source, and
-  if not it defaults to the |article| class layout.  No automated way to recover
-  the global toc display for arbitrary document classes is implemented. But \etoc
-  will detect if \ctanpkg{tocloft} has customized the TOC title.}
-%
-This can always be re-activated by:\\
-% \makebox[5.2cm][l]{\csb{etocstandardlines}}
-% |% `line entries' as without \usepackage{etoc}|\\
-% \makebox[5.2cm][l]{\csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle}}
-% |% `toc display' as without \usepackage{etoc}|
-\csb{etocstandardlines}\hfill
-|% `line entries' as without \usepackage{etoc}|\\
-\csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle}\hfill
-|% `toc display' as without \usepackage{etoc}|
+For an illustration of using \etoc in compatibility mode see
+\autoref{sec:testingcompat}.  And see \autoref{sec:anothercompat} for some
+ways to let the line styles use the code from the document class but with some
+custom changes.
 
+During expansion  of \csb{locallistoffigures} or
+\csb{locallistoftables}, the macros \csb{etoclocallistoffigureshook} resp.\@
+\csb{etoclocallistoftableshook} are executed right before typesetting
+the entries. (Click on ``hook'' in previous sentence for  advices on their usage).
+\begin{verbatim}
+\def\etoclocallistoffigureshook{\etocstandardlines}
+\def\etoclocallistoftableshook {\etocstandardlines}
+\end{verbatim}
+Let's simply say here
+that if you redefine them to do nothing, the lines will use the style as
+appropriate for entries at numerical level one deeper than the ``local top'':
+i.e. in a section they will be typeset as if being subsections.  If
+you have both \csb{locallistoffigures} and a \localtoc, this may align
+better vertically than the \LaTeX{} line style from the global ``Lists Of''.
 
-If the command \csb{etocsetstyle} has \emph{not been used in the
-preamble} the package will be at |\begin{document}| in this
-  compatibility mode: hence just adding \csa{usepackage\{etoc\}}
-  should hopefully not change anything to the look of a
-  previously existing document, under the |article|, |book|,
-  |report|, \ctanpkg{scrartcl}, \ctanpkg{scrbook}, \ctanpkg{scrreprt} and \ctanpkg{memoir}
-  classes.
 
-  Any use of \csb{etocsetstyle} in the \emph{preamble or body} of
-  the document turns off from that point on the compatibility mode
-  for line styles, but maintains the compatibility mode for the
-  TOC title. One re-activates the compatibility mode for line
-  styles with \csb{etocstandardlines}; and 
-  \csb{etoctoclines} will re-activate the line styles as defined
-  with the help of \csb{etocsetstyle}, if their scope was not
-  limited to a group or environment.
+Note that ``hook'' is used here in a very naive meaning of some macro which is
+pre-located somewhere and that one can redefine to obtains various effects.
 
-  The command \csb{etocdefaultlines} sets the line styles to custom ones
-  pre-defined internally by \etoc and described in
-  \autoref{etocdefaultlines}.
+\section{A list of the commands added at \protect\etocrelease{1.2}}
+\label{etocstoretocstyleinto}
+\label{etocstorelinestylesinto}
+\label{etocstorethislinestyleinto}
+\label{etocifislocal}
+\label{etocifislocaltoc}
+\label{etocifislocallof}
+\label{etocifislocallot}
+%%\label{etocsettocstyle}
+\label{etocifmaintoctotoc}
+\label{etociflocaltoctotoc}
+\label{etociflocalloftotoc}
+\label{etociflocallottotoc}
+\label{etocifisstarred}
+\label{etoclevel}
+\label{etocifunknownlevelTF}
+\label{etocdivisionnameatlevel}
+\label{etoclocalheadtotoc}
+\label{etocglobalheadtotoc}
+\label{etocetoclocaltocmaketitle}
+%%\label{etocetoclocaltocstyle}
+\label{localcontentsname}
+\label{locallistfigurename}
+\label{locallisttablename}
+\label{etocetoclistoffiguresmaketitle}
+\label{etocetoclistoftablesmaketitle}
+\label{etocclasslocaltocmaketitle}
+\label{etocclasslocallofmaketitle}
+\label{etocclasslocallotmaketitle}
+\label{etocclassmaintocaddtotoc}
+\label{etocclasslocaltocaddtotoc}
+\label{etocclasslocallofaddtotoc}
+\label{etocclasslocallotaddtotoc}
 
-Even if \csb{etocsetstyle} has been used, the global display style
-remains initially as defined by the document class or the
-\ctanpkg{tocloft} package (but see footnote\footref{fn:compat}); one needs to use the command
-\csb{etocsettocstyle} or its variants to exit from this
-compatibility mode at the ``toc display style'' level. It will be
-re-activated if use if made of \csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle}.
+\begin{shaded}\footnotesize
+%\setstretch{1}
+  One pre-existing command has been modified: \csa{etocstandarddisplaystyle}
+  which is now deprecated and replaced by \csb{etocetoclocaltocstyle}.  The
+  former behavior was to set also local TOCs to apply the style from the main
+  TOC, which basically never works really well.  As explained already one can
+  use \csb{etocclasstocstyle} to try to get for top local TOCs a suitable
+  behavior, for example in the case of \ctanpkg{KOMA-script} classes, a
+  behavior using their |leveldown| option.  But this will not be satisfactory
+  for deeper local TOCs or ``lists of''.
+\end{shaded}
 
-See further \autoref{sec:anothercompat}.
+With \csb{etocsettocstyle} one has complete decision about how the TOCs
+typeset their titles.  Thus, this also means that supporting the options such
+as \etocoption{localtoctotoc} is entirely up to the provided code.  There is
+no real reason for the user to go into this but \etoc does provide
+nevertheless generic utilities allowing to write very general styles,
+supporting the options if so desired.  We now turn to their descriptions.  The
+first few are accompanied with more details, but all hyperlink to their source
+code via the right third of their names (some are defined in batches and
+receive initial dummy definitions only to provide hyperlink targets).
 
-\section{A first example}
-\label{sec:firstexample}
-\label{invisiblelocaltableofcontents}
+\begin{description}
+\item [\csb{etocstoretocstyleinto}\marg{control\_sequence}] This is a command
+  with one mandatory argument which must be a control sequence such as
+  \csa{foo}.  The macro \csa{foo} is then overwritten with no check if it
+  exists already.  Its effect is to store inside \csa{foo} the data configured
+  by the last \csb{etocsettocstyle}.  Then inserting \csa{foo} in the document
+  will restore the saved toc style.%
+%
+\footnote{It is impossible to store the style used by  the
+  \csb{etocetoclocaltocstyle} for local TOCs.  Only the one for main TOCs,
+  which was configured by last usage of \csb{etocsettocstyle} is saved in
+  \csa{foo}.  After \csa{foo} is executed, one needs to again issue
+  \csb{etocetoclocaltocstyle} if one wants the latter to be active.}
 
-Let us present a first example of specification for line styles.
-Immediately after the start of \autoref{part:overview} we inserted in the
-source file:
-\centeredline{\csb{invisiblelocaltableofcontents} |\label{toc:overview}|} This
-sets-up the label |toc:overview|, and we can use it at any location in the
-document: \centeredline{|\tableofcontents \ref{toc:overview}|} And as we used
-|\invisible...|,\footnote{this is a shortcut for setting temporarily the
-  |tocdepth| to |-3|, which has the effect to tell \etoc not to print the TOC,
-  and not even the heading.} the local TOC will exist only through its clones
-elsewhere in the document. 
+\item [\csb{etocstorelinestylesinto}\marg{control\_sequence}] Same principle
+  but now \csa{foo} will store the line styles for all levels.  And inserting
+  \csa{foo} will have the same effect as re-doing all \csb{etocsetstyle} for
+  all levels.
 
-\begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}{\foo}
-\begingroup\parindent 0pt \parfillskip 0pt \leftskip 0cm \rightskip 1cm
-\etocsetstyle {section}
-              {}
-              {\leavevmode\leftskip 0cm\relax}
-              {\bfseries\normalsize\makebox[.5cm][l]{\etocnumber.}%
-               \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak
-               \rlap{\makebox[1cm]{\mdseries\etocpage}}\par}
-              {}
-\etocsetstyle {subsection}
-              {}
-              {\leavevmode\leftskip .5cm\relax }
-              {\mdseries\normalsize\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}%
-               \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak
-               \rlap{\makebox[1cm]{\etocpage}}\par}
-              {}
-\etocsetstyle {subsubsection}
-              {}
-              {\leavevmode\leftskip 1.5cm\relax }
-              {\mdseries\normalsize\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}%
-               \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak
-               \rlap{\makebox[1cm]{\etocpage}}\par}
-              {}
-\etocruledstyle[1]{\bfseries \Large My first \etoc: TOC of
-  \autoref{part:overview} (\nameref{part:overview})}
-\tableofcontents \ref {toc:overview}
-\endgroup
-\end{filecontentsdef}
+\item [\csb{etocstorethislinestyleinto}\marg{name or
+    number}\marg{control\_sequence}] Same principle but now \csa{foo} will
+  store the line style for the specified level, which can be numerical or a
+  name.  And then executing \csa{foo} will have the same effect as re-doing the
+  \csb{etocsetstyle} for this level.%
+%
+\footnote{Absolutely no error check is done on the first argument.  There is no
+  interface for re-assigning the style to another level, although it would not
+  be difficult to code it.  But the \etoc powers about re-assigning levels are
+  things better left to unearthly entities such as the author.}
 
-\filecontentsexec\foo
+\DeleteShortVerb\|
+ 
+\item [\csb{etocsetup}\marg{key[=true|false],...}] was already mentioned
+  earlier.  Only usable with the five boolean options.  But everywhere in the
+  document after the package loading.
+\end{description}
 
-We could have used the line styles defined by \etoc, with
-\csb{etocdefaultlines}, or the default document class styles with
-\csb{etocstandardlines}, but we were a bit more ambitious here and wanted to
-design our own. The technique is a simple one: each heading is in its own
-paragraph, which may extend on multiple lines; it is responsible for setting
-its own |\leftskip|.
+\MakeShortVerb\|
 
-This is a simple design which does not make provisions for page breaks
-which should be discouraged in-between a section and a subsection
-etc\dots{} as we only used it for the table of contents of this part, thus
-with sections as top levels, there was no need to specify a style for
-parts too (we defined a subsubsection line style but as it turns
-out there are no subsubsections in this part). The two commands used are
-\csb{etocsetstyle} for specifying the line styles, and
-\csb{etocruledstyle} for the TOC global style.
+Those next will be more briefly described.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \csb{etocifislocal}, \csb{etocifislocaltoc}, \csb{etocifislocallof},
+  \csb{etocifislocallot} can be used from inside the \csb{etocsettocstyle}
+  first or second argument to select either one of the \marg{True} and \marg{False}
+  branches.
 
-The |\rightskip| is shared by all, and creates space where the page
-numbers get printed. For an elaboration of this technique see the next
-\autoref{sec:secondexample} as well as \autoref{ssec:tocwithdepthtags}
-which provides a TOC with parts and paragraphs. Both allow multi-line
-headings and employ a technique for putting page numbers in the right margin
-which was inspired from what \LaTeX2e's |\@dottedtocline| macro does.
+\item   \csb{etocifmaintoctotoc}, \csb{etociflocaltoctotoc},
+  \csb{etociflocalloftotoc}, \csb{etociflocallottotoc}, are conditionals
+  matching the options and selecting one of the \marg{True} or \marg{False} branches.
 
-Here is how it was produced:
+\item \csb{etocifisstarred}\marg{True}\marg{False} says from inside the
+  \csb{etocsettocstyle} arguments if the toc or `list of' command was in
+  starred form.
 
-\filecontentsprint\foo
-\marginattach{}
+  The \csb{etocetoclocaltocstyle} and \csb{etocclasstocstyle} have been configured so
+  that when a |*| follows a \toc or \localtoc or local ``lists of'', its ``to
+  toc'' behavior (if active from \ctanpkg{tocbibind} or \etoc own options) is
+  canceled.  They use \csb{etocifisstarred} to this effect.
 
-\section{A second example}
-\label{sec:secondexample}
+\item \csb{etoclocalheadtotoc}\marg{levelname}\marg{text} is a synonym for
+  \centeredline{\csa{addcontentsline}|{toc}|\marg{@levelname}\marg{text}}
+%
+  Pay
+  attention to automatically added |@| character.%
+%
+\footnote{Without this syntax, it would not be possible to have all three of
+  \localtoc, \csb{locallistoffigures} and \csb{locallistoftables} one after
+  the other following a given document heading, due to deep internals of the
+  local TOC \etoc mechanism.  Notice that these internal details are
+  susceptible to change with no advance notice and the actual implementation
+  of \csb{etoclocalheadtotoc} may change.}
 
-This second example displays only the contents from
-\autoref{part:linestyles} and \autoref{part:globalcmds}. This selection
-is done via the technique of \emph{depth tags}, described in
-\autoref{etocsettagdepth} and \autoref{ssec:tocwithdepthtags}. Its
-layout is a bit like the one of the \hyperref[toc:main]{main document
-  TOC}, although the line styles are coded very differently.
 
-\begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}{\foo}
-\begingroup
-\newcommand*{\DotsAndPage}
-{\nobreak\leaders\hbox{\bfseries\normalsize\hbox to .75ex {\hss.\hss}}%
-         \hfill\nobreak
-         \makebox[\rightskip][r]{\bfseries\normalsize\etocpage}\par}
+  Use this for example in the second argument of \csb{etoclocalmulticol}.%
+%
+\footnote{There is currently no analog of \csb{etoclocalmulticol} and similar
+  commands which would be related to \csb{locallistoffigures} or
+  \csb{locallistoftables} as \csb{etoclocalmulticol} is to \localtoc.}
 
-\etocsetstyle {part}
-{\parindent 0pt
- \nobreak
- \etocskipfirstprefix}
-{\pagebreak[3]\bigskip}
-{\large\rmfamily\bfseries\scshape\centering
- \etocifnumbered{Part \etocnumber{} -- }{}\etocname\par}
-{}
+\item \csb{etocglobalheadtotoc}\marg{levelname}\marg{text} is a synonym for
+  \centeredline{\csa{addcontentsline}|{toc}|\marg{levelname}\marg{text}}
+% 
+  We
+  have so many commands we can define another useless one\dots{} for aesthetic
+  reasons of coherent names\dots{}
 
-\etocsetstyle {section}
-{\leftskip 0pt \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip-\rightskip
- \nobreak\medskip
- \etocskipfirstprefix}
-{\leftskip 0pt \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip-\rightskip
- \pagebreak[1]\smallskip}
-{\normalsize\rmfamily\bfseries\scshape
- \etocnumber. \etocname\DotsAndPage }
-{\parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil\relax }
+\item \csb{etoclevel}\marg{levelname} expands to a numeric quantity giving
+  the level of a given string argument.  For example \csb{etoclevel}|{section}|
+  will usually produce a \TeX{} number denotation of value one.  It must be
+  prefixed by something such as the \TeX{} primitive \csa{number} to give an
+  explicit digit with perhaps a minus sign, but can serve as is in \csa{ifnum}
+  tests.
 
-\etocsetstyle {subsection}
-{\leftskip1cm\rightskip .75cm \parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil\relax 
- \nobreak\smallskip}
-{}
-{\footnotesize\sffamily\mdseries\itshape
- \etocname{} (\etocnumber, p. \etocpage). }
-{\par\medskip}
+\item \csb{etocifunknownlevelTF}\marg{levelname}\marg{True}\marg{False} is a
+  conditional to test if a level is known to \etoc.
 
-\etocsettagdepth {preamble}   {none}
-%\etocsettagdepth {overview}   {none}% not needed explicitely, keeps value
-%\etocsettagdepth {arbitrarily}{none}
-%\etocsettagdepth {examples}   {none}
-%\etocsettagdepth {surprising} {none}
-\etocsettagdepth {linestyles} {subsection}
-\etocsettagdepth {globalcmds} {subsection}
-\etocsettagdepth {custom}     {none}
-%\etocsettagdepth {tips}       {none}
-%\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{none}
-%\etocsettagdepth {code}       {none}
+\item \csb{etocdivisionnameatlevel}\marg{number} is an expandable construct
+  which starts from a numerical level from |-2| to |5| and produces one of
+  |book|, |part|, ..., up to |subparagraph|.
 
-\etocsettocstyle {\centering\LARGE\textsc{\contentsname}\par\nobreak\medskip}{}
-\etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection}
-\tableofcontents
-\endgroup
-\end{filecontentsdef}
-\filecontentsexec\foo
+\item   \csb{etocetoclocaltocmaketitle} is the command used by
+  \csb{etocetoclocaltocstyle} which typesets a local ``list of'' title using
+  an un-numbered sectioning appropriate to its scope.  See the source code for
+  how it looks.
 
-The code:
-\filecontentsprint\foo
-\marginattach{}
+\item  \csb{etocetoclistoffiguresmaketitle} and
+  \csb{etocetoclistoftablesmaketitle} are similar, see the source code.
 
-\section{A Beautiful Thesis example}
+\item   \csb{localcontentsname}, \csb{locallistfigurename}, \csb{locallisttablename}
+  are self-explanatory.
 
-Here is a relatively  simple example of use of the package
-functionalities. 
-Let us set up some line styles. We choose a style for sections and
-sub-sections which would be suitable for, respectively, sections and
-sub-sections in an average length memoir. The line style specifications have
-some redundancy for clarity, and do not care about what to do at possible page
-breaks. Also, they do not worry about potential multi-column use.
+\item   \csb{etocclasslocaltocmaketitle}, \csb{etocclasslocallofmaketitle},
+  \csb{etocclasslocallotmaketitle}, \csb{etocclassmaintocaddtotoc},
+  \csb{etocclasslocaltocaddtotoc}, \csb{etocclasslocallofaddtotoc},
+  \csb{etocclasslocallotaddtotoc}, well again see source code.
 
-\begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}{\foo}
-\begingroup % we start a group to keep the style changes local
-\newlength{\tocleftmargin}    \setlength{\tocleftmargin}{5cm}
-\newlength{\tocrightmargin}   \setlength{\tocrightmargin}{1cm}
 
-\etocsetstyle{section}              % will pretend to be a Chapter
-{\addvspace{1ex}\parfillskip0pt
- \leftskip\tocleftmargin            % (already done in title)
- \rightskip\the\tocrightmargin plus 1fil
- \parindent0pt\color{cyan}}         % (already done)
-{\bfseries\LARGE\upshape\addvspace{1ex}\leavevmode}
-{\llap{Chapter\hspace{.5em}{\etocnumber}\hspace{.75cm}}\etocname
- \hfill\makebox[-\tocrightmargin][l]{\makebox[0pt]{\etocpage}}\par}
-{}
+\end{itemize}
 
-\etocsetstyle{subsection}           % will pretend to be a Section
-{}
-{\mdseries\large\addvspace{.5ex}\leavevmode}
-{\llap{\etocnumber\hspace{.75cm}}\textit{\etocname}%
- \hfill\makebox[-\tocrightmargin][l]{\makebox[0pt]{\etocpage}}\par}
-{}
+% {\footnotesize (clearing this page as next display must be on one page
+%   only)\par}
+% \clearpage
 
-\def\tmptitle{My Beautiful Thesis}
-\etocsettocstyle{\color{cyan}\parindent0pt \leftskip\tocleftmargin
-  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\ 
-  \huge\textit{\tmptitle}\par}{\bigskip}
+\section{A partial list of the package commands}
 
-\tableofcontents \ref{toc:overview}
-\endgroup
-\end{filecontentsdef}
+%\enlargethispage{2\baselineskip}
 
-\filecontentsexec\foo
+%\vskip-\baselineskip\vskip0pt
 
-\filecontentsprint\foo
-\marginattach{}
 
 
-\section{Linked list of the main package commands}
 
-
-
-
-
-\begin{framed}\multicolsep0pt\relax
-  \begin{multicols}{3}\parindent0pt\relax
-\flushleft
-    \csb{tableofcontents}\par
-    (optional \csa{ref} or \csa{label})\par
-    \csb{localtableofcontents}\par\columnbreak
-    \csb{etocsettocstyle}\par
-    \mbox{}\par
-    \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth}\par\columnbreak
-\flushright
-    \makebox[\widthof{\csa{etocnumber}}][l]{\csb{etocname}}\par
-% \llap does not trigger horizontal mode?
-    \noindent
-    \llap{\csb{etocsetstyle}
-% \smash is not \long!
-    \smash{$\left\{\parbox{0pt}{\mbox{}\endgraf
-                                %\mbox{}\endgraf
-                                \mbox{}\endgraf
-                                \mbox{}\endgraf
-                                \mbox{}\endgraf}\right.$}
-    }%
-    \csb{etocnumber}\par
-    \makebox[\widthof{\csa{etocnumber}}][l]{\csb{etocpage}}\par
-  \end{multicols}
-\end{framed}
-
 %\parshape 1 -1.5cm \dimexpr\linewidth+3cm\relax
 %\begin{minipage}{\dimexpr\linewidth+3cm\relax}
-\begin{multicols}{2}\parindent0pt\relax
+\begin{multicols}{2}\parindent0pt\relax\setstretch{1}%
+  \csb{etocbeforetitlehook}\par
+  \csb{etocaftertitlehook}\par
   \csb{etocaftercontentshook}\par
-  \csb{etocaftertitlehook}\par
   \csb{etocaftertochook}\par
-  \csb{etocbeforetitlehook}\par
+  \csb{etocsettocstyle}\par
+  \csb{etocclasstocstyle}\par
+  \csb{etocetoclocaltocstyle}\par
+  \csb{etocmulticol}\par
+  \csb{etocframed}\par
+  \csb{etocruled}\par
+  \csb{etocsettocdepth}\par
+  \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc}\par
+  \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth}\par
+  \csb{etocdepthtag.toc}\par
+  \csb{etocsettagdepth}\par
+  \csb{etocobeydepthtags}\par
   \csb{etocdefaultlines}\par
-  \csb{etocdepthtag.toc}\par
-  \csb{etocdisplay}\par
-  \csb{etocframedstyle}\par
-  \csb{etocframed}\par
+  \csb{etocstandardlines}\par
+  \csb{etoctoclines}\par
+  \csb{etocsetlevel}\par\columnbreak
+\flushright
+  \csb{etocsetstyle}\par
+  \csb{etocskipfirstprefix}\par
+  \csb{etocifnumbered}\par
   \csb{etociffirst}\par
-  \csb{etocifnumbered}\par
-  \csb{etocignoredepthtags}\par
-  \csb{etocignoretoctocdepth}\par
-  \csb{etocimmediatedepthtag.toc}\par
-  \csb{etocimmediatesettocdepth.toc}\par
-  \csb{etocimmediatetoccontentsline}\par
-  \csb{etocinline}\par
   \csb{etoclink}\par
-  \csb{etoclocalframed}\par
-  \csb{etoclocalmulticol}\par
-  \csb{etoclocalruled}\par
-  \csb{etocmulticolstyle}\par
-  \csb{etocmulticol}\par
+  \csb{etocthelink}\par
   \csb{etocname}\par
   \csb{etocnumber}\par
-  \csb{etocobeydepthtags}\par\columnbreak
-\flushright
-  \csb{etocobeytoctocdepth}\par
   \csb{etocpage}\par
-  \csb{etocruledstyle}\par
-  \csb{etocruled}\par
-  \csb{etocsetlevel}\par
-  \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth}\par
-  \csb{etocsetstyle}\par
-  \csb{etocsettagdepth}\par
-  \csb{etocsettocdepth}\par
-  \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc}\par
-  \csb{etocsettocstyle}\par
-  \csb{etocskipfirstprefix}\par
-  \csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle}\par
-  \csb{etocstandardlines}\par
+  \csb{etocthename}\par
+  \csb{etocthenumber}\par
+  \csb{etocthepage}\par
   \csb{etocthelinkedname}\par
   \csb{etocthelinkednumber}\par
   \csb{etocthelinkedpage}\par
-  \csb{etocthelink}\par
-  \csb{etocthename}\par
-  \csb{etocthenumber}\par
-  \csb{etocthepage}\par
-  \csb{etoctoccontentsline}\par
-  \csb{etoctoclines}\par
+%  \csb{etocdisplay}\par
+%  \csb{etocframedstyle}\par
+%  \csb{etocignoredepthtags}\par
+%  \csb{etocignoretoctocdepth}\par
+%  \csb{etocimmediatedepthtag.toc}\par
+%  \csb{etocimmediatesettocdepth.toc}\par
+%  \csb{etocimmediatetoccontentsline}\par
+%  \csb{etocinline}\par
+%  \csb{etoclocalframed}\par
+%  \csb{etoclocalmulticol}\par
+%  \csb{etoclocalruled}\par
+%  \csb{etocmulticolstyle}\par
+%  \csb{etocobeytoctocdepth}\par
+%  \csb{etocruledstyle}\par
+%  \csb{etoctoccontentsline}\par
+%\flushright
   \csb{localtableofcontents}\par
   \mbox{}\llap{\csb{localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth}}\par
+  \csb{locallistoffigures}\par
+  \csb{locallistoftables}\par
   \csb{tableofcontents}\par
 %\vspace{5\baselineskip}\hrule height 0pt
 \end{multicols}
 %\end{minipage}\par
 
-The above is not an exhaustive list of all the package user commands.  And
-for legacy arbitrary reasons some of the more obscure commands are included
-here.
 
+{\footnotesize\setstretch{1}
+The above is not an exhaustive list of all the package user commands.
+For example, it does not include most of those added at \etocrelease{1.2}
+and which were listed in the previous section.\par
+}
+
 \clearpage
-% 15 octobre, je teste les tags
-\etocdepthtag.toc {arbitrarily}
 
-\part{Arbitrarily many TOCs, and local ones too}
-% 13 octobre, ceci était une section avant
 
+\etocdepthtag.toc {styling}
+\part{The \etoc styling commands}
+\label{part:styling}
+
 \thispartstats
 
+\etocsetstyle{section}
+{\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=.75cm, label=\etocifnumbered
+      {{\fboxrule1pt\fcolorbox{green}{white}{\etocnumber}}}{}]}
+{\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item}
+{\etocname{} (page \etocpage)}
+{\end{enumerate}}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}
+{\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0cm, label=\etocnumber]}
+{\normalfont \item}
+{\etocname{} (p.~\etocpage)}
+{\end{enumerate}}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}
+{\par\nobreak\begingroup\normalfont\footnotesize\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix}
+{\allowbreak\,--\,}
+{\etocname}
+{.\hfil\par\endgroup\pagebreak[3]}
+
+% 27 janvier 2013 22:30
+% je définis les macros (non protégées) 
+% \etocthename, \etocthenumber, \etocthepage
+
+\etocruledstyle[1]{\etocfontminusone\color{green}%
+     \fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1ex
+     \framebox[\linewidth]
+              {\normalcolor\hss Contents of \autoref{part:styling}\hss}}
+
+\localtableofcontents \label{toc:part:styling}
+
+The two main commands \csb{etocsettocstyle} and \csb{etocsetstyle} can be used
+anywhere in the document.  Typically one will render the main global TOC in
+one style and local tables of contents in another.  So the commands to style
+the local tables of contents will be executed after the main \toc (if it is
+first in document) either by direct injection in the document source, or
+encapsulated in user commands defined in the preamble.
+
+All commands obey the scope limiting effect induced by \LaTeX{} environments
+or the core \TeX |\begingroup/\endgroup| (or braces |{...}|) constructs.
+
+\section{The \csbhyp{etocsettocstyle} and related commands}
+\label{sec:tocstyle}
+
+\begingroup
 \etocsettocstyle{}{}
 \etocstandardlines
+\DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=3em,indent=0em]{tocline}{subsection}
+\DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=3.5em,indent=3em]{tocline}{subsubsection}
+\localtableofcontents \label{toc:tocstyle}
+\endgroup
+
+
+
+\subsection{The \csbhyp{etocsettocstyle} command}
+\label{etocsettocstyle}
+
+The basics are explained in \autoref{etocsettocstyleintro}.  Recall that the
+syntax is
+\centeredline{\csb{etocsettocstyle}\marg{before\_toc}\marg{after\_toc}} and
+here is a typical example of use:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\etocsettocstyle
+   {\section*{Local table of contents}}%
+   {}% don't do anything special after the toc contents
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The first argument to \csb{etocsettocstyle} can also contain instructions to
+mark the page headings.  Or it could check to see if two-column mode is on,
+and switch to one-column style, and the \meta{after\_toc} part would then
+reenact the two-column mode.
+
+
+The commands to be described next \csb{etocmulticolstyle},
+\csb{etocruledstyle}, and \csb{etocframedstyle} all call \csb{etocsettocstyle}
+as a lower-level routine, to initiate a \texttt{multi\-cols} environment in
+\marg{before\_toc} and close it in \marg{after\_toc}.
+
+\subsubsection{The \csbhyp{etocarticlestyle}, \csbhyp{etocbookstyle},
+  and others commands}
+\label{etocarticlestyle}
+\label{etocarticlestylenomarks}
+\label{etocbookstyle}
+\label{etocbookstylenomarks}
+\label{etocreportstyle}
+\label{etocreportstylenomarks}
+
+These are the commands used internally by \etoc in compatibility mode
+depending on the document class. For example \csb{etocarticlestyle} instructs
+\etoc to use |\section*{\contentsname}| (with marks on the page) and
+\csb{etocbookstyle} says to use |\chapter*{\contentsname}|. It can prove
+useful to issue \csb{etocarticlestyle} for a \csa{localtableofcontents} inside
+a chapter, in |book| class and compatibility mode for the global TOC display
+style.
+
+Here is the current list:
+\begin{itemize}[nosep]
+\item \csb{etocarticlestyle}
+\item \csb{etocarticlestylenomarks}
+\item \csb{etocreportstyle}
+\item \csb{etocreportstylenomarks}
+\item \csb{etocbookstyle}
+\item \csb{etocbookstylenomarks}
+\item \csb{etocmemoirstyle}
+\item \csb{etocscrartclstyle}
+\item \csb{etocscrreprtstyle}
+\item \csb{etocscrbookstyle}
+\end{itemize}
+The command \csb{etocclasstocstyle} will adapt to the document class.
+One can not use the \ctanpkg{KOMA-script} related commands or the
+\ctanpkg{memoir} one in standard classes.
+
+
+\subsubsection{The \csbhyp{etocinline} and \csbhyp{etocdisplay} commands}
+\label{etocinline}
+\label{etocnopar}
+\label{etocdisplay}
+
+With \csb{etocinline}, or its synonym |\etocnopar|, the \localtoc command and
+its variants do \emph{not} first issue a |\par| to close the previous
+paragraph. Hence, the table of contents can be printed in an inline style; or,
+if used only for preparing some token list or macro, it will leave nothing in
+the token stream on execution.
+
+Issue \csb{etocdisplay} to return to the default situation that \localtoc and
+variants issue a |\par| to switch to vertical mode before typesetting the TOC
+title and contents.
+
+Here is an example of an \emph{inline} table of contents, which has only
+subsections and uses the |itemize*| environment from \ctanpkg{enumitem} for
+them.  The code used is
+\begin{verbatim}
+And the output is:
+\begingroup
+    \etocglobaldefs
+    \etocsetstyle {subsection}
+          {\begin{itemize*}[itemjoin={{; }}, itemjoin*={{, and }}]}
+          {}
+          {\item [{\bfseries\etocnumber.}] \etocname\ (\emph{p. \etocpage })}
+          {\end{itemize*}.}%
+    \etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection}%
+    \etocsettocstyle {a clone of a local table of contents, originally defined in
+                      \autoref{sec:tocstyle}, but here rendered completely
+                      differently via an inline \ctanpkg{enumitem} list: }{}%
+    \etocinline\tableofcontents \ref{toc:tocstyle}
+\endgroup
+\end{verbatim}
+
+(observe that on executing the above there is no extra space after the colon
+beyond what is intended, and the current paragraph is simply continued)
+And the output is:
+\begingroup
+    \etocglobaldefs
+    \etocsetstyle {subsection}
+          {\begin{itemize*}[itemjoin={{; }}, itemjoin*={{, and }}]}
+          {}
+          {\item [{\bfseries\etocnumber.}] \etocname\ (\emph{p. \etocpage })}
+          {\end{itemize*}.}%
+    \etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection}%
+    \etocsettocstyle {a clone of a local table of contents, originally defined in 
+                      \autoref{sec:tocstyle}, but here rendered completely
+                      differently via an inline \ctanpkg{enumitem} list: }{}%
+    \etocinline\tableofcontents \ref{toc:tocstyle}
+\endgroup
+
+It was needed to use \csb{etocglobaldefs} because the \csa{item} command,
+as modified by \ctanpkg{enumitem} closes a group, hence the meaning
+of \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber} and \csb{etocpage} would have been lost
+after it.
+
+A more impressive example of an inline table of contents (containing the full
+contents of this document, which subsections rendered as page footnotes...) is
+to be found in \autoref{sec:crazy}.
+
+\subsection{The \csbhyp{etocmulticolstyle}, \csbhyp{etocmulticol},
+  and \csbhyp{etoclocalmulticol} commands}
+\label{etocmulticolstyle}
+\label{etocmulticol}
+\label{etoclocalmulticol}
+
+This is a command with one optional and one mandatory argument:
+\centeredline{\csb{etocmulticolstyle}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}}
+The
+\meta{number\_of\_columns} can go from 1 to 10 (it defaults to 2; if its
+value is 1, naturally no |multicols| environment is then created). The
+\meta{heading} will typically be some `vertical' material like:
+  \meta{heading} = |\section*|\marg{title}
+but one may also have horizontal material like |\fbox{Hello World}| (\etoc
+adds automatically a |\par| at the end of this ``heading'' argument to
+\csb{etocmulticolstyle}). Here is an example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\etocmulticolstyle{\noindent\bfseries\Large
+                   \leaders\hrule height1pt\hfill
+                   \MakeUppercase{Table of Contents}}
 \localtableofcontents
+\end{verbatim}
+After \csb{etocmulticolstyle} all future \csa{tableofcontents} will use the
+specified style until modified by renewed usage of \csb{etocsettocstyle} or variants.
 
-\section{The \csbhyp{tableofcontents}, \csbhyp{localtableofcontents} and
-             \csbhyp{localtableofcontentswithrelativedepths} commands}
+A shortcut combining the style specification and the table of contents and not
+impacting the styles of later TOCs is:%
+%
+\centeredline{\csb{etoclocalmulticol}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}}
+%
+So the above example can be also obtained using:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\etoclocalmulticol{\noindent\bfseries\Large
+                   \leaders\hrule height1pt\hfill
+                   \MakeUppercase{Table of Contents}}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+It has the advantage that the TOC styling as specified applies only to this
+sole local TOC.
+
+And there is also
+\csb{etocmulticol}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading} for global TOC.
+
+\subsection{The \csbhyp{etoctocstyle} command}
+\label{etoctocstyle}
+
+\centeredline{\csb{etoctocstyle}\oarg{kind}\marg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}%
+}
+%
+is the exact equivalent of doing
+%
+\centeredline{%
+\csb{etocmulticolstyle}|[|{\itshape number\_of\_columns}|]|%
+|{\kind*{|\itshape title\upshape|}}|}
+%
+where |kind| is one of |chapter|, |section|, . . . and defaults
+to |chapter| or |section| depending on the document class.
+
+As explained above one still has to issue \localtoc to typeset the TOC.  And
+the styling, if not enclosed in a scope-limiting group or environment, applies
+to subsequent local TOCs.
+
+\subsubsection{The \csbhyp{etoctocstylewithmarks} command}
+\label{etoctocstylewithmarks}
+\label{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc}
+
+\centeredline{\csb{etoctocstylewithmarks}\oarg{kind}%
+              \marg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\marg{mark}%
+              }
+%
+is the exact equivalent of doing
+%
+\centeredline
+{\csb{etocmulticolstyle}|[|{\itshape number\_of\_columns}|]|%
+|{\kind*{|\itshape title \ttfamily\upshape\string\markboth%
+|{\MakeUppercase{|{\rmfamily\itshape mark}|}}}}|}
+%
+where |kind| is one of |chapter|, |section|, ... The
+actual display of the marks depends on the settings of the
+page style.  There is variant \csb{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc}
+which does not uppercase.
+
+\paragraph{Do we really want paragraph entries in the TOC?}
+
+\paragraph{really?}
+
+\subsection{The \csbhyp{etocruledstyle}, \csbhyp{etocruled} and
+  \csbhyp{etoclocalruled} commands}
+\label{etocruledstyle}
+\label{etocruled}
+\label{etoclocalruled}
+
+The general format of \csb{etocruledstyle} is:
+%
+\centeredline{\csb{etocruledstyle}%
+              \oarg{number of columns}\marg{title of the toc}%
+}%
+\noindent 
+The title is horizontal material (the |LR| mode of 
+\emph{\LaTeX{}, a document preparation system}): if it
+does not fit on one line it should be put in a \csa{parbox}  of
+a given width.
+The green frame for the heading of the table of contents at
+the \hyperref[toc:part:styling]{the start of this part} was obtained with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\etocruledstyle[1]{\etocfontminusone\color{green}%
+     \fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1ex
+     \framebox[\linewidth]
+              {\normalcolor\hss Contents of this part\hss}}
+\localtableofcontents
+\end{verbatim}
+
+As a shortcut to set the style with \csb{etocruledstyle} and then issue a
+\localtoc, all inside a group so that future table of contents will not be
+affected, there is:
+%
+\centeredline{\csb{etoclocalruled}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}}
+%
+And there is also \csb{etocruled} for the global TOC.
+
+\subsection{The \csbhyp{etocframedstyle}, \csbhyp{etocframed}, and
+  \csbhyp{etoclocalframed} commands}
+\label{etocframedstyle}
+\label{etocframed}
+\label{etoclocalframed}
+
+Same mechanism:
+%
+\centeredline{\csb{etocframedstyle}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}}
+%
+and the accompanying shortcut:
+%
+\centeredline{\csb{etoclocalframed}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}}
+%
+The
+shortcut is used if one does not want to modify the style of the next
+TOCs (the other way is to put the whole thing inside braces or a
+|\begingroup...\endgroup|; there is also \csb{etocframed} for a
+global table of contents).
+
+The entire table of contents is framed.  The title itself is not framed:
+if one wants a frame one should set it up inside the \meta{title}
+argument to \csb{etocframedstyle} or \csb{etocframed}. The colors for
+the background and for the components (top, left, right, bottom) of the
+border are specified via suitable |\renewcommand|'s (see
+\autoref{ssec:customdisplay}).
+
+A |minipage| is used, hence the produced table of contents isn't compatible
+with a page break. For allowing page breaks, use of the commands of
+\ctanpkg{mdframed} or \ctanpkg{tcolorbox} in the arguments of
+\csb{etocsettocstyle} is recommended.
+
+Examples in this document are on pages \pageref{toc:d},
+\pageref{toc:floating}, \pageref{toc:b}, and \pageref{toc:clone}.
+
+
+\subsection{Customizing the pre-defined toc display styles}
+\label{ssec:customdisplay}
+\label{etocabovetocskip}
+\label{etocbelowtocskip}
+\label{etoccolumnsep}
+\label{etocmulticolsep}
+\label{etocmulticolpretolerance}
+\label{etocmulticoltolerance}
+\label{etocdefaultnbcol}
+%\label{etocinnertopsep}% déjà défini
+\label{etoctoprule}
+\label{etoctoprulecolorcmd}
+\label{etocinnerleftsep}
+\label{etocinnerrightsep}
+\label{etocinnerbottomsep}
+\label{etocleftrule}
+\label{etocrightrule}
+\label{etocbottomrule}
+\label{etocleftrulecolorcmd}
+\label{etocrightrulecolorcmd}
+\label{etocbottomrulecolorcmd}
+\label{etocbkgcolorcmd}
+\label{etocframedmphook}
+
+We list the relevant macros, what they do should be legible from their
+names. Note that dimensions are stored in macros so are modifed using
+\csa{renewcommand}'s and not \csa{setlength}'s.  And color related commands
+are not color definitions, they execute \csa{color}, and their effect gets canceled
+by re-defining them to do \csa{relax} or \csa{empty}.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand*\etocabovetocskip{3.5ex plus 1ex minus .2ex} 
+\newcommand*\etocbelowtocskip{3.5ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}
+
+\newcommand*\etoccolumnsep{2em}
+\newcommand*\etocmulticolsep{0ex}
+\newcommand*\etocmulticolpretolerance{-1}
+\newcommand*\etocmulticoltolerance{200}
+\newcommand*\etocdefaultnbcol{2}
+\newcommand*\etocinnertopsep{2ex}
+\newcommand*\etoctoprule{\hrule}
+\newcommand*\etoctoprulecolorcmd{\relax}
+
+% for the framed style only:
+\newcommand*\etocinnerleftsep{2em}
+\newcommand*\etocinnerrightsep{2em}
+\newcommand*\etocinnerbottomsep{3.5ex}
+
+\newcommand*\etocleftrule{\vrule}
+\newcommand*\etocrightrule{\vrule}
+\newcommand*\etocbottomrule{\hrule}
+\newcommand*\etocleftrulecolorcmd{\relax}
+\newcommand*\etocrightrulecolorcmd{\relax}
+\newcommand*\etocbottomrulecolorcmd{\relax}
+
+\newcommand*\etocbkgcolorcmd{\relax}
+
+% hooks
+\newcommand\etocframedmphook{\relax}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The \csa{etocframedmphook} is positioned immediately
+after the beginning of a minipage environment where the
+contents of the framed TOC are typeset. 
+
+The \csa{...colorcmd} commands are initially set to expand to
+\csa{relax} (hence do not require package |color| or |xcolor|
+to be loaded). If one has modified a command such as
+\csa{etocbkgcolorcmd} to expand to a color command and wants
+to reset it to do nothing, one \emph{must} use
+|\renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\relax}| and not
+\csa{let}\csa{etocbkgcolorcmd}\csa{relax}.
+
+Regarding the dimensions of the top rule they can be specified
+in |ex|'s or |em|'s as in this example:
+\centeredline{|\renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 1ex}|} 
+The package code is done in such a manner
+that it is the font size in instance at the end of typesetting
+the title argument to \csb{etocruled} or
+\csb{etocframed} which will be used for the meaning of the
+`1ex'. Of course also the other rule commands can have their
+dimensions in font relative units, but their values are
+decided on the basis of the font in effect just before the
+table of contents.
+
+The top and bottom rules do not have to be rules and can be
+horizontal \emph{leaders} (of a specified height) in the general
+\TeX{} sense. However the left and right rules are not
+used as (horizontal) leaders but as objects of a given specified
+width. Note that \emph{only} the Plain \TeX{} syntax for rules is
+accepted here. 
+
+
+\subsection{Headings, titles, \csbhyp{etocoldpar}, \csbhyp{etocinnertopsep}}
+\label{etocinnertopsep}
+\label{etocoldpar}
+
+For \csb{etocmulticolstyle} the mandatory \meta{heading} argument can be
+either 
+vertical mode material like |\section*{\emph{Table of Contents}}| or
+horizontal mode material like in the simple |\etocmulticolstyle{Hello World}|.
+
+No explicit |\par| or empty line can be inserted in the mandatory
+argument of \csb{etocmulticolstyle}, but \etoc provides \csb{etocoldpar}
+as a substitute: it does |\let\etocoldpar\par| before the |multicols|
+environment and inserts this |\etocoldpar|\footnote{this command
+  \csb{etocoldpar} (= working \csa{par} in the argument to
+  \csb{etocmulticolstyle}) is not related to the switch \csb{etocinline}
+  whose purpose is to tell \etoc not to do a \csa{par} before the table
+  of contents.} at the end of the heading, then does a vertical skip of
+value \csb{etocinnertopsep}. The command \csb{etocoldpar} can also be
+used explicitely if needed in the mandatory argument to
+\csb{etocmulticolstyle} (it is not allowed to insert an empty line
+in this argument).
+
+On the other hand the commands \csb{etocruledstyle} and
+\csb{etocframedstyle} expect an argument ``in LR mode'' (to use the
+terminology from \emph{LaTeX, a document preparation system}). This
+means that multiline titles are only possible if enclosing
+them inside something like a \csa{parbox}.
+
+An important dimension used by all three of \csb{etocmulticolstyle},
+\csb{etocruledstyle} and \csb{etocframedstyle} is
+\csb{etocinnertopsep}. It gives the amount of separation
+between the heading and the start of the contents. Its default
+value is |2ex| and it is changed with
+|\renewcommand*{\etocinnertopsep}|\marg{new\_value}, not with
+|\setlength|. 
+
+
+\section{Starred variants and hooks}
+\label{tableofcontents*}
+\label{localtableofcontents*}
+\label{etocbeforetitlehook}
+\label{etocaftertitlehook}
+\label{etocaftercontentshook}
+\label{etocaftertochook}
+
+The \toc, \localtoc, \csb{etocmulticol}, and all their cousins have starred
+variants (the star must be before the other arguments). The non-starred
+variants execute the \csb{etocaftertitlehook}, whose default definition is to
+do nothing. The starred variants do not execute this hook.
+
+For example, imagine you are using |book| class and want \localtoc to use a
+section-like title, but unnumbered. Assuming the main \toc comes first in the
+document, you can insert this after it:
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \etocarticlestyle
+  \renewcommand{\etocaftertitlehook}{\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\contentsname}}
+\end{verbatim}
+This configures the way \localtoc will behave (or \toc) from now on in the
+document.
+
+The first line tells essentially to use |\section*{\contentsname}|, and the
+second line says to insert the title in the |.toc| file itself (thus to be
+displayed by the main table of contents). Notice that \ctanpkg{hyperref} package will
+then automatically create suitable anchor and one should \emph{not} use
+explicitly \cs{phantomsection} here (it would let the anchor be located below
+not above the title).
+
+% problème avec \xspace
+With this set-up issuing \localtoc\unskip|*| will ignore the \csb{etocaftertitlehook}
+hence not send the local toc title to the |.toc| file. This mimicks the
+\ctanpkg{memoir} class behavior, and can also be used with it. For more on \ctanpkg{memoir}
+class with \etoc, see \autoref{ssec:memoir}.
+
+There are further hook macros:
+\csb{etocaftercontentshook}, \csb{etocbeforetitlehook} and
+\csb{etocaftertochook} which are initially defined to do nothing and can be
+used for some special effects. They are executed whether or not the table of
+contents command was starred.
+
+For example, the present document executed
+\begin{verbatim}
+\renewcommand{\etocbeforetitlehook}{\setstretch{1}}
+\end{verbatim}
+as it is globally using the \ctanpkg{setspace} command \csa{onehalfspacing}.
+Not using \csa{singlespacing} in the hook as it does a systematic vertical
+skip of one baseline, which is unwanted in our usage.
+
+\begin{framed}
+  In recent years, the \LaTeX{} kernel has added a general ``hook'' mechanism
+  with a user interface of the type |\AddToHook{...}{...}|.
+
+  The \etoc macros with `hook' ending their names are much simpler things
+  which are supposed to be manipulated only via \csa{renewcommand} or
+  \csa{def} direct overwrites.
+
+  In future, and to the extent the author has time for that addition, with its
+  costly documentation updates collaterals, and thoughts about backward
+  compatibility, \etoc should arguably tap into the general tools provided by
+  recent \LaTeX{} kernels.
+\end{framed}
+
+\section{The \csbhyp{etocsetstyle} and related commands}
+\label{sec:linestyles}
+\label{etocsetstyle}
+\label{etocname}
+\label{etocpage}
+
+\begingroup
+\etocsettocstyle{}{}
+\DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=3.2em,indent=0em]{tocline}{subsection}
+\etocstandardlines
+\localtableofcontents \label{toc:linestyles}
+\endgroup
+
+Let us explain how \etoc was used to produce the table of contents displayed
+at the beginning of this \autoref{part:styling}.  This is a local table of
+contents, and we used the command \localtoc.
+
+
+The line styles were (essentially) obtained in the following manner:%
+\footnote{the present document has {\ttfamily\string\renewcommand\string{%
+      \string\familydefault\string}\string{\string\sfdefault\string}} in its
+  preamble, hence \csa{normalfont} switches to the |sans| typeface; so in the
+  section line-style, I wrote \csa{rmfamily} instead.}
+
+\begingroup\small
+\begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}
+\etocsetstyle{section}
+{\begin{enumerate}}
+{\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item}
+{\etocname{} (page \etocpage)}
+{\end{enumerate}}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}
+{\begin{enumerate}}
+{\normalfont\item}
+{\etocname{} (p.~\etocpage)}
+{\end{enumerate}}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}
+{\par\nobreak\begingroup\normalfont
+        \footnotesize\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix}
+{\allowbreak\,--\,}
+{\etocname}
+{.\hfil\par\endgroup\pagebreak[3]}
+\end{filecontentshere}
+\endgroup
+% Note 2023/02/22: pour une raison que je ne vais pas chercher à comprendre
+% le etocsnippet-01 était mis du mauvais côté (dans la marge intérieure, pas
+% extérieure) lorsque ce \marginattach était avant le \endgroup
+\marginattach
+
+These provisory style definitions rely on the automatic
+numbering generated by the |enumerate| environments but it is
+much better to use the further command \csb{etocnumber} inside
+the item label, which gives the real thing. The improved
+definitions will thus be explained later.
+
+With this style, one would have 
+to be imaginative to design something then for paragraph and
+subparagraph entries! perhaps as superscripts? Well, usually
+one does not need paragraphs and subparagraphs numbered and
+listed in the TOC, so our putative user here chose a design
+where no provision is made for them and added the definitive:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\etocsetstyle{paragraph}{}{}{}{}
+\etocsetstyle{subparagraph}{}{}{}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+This is also the situation with the default package line styles!
+
+Each \csb{etocsetstyle} command has five mandatory arguments:
+%
+\centeredline{\csb{etocsetstyle}\color{blue}\marg{levelname}\marg{start}\marg{prefix}\marg{contents}\marg{finish}}
+%
+The initially recognized \meta{levelname}'s are the sectioning
+levels of the standard document classes: from \emph{part} (or
+\emph{book} which is used by the \ctanpkg{memoir} class) down to
+\emph{subparagraph}.
+
+The \meta{start} code is executed when a toc entry of that level is
+encountered and the previous one was at a higher level. The
+\meta{finish} code is executed when one again encounters a higher
+level toc entry. In the meantime all entries for that level are
+typeset by executing first the \meta{prefix} code and then the
+\meta{contents} code. 
+
+The (robust) commands \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber} and \csb{etocpage} are
+provided for use inside the \meta{prefix} and \meta{contents} parts of the
+\csb{etocsetstyle} specification. They represent of course, the name, number,
+and page number of the corresponding toc entry. If package \ctanpkg{hyperref} is
+active in the document and has added hyperlinks to the TOC data, then these
+links are kept in the commands \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber} and
+\csb{etocpage} (this last one will have a link only if \ctanpkg{hyperref} was passed
+either option \emph{linktoc=all} or option \emph{linktoc=page}.)%
+%
+\footnote{As expected, in case of \emph{linktoc=page}, only \csb{etocpage} is
+an hyperlink, not \csb{etocname} nor \csb{etocnumber}.  See \csb{etoclink} on
+how to create hyperlinks with the entry target.}
+%
+In accordance with the \ctanpkg{hyperref} native behavior, no
+link gets incorporated into \csb{etocpage} if the page number is empty.
+
+\subsection{The \csbhyp{etocskipfirstprefix} and \csbhyp{etociffirst} commands}
+\label{etocskipfirstprefix}
+\label{etociffirst}
+\label{etocxiffirst}
+
+The chosen |subsubsection| style made use of the command
+\csb{etocskipfirstprefix}, which instructs \etoc to \emph{not} use
+for the first item the specified \meta{prefix} code.
+
+
+The command \csb{etociffirst}\marg{YES CODE}\marg{NO CODE}
+is a more flexible way to customize the \meta{prefix}
+(and \meta{contents}) specifications. It executes the \meta{YES
+CODE} branch if this is the first unit at that level (inside a
+lower level) and the \meta{NO CODE} if not. This is a robust
+command which survives to expansion (for example in an |enumitem| label).
+
+The variant \csb{etocxiffirst} does the same, but is expandable.
+
+
+\subsection{The \csbhyp{etocnumber} command}
+\label{etocnumber}
+
+So far, our specifications would use the numbering generated
+by the |enumerate| environments, but of course we generally want
+the actual numbers as found in the |.toc| file. This is
+available via the \csb{etocnumber} command. To get the labels
+in the |enumerate| list to use it we can proceed with the
+syntax {\ttfamily label=\char32} from the package |enumitem|:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\etocsetstyle{section}
+{\begin{enumerate}[label=\etocnumber]}
+{\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item}
+{\etocname{} (page \etocpage)}
+{\end{enumerate}}
+\end{verbatim}
+Rather than just \csb{etocnumber} we then used something like
+|\fbox{\etocnumber}|. Note that \csb{etocnumber} is a robust
+command which explains why it can be used inside the label specification
+without needing an added |\protect|.
+
+
+\subsection{The \csbhyp{etocifnumbered} switch}
+\label{etocifnumbered}
+\label{etocxifnumbered}
+
+The \csa{fbox} would give an unaesthetic result in the case of
+an unnumbered section (which ended up in the table of
+contents via an \csa{addcontentsline} command).\footnote{as
+  seen we use \csa{fcolorbox} rather than \csa{fbox}. Due
+  to some redefinition made by package |xcolor|, had we used
+  \csa{fbox} (and not used \ctanpkg{hyperref}) we would have needed
+  \csa{protect}\csa{fbox}.}
+
+The \csb{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B} command executes
+\meta{A} if the number exists, and \meta{B} if not. So we use
+it in the code which was finally chosen for the |section| level:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\etocsetstyle{section}
+{\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=.75cm, label=\etocifnumbered
+      {{\fboxrule1pt\fcolorbox{green}{white}{\etocnumber}}}{}]}
+{\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item}
+{\etocname{} (page \etocpage)}
+{\end{enumerate}}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}
+{\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0cm, label=\etocnumber]}
+{\normalfont \item}
+{\etocname{} (p.~\etocpage)}
+{\end{enumerate}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+If we had changed only the |section| level, and not the
+|subsection| level, an error on compilation would have occurred
+because the package style for subsections expects to start `in
+vertical mode'. An additional \csa{par} token in the
+\meta{contents} part of the |section| level would have fixed
+this: |{...(page \etocpage)\par}|.
+
+The command \csb{etocifnumbered} is robust;  \csb{etocxifnumbered}
+has the same effect but is expandable.
+
+
+\subsection{The \csbhyp{etocthename}, \csbhyp{etocthenumber}, and
+\csbhyp{etocthepage} commands}
+\label{etocthename}
+\label{etocthenumber}
+\label{etocthepage}
+
+It is sometimes desirable to have access to the name, number and page
+number without the hyperref link data: something similar to the starred
+variant of the \csa{ref} command, when package \ctanpkg{hyperref} is used. For
+example one may wish to use the unit or page number in some kind of
+numeric context, or change its formatting. This is provided by
+\csb{etocthename}, \csb{etocthenumber}, and \csb{etocthepage}.
+
+These commands are not ``robust'', in fact it is expected they will be often
+submitted to one expansion step so that their contents can easily be recovered
+and stored perhaps for delayed usage.
+
+\subsection{The \csbhyp{etoclink} command}
+\label{etoclink}
+
+The command \csb{etoclink}\marg{text} can be used in the line style
+specifications in a manner analogous to \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber} and
+\csb{etocpage}.  It creates a link (if \ctanpkg{hyperref} is present%
+%
+\footnote{Prior to \etocrelease{1.1a}, no such link was added if the \texttt{.toc}
+ file entry was encountered
+ with  \ctanpkg{hyperref}'s option \texttt{linktoc} set to \texttt{none}.})
+%
+whose target is the corresponding document unit and
+whose name is the given \meta{text} mandatory argument.
+
+Hence |\etoclink{\etocthename}| is under default conditions of \ctanpkg{hyperref} like
+the original \csb{etocname}, because the latter is already hyperlinked.  Under
+\emph{linktoc=page} context |\etoclink{\etocthename}| adds the hyperlink which
+is missing from \csb{etocname}.  Similarly under the default \ctanpkg{hyperref}
+condition (i.e.\@ \emph{linktoc=section}) \csb{etocpage} is not an hyperlink, but one
+can use |\etoclink{\etocthepage}|.
+
+The command \csb{etoclink} is robust.
+
+%  Since |etoc 1.08j| it contains the link
+% destination in an already expanded form, so for example can be used even after
+% a |&| in a tabular construction, if \csb{etocglobaldefs} was issued.
+
+
+
+
+\makeatletter\scr at activate@xsection{1}\makeatother
+% [] goes to head but {} to toc
+
+% What would really be useful is an option for the length of {} to be measured
+% and opt for [] only if does not fit on one header line
+\subsection[The \csbhyp{etocthelinkedname} et al.\protect\@{} commands]
+  {The \csbhyp{etocthelinkedname}, \csbhyp{etocthelinkednumber},
+       \csbhyp{etocthelinkedpage} and \csbhyp{etocthelink} commands}
+\label{etocthelinkedname}
+\label{etocthelinkednumber}
+\label{etocthelinkedpage}
+\label{etocthelink}
+
+\makeatletter\scr at activate@xsection{0}\makeatother
+
+The meanings of these commands
+can be stored for delayed usage. For example this is
+done in the \hyperref[tocastree]{examples with trees}.
+
+There has been a \textbf{breaking change} at \etocrelease{1.1a}.  Here is the behavior
+\emph{prior} to this release:
+\begin{itemize}[noitemsep]
+\item \csb{etocthelinkedname} and \csb{etocthelinkednumber} were hyperlinks
+  only if \ctanpkg{hyperref} was configured via |linktoc=all| or
+  |linktoc=section| (the default),
+\item \csb{etocthelinkedpage} was an hyperlink only if \ctanpkg{hyperref} was
+  configured via |linktoc=all| or |linktoc=page| and the page number was not empty.
+\end{itemize}
+This behavior was coherent with the commands \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber},
+and \csb{etocpage} being the robust variants of \csb{etocthelinkedname},
+\csb{etocthelinkednumber}, and \csb{etocthelinkedpage}.
+
+At \etocrelease{1.1a} it was decided that the commands should match their denominations.%
+%
+\footnote{To tell the whole truth, the author in refactoring the code completely at \etocrelease{1.1a} was tricked by the names and forgot to read the old documentation so the new behavior was implemented and it was decided to keep the change.}
+%
+So they are now \emph{always} hyperlinks independently of |linktoc| \ctanpkg{hyperref}
+option (\csb{etocthelinkedpage} has no hyperlink if the page number is empty,
+to match \ctanpkg{hyperref} behavior):
+\begin{itemize}[noitemsep]
+\item \csb{etocthelinkedname} and \csb{etocthelinkednumber} and
+  \csb{etocthelinkedpage} are always (in presence of \ctanpkg{hyperref})
+  hyperlinks (for \csb{etocthelinkedpage} the page number must not be empty).
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+A further command is provided: \csb{etocthelink}, which wraps%
+%
+\footnote{Prior to \etocrelease{1.1a}, there was a link added only if \ctanpkg{hyperref} option \texttt{linktoc} was not \texttt{none}.}
+%
+an hyperlink around its argument: |\etocthelink|\marg{foo} hyperlinks an
+arbitrary text \meta{foo} to the target sectioning unit in the document.
+The command \csb{etoclink} is its robust variant.
+
+
+
+\subsection{The \csbhyp{etocsetlevel} command}
+\label{etocsetlevel}
+
+One
+can inform \etoc of a level to associate to a given sectioning
+command with \csb{etocsetlevel}. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\etocsetlevel{cell}{0}
+\etocsetlevel{molecule}{1}
+\etocsetlevel{atom}{2}
+\etocsetlevel{nucleus}{3}
+\end{verbatim}
+In compatibility mode, it will be assumed that the commands |\l at cell|,
+|\l at molecule|, ..., have been defined somewhere either by the user or a class:
+doing only |\etocsetlevel| is not enough for the corresponding level to work
+out-of-the-box in compatibility mode.
+
+However, if no table of contents is typeset in compatibility mode, then all that
+matters  is that the various line styles have been set. If, for example
+|section| is at level |1|, then there is no need to do some
+\csb{etocsetstyle}|{molecule}{..}{..}{..}{..}| after
+\csb{etocsetlevel}|{molecule}{1}| if
+\csb{etocsetstyle}|{section}{..}{..}{..}{..}| has already been done (and it has
+been done by the package itself in its definition of its own line styles).
+ 
+The accepted levels run from |-2| to |6| inclusive.  Anything else is
+mapped to |6|, which is a dummy level, never displayed.  The package
+does:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\etocsetlevel{book}{-2}
+\etocsetlevel{part}{-1}
+\etocsetlevel{chapter}{0}
+\etocsetlevel{appendix}{0}% or 1 if document has no \chapter
+\etocsetlevel{section}{1}
+\etocsetlevel{subsection}{2}
+\etocsetlevel{subsubsection}{3}
+\etocsetlevel{paragraph}{4}
+\etocsetlevel{subparagraph}{5}
+\end{verbatim}
+\etoc own custom styles are activated by \csb{etocdefaultlines}.
+
+These level assignments can be modified at anytime.  See
+\autoref{part:surprising} for various applications of this technique.
+
+
+
+\subsection{Using \texttt{enumerate} or \texttt{itemize} environments for
+  line styles}
+
+The code for the line styles of the \localtoc of this part was already
+reproduced in \autoref{sec:linestyles}.  It is very simple and uses
+\texttt{enumerate} environments for sections and subsections, then an
+``inline'' paragraph style for subsubsection titles.
+
+Actually, the very first version of \etoc from 2012 was originally motivated
+by the aim to do exactly this kind of things, which necessitates to be aware
+of when for example after a series of subsections, a section line appears in
+the |.toc| file.%
+%
+\footnote{At the source code level, the legacy method dating back to the
+  origins in 2012 was replaced
+  by a completely new one at release \etocrelease{1.2}.}
+%
+Indeed, this should trigger the emission of an |\end{enumerate}|.
+
+With the \marg{start} and \marg{finish} arguments of \csb{etocsetstyle}, \etoc
+provides an easy systematic interface to accomplish this kind of task.
+
+But there are some limitations to the use of list environments for typesetting
+TOCs.  One of them is intrinsic to the scope limitations created by the groups
+associated to the environments: the |.toc| file may contain, besides the
+information to be typeset in the TOCs, some other commands, such as language
+changing commands from \ctanpkg{babel}, and some such commands do not expect
+to see their scope limited in this way by the presence of an environment
+(which will not be visible in the |.toc| file itself but enacted dynamically
+by the user-specified line styles).
+
+The built-in ``default line styles'' provided with \etoc (see
+\autoref{sec:custom}) do not make use of environments.  Actually, in this
+user manual, only the \hyperref[toc:part:styling]{table of contents} at the start of this
+\autoref{part:styling}, the \autoref{toc:allsubsections} (which is a TOC!) and
+examples from \autoref{etocthelink} have their line styles expressed in terms
+of \texttt{enumerate} or \texttt{itemize} environments.
+
+\subsection{The\csbhyp{etocglobaldefs} and \csbhyp{etoclocaldefs} commands}
+\label{etocglobaldefs}
+\label{etoclocaldefs}
+
+In \LaTeX{} the meaning of a command defined via |\newcommand\foo{...}| inside
+an environment (or group) vanishes from \TeX's memory on exit from this
+environment (or group). At times however it is needed to make definitions with
+global scope, for this \TeX{} has the primitive prefix |\global|.
+
+By default \etoc's definitions of \csb{etocname} etc... are local. This causes
+problems in certain contexts such as TOC as tables (\autoref{sec:tocastable},
+\autoref{ssec:tocastableold}) and also with |enumitem| \emph{inline} variants
+of its standard environments, because the command |\item| then closes a group
+(see \autoref{etocthelink}).
+
+After \csb{etocglobaldefs} has been issued, the \csb{etocname},
+\csb{etocnumber} and \csb{etocpage} will be defined during execution of \toc
+and \localtoc with global scope.  For normal use this is not necessary.  It
+does not hurt either to activate it systematically.
+
+To return to the default, which lets \etoc only define them locally to the
+context in place where the \csa{contentsline} is encountered, execute
+\csb{etoclocaldefs}.  Both \csb{etocglobaldefs} and \csb{etoclocaldefs} have
+an effect only locally to the environment or group where they are used.
+
+\section{The \etoc fall-back line styles}
+\label{sec:custom}
+
+\etocdefaultlines
+\renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height2pt depth0pt}
+\renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{red}}
+
+\etocruledstyle{\normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\fboxrule1pt\color{red}%
+  \fbox{\parbox{.8\linewidth}{\centering\normalcolor This is a table of
+      contents for the (few) subsections of this section. It carries the label |toc:c|}}} 
+
+\localtableofcontents \label{toc:c}
+
+\subsection{A demo of a TOC using \csbhyp{etocdefaultlines}}
+\label{etocdefaultlines}
+
+These line styles were written at an early stage in the
+development of the package; although the next section explains how
+to customize the font choicess or vertical spaces, etc\dots, used
+by these line styles, most other changes would require copying
+them from the sources and modify them directly. Admittedly they
+have been written at a rather scary low-\TeX{} level, and will not
+serve as a very friendly starting point. 
+
+Activating their use is done via \csb{etocdefaultlines}, or
+\csb{etoctoclines} if the line styles have not been modified with
+\csb{etocsetstyle}. Sections and sub-sections are printed in
+essentially the same manner, except that the leading for
+sub-sections is a bit smaller (with document classes lacking a
+\csa{chapter} command, the sections are printed in bold typeface;
+this is the case in the present document). Sub-sub-sections are
+printed inline, in one paragraph, with no numbers or page numbers.
+This style was designed and tested with documents having lots of
+sub-sub-sections, and should be used on a two-column layout: it
+provides (only in that situation with many sub-sub-sections) a
+more compact presentation than what is achieved by the \LaTeX{}
+default.\footnote{and there will never be a Part or Chapter entry
+  alone at the bottom of a column or page (except if it has no
+  sub-unit).} On the other hand, used with a one-column layout,
+and with few sub-sub-sections, the style is a bit more spread out
+vertically than the \LaTeX{} default, sub-sections are not
+visually much different from sections (especially for document
+classes with a \csa{chapter} command), so the result is less
+hierarchical in appearance than in the \LaTeX{} default.
+
+Let us typeset the global table of contents of the present document as if it
+had been done with a class having the \csa{chapter} command: we will print
+sections as chapters, and subsections as sections. We use \csb{etocsetlevel}
+for that, and also we need to change the font style of ``sections'' (which in
+truth are our subsections) to use not the bold but the medium series; we
+modify the \csb{etocfontone} command for that. Also we use dot leaders which
+are less spread out than in the package default.
+
+
+\begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}
+\etocruledstyle[2]{\normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape
+  \fbox{\parbox{.6\linewidth}{
+      \leftskip 0pt plus .5fil
+      \rightskip 0pt plus -.5fil
+      \parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil This is the global table of
+      contents on two columns, using \etoc default line styles, but with
+      sections as chapters, and subsections as sections.
+      }}}
+\etocdefaultlines
+\etocsetnexttocdepth{1}
+\begingroup
+\etocsetlevel{section}{0}
+\etocsetlevel{subsection}{1}
+\renewcommand*{\etocfontone}{\normalfont \normalsize}
+\renewcommand*{\etoctoclineleaders}
+        {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hbox to 1ex {\hss.\hss}}}
+\sloppy
+\tableofcontents
+\endgroup
+\end{filecontentshere}
+\marginattach
+
+\filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro
+
+\subsection{Customizing  the \etoc pre-defined line styles}
+\label{etocfontminustwo}
+\label{etocfontminusone}
+\label{etocfontzero}
+\label{etocfontone}
+\label{etocfonttwo}
+\label{etocfontthree}
+\label{etocsepminustwo}
+\label{etocsepminusone}
+\label{etocsepzero}
+\label{etocsepone}
+\label{etocseptwo}
+\label{etocsepthree}
+\label{etocminustwoleftmargin}
+\label{etocminustworightmargin}
+\label{etocminusoneleftmargin}
+\label{etocminusonerightmargin}
+\label{etocbaselinespreadminustwo}
+\label{etocbaselinespreadminusone}
+\label{etocbaselinespreadzero}
+\label{etocbaselinespreadone}
+\label{etocbaselinespreadtwo}
+\label{etocbaselinespreadthree}
+\label{etoctoclineleaders}
+\label{etocabbrevpagename}
+\label{etocpartname}
+\label{etocbookname}
+
+
+We will simply list the relevant commands as defined in the
+package. Customizing them goes through suitable
+\csa{renewcommand}s:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand*\etocfontminustwo{\normalfont \LARGE \bfseries}
+\newcommand*\etocfontminusone{\normalfont \large \bfseries}
+\newcommand*\etocfontzero{\normalfont \large \bfseries}
+\newcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont \normalsize \bfseries}
+% (in classes with chapter, \etocfontone does not do \bfseries)
+\newcommand*\etocfonttwo{\normalfont \normalsize}
+\newcommand*\etocfontthree{\normalfont \footnotesize}
+
+\newcommand*\etocsepminustwo{4ex plus .5ex minus .5ex}
+\newcommand*\etocsepminusone{4ex plus .5ex minus .5ex}
+\newcommand*\etocsepzero{2.5ex plus .4ex minus .4ex}
+\newcommand*\etocsepone{1.5ex plus .3ex minus .3ex}
+\newcommand*\etocseptwo{.5ex plus .1ex minus .1ex}
+\newcommand*\etocsepthree{.25ex plus .05ex minus .05ex}
+
+\newcommand*\etocminustwoleftmargin{1.5em plus 0.5fil}
+\newcommand*\etocminustworightmargin{1.5em plus -0.5fil}
+\newcommand*\etocminusoneleftmargin{1em}
+\newcommand*\etocminusonerightmargin{1em}
+
+\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadminustwo{1}
+\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadminusone{1}
+\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadzero{1}
+\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadone{1}
+\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadtwo{1}
+\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadthree{.9}
+\newcommand*\etoctoclineleaders
+    {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hbox to 2ex {\hss.\hss}}}
+\newcommand*\etocabbrevpagename{p.~}  % initial of "page"
+\newcommand*\etocpartname{Part}  % prior to 1.08b, was \partname
+% but this didn't make sense e.g. with babel+frenchb whose \frenchpartname
+% takes into account the value of the part counter.
+\newcommand*\etocbookname{Book} % to be modified according to language
+\end{verbatim}
+
+No customizing of the standard line styles is possible from
+within \etoc. As already explained, when
+\csb{etocstandardlines} has been issued, the package just makes
+itself very discrete and acts only at the global level, and
+the TOC entries are (hopefully) formatted as would have
+happened in the absence of \etoc.\footnote{with the
+  \ctanpkg{KOMA-script} classes, we noticed that
+  \csb{etocclasstocstyle} was apparently needed for the
+  KOMA options |toc=left| to be active at the level of the line entries.}  
+
+
+The \csb{etocstandardlines} compatibility mode will work also with
+sectioning commands made known to \etoc via \csb{etocsetlevel},
+under the condition of course that these sectioning commands
+are accompanied with all the relevant definitions for
+typesetting toc entries in the \LaTeX{} default manner
+(existence of the macros \csa{l at something} . . .).
+
+Using the command \csb{etocsetstyle}, be it in the preamble or
+in the body of the document, has the secondary effect of
+switching off the compatibility mode.
+
+\section{Summary of the main styling commands}
+
+\subsection{Setting up local styles}
+
+\hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1em
+\setbox0\hbox{\csb{etocthename}, \csb{etocthenumber}, \csb{etocthepage}, \csb{etoclink}\marg{linkname}}%
+\framebox[\linewidth][c]
+{\vbox{\hsize\wd0\normalcolor\noindent
+\csb{etocsetstyle}\marg{levelname}%
+  \marg{start}\marg{prefix}\marg{contents}\marg{finish}\\
+\csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber}, \csb{etocpage},
+\csb{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B}\\
+\csb{etocthename}, \csb{etocthenumber}, \csb{etocthepage}, \csb{etoclink}\marg{linkname}
+}}}
+
+\subsection{Setting up toc display styles}
+
+\medskip
+\hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1em
+\setbox0\hbox{\csb{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc}\oarg{kind}%
+\marg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\marg{mark}}%
+\framebox[\linewidth][c]
+{\vbox{\hsize\wd0
+\normalcolor\noindent
+\csb{etocmulticolstyle}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}\\
+\csb{etoctocstyle}\oarg{kind}\marg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\
+\csb{etoctocstylewithmarks}\oarg{kind}\marg{number\_of\_columns}%
+\marg{title}\marg{mark}\\
+\csb{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc}\oarg{kind}\marg{number\_of\_columns}%
+\marg{title}\marg{mark}\\
+\csb{etocruledstyle}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\
+\csb{etocframedstyle}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\
+\csb{etocsettocstyle}\marg{before\_toc}\marg{after\_toc}}}}
+
+\subsection{Displaying tables of contents}
+
+
+\medskip \hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1em
+  \setbox0\hbox{\csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber},
+    \csb{etocpage}, \csb{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B}}%
+  \framebox[\linewidth][c]
+  {\vbox{\hsize\wd0\normalcolor\noindent
+      \toc\\
+      \localtoc\\
+      \csb{etocmulticol}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}\\
+      \csb{etoclocalmulticol}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}\\
+      \csb{etocruled}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\
+      \csb{etoclocalruled}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\
+      \csb{etocframed}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\
+      \csb{etoclocalframed}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\
+      \hbox{}{\itshape\ttfamily\ \ \ \  and their starred variants}
+   }}}
+
+\subsection{Labels and references}
+\label{ssec:labelref}
+
+The commands (starred or not) to actually display the table of contents
+can be followed with optional labels or references:\par
+
+\medskip \hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1em
+  \setbox0\hbox{\csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber},
+    \csb{etocpage}, \csb{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B}}%
+  \framebox[\linewidth][c]
+  {\vbox{\hsize\wd0\normalcolor\noindent
+      \toc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}|\\ 
+      \toc \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\
+      \toc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}| \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\
+      \localtoc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}|\\ 
+      \localtoc \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\
+      \localtoc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}| \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\
+      \hbox{}{\itshape\ttfamily\ \ \ \ similarly with\ }%
+      \csb{etocmulticol}{\itshape\ttfamily\ etc . . . }
+   }}}
+
+
+\medskip 
+
+\localtoc \csa{ref}|{toc:far}| acts the same as \toc
+\csa{ref}|{toc:far}|.
+% <--- car à 1.2 cela permet d'éviter une page quasi vide...
+When re-displaying another toc, only its contents are transferred:
+both the line styles and the toc display style are the ones
+currently defined, not the ones from the cloned toc.
+
+
+\clearpage
+\etocdepthtag.toc {control}
+\part{Control of contents}
+\label{part:control}
+
+\thispartstats
+
+\etocsettocstyle{}{}% maybe I should use \etocclasstocstyle here ?  
+                    % but then I probably need some extra KOMA stuff to
+                    % counteract  the setspace effet 
+\begingroup
+\DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=2em,indent=0pt]{tocline}{section}
+\DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=2.5em,indent=2em]{tocline}{subsection}
+\DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=3em,indent=4.5em]{tocline}{subsubsection}
+\etocstandardlines
+\localtableofcontents
+\endgroup
+
+\section[The \csbhyp{tableofcontents} et al. commands]{The
+  \csbhyp{tableofcontents}, \csbhyp{localtableofcontents} and
+  \csbhyp{localtableofcontentswithrelativedepths} commands}
 \label{tableofcontents}
 \label{etoctableofcontents}
 \label{localtableofcontents}
 \label{localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth}
+\label{etockeeporiginaltableofcontents}
 
 \begin{description}
 \item[\toc] can be used arbitrarily many times in the document. Styling either
@@ -2172,8 +3421,16 @@
   globally the TOC or its individual entries is customizable at any time in
   the document.
 
-  \csb{etoctableofcontents} is a synonym to \etoc's \toc. See
-  footnote\footref{etockeeporiginaltableofcontents} on page \pageref{etockeeporiginaltableofcontents}.
+  \csb{etoctableofcontents} is a synonym to \etoc's \toc.  The \toc command
+  reverts to its non-\etoc definition if \csa{etockeeporiginaltableofcontents}
+  is issued after loading the package.
+%
+\footnote{%
+  This
+  was added to fix a compatiblity issue with \ctanpkg{listings}'s
+  \texttt{\string\lstlistoflistings}, as it needs the
+  \texttt{\string\tableofcontents} macro to keep its original meaning.}
+
 \item[\localtoc] will print local tables of
 contents: \emph{i.e.} all sections and sub-units inside a
 given chapter, or all subsubsections and lower inside a given
@@ -2188,7 +3445,11 @@
   great flexibility to achieve special effects, all done using only a single
   auxiliary file, the standard |.toc| file.}
 %
-\item[\localtocwrdp\marg{number}] can be used to override the document or
+\item[\localtocwrdp\marg{number}]
+%
+\mbox{}\footnote{Thanks to Tony \textsc{Roberts} for feature request.}
+% 
+  can be used to override the document or
   current tocdepth setting (see \autoref{sec:tocdepth} for a discussion of
   tocdepth) to become relative to where the local TOC originates. For example,
   assuming the default numeric level assignments to standard sectioning units
@@ -2201,65 +3462,67 @@
   of the |tocdepth| counter at this position in the document. If the numeric
   argument had been |3|, the local TOC would have displayed also paragraphs.
   If the section had been a chapter, and again for a relative tocdepth of |2|,
-  the taken into account levels would have been sections and subsections.%
-%
-\footnote{The situation may be more complex, as the |.toc| file itself may
-  well contain \texttt{\string\setcounter\{tocdepth\}\{...\}} commands. This
-  is not recommended pratice with \etoc. See the discussion of
-  \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} and \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} for more on this.}
+  the taken into account levels would have been sections and subsections.
 \end{description}
 
-The macro \localtocwrdp is \textbf{new with |1.09|}.%
-%
-\footnote{Thanks to Tony \textsc{Roberts} for feature request.}
-%
-
 \section{Labeling and reusing elsewhere}
 \label{sec:labeling}
 
-\etoc allows the labeling of a TOC with (for example)
-\csa{label\{toc:A\}} and will redisplay it elsewhere when
-told \csa{tableofcontents}\csa{ref\{toc:A\}}. The actual
-layout (title inclusive) used for the cloned TOC will be
-decided locally. The line styles and toc display style
-(including the title) will be the current ones and the
-current value of the |tocdepth| counter is obeyed. As an
-example the table of contents of 
-\autoref{part:custom} is in a \hyperref[toc:d]{float} which appears
-\vpageref{toc:d}. 
+\etoc allows to typeset at some location a local table of contents which is
+defined elsewhere.  For this, two simple steps:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item insert \localtoc at the distant place, and follow it by some
+  |\label{foo}|.
+\item insert \toc|\ref{foo}| (or \localtoc|\ref{foo}|, it does the same) at the
+  place where you want this distant table of contents to appear.
+\item in step \textbf{1}, if you use \invisiblelocaltoc in place of \localtoc,
+  there will be no typesetting at its place of definition.
+\end{enumerate}
+At the place of use of \toc|\ref{foo}|, the layout and looks is entirely
+configurable locally.  It may be completely different from how the same
+contents are rendered elsewhere by another \toc|\ref{foo}| or by the original
+label-decorated \localtoc|\label{foo}|.  The current value of the |tocdepth|
+counter is obeyed.
+
+As an example the table of contents corresponding to \autoref{part:styling}
+has been cloned here in a
+\hyperref[toc:d]{float} which appears \vpageref{toc:d}.
 \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}{\foo}
 \begin{figure}[ht!]
   \centering
   \begingroup
-  \etocstandardlines 
+  % this is a KOMA-script specific customization
+  \DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=2em,indent=0pt]{tocline}{section}
+  \DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=3.2em,indent=2em]{tocline}{subsection}
+  \etocstandardlines % <-- use the defaults from the document class
   \renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{green!5}}
   \renewcommand{\etocbelowtocskip}{0pt\relax}
   \fboxsep1ex 
   \etocframedstyle [1]{\fbox{\makebox[.5\linewidth]{\etocfontminusone
-        \hyperref[toc:c]{I am from far away}}}}
-  \tableofcontents \label{toc:d} \ref{toc:c}
+        I am from \hyperref[toc:part:styling]{far away}}}}
+  \etocsetnexttocdepth{subsection}
+  \tableofcontents \label{toc:d} \ref{toc:part:styling}
   \endgroup
 \end{figure}
 \end{filecontentsdef}
 \filecontentsexec\foo
+We used this: \filecontentsprintviascan\foo
+\marginattach
 
-We used this: \filecontentsprint\foo
-\marginattach{}
-In the above example, not
-only did we use |\ref{toc:c}| to print here the distant (local) table of
-contents which has been labeled |toc:c| but we added a (possibly confusing)
-|\label{toc:d}|.  This is done for the down-to-earth reason of being able
-to use, as we did in the previous paragraph, |\vpageref{toc:d}|.
-But if one wants to clone
-again the original local table of contents, one must reference its original
-label: \toc|\ref{toc:c}|.%
+In the above example, not only did we use |\ref{toc:part:styling}| to print
+here the distant (local) table of contents which has been labeled |toc:part:styling| but
+we added a (possibly confusing) |\label{toc:d}|.  This is done for the
+down-to-earth reason of being able to use, as we did in the previous
+paragraph, |\vpageref{toc:d}|.  But if one wants to clone again the original
+local table of contents, one must reference its original label:
+\toc|\ref{toc:part:styling}|.%
 %
 \footnote{Why does this author always give
 complicated examples rather than down-to-earth ones?}
 %
-This original local table of contents is to be found \vpageref{toc:c}.
+This original local table of contents is to be found \vpageref{toc:part:styling}.
 
-\section{A powerful functionality of \etoc: the
+\section[\csbhyp{etocsetlevel}]{A powerful functionality of \etoc: the
   re-assignment of levels with \csbhyp{etocsetlevel}}
 \label{sec:tocdepth}
 
@@ -2359,7 +3622,8 @@
   the |tocdepth| counter after typesetting a TOC to the value it had before
   it.
 
-  Since |1.09| the macro \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth} works also if located in
+  % Since \etocrelease{1.09}
+  The macro \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth} works also if located in
   first argument of \csb{etocsettocstyle}, but there is no reason to use it
   there as \csb{etocsettocdepth} has no durable effet on the |tocdepth|
   counter if executed there.
@@ -2392,9 +3656,9 @@
 \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth} has been added to the package, we have used it
 systematically and there was no need for  |bookmarksdepth=3| anymore.
 
-\section[The command \csbhyp{etocsettocdepth.toc}]{The command
+\section[The \csbhyp{etocsettocdepth.toc} command]{The
   \csbhyp{etocsettocdepth.toc} and
-  \csbhyp{etocimmediatesettocdepth.toc}}
+  \csbhyp{etocimmediatesettocdepth.toc} and commands}
 \label{etocsettocdepth.toc}
 \label{etocimmediatesettocdepth.toc}
 
@@ -2435,7 +3699,8 @@
 refer to the discussion of \csb{etocimmediatedepthtag.toc} in the
 next section.
 
-\subsection{The commands \csbhyp{etocobeytoctocdepth} and \csbhyp{etocignoretoctocdepth}}
+\subsection{The \csbhyp{etocobeytoctocdepth} and
+  \csbhyp{etocignoretoctocdepth} commands}
 \label{etocobeytoctocdepth}
 \label{etocignoretoctocdepth}
 
@@ -2445,9 +3710,9 @@
 needed; and \csb{etocobeytoctocdepth} will
 re-activate it. The package does initially \csb{etocobeytoctocdepth}.
 
-\section[The commands \csbhyp{etocdepthtag.toc} and \csbhyp{etocsettagdepth}]{The commands
+\section[The \csbhyp{etocdepthtag.toc} and \csbhyp{etocsettagdepth} commands]{The
   \csbhyp{etocdepthtag.toc}, \csbhyp{etocimmediatedepthtag.toc} and
-  \csbhyp{etocsettagdepth}}
+  \csbhyp{etocsettagdepth} commands}
 \label{etocdepthtag.toc}
 \label{etocimmediatedepthtag.toc}
 \label{etocsettagdepth}
@@ -2454,7 +3719,8 @@
 
 
 
-Release |1.07h| has a command \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} which
+% Release \etocrelease{1.07h} has a 
+The command \csb{etocdepthtag.toc}
 allows to control dynamically the which contents end up included in the
 displayed TOCs (this documentation also decribed formerly a way
 using \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} with some dummy level name, which got
@@ -2478,7 +3744,7 @@
 As usual, once the tag depths have been set, they remain in effect until getting
 redefined or seeing their scope expire via the closing of a group or of a
 surrounding 
-environment. For an example, see \autoref{ssec:tocwithdepthtags}.
+environment. For an example, see \autoref{sec:tocwithdepthtags}.
 
 When using \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} in combination with \LaTeX's |\include|,
 data may not end up in the |.toc| file in the correct order.  For example in
@@ -2503,7 +3769,8 @@
   with a fix, in July\dots 2016.  Sorry for long delay before updating
   \etoc six years later\dots}
 %
-|1.09f| adds \csb{etocimmediatedepthtag.toc} which will force the tag to be written
+% \etocrelease{1.09f} adds 
+there is \csb{etocimmediatedepthtag.toc} which will force the tag to be written
 immediately to the |.toc| file (well, rather immediately to the |.aux| file,
 so before the inclusion of the auxiliary file of the included file).
 
@@ -2535,7 +3802,7 @@
 choice.
 
 
-\subsection{The commands \csbhyp{etocobeydepthtags} and \csbhyp{etocignoredepthtags}}
+\subsection{The \csbhyp{etocobeydepthtags} and \csbhyp{etocignoredepthtags} commands}
 \label{etocobeydepthtags}
 \label{etocignoredepthtags}
 
@@ -2545,31 +3812,247 @@
 \csb{etocobeydepthtags} which makes \etoc react to the found tags in the
 |.toc| file. 
 
-\section{The commands \csbhyp{etocglobaldefs} and \csbhyp{etoclocaldefs}}
-\label{etocglobaldefs}
-\label{etoclocaldefs}
+\section{Adding commands to the \texorpdfstring{\texttt{.toc}}{.toc} file}
+\label{sec:addingtotoc}
 
-In \LaTeX{} the meaning of a command defined via |\newcommand\foo{...}| inside
-an environment (or group) vanishes from \TeX's memory on exit from this
-environment (or group). At times however it is needed to make definitions with
-global scope, for this \TeX{} has the primitive prefix |\global|.
+We described above \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} and \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} which
+both insert commands inside the |.toc| file. An even more general mechanism of
+adding ``action tags'' to the |.toc| file could be envisioned, but this would
+just be a wrapper for direct use of |\addtocontents{toc}{\something}|.
 
-By default \etoc's definitions of \csb{etocname} etc... are local. This causes
-problems in certain contexts such as TOC as tables (\autoref{sec:tocastable}, \autoref{ssec:tocastableold}) and also
-with |enumitem| \emph{inline} variants of its standard environments, because
-the command |\item| then closes a group (see \autoref{etocthelink}).
+One should be cautious when adding in this way
+things
+to the |.toc| file. For example, inserting
+\csa{addtocontents}|{toc}{\string\clearpage}|
+just
+before a \csa{part} to fix the problem when some part entry (in
+the table of contents) is isolated at the bottom of one page,
+will cause problems with multiple TOCs: this \csa{clearpage}
+will be executed by \etoc each time a \toc or \localtoc
+command is encountered! The more prudent thing is to do
+rather: {\csa{addtocontents}|{toc}{\string\myclearpage}|,}
+to have a |\let\myclearpage\relax| at the top level of the
+document and  to use where needed something like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\let\myclearpage\clearpage
+\tableofcontents
+\let\myclearpage\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+The \ctanpkg{memoir} class has the command \csa{settocdepth} which
+writes a \csa{changetoc\-depth} command inside the |.toc| file.
+This will impact the typesetting by \etoc of \emph{all} tables
+of contents, with (possibly) unexpected results: imagine the
+document has \csa{settocdepth}|{chapter}| at some point to
+avoid having the sections from subsequent chapters be listed
+in the main table of contents. Then a local table of contents
+in one of these chapters will print a title but will be
+without any entry. 
 
-After \csb{etocglobaldefs}, \etoc will make its definitions of \csb{etocname}
-etc... have global scope. For normal use this is not necessary. It does not hurt
-either to activate it systematically. 
+As the \ctanpkg{memoir} class by itself allows multiple\toc
+  these issues already arise there,
+  independently of \etoc, see page 170 of the \ctanpkg{memoir}
+  manual.
 
-To return to the default, use \csb{etoclocaldefs}. Note that both
-\csb{etocglobaldefs} and \csb{etoclocaldefs} actions are local to the
-environment or group where they are used.
+For this specific issue, the commands \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc},
+\csb{etocignoretoctocdepth} and \csb{etocobeytoctocdepth} are the way to go; or
+their variants \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} and \csb{etocsettagdepth}.
 
+As an aside, any |\setcounter{tocdepth}{n}| command added directly to the |.toc|
+file will see its effect
+% (since release \etocrelease{1.07g})
+cease when the end of a table of contents is reached, as \etoc executes a
+|\setcounter{tocdepth}{previous_value}| there, to reste the \texttt{tocdepth}
+counter to the value it had on entering the table of contents.
 
-\section{Not displayed empty TOCs}
+\subsection{The hyperref option \emph{hidelinks}}\label{ssec:hidelinks}
 
+The colored links (and also the rectangle links) are a bit
+annoying when used in tables of contents, especially when
+the document uses \etoc and has plenty of them! One may wish
+for having colored links, \emph{except} for those within
+table of contents!
+Indeed, why would things in TOCs need to be either framed in
+rectangles or colored, when the user \emph{already expects
+  them to be links}?
+
+I use the following trick:  either in the preamble using
+|\AtBeginDocument|, or right after |\begin{document}|, I
+  have the command
+  \centeredline{|\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\hypersetup{hidelinks}}|}
+
+  \begin{framed}
+    All TOCs typeset by \etoc have their contents done
+    within a group (as if enclosed in an environment). So
+    the command \csa{hypersetup}|{hidelinks}| will be
+    executed by \emph{each} TOC, but its effect will be
+    limited to that TOC. 
+  \end{framed}
+
+  I found out experimentally that the option |hidelinks| could
+  indeed be set many times with |\hypersetup| (this is not the
+  case of all \ctanpkg{hyperref} options).
+
+\section[The \csbhyp{etocsetlocaltop.toc} command]
+        {The \csbhyp{etocsetlocaltop.toc} and
+          \csbhyp{etocimmediatesetlocaltop.toc} commands}
+\label{etocsetlocaltop.toc}
+\label{etocimmediatesetlocaltop.toc}
+
+It is important to understand that \csb{localtableofcontents} works entirely
+from data \emph{in the |.toc| file}. If the document, say with |article|
+class, contains starred sectioning commands, which are not accompanied
+by suitable \csa{addcontentsline}, then these units are completely
+transparent to \csb{localtableofcontents}:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item If \localtoc is issued before |\section*{Foo}|, say locally to a |\section|,
+  then the local TOC will include not only the |subsection|s between the
+  |\section| and the |\section*{Foo}| but also those following, and it will
+  stop only at encountering a later |\section| or |\part| from the document's body.
+\item If the command is issued right after |\section*{Foo}| and the later was
+  itself subsequent to a (numbered) |\subsection|, then \etoc will think it
+  must display a TOC local to the \emph{subsection}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+% Since release \etocrelease{1.08k}, \etoc provides the one-argument 
+There is the command
+\csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc} to insert into the |.toc| file a kind
+of ``ghost'' of a given sectioning unit. Here is an example:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\part*{Extra unnumbered part}
+\etocsetlocaltop.toc{part}
+\localtableofcontents
+\end{verbatim}
+
+So with no |\part| heading inserted into the table of contents via an
+|\addcontentsline|, still \localtoc will know it is local to a part.  In this
+example the local contents will be delimited by the next numbered |\part|, or
+|\part*| with |\addcontentsline|, or also by a later, second,
+|\etocsetlocaltop.toc{part}|.
+
+As a (counter)-example consider this document:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{etoc}
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents
+
+\part*{A}
+\etocsetlocaltop.toc{part}
+\localtableofcontents
+
+\section{I}
+
+\section{II}
+
+\part*{B}
+
+\section{III}
+
+\part*{C}
+
+\section{IV}
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+It uses only |\part*|.  Thanks to the \csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc} the \localtoc
+knows it should report only sections.  But the other |\part*| are invisible to
+it as nothing is recorded in the |.toc| file.  So the local table of contents
+in this example will list \emph{all} sections not only |I| and |II|.  To fix thix one may
+e.g.\@ insert another |\etocsetlocaltop.toc{part}|, this time after |\part*{B}|
+(or make this a numbered part, or use |\addcontentsline| for it).
+
+The above document amended with added  |\etocsetlocaltop.toc{part}| after each
+unnumbered part will thus have its main TOC without any |Part| heading, but
+each |\part| can show a correct \localtoc.  The simpler
+approach would be to use |\addcontentsline| with each unnumbered |\part| so
+that it ends up in the |.toc| file, but \etoc is keen on allowing the most
+diverse point of views.
+
+It should be stressed that the various |\etocsetlocaltop.toc|\marg{sect. unit}
+do impact the global \toc: they really act like actual sectioning units,
+except for not inducing any typesetting.  In usual document classes, this
+would appear to mean that they are completely transparent to the global \toc.
+Not the case with \etoc, which adds a virtual assembly of levels: the |.toc|
+data originating in |\etocsetlocaltop.toc|\marg{sect. unit} will trigger the
+execution of the \marg{finish} parts of the line styles of finer sectioning
+units encountered before (either in the global \toc or in an active
+\localtoc); and it triggers the \marg{start} parts of the line styles of finer
+units encountered after it (again in the global \toc, but also in any
+\localtoc which is already activated at a coarser lever).
+
+Depending on how the toc line styles are configured this may translate into
+some visual effect; for example with the \etoc own line styles the
+\marg{start} and \marg{finish} mostly insert penalties or vertical spaces.
+
+It is a matter of debate if this is good design; a variant serving purely to
+influence boundaries of local table of contents with no collateral effects
+could be provided.  And the name of the macro was perhaps not so well chosen
+as it suggests it acts as would such an hypothetical variant.  In absence of
+feature requests we leave the matter standing for now.%
+%
+
+Usage of \csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc} interacts with
+\csb{etocchecksemptiness} in the expected way: it modifies (as explained
+above) the selection made by \csb{localtableofcontents}, hence the decision
+whether this local TOC will end up empty or not.
+
+There is also \csb{etocimmediatesetlocaltop.toc}.  This may be useful in some
+very special circumstances involving |\include|.  For related discussion see
+the documentation of \csb{etocimmediatedepthtag.toc}.
+
+
+\section{The \csbhyp{etoclocaltop} command}
+\label{etoclocaltop}
+
+Within either the TOC style
+(\csb{etocsettocstyle}) or the local title styles (\csb{etocsetstyle}), the
+control sequence \csb{etoclocaltop} is made equivalent for the duration of
+\csb{localtableofcontents} to a numeric (self-delimiting) denotation of the
+current top level.
+
+Thus: it will in numeric contexts (|\ifnum|, |\ifcase|, ...) represent zero
+for a local TOC corresponding to chapter, or one if in a section, or two if in
+a subsection, etc..., assuming of course here that the default levels are
+obeyed (see \autoref{sec:tocdepth}).
+
+%\begin{framed}
+  \csb{etoclocaltop} from inside the TOC heading (first argument of
+  \csb{etocsettocstyle}) has the correct value \emph{only under
+    \csb{etocchecksemptiness} regime}. Special circumstances correspond to
+  some special values:
+  \begin{description}[nolistsep]
+  \item[|-3|] (|-\thr@@|)\newline
+    signals that \etoc considers the local TOC to be
+    ``unknown''; this happens at the last local TOC, for the first \LaTeX\ run
+    after adding a new \localtoc to the document. In doubt, \etoc assumes the
+    TOC will prove non empty, hence it prints (independently of whether the
+    check for emptiness was activated or not) the heading as specified by
+    \csb{etocsettocstyle}. Thus, check if \csb{etoclocaltop} gives |-3| as a
+    a \meta{number} to detect that situation from within the first argument of
+    \csb{etocsettocstyle}, if desired.
+  \item[|-1000|](|-\@m|)\newline  is in case of a \localtoc
+    being considered ``known'' (although it may still refer to the data in the
+    |.toc| file from the previous run) but without the check for emptiness
+    having been executed.
+  \item[|-10000|](|-\@M|)\newline  is the value when accessed from the title
+    of a global TOCs.
+  \end{description}
+%\end{framed}
+%\begin{framed}
+
+  When executed from within a local table of contents \textbf{line styles}
+  (\csb{etocsetstyle}), \csb{etoclocaltop} always will hold the correct value,
+  whether or not the emptiness check was executed.
+
+  For a global table of contents however, it will always keep the value |-3|.
+%\end{framed}
+
+Attention! \cs{etoclocaltop} is only to be queried not set.
+
+
+
+\section{Checking TOCs for emptiness}
+
 \subsection{The \csbhyp{etocchecksemptiness} command}
 \label{etocchecksemptiness}
 \label{etocdoesnotcheckemptiness}
@@ -2591,7 +4074,8 @@
 \begin{enumerate}
 \item the \csb{etocifwasempty} command discussed below can be used from inside
 \csb{etocaftertochook}, and even from inside \csb{etocbeforetitlehook}.
-\item there is also \csb{etocdoesnotcheckemptiness} (since |1.08i|.)
+\item there is also \csb{etocdoesnotcheckemptiness}.%
+% (since \etocrelease{1.08i}.)
 \end{enumerate}
 
 The suppression of the heading (more precisely of the toc display style
@@ -2638,138 +4122,257 @@
 of contents to be empty (for that run) and thus printed nothing (not even a
 |\par|).
 
-\section{Adding commands to the \texorpdfstring{\texttt{.toc}}{.toc} file}
-\label{sec:addingtotoc}
 
-We described above \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} and \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} which
-both insert commands inside the |.toc| file. An even more general mechanism of
-adding ``action tags'' to the |.toc| file could be envisioned, but this would
-just be a wrapper for direct use of |\addtocontents{toc}{\something}|.
+\clearpage
+\etocdepthtag.toc {examples}
+\part{Examples}\label{part:examples}
 
-One should be cautious when adding in this way
-things
-to the |.toc| file. For example, inserting
-\csa{addtocontents}|{toc}{\string\clearpage}|
-just
-before a \csa{part} to fix the problem when some part entry (in
-the table of contents) is isolated at the bottom of one page,
-will cause problems with multiple TOCs: this \csa{clearpage}
-will be executed by \etoc each time a \toc or \localtoc
-command is encountered! The more prudent thing is to do
-rather: {\csa{addtocontents}|{toc}{\string\myclearpage}|,}
-to have a |\let\myclearpage\relax| at the top level of the
-document and  to use where needed something like:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\let\myclearpage\clearpage
-\tableofcontents
-\let\myclearpage\relax
-\end{verbatim}
-The \ctanpkg{memoir} class has the command \csa{settocdepth} which
-writes a \csa{changetoc\-depth} command inside the |.toc| file.
-This will impact the typesetting by \etoc of \emph{all} tables
-of contents, with (possibly) unexpected results: imagine the
-document has \csa{settocdepth}|{chapter}| at some point to
-avoid having the sections from subsequent chapters be listed
-in the main table of contents. Then a local table of contents
-in one of these chapters will print a title but will be
-without any entry. 
+\thispartstats %% (pas de sous-section)
 
-As the \ctanpkg{memoir} class by itself allows multiple\toc
-  these issues already arise there,
-  independently of \etoc, see page 170 of the \ctanpkg{memoir}
-  manual.
+\etocdefaultlines
+\etocsettocstyle {}{}
+\localtableofcontents
 
-For this specific issue, the commands \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc},
-\csb{etocignoretoctocdepth} and \csb{etocobeytoctocdepth} are the way to go; or
-their variants \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} and \csb{etocsettagdepth}.
+To understand all code snippets in detail,
+one will need to have first browsed through \autoref{sec:linestyles}
+and \autoref{sec:tocstyle}.
 
-As an aside, any |\setcounter{tocdepth}{n}| command added directly to the |.toc|
-file sees its effect (since release |1.07g|) canceled at the end of each table
-of contents, which automatically does a |\setcounter{tocdepth}{previous_value}|
-with the value active on entering the table of contents.
 
-\subsection{The hyperref option \emph{hidelinks}}\label{ssec:hidelinks}
 
-The colored links (and also the rectangle links) are a bit
-annoying when used in tables of contents, especially when
-the document uses \etoc and has plenty of them! One may wish
-for having colored links, \emph{except} for those within
-table of contents!
-Indeed, why would things in TOCs need to be either framed in
-rectangles or colored, when the user \emph{already expects
-  them to be links}?
+\section{A first example}
+\label{sec:firstexample}
+\label{invisiblelocaltableofcontents}
 
-I use the following trick:  either in the preamble using
-|\AtBeginDocument|, or right after |\begin{document}|, I
-  have the command
-  \centeredline{|\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\hypersetup{hidelinks}}|}
+Let us present a first example of specification for line styles.
+Immediately after the start of \autoref{part:overview} we inserted in the
+source file:
+%
+\centeredline{\csb{invisiblelocaltableofcontents} |\label{toc:overview}|}
+%
+This
+sets-up the label |toc:overview|, and we can use it at any location in the
+document:
+%
+\centeredline{|\tableofcontents \ref{toc:overview}|}
+%
+And as we used
+|\invisible...|,\footnote{this is a shortcut for setting temporarily the
+  |tocdepth| to |-3|, which has the effect to tell \etoc not to print the TOC,
+  and not even the heading.} the local TOC will exist only through its clones
+elsewhere in the document. 
 
-  \begin{framed}
-    All TOCs typeset by \etoc have their contents done
-    within a group (as if enclosed in an environment). So
-    the command \csa{hypersetup}|{hidelinks}| will be
-    executed by \emph{each} TOC, but its effect will be
-    limited to that TOC. 
-  \end{framed}
+\begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}{\foo}
+\begingroup\parindent 0pt \parfillskip 0pt \leftskip 0cm \rightskip 1cm
+\etocsetstyle {section}
+              {}
+              {\leavevmode\leftskip 0cm\relax}
+              {\bfseries\normalsize\makebox[.5cm][l]{\etocnumber.}%
+               \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak
+               \rlap{\makebox[1cm][r]{\mdseries\etocpage}}\par}
+              {}
+\etocsetstyle {subsection}
+              {}
+              {\leavevmode\leftskip .5cm\relax }
+              {\mdseries\normalsize\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}%
+               \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak
+               \rlap{\makebox[1cm][r]{\etocpage}}\par}
+              {}
+\etocsetstyle {subsubsection}
+              {}
+              {\leavevmode\leftskip 1.5cm\relax }
+              {\mdseries\normalsize\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}%
+               \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak
+               \rlap{\makebox[1cm][r]{\etocpage}}\par}
+              {}
+\etocruledstyle[1]{\bfseries \Large My first \etoc: TOC of
+  \autoref{part:overview} (\nameref{part:overview})}
+\tableofcontents \ref {toc:overview}
+\endgroup
+\end{filecontentsdef}
 
-  I found out experimentally that the option |hidelinks| could
-  indeed be set many times with |\hypersetup| (this is not the
-  case of all \ctanpkg{hyperref} options).
+\filecontentsexec\foo
 
+We could have used the line styles defined by \etoc, with
+\csb{etocdefaultlines}, or the default document class styles with
+\csb{etocstandardlines}, but we were a bit more ambitious here and wanted to
+design our own. The technique is a simple one: each heading is in its own
+paragraph, which may extend on multiple lines; it is responsible for setting
+its own |\leftskip|.
 
-\clearpage
-\etocdepthtag.toc {examples}
-\part{Examples}\label{part:examples}
+This is a simple design which does not make provisions for page breaks
+which should be discouraged in-between a section and a subsection
+etc\dots{} as we only used it for the table of contents of this part, thus
+with sections as top levels, there was no need to specify a style for
+parts too (we defined a subsubsection line style but as it turns
+out there are no subsubsections in this part). The two commands used are
+\csb{etocsetstyle} for specifying the line styles, and
+\csb{etocruledstyle} for the TOC global style.
 
-\thispartstats %% (pas de sous-section)
+The |\rightskip| is shared by all, and creates space where the page
+numbers get printed. For an elaboration of this technique see the next
+\autoref{sec:secondexample} as well as \autoref{sec:tocwithdepthtags}
+which provides a TOC with parts and paragraphs. Both allow multi-line
+headings and employ a technique for putting page numbers in the right margin
+which was inspired from what \LaTeX2e's |\@dottedtocline| macro does.
 
-\etocstandardlines
-\etocsettocstyle {}{\medskip}
-\localtableofcontents
+Here is how it was produced:
 
-We present some additional examples. To understand all code snippets in detail,
-one will possibly need to have first browsed through \autoref{part:linestyles}
-and \autoref{part:globalcmds}.
+\filecontentsprintviascan\foo
+\marginattach
 
-\section{Testing the compatibility mode}
+\section{A second example}
+\label{sec:secondexample}
 
+This second example displays only the contents from
+\autoref{sec:linestyles} and \autoref{sec:tocstyle}. This selection
+is done via the technique of \emph{depth tags}, described in
+\autoref{etocsettagdepth} and \autoref{sec:tocwithdepthtags}.
+
+\begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}{\foo}
+\begingroup
+\newcommand*{\DotsAndPage}
+{\nobreak\leaders\hbox{\bfseries\normalsize\hbox to .75ex {\hss.\hss}}%
+         \hfill\nobreak
+         \makebox[\rightskip][r]{\bfseries\normalsize\etocpage}\par}
+
+\etocsetstyle {part}
+{\parindent 0pt
+ \nobreak
+ \etocskipfirstprefix}
+{\pagebreak[3]\bigskip}
+{\large\rmfamily\bfseries\centering %\scshape
+ \etocifnumbered{Part \etocnumber{} -- }{}\etocname\par}
+{}
+
+\etocsetstyle {section}
+{\leftskip 0pt \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip-\rightskip
+ \nobreak\medskip
+ \etocskipfirstprefix}
+{\leftskip 0pt \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip-\rightskip
+ \pagebreak[1]\smallskip}
+{\normalsize\rmfamily\bfseries %\scshape
+ \etocnumber. \etocname\DotsAndPage }
+{\parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil\relax }
+
+\etocsetstyle {subsection}
+{\leftskip1cm\rightskip .75cm \parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil\relax 
+ \nobreak\smallskip}
+{}
+{\footnotesize\sffamily\mdseries\itshape
+ \etocname{} (\etocnumber, p. \etocpage). }
+{\par\medskip}
+
+\etocsettagdepth {preamble}   {none}
+\etocsettagdepth {overview}   {none}
+\etocsettagdepth {styling}    {subsection}
+\etocsettagdepth {control}    {none}
+\etocsettagdepth {examples}   {none}
+\etocsettagdepth {advanced}   {none}
+\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{none}
+\etocsettagdepth {code}       {none}
+
+\etocsettocstyle {\centering\LARGE\textsc{\contentsname}\par\nobreak\medskip}{}
+\etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection}
+\tableofcontents
+\endgroup
+\end{filecontentsdef}
+\filecontentsexec\foo
+
+The code:
+\filecontentsprintviascan\foo
+\marginattach
+
+\section{A Beautiful Thesis example}
+
+Here is a relatively  simple example of use of the package
+functionalities. 
+Let us set up some line styles. We choose a style for sections and
+sub-sections which would be suitable for, respectively, sections and
+sub-sections in an average length memoir. The line style specifications have
+some redundancy for clarity, and do not care about what to do at possible page
+breaks. Also, they do not worry about potential multi-column use.
+
+\begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}{\foo}
+\begingroup % we start a group to keep the style changes local
+\newlength{\tocleftmargin}    \setlength{\tocleftmargin}{4cm}
+\newlength{\tocrightmargin}   \setlength{\tocrightmargin}{1cm}
+
+\etocsetstyle{section}              % will pretend to be a Chapter
+{\addvspace{1ex}\parfillskip0pt
+ \leftskip\tocleftmargin            % (already done in title)
+ \rightskip\the\tocrightmargin plus 1fil
+ \parindent0pt\color{cyan}}         % (already done)
+{\bfseries\LARGE\upshape\addvspace{1ex}\leavevmode}
+{\llap{Chapter\hspace{.5em}{\etocnumber}\hspace{.75cm}}\etocname
+ \nobreak\hfill\kern1em\makebox[-\tocrightmargin][l]{\makebox[0pt]{\etocpage}}\par}
+{}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}           % will pretend to be a Section
+{}
+{\mdseries\large\addvspace{.5ex}\leavevmode}
+{\llap{\etocnumber\hspace{.75cm}}\textit{\etocname}%
+ \hfill\makebox[-\tocrightmargin][l]{\makebox[0pt]{\etocpage}}\par}
+{}
+
+\def\tmptitle{My Beautiful Thesis}
+\etocsettocstyle{\color{cyan}\parindent0pt \leftskip\tocleftmargin
+  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\ 
+  \huge\textit{\tmptitle}\par}{\bigskip}
+
+\tableofcontents \ref{toc:overview}
+\endgroup
+\end{filecontentsdef}
+
+\filecontentsexec\foo
+
+\filecontentsprintviascan\foo
+\marginattach
+
+
+\section{Testing the compatibility mode}\label{sec:testingcompat}
+
 As a further example we now print the local table of contents
-of \autoref{part:globalcmds}. First we will test the compatibility mode.\footnote{the
+of \autoref{sec:tocstyle}. First we will test the compatibility mode.\footnote{the
 present document uses the \ctanpkg{scrartcl} class, and we check here that
 the \etoc compatibility mode does respect the customizing done via the
-class commands.}   The original was invisibly defined with a label at the
-beginning of \autoref{part:globalcmds}.
+class commands.}   The original is the local table of contents of
+\autoref{sec:tocstyle}, to which we allocated the label |toc:tocstyle|.
 \begin{verbatim}
 \begingroup % to keep in particular toc=left with local effect
 \KOMAoptions{toc=left}
-\etocstandarddisplaystyle % necessary for the display to obey toc=left
+\etocclasstocstyle % necessary for the display to obey toc=left
 \etocstandardlines
-\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds}
+\tableofcontents \ref{toc:tocstyle}
 \endgroup
 \end{verbatim}
 \begingroup
 \KOMAoptions{toc=left}
-\etocstandarddisplaystyle
+\etocclasstocstyle
 \etocstandardlines
-\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds}
+\tableofcontents \ref{toc:tocstyle}
 \endgroup
 
-\section{Another compatibility mode}\label{sec:anothercompat}
+\section{Another compatibility mode}
+\label{sec:anothercompat}
 
-As explained in \autoref{subs:compat}, the commands
-\csb{etocstandardlines} and \csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle} tell \etoc to,
-essentially, act as an observer. The document class layout for the table of
-contents is then perfectly obeyed. There is no way to customize this standard
-layout (change fonts, margins, vertical spacings, etc...) from within the
-package. For this, use some package dedicated to this task; because \etoc either
-is (temporarily perhaps) in compatibility mode with no customization on its part
-possible, or the user has specified the layout in \csb{etocsetstyle} commands
-(and \csb{etocsettocstyle}) and is (supposedly...) in complete control.
+As explained in \autoref{subs:compat}, the commands \csb{etocstandardlines}
+and \csb{etocetoclocaltocstyle} tell \etoc to, essentially, act as an
+observer.  And it starts in this state initially.  The document class layout
+for the table of contents is then perfectly obeyed (well, hopefully).  There
+is no way \emph{if remaining in this compatibility mode} to customize this
+standard layout (change fonts, margins, vertical spacings, etc...) from within
+the package.
 
+For customizing \emph{while remaining in the compatibility mode}, use some
+package dedicated to this task; because \etoc either is (temporarily perhaps)
+in compatibility mode with no customization on its part possible, or the user
+has specified the layout in \csb{etocsetstyle} commands (and
+\csb{etocsettocstyle}) and is supposedly in complete control.
+
 Well, there is actually an alternative. It is possible to use the
 \csb{etocsetstyle} commands to recreate an artificial compatibility mode, in
-order to achieve effects like the following, all things being otherwise equal to
-the document class defaults:
+order to achieve effects like the following, all things being otherwise equal
+to the document class defaults:
 \begin{enumerate}[noitemsep]
 \item get the \ctanpkg{hyperref} link to encapsulate only the names, but not the numbers
   of each entry of the table of contents,
@@ -2778,124 +4381,139 @@
 \item do either of the above only for some portions of the table of contents.
 \end{enumerate}
 
-One only needs%
-%
-\marginpar{\normalfont\footnotesize\itshape Modified at \texttt{1.1a}} 
-%
-to use the \LaTeX{} standard \csa{l at chapter}, \csa{l at section},
-etc... commands inside the TOC line style definitions via \csb{etocsetstyle},
-re-constituting their arguments using \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber},
-\csb{etocpage} as one wishes.
+One only needs
+to use within the arguments of \csb{etocsetstyle} the \LaTeX{} standard
+\csa{l at chapter}, \csa{l at section}, etc...  re-constituting their arguments using
+\csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber}, \csb{etocpage} as one wishes.
+Here is an example. Include in the preamble:
 
-The aliases \csb{etocsavedsectiontocline}, \csb{etocsavedchaptertocline}
-etc... are set to have the exact same meanings as the \LaTeX{} |\l at chapter|,
-|\l at section|, etc... commands each time a TOC is typeset.  They are
-\fbox{DEPRECATED} as the latter \LaTeX\ commands are not modified (nor used) by
-\etoc since release |1.1a|.
-
-You should use directly |\l at chapter|, etc... within suitable
-|\makeatletter/\makeatother|.  Here is an example.
-
 \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}
 \makeatletter
-\newcommand{\MyStandardTOC}{%
+\newcommand{\MyLocalTOC}[1][section]{%
   \begingroup
-  % for the book or article classes:
-  %\etocsetstyle{part}{}{}
-  %  {\l at part{\etocnumber\hspace{1em}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
-  % for the scrbook or scrartcl classes:
-  \etocsetstyle{part}{}{}
-    {\l at part{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
-  % following is identical in book/article/scrbook/scrartcl classes:
-  \etocsetstyle{chapter}{}{}   %%% only for book and scrbook
-    {\l at chapter{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
   \etocsetstyle{section}{}{} 
     {\l at section{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
   \etocsetstyle{subsection}{}{}
     {\l at subsection{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
-  % etc... if further sectioning units are used
-  \etocstandarddisplaystyle % this is for the title, page-marks, etc...
-  \tableofcontents     
+  \etocsetstyle{subsubsection}{}{}
+    {\l at subsubsection{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}%
+  % etc... if further sectioning units are needed
+  %        (i.e. not excluded by tocdepth and actually there in document)
+  % Here #1 defaults to section, meaning this is appropriate
+  % for local TOC in a chapter
+  \etocsettocstyle{\@nameuse{#1}*{Local contents}}
+                  {}
+  %
+  \localtableofcontents     
   \endgroup}
 \makeatother
 \end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{-A}
+\marginattach
 
+Then use \csa{MyLocalTOC} in the document body.  It is prepared
+for being  local to a \csa{chapter}'s as it typesets the heading of the TOC
+by default as un unnumbered section.%
+%
+\footnote{Parts are handled somewhat differently according to whether
+one uses the standard or other classes; please check the source of these
+classes for what is to emulate here.}
+
 One can add to the above arbitrary text formatting commands, for example
-replace |\etocpage| by |\textcolor{blue}{\etocpage}|.
+one can replace |\etocpage| in the code above by |\textcolor{blue}{\etocpage}|.
 
-If the document has only one table of contents then there is no need
-to put the commands inside a macro, or even inside a group.\footnote{and if
-moreover one just wants to keep the same layout as in the default, one may
-question why using \etoc... there is \emph{one} good reason: numbers and names
-are separately \ctanpkg{hyperref} links, whereas normally there is only one link
-holding both the number and the name corresponding to one toc entry.} With these
-commands 
-\etoc will construct a TOC completely identical to what would have been done by
-one of the document class: |article|, |book|, \ctanpkg{scrartcl}, \ctanpkg{scrbook}.\footnote{For the
-\ctanpkg{memoir} class, one needed prior to \etoc |1.08k| a bit more: each of the command \csa{booknumberline},
-\csa{partnumberline} and \csa{chapternumberline} had to be saved. They can now
-be used directly in the line styles, because their meanings are not modified
-anymore by \etoc during its TOC typesetting.}
-The number and the name of each entry are each separately an \ctanpkg{hyperref} link, as
-is always the case with \etoc, when not in compatibility mode. Replacing
-\csb{etocnumber} with \csb{etocthenumber} will give a TOC where the numbers are
-not links anymore, but the names still are. Or one may decide to use \csb{etocthename}
-and keep an hyperlinked number with
-\csb{etocnumber}. 
+Only pay attention to using |\makeatletter/\makeatother| as we are handling
+\LaTeX{} macros with the dangerous sign |@| in their names.
 
-Here is a subtler example where one only marginally modifies the
-sections (adding color to the number and removing the \ctanpkg{hyperref} link) and keeps
-the subsections as in the default, \emph{except} for those of one specific
-section, for which the layout is completely modified:
-\MyQuasiStandardTOC{\ref{toc:overview}}
-\bigskip
-This example only has sections and subsections (assumed to be numbered), and
-the code used was:
-\begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}
+To give another example, one sees in \texttt{article.cls} the following
+definition:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand*\l at subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\end{verbatim}
+The first argument is the level, the second the indent, and the third the
+numwidth (see the \ctanpkg{tocloft} documentation).  So if we issue in a
+document using the \texttt{article} class:
+\begin{verbatim}
 \makeatletter
-\newcommand*{\MyQuasiStandardTOC}[1]{%
-  \begingroup
-  \etocsetstyle{section}
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}
+    {]
     {}
-    {\ifnum\etocthenumber=4
-      \etocsetstyle{subsection}
-        {\par\nopagebreak\begingroup
-         \leftskip1.5em \rightskip\@tocrmarg
-         \parfillskip \@flushglue 
-         \parindent 0pt
-         \normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape
-         \etocskipfirstprefix}
-        {\allowbreak\,--\,}
-        {\etocname\ \textup{(\etocnumber)}}
-        {.\par\endgroup}%
-     \else
-        \etocsetstyle{subsection}
-        {}%
-        {}%
-        {\l at subsection{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}%
-        {}%
-     \fi
-    }% prefix for section sets the style dynamically for subsections!
-    {\l at section{\numberline{{\color{cyan}\etocthenumber}}\etocname}{\etocpage}}%
-    {}%
-  \etocstandarddisplaystyle
-  \etocsetnexttocdepth {2}%
-  \tableofcontents #1
-  \endgroup
-}
+    {\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}{\numberline{etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}
+    {}
 \makeatother
-\end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{-B}
+\end{verbatim}
+we then basically reconstitute the default rendering.  Here is more careful
+code:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\makeatletter
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}
+    {]
+    {}
+    {\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}{\etocifnumbered{\numberline{etocnumber}}{}%
+                                      \etocname}{\etocpage}}
+    {}
+\makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+Hence one can very easily without any (additional...) package modify the
+hard-coded indent |1.5em| and numwidth |2.3em|.  But in general one has to do
+this in a synchronized way also for subsubsections, and for sections.  The
+definition of |\l at section| in the \texttt{article} class source is a bit more
+complex.
 
-The page heading (on the page where this TOC appears) may have been modified
-as is expected from usage of \csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle} in the code.
-Sections and subsections are printed exactly as in the default, \emph{except}
-for the subsections of one specific user-chosen section and except for the
-color of the section numbers. We had to examine the \ctanpkg{scrartcl} sources
-to determine what to use for \csa{leftskip} and \csa{rightskip} for our
-customized section entry (the one wih number 4).
+Nevertheless this technique is probably the fastest (but see the example at
+start of \autoref{sec:linestyles}) to get going with \etoc even if one is
+primarily interested only in its \localtoc, as typesetting local tables of
+contents exactly as global tables of contents is not ideal.  For example for a
+local TOC in a section, it looks appropriate to modify the above into
+\begin{verbatim}
+\makeatletter
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}
+    {]
+    {}
+    {\@dottedtocline{2}{0}{2.3em}{\etocifnumbered{\numberline{etocnumber}}{}%
+                                      \etocname}{\etocpage}}
+    {}
+\makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+to cancel the indentation.  One will have to keep the indents and numwidths in
+sync with similar changes to other line styles, if \csa{contentsline}'s of
+various levels are to be executed.
 
+%
+%
+The number and the name of each entry are each separately an \ctanpkg{hyperref}
+links, as is always the case with \etoc, when not in compatibility
+mode. Replacing \csb{etocnumber} with \csb{etocthenumber} will give a TOC where
+the numbers are not links anymore, but the names still are. Or one may decide
+to use \csb{etocthename} and keep an hyperlinked number with \csb{etocnumber}.
+
+For a more sophisticated example see \autoref{sec:anothercompatadvanced}.
+
+\begin{shaded}\footnotesize\itshape
+  \textcolor{red}{Attention Please!}  The \LaTeX{} kernel is moving towards
+  adding \emph{tagging} to the PDF, in a way mostly automated and transparent
+  to user.  \etoc will in due time accompany that evolution but this may mean
+  that it will use for its own the hooks that \LaTeX{} will place for example
+  in \emph{\csa{@dottedtocline}}.  So, if the user explicitly also requires
+  usage of \emph{\csa{@dottedtocline}}, this \emph{may} mean that some tagging
+  code would be executed twice, possibly causing some havoc.
+
+  My remark is \emph{purely hypothetical}, as a.t.t.o.w.\@ (2023/02/22) I have
+  only started looking in the matter, and the \LaTeX{} and \ctanpkg{hyperref}
+  TOC related changes have started being visible to developers only a few days
+  ago.
+
+  It may be however, that activating tagging could mean that the simple-minded
+  recycling techniques described in this section will not work.  I guess \etoc
+  will always have the possibility to let the user specify that \etoc should
+  not take care itself of the tagging (which it has to do in general, because
+  the \LaTeX{} hooks are located in places such as \emph{\csa{@dottedtocline}}
+  which \etoc does not execute, except if asked to do so as in the example
+  above), so perhaps the techniques here will still work but require some
+  \emph{\csa{etocnotagging}} or some \emph{noetoctagging} option to the
+  \localtoc or \toc commands.\par
+\end{shaded}
+
+
 \section{Emulating the book class}\label{sec:thirdexample}
 
 As explained in \autoref{subs:compat}: without explicit use of an
@@ -3035,7 +4653,8 @@
 }
 \makeatother
 \end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{-A}
+\marginattach
+
 Nota Bene: the code deliberately handles the non-numbered sectioning units
 unlike the way of the standard document classes (particularly regarding the
 alignment of multi-line headings.)
@@ -3095,7 +4714,8 @@
 }% end of \TOClocalstyle
 \makeatother
 \end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{-B}
+\marginattach
+
 As mentioned previously, this handles non-numbered (multi-line) sectioning
 units somewhat differently from what happens in the standard document classes.
 
@@ -3135,17 +4755,17 @@
 \renewcommand{\etocbelowtocskip}{0pt\relax}
 \etocframedstyle {\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape
   \fcolorbox{red}{white}{\parbox{.8\linewidth}{\centering
-      This is a table of contents \`a la \etoc, but just for
-      the sections and subsections in this part. As it is put
-      in a frame, it has to be small enough to fit on 
+      This is a table of contents \`a la \etoc, but for
+      the subsections and subsubsections of \autoref{sec:tocstyle}.
+      As it is put in a frame, it has to be small enough to fit on 
       one page. It has the label |toc:b|.}}}
 \begin{figure}[ht!]
   \centering
-\tableofcontents \label{toc:b} \ref{toc:globalcmds}
+\tableofcontents \label{toc:b} \ref{toc:tocstyle}
 \end{figure}
 \endgroup
 \end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{-A}
+\marginattach
 
 \filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro
 
@@ -3152,7 +4772,7 @@
 
 
 
-\section{Another TOC with a background color}\label{ssec:again}
+\section{Another TOC with background color}\label{ssec:again}
 
 Let us now try out some more sophisticated line styles. The display will use
 the \csb{etocframedstyle} package command, which requires that the produced
@@ -3244,20 +4864,22 @@
 {}
 
 \etocframedstyle[1]{}
-\tableofcontents \label{toc:floating} \ref{toc:overview}
+\tableofcontents \label{toc:floating} \ref{toc:part:styling}
 \vspace{-\baselineskip}
-\centeredline{|\tableofcontents \ref{toc:overview}| 
+\centeredline{|\tableofcontents \ref{toc:part:styling}| 
 (\emph{cf.} \hyperref[toc:clone]{this other toc})}
 \end{figure}
 \end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{}
+\marginattach
 
 \filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro
+The table of contents produced by this code appears on \vpageref{toc:floating}.
 
 \section{A (crazy) inline display}
+\label{sec:crazy}
 
-Let us finally make some crazy inline display of the table of
-contents of this entire document. We will typeset the subsections as
+Let us construct some crazy inline display of the table of
+contents of this entire document.  We will typeset the subsections as
 footnotes... This kind of style is suitable for a hyperlinked
 document, probably not for print! (although I like it, but my personal tastes in
 many matters do not seem to be widely shared).
@@ -3298,22 +4920,130 @@
 \filecontentsexec\foo
 
 The code used:
-\filecontentsprint\foo
-\marginattach{}
+\filecontentsprintviascan\foo
+\marginattach
 
+\section{One more example of colored TOC layout}
+\label{ssec:tocclone}
 
+The command \csb{etocframedstyle} puts the title on the top
+rule in a centered position. This is not very convenient for
+this example so we included the title as part of the
+\meta{start} code at section level, to get it \emph{inside}
+the frame.
+
+\begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}
+\begingroup
+\definecolor{subsecnum}{RGB}{13,151,225}
+\definecolor{secbackground}{RGB}{0,177,235}
+\definecolor{tocbackground}{RGB}{212,237,252}
+
+\renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
+\renewcommand{\etocleftrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
+\renewcommand{\etocrightrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
+\renewcommand{\etocbottomrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
+\renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
+
+\renewcommand{\etocleftrule}{\vrule width 1cm}
+\renewcommand{\etocrightrule}{\vrule width .5cm}
+\renewcommand{\etocbottomrule}{\hrule height 12pt}
+\renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 12pt}
+
+\renewcommand{\etocinnertopsep}{0pt}
+\renewcommand{\etocinnerbottomsep}{0pt}
+\renewcommand{\etocinnerleftsep}{0pt}
+\renewcommand{\etocinnerrightsep}{0pt}
+
+\newcommand\shiftedwhiterule[2]{%
+    \hbox to \linewidth{\color{white}%
+    \hskip#1\leaders\vrule height1pt\hfil}\nointerlineskip\vskip#2}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}{\etocskipfirstprefix}
+  {\shiftedwhiterule{\leftskip}{6pt}}
+  {\sffamily\footnotesize
+     \leftskip2.5cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip1cm\noindent
+     \hbox to 1cm{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber\hss}%
+     \color{black}\etocname\leaders\hbox to .2cm{\hss.}\hfill
+     \rlap{\hbox to 1cm{\hss\etocpage\hskip.2cm}}\par
+     \nointerlineskip\vskip3pt}
+  {}
+
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}{\etocskipfirstprefix}
+  {\shiftedwhiterule{1.5cm}{6pt}}
+  {\sffamily\small
+     \leftskip1.5cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip1cm\noindent
+     \hbox to 1cm{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber\hss}%
+     \color{black}\etocname\leaders\hbox to .2cm{\hss.}\hfill
+     \rlap{\hbox to 1cm{\hss\etocpage\hskip.2cm}}\par
+     \nointerlineskip\vskip6pt}
+  {}
+
+\newcommand{\coloredstuff}[2]{%
+            \leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\parskip0pt
+            \fboxsep0pt % \colorbox uses \fboxsep also when no frame!
+       \noindent\colorbox{secbackground}
+               {\parbox{\linewidth}{%
+                    \vskip5pt
+                    {\noindent\color{#1}#2\par}\nointerlineskip
+                    \vskip3pt}}%
+       \par\nointerlineskip}
+
+\etocsetstyle{section}
+{\coloredstuff{white}
+     {\hfil \hyperref[toc:b]{\bfseries\large I am a twin of  
+     that other TOC (click me!)}\hfil}}
+{\vskip3pt\sffamily\small}
+{\coloredstuff{white}
+    {\leftskip1.5cm\rightskip.5cm\parfillskip-\rightskip
+     \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocnumber\hspace{.2cm}}}%
+     \etocname\hfill\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.2cm}}}%
+ \vskip6pt }
+{}
+
+\etocframedstyle[1]{}
+\tableofcontents \label{toc:clone} \ref{toc:tocstyle}
+\endgroup
+\end{filecontentshere}
+\marginattach
+
+\filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro
+% 1.07l on the occasion of traduction into German documentation 
+     % APRIL 26, 2014 Improvement in the section style for better placement of
+     % page number when the section name is more than one line long. Use of
+     % \makebox rather than \hbox, to be more LaTeX like.
+
+The TOC has been put in a \hyperref[toc:clone]{float} which appears
+\vpageref{toc:clone}. The coding is a bit involved\footnote{and reveals the
+  author's preference for the \TeX{} syntax...} as it does not use any
+additional package. Also, it was written at some early stage and I have not
+revised it since.
+
+A better solution would be to use some package to set
+up a background color possibly extending accross pages, as the
+framed style (which we used to get this background
+color) can only deal with material short enough to fit on one
+page.
+
+% 1.2 doc: commenté out to avoid a new page 
+% ah non finalement car cause TOC as a tree d'être sur page impaire,
+% ce qui est moins bien à cause des overlap.
+Regarding colors, generally speaking all color commands inside
+\etoc are initially defined to do nothing, and the choice to
+use or not colors is left to the user.
+
 \clearpage
-\etocdepthtag.toc {surprising}
-\part{Surprising uses of \etoc}
+\etocdepthtag.toc {advanced}
+\part{Advanced examples}
 \label{part:surprising}
 
 \thispartstats %% (pas de sous-section)
 
-\etocstandardlines
+\etocdefaultlines
 \etocsettocstyle {}{}
 \localtableofcontents
 
 \section{The TOC of TOCs}
+\label{sec:tocoftocs}
 
 \begingroup % \endgroup just after the \tableofcontents command
 \etocinline
@@ -3334,7 +5064,8 @@
   in the order the TOCs are typeset in the document; but the numbering
   itself is from the order of the TOCs in the \emph{source} of
   this document... }
-\tableofcontents\endgroup. And to obtain
+\tableofcontents
+\endgroup. And to obtain
 it here we just wrote:\par\smallskip 
 {\leftskip1cm\rightskip2cm
   \ttfamily\small\baselineskip11pt \noindent Here is the
@@ -3395,8 +5126,12 @@
   Then, only here we have set |\etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{0}|. And to display
   only this kind of entries we assign temporarily to |part| and |chapter| level
   |1| (or anything higher than zero) and set |tocdepth| to the value |0|. We
-  also did \csa{etocsetstyle\{visibletoc\}\{\string\etocskipfirstprefix\}\{,
-    \}\{\string\etocname\}\{\}} which defines an inline display with the comma
+  also did%
+%
+\centeredline{\csb{etocsetstyle}\{visibletoc\}\{\csb{etocskipfirstprefix}\}%
+   \{, \}\{\string\etocname\}\{\}}
+%
+  which defines an inline display with the comma (plus space)
   as separator. Finally, as \etoc issues |\par| automatically by default just
   before typesetting a table of contents, we used the command \csb{etocinline}
   (also known as \cs{etocnopar}) which turns off this behavior.
@@ -3427,7 +5162,7 @@
 displayed within this document: \tableofcontents.
 \endgroup
 \end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{}
+\marginattach
 \endgroup
 
 After |\etocsetstyle{visibletoc}{..}{..}{..}{..}|, all future TOCs (not in
@@ -3506,7 +5241,7 @@
   \tableofcontents
 \endgroup
 \end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{}
+\marginattach
 
 A related command \csb{etocimmediatetoccontentsline} (and its starred version)
 is also provided.  For discussion and the meaning of ``immediate'', refer to
@@ -3514,31 +5249,30 @@
 
 \section{The TOC as a tree}\label{tocastree}
 
-Using \ctanpkg{tikz} and the package
-\ctanpkg{forest} we shall display the table
-of contents of this part as a tree. The technique is to
-use the \etoc modified command \toc not for typesetting, but to
-prepare a macro, or rather here a \emph{token list} variable, with all the
-instructions to be executed later. \textsc{Leslie Lamport}'s book has no mention
-whatsoever of token lists, and \LaTeX{} gives the impression to not really
-expect the general user to ever hear about them (or delimited macros); this
-whole section and the next are thus for 
-advanced users.
+Using \ctanpkg{tikz} and the package \ctanpkg{forest} we shall display the
+table of contents of \autoref{part:styling} as a tree. The technique is to use
+the \etoc modified command \toc not for typesetting, but to prepare a macro,
+or rather here a \csa{toks} variable, with all the instructions to be executed
+later. \textsc{Leslie Lamport}'s book has no mention whatsoever of such token
+lists registers, and \LaTeX{} gives the impression to not really expect the
+general user to ever hear about them (or delimited macros); this whole section
+and the next are thus for advanced users.
 
-Putting the \csb{etocnumber} and \csb{etocname}
-commands in \csa{treetok} would be of no use: to which number or name would they
-then refer to, in a delayed execution? 
+Putting the \csb{etocnumber} and \csb{etocname} commands in \csa{treetok}
+would be of no use: to which number or name would they then refer to, in a
+delayed execution?
 
 We need to store, not the macro names, but the macro contents. And also we wish
-to maintain the correct \ctanpkg{hyperref} hyperlinks.\footnote{This manual up to the
-version of May 14, 2013 used package |tikz-qtree| but there were problems with
-hyperlinks. No such problem arises either when using |forest| or the native
-|tikz| syntax for trees (which will be illustrated in the next section).} The
+to maintain the correct \ctanpkg{hyperref} hyperlinks.
+The
 commands \csb{etocname}, etc\dots, are robust, it is easier to work with 
 \csb{etocthelinkednumber}, \csb{etocthelinkedname}, and \csb{etocthelinkedpage}
 which contain the same information in an easier accessible form.%
 %
-\normalmarginpar\marginpar{\footnotesize\rmfamily\itshape\RaggedRight At \texttt{1.1a} the commands \csa{etocthelinkedname}, etc\dots, are always providing an hyperlink, so it is not true that \csb{etocname}, etc\dots, are always simply their robust variants.}
+\normalmarginpar\marginpar{\footnotesize\rmfamily\itshape\RaggedRight
+At \etocrelease{1.1a} the commands \csa{etocthelinkedname}, etc\dots, are
+always providing an hyperlink, so it is not true that \csb{etocname}, etc\dots,
+are always simply their robust variants.}
 
 For this |forest| tree we have designed very special \etoc styles for sections
 and subsections. They use a token list register called |\treetok| and a
@@ -3557,7 +5291,7 @@
 \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}{\foo}
 % \newtoks\treetok % put this (uncommented) preferably in the preamble
 % \newtoks\tmptok  % (idem)
-
+\begingroup
 \newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2
   #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
     {\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}}
@@ -3587,7 +5321,7 @@
   {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}}
 
 \etocsettocstyle
-    {\treetok{[{\hyperref[part:overview]{Overview}}}}
+    {\treetok{[{\hyperref[part:styling]{The \etoc styling commands}}}}
     {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}}
 
 % forest does not like @\the\treetok if \treetok is empty. On first latex
@@ -3596,17 +5330,21 @@
 % TOC yet. So we must give a safe default value to \treetok
 \treetok{[{run latex again}]}
 
-\begin{figure}[th!]\centering
+\begin{figure}[htbp!]
+\centering
      \etocsetnexttocdepth{subsection}
-     \tableofcontents \label{toc:forest}\ref{toc:overview}
+     \tableofcontents \label{toc:forest}\ref{toc:part:styling}
      \hypersetup{hidelinks}%
      \bracketset{action character=@}
+% manual adjustments to fit the printed page
+% \kern-1cm
+\noindent\kern-3cm
      \begin{forest} 
                   for tree={anchor=center,child anchor=west,
                             grow'=east,draw,thick,
                             edge={draw,thick,dashed,color=teal}},
                   where={level()==1}{circle,thick,fill=blue!5,
-                                    before computing xy={l=3cm}}{},
+                                    before computing xy={l=6cm}}{},
                   where={level()==2}{fill=red!5,
                                     before computing xy={l=6cm}}{},
                   rectangle, thick, fill=cyan!5, inner sep=6pt,
@@ -3613,14 +5351,14 @@
      @\the\treetok 
      \end{forest}
 \end{figure}
+\endgroup
 \end{filecontentsdef}
 \filecontentsexec\foo
 
 The resulting tree has been put in a \hyperref[toc:forest]{float}, which
-appears \vpageref[above]{toc:forest}. Here is the 
-code used for its production:
-\filecontentsprint\foo
-\marginattach{}
+appears \vpageref[above]{toc:forest}.  Here is the code used for its
+production: \filecontentsprintviascan\foo \marginattach
+
 Why |\hypersetup{hidelinks}|? as explained in
 \autoref{ssec:hidelinks}, I prefer the links in TOCs not to be
 colorized, nor framed, so this document inserts a command
@@ -3646,11 +5384,9 @@
 \item printing the statistics at the start of each Part (see
   \autoref{ssec:statistics}) is done using save boxes (so the problem of the
   appearance of the links does not arise then).
-\item the typesetting of the TOC as a table in the pre-|1.08| way (see
-  \autoref{ssec:tocastableold}); there we also have to issue
-  |\hypersetup{hidelinks}| after having collected the names, numbers and
-  page numbers in a token list register.
-\item and the two additional tree examples in the next section.
+\item typesetting of the TOC as a table without benefiting from
+  \csb{etocglobaldefs} (see \autoref{ssec:tocastableold}).
+\item and the examples in the next section.
 \end{itemize}
 
 
@@ -3670,42 +5406,58 @@
 contents of this (or another) document part, only a \csa{sectiontok} and a
 \csa{subsectiontok} will be needed.
 
-
+\let\appendtotok\relax
+\let\treenode\relax
+\let\appendchildtree\relax
+\let\preparetreenode\relax
 \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}
 % \newtoks\treetok % put this (uncommented) preferably in the preamble
-% \newtoks\sectiontok 
 % \newtoks\subsectiontok 
-\newcommand*{\treenode}{}
+% \newtoks\subsubsectiontok
+% Attention: this code has been prepared only for subsections
+% and subsubsections.
 
+\newcommand*{\treenode}{}% only to make sure our \edef's do not overwrite
+                         % an existing command
+
+% expands 2nd argument (macro) and appends it to 1st argument (toks)
+\newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2
+  #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+    {\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}}
+
+% appends 2nd argument contents (toks) as child of first argument (toks)
 \newcommand*{\appendchildtree}[2]{% token list t1 becomes: t1 child {t2}
    \edef\tmp{\the#1 child {\the#2}}%
    #1\expandafter{\tmp}%
 }
+% prepare the (hyperlinked) number in the "node (number)" shape
 \newcommand*{\preparetreenode}{%
-  \tmptok\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}% expanded one time (mandatory)
+  \tmptok\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}% expanded once (needed)
   \edef\treenode{node {\the\tmptok}}%
 }
 
-\etocsetstyle{section}
+\etocsetstyle{subsection}
   {\etocskipfirstprefix}
-  {\appendchildtree\treetok\sectiontok}
-  {\preparetreenode \sectiontok\expandafter{\treenode}}
-  {\appendchildtree\treetok\sectiontok}
+  {\appendchildtree\treetok\subsectiontok}
+  {\preparetreenode
+   \subsectiontok\expandafter{\treenode}}
+  {\appendchildtree\treetok\subsectiontok}
 
-\etocsetstyle{subsection}
+\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}
   {\etocskipfirstprefix}
-  {\appendchildtree\sectiontok\subsectiontok}
-  {\preparetreenode \subsectiontok\expandafter{\treenode}}
-  {\appendchildtree\sectiontok\subsectiontok}
+  {\appendchildtree\subsectiontok\subsubsectiontok}
+  {\preparetreenode
+   \subsubsectiontok\expandafter{\treenode}}
+  {\appendchildtree\subsectiontok\subsubsectiontok}
 
 \etocsettocstyle
-  {\treetok{\node {\hyperref[part:overview]{Overview}}}}
+  {\treetok{\node {\hyperref[sec:linestyles]{Line styles}}}}
   {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}}
 
-\begin{figure}[thbp!]\centering
-   \etocsetnexttocdepth{subsection}
-   \tableofcontents \label{toc:molecule} \ref{toc:overview}
-   \hypersetup{hidelinks}%
+\centeredline{% from package centeredline (limits scope of \hypersetup)
+   \etocsetnexttocdepth{subsubsection}
+   \etocinline\tableofcontents \label{toc:molecule} \ref{toc:tocstyle}
+   \hypersetup{hidelinks}% 
    \begin{tikzpicture}
               [grow cyclic,
                level 1/.style={level distance=4cm,sibling angle=72},
@@ -3712,37 +5464,52 @@
                level 2/.style={level distance=2cm,sibling angle=60},
                every node/.style={ball color=red,circle,text=SkyBlue},
                edge from parent path={[dashed,very thick,color=cyan]
-                           (\tikzparentnode) --(\tikzchildnode)}] 
-     \the\treetok
-   \end{tikzpicture}
-\end{figure}
+                           (\tikzparentnode) --(\tikzchildnode)}]
+   \the\treetok
+   \end{tikzpicture}%
+}
 \end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{}
+\marginattach
 
 \filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro
 
 
-The |\tableofcontents| command appears just above the
-|tikzpicture| environment in a figure float (to make sure that the label of the
-table of contents
-refers to the same page as the one where the picture will actually be printed).
-We thus get the table of contents as a ``\hyperref[toc:molecule]{molecule}'',
-which  
-appears \vpageref[above]{toc:molecule}.
 
-This \hyperref[toc:molecule]{TikZ TOC} is fully hyperlinked, like the
-previous 
+The |\tableofcontents| command is executed prior to the |tikzpicture|
+environment which will actually typeset it via insertion of the accumulated
+data in the \csa{toks} register \csa{treetok}.  This
+\hyperref[toc:molecule]{TikZ TOC} is fully hyperlinked, like the previous
 \hyperref[toc:forest]{Forest TOC}.
 
+% Mercredi 01 mars 2023 à 23:27:29
+% arrrrrrgggghhh
+% desperate attempt to avoid an annoying varioref "may loop" error.
+% at last minute, arose from a suppression of a paragraph a few
+% dozen pages earlier.
+% [76]
+
+% ! Package varioref Error: \vref or \vpageref at page boundary 65-66 (may loop).
+
+% See the varioref package documentation for explanation.
+% Type  H <return>  for immediate help.
+%  ...                                              
+                                                  
+% l.6114 appears \vpageref{toc:mindmap}
+
+% mais ça n'a pas suffit.  Bon 10 minutes de perdues je vais déplacer la ligne.
+
+\enlargethispage{3\baselineskip}
+Another example:
+
 \etocsettocstyle
-  {\treetok{\node {\autoref{part:globalcmds}}}}
+  {\treetok{\node {\autoref{sec:tocstyle}}}}
   {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}}
 
-\etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection}
-\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds}
+\etocsetnexttocdepth {subsubsection}
+\tableofcontents \ref{toc:tocstyle}
 
-\noindent  
-\parbox{4cm}{\hypersetup{hidelinks}%
+\centeredline{%  
+\hypersetup{hidelinks}
     \begin{tikzpicture}
               [grow cyclic,
                level 1/.style={level distance=2.5cm,sibling angle=60},
@@ -3751,60 +5518,35 @@
                edge from parent path={[very thick,color=cyan]
                        (\tikzparentnode) --(\tikzchildnode)}] 
      \the\treetok
-   \end{tikzpicture}}%
-\begin{minipage}{\dimexpr\linewidth-4cm\relax}
-  On the side, the (fully hyperlinked) table of contents of
-  \autoref{part:globalcmds}.
-  \def\MacroFont{\ttfamily\small\hyphenchar\font-1 \baselineskip10pt\relax}%
-\begin{verbatim}
-\etocsettocstyle
-  {\treetok{\node {\autoref{part:globalcmds}}}}
-  {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}}
-\etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection}
-\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds}
-\noindent  
-\parbox{4cm}{\hypersetup{hidelinks}%
-   \begin{tikzpicture}
-      [grow cyclic,
-       level 1/.style={level distance=2.5cm,sibling angle=60},
-       level 2/.style={level distance=1cm,sibling angle=45},
-       every node/.style={ball color=red!50,circle,text=black},
-       edge from parent path={[very thick,color=cyan]
-               (\tikzparentnode) --(\tikzchildnode)}] 
-     \the\treetok
-   \end{tikzpicture}}%
-...
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{minipage}
+   \end{tikzpicture}
+}%
+%
+The above is the fully hyperlinked table of contents of
+\autoref{sec:tocstyle}.
 
 \section{The TOC as a TikZ mind map}
 \label{sec:mindmap}
 
 This is in the same spirit as the ``molecule'' example. The use of the \eTeX{}
-primitive \csa{unexpanded} will simplify the code.\footnote{The ``molecule''
-example was added to this documentation on |2013/03/03|. The ``mindmap''
-example was motivated on |2015/03/11| by
-\url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/232584/4686}. Further help was then obtained via
-\url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/232816/4686} and this led to the  
-\hyperref[toc:mindmaptitlepage]{title page} which is a further example.}
+primitive \csa{unexpanded} will simplify the code.%
+%
 
 
-\let\appendchildtree\relax
+\let\partnode\relax
 \let\childnode\relax
 \let\appendtotok\relax
+\let\appendchildtree\relax
 \expandafter\let\csname c at partco\endcsname\relax
 
 \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}{\foo}
-\begingroup
 % \newtoks\treetok % done in preamble
 % \newtoks\parttok
-
-\newcommand*\partnode {}  % just to check we don't overwrite something
+\newcommand*\partnode {}  % check with \newcommand we will not overwrite something
 \newcommand*\childnode {}
 
-\newcommand*\tmprotate {} % just to check we don't overwrite something
-\newcommand*\tmpoption {} % just to check we don't overwrite something
-\newcommand*\tmpstuff  {} % just to check we don't overwrite something
+\newcommand*\tmprotate {} % (idem)
+\newcommand*\tmpoption {} %
+\newcommand*\tmpstuff  {} %
 
 \newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2
    #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}}
@@ -3831,7 +5573,7 @@
      \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= green!50,level distance=10cm}%
    \else
 \ifcase\pseudomodthree{\value{partco}}%
-   \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= teal!60}%   first
+   \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= teal!30}%   first
    \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= yellow!80}% second
    \else\appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= green!50}% third and next ...
    \fi\fi
@@ -3873,16 +5615,14 @@
 % The \global above is mandatory because etoc always typesets TOC inside a group
 
 \etocsetnexttocdepth{section}
-% use of depth tags to cut out some sections.
-\etocsettagdepth {preamble}   {none}
+% use of depth tags to cut out sections for most parts, the sections
+% are too numerous to fit well with the circular growth
+\etocsettagdepth {preamble}   {part}
 \etocsettagdepth {overview}   {part}
-\etocsettagdepth {arbitrarily}{part}
-\etocsettagdepth {examples}   {section}
-\etocsettagdepth {surprising} {part}
-\etocsettagdepth {linestyles} {part}
-\etocsettagdepth {globalcmds} {part}
-\etocsettagdepth {custom}     {section}
-\etocsettagdepth {tips}       {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {styling}    {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {control}    {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {examples}   {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {advanced}   {part}
 \etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{part}
 \etocsettagdepth {code}       {section}
 
@@ -3893,7 +5633,8 @@
     }
 }%
 
-\begin{figure}[thp!]
+\begin{figure}[htbp!]
+\etocobeydepthtags % obey the depth tags restrictions (which is default anyhow)
 \tableofcontents\label{toc:mindmap}%
 \centeredline{\resizebox{.85\paperwidth}{!}%
 {\begin{tikzpicture}[mindmap,
@@ -3903,7 +5644,7 @@
                     nodes={concept}, 
                     concept color=orange!60,
                     root concept/.append style={text width=4cm, font=\Large},
-   level 1/.append style={level distance=5cm,sibling angle=40, text width=3cm},
+   level 1/.append style={level distance=5cm,sibling angle=45, text width=3cm},
    level 2/.append style={level distance=7cm,sibling angle=30, text width=3cm},
    level 1 concept/.append style={font=\normalsize},
                     ]
@@ -3910,7 +5651,6 @@
 \the\treetok
 \end{tikzpicture}}}
 \end{figure}
-\endgroup
 \end{filecontentsdef}
 \filecontentsexec\foo
 
@@ -3917,11 +5657,16 @@
 It is difficult to get everything to fit on one page. However \csa{resizebox}
 comes to the rescue. And it preserves hyperlinks. Nevertheless for this
 example I excluded some sections from the display, using the technique of the
-\etoc \hyperref[etocdepthtag.toc]{depth tags}. The fully hyperlinked TOC
-appears \vpageref{toc:mindmap}.
+\etoc \hyperref[etocdepthtag.toc]{depth tags}.
 
-\filecontentsprint\foo
-\marginattach{}
+%  The fully hyperlinked TOC
+% appears \vpageref{toc:mindmap}.
+
+\filecontentsprintviascan\foo
+\marginattach
+
+The fully hyperlinked TOC appears \vpageref{toc:mindmap}.
+
 An interesting alternative is to use \etoc rather to convert the entire TOC
 into a TikZ tree (perhaps excluding some parts) and print it out to a file
 from which it can be recovered and manipulated directly by the author of the
@@ -3935,30 +5680,28 @@
   \immediate\openout\TOCasTree=\jobname.toctree
   \immediate\write\TOCasTree{\the\treetok}%
 \end{verbatim}
-The author can then copy it from there and customize it manually to get a
-suitable tikz picture. See also
-\centeredline{\url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/232792}}
-for an elaboration of this.
 
 
 \section{The TOC as a (long) table}
 \label{sec:tocastable}
 
-With release |1.08| it is easier to typeset a TOC as a table. It is
-possible to open a tabular in the title part of the TOC (first argument
-to \csb{etocsettocstyle}) and then close it after the contents (second
-argument to \csb{etocsettocstyle}), and specify in the line styles how
-to use the tabulation |&| and tabular end of row |\\|. There are some
-conditions and a few caveats:
+% With release \etocrelease{1.08} it is easier to typeset a TOC as a table.
+It is possible to open a \texttt{tabular} (or \texttt{longtable}) in the title part of the TOC
+(first argument to \csb{etocsettocstyle}) and then close it after the contents
+(second argument to \csb{etocsettocstyle}), and specify in the line styles how
+to use the tabulation |&| and tabular end of row |\\|.
 
+But there are some conditions and a few caveats:
 \begin{enumerate}
-\item it is mandatory to issue \csb{etocglobaldefs} for \etoc's
-  definitions to have global scope,
+\item it is \textbf{mandatory} to issue \csb{etocglobaldefs} for \etoc's
+  definitions of  \csb{etocname} et al. to have global scope, i.e. not be
+  extinguished on encountering a |&|,
 \item it is impossible to start one of the \meta{start}, \meta{prefix},
   \meta{contents} or \meta{finish} specification with a sole |\hline|,
-  \emph{i.e.} one not preceded by a |\\| (it is however possible to put
-  |\\| at the end of \meta{prefix} and the |\hline| at the start of
-  \meta{contents}).
+  \emph{i.e.} one not preceded by a |\\|,
+ % (it is however possible to put
+ %  |\\| at the end of \meta{prefix} and the |\hline| at the start of
+ %  \meta{contents}).
 \item as is explained next, it is recommended to put the
   |\\| at the start of the \meta{prefix} or \meta{contents}
   specifications in order to close the \emph{previous} row, rather
@@ -3967,8 +5710,8 @@
   is (in almost all situations) mandatory.
 \end{enumerate}
 
-Here is an example of a TOC as a |longtable| (yes this is only \emph{one} table),
-as is possible relatively simply now with |1.08|. The code follows.
+Here is an example of a TOC as a |longtable|. Yes this is only \emph{one} table!
+The code follows.
 
 \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}{\foo}
 \begingroup
@@ -4002,7 +5745,7 @@
   {}
   {}
   {\\\hline\multicolumn{3}{c}{\bfseries\vrule height6ex depth3ex width0pt
-                              \etocifnumbered{\etocnumber. }{}\etocname}}
+                              \makebox[0pt]{\etocifnumbered{\etocnumber. }{}\etocname}}}
   {}
 
 \etocsetstyle{section}
@@ -4035,8 +5778,9 @@
 
 \filecontentsexec\foo
 
-\filecontentsprint\foo
-\marginattach{-A}
+\filecontentsprintviascan\foo
+\marginattach
+
 Examining the code above the reader will wonder why the |\\| are
 always given first in \meta{prefix+contents} and not, as is more
 intuitive, rather last. In some favorable cases (but almost never
@@ -4084,8 +5828,8 @@
              {}
 
 \etocsettocstyle
-   {\hypersetup{hidelinks}\begin{tabular}{|p{4cm}|c|c|}\hline
-    \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{\bfseries Section}&
+   {\hypersetup{hidelinks}\begin{tabular}{|>{\RaggedRight}p{4.5cm}|c|c|}\hline
+    \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{\bfseries Section title}&
     \bfseries number&
     \bfseries page}
    {\\\hline\end{tabular}}
@@ -4099,8 +5843,8 @@
 
 \filecontentsexec\foo
 
-\filecontentsprint\foo
-\marginattach{-B}
+\filecontentsprintviascan\foo
+\marginattach
 
 \section{A TOC self-adjusting widths for its typesetting}
 \label{sec:thirdexampleextra}
@@ -4138,13 +5882,15 @@
       {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}}
       {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthG\edef\TOCnumwidthG{\the\wd0}\fi}{}%
     %
-    \etocsettocstyle{}
+    \etocsettocstyle
+     {}
      {\global\let\TOCnumwidthB\TOCnumwidthB
       \global\let\TOCnumwidthC\TOCnumwidthC
       \global\let\TOCnumwidthD\TOCnumwidthD
       \global\let\TOCnumwidthE\TOCnumwidthE
       \global\let\TOCnumwidthF\TOCnumwidthF
-      \global\let\TOCnumwidthG\TOCnumwidthG}%
+      \global\let\TOCnumwidthG\TOCnumwidthG
+     }% make the found maximal widths have global scope
     \etocnopar
     \csname #1tableofcontents\endcsname
 \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthB\space for chapter number width}%
@@ -4153,7 +5899,7 @@
 \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthE\space for subsubsection number width}%
 \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthF\space for paragraph number width}%
 \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthG\space for subparagraph number width}%
-    \endgroup
+  \endgroup % matches \begingroup at start of definition
 }%
 \newcommand*\TOCcomputenumwidths [1][0.5em]{%
   \TOCcompute at numwidths {}{#1}%
@@ -4163,7 +5909,8 @@
 }%
 \makeatother
 \end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{}
+\marginattach
+
 The optional parameter to \csa{TOCcomputenumwidths} specifies the minimal
 indent. In case nothing is numbered you may wish a higher value than |0.5em|.
 For each local table of contents to have its own width computations, the macro
@@ -4195,1545 +5942,8 @@
   |local|.
 \end{enumerate}
 
-\clearpage
-\etocdepthtag.toc {linestyles}
 
-\part{Commands for the toc line styles}
-\label{part:linestyles}
 
-\thispartstats
-
-\etocsetstyle{section}
-{\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=.75cm, label=\etocifnumbered
-      {{\fboxrule1pt\fcolorbox{green}{white}{\etocnumber}}}{}]}
-{\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item}
-{\etocname{} (page \etocpage)}
-{\end{enumerate}}
-
-\etocsetstyle{subsection}
-{\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0cm, label=\etocnumber]}
-{\normalfont \item}
-{\etocname{} (p.~\etocpage)}
-{\end{enumerate}}
-
-\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}
-{\par\nobreak\begingroup\normalfont\footnotesize\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix}
-{\allowbreak\,--\,}
-{\etocname}
-{.\hfil\par\endgroup\pagebreak[3]}
-
-% 27 janvier 2013 22:30
-% je définis les macros (non protégées) 
-% \etocthename, \etocthenumber, \etocthepage
-
-\etocruledstyle[1]{\etocfontminusone\color{green}%
-     \fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1ex
-     \framebox[\linewidth]
-              {\normalcolor\hss Contents of \autoref{part:linestyles}\hss}}
-
-\localtableofcontents \label{toc:a}
-
-\section{The \csbhyp{etocsetstyle}, \csbhyp{etocname} and \csbhyp{etocpage} commands}\label{sec:etocsetstyle}
-\label{etocsetstyle}
-\label{etocname}
-\label{etocpage}
-
-Let us explain how \etoc was used to produce the table of
-contents displayed at the beginning of this \autoref{part:linestyles}.
-This
-is a local table of contents, and we used the command \localtoc.
-
-
-We shall distinguish between the \emph{line styles} and the
-\emph{toc display style}. The line styles were (essentially)
-obtained in the following manner:%
-\footnote{the present document has
-  {\ttfamily\string\renewcommand\string{%
-      \string\familydefault\string}\string{\string\sfdefault\string}}
-  in its preamble, hence \csa{normalfont} switches to the
-  |sans| typeface; so in the section line-style, I wrote
-  \csa{rmfamily} instead.}
-
-\begingroup\small
-\begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}
-\etocsetstyle{section}
-{\begin{enumerate}}
-{\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item}
-{\etocname{} (page \etocpage)}
-{\end{enumerate}}
-
-\etocsetstyle{subsection}
-{\begin{enumerate}}
-{\normalfont\item}
-{\etocname{} (p.~\etocpage)}
-{\end{enumerate}}
-
-\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}
-{\par\nobreak\begingroup\normalfont
-        \footnotesize\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix}
-{\allowbreak\,--\,}
-{\etocname}
-{.\hfil\par\endgroup\pagebreak[3]}
-\end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{}
-\endgroup
-
-These provisory style definitions rely on the automatic
-numbering generated by the |enumerate| environments but it is
-much better to use the further command \csb{etocnumber} inside
-the item label, which gives the real thing. The improved
-definitions will thus be explained later.
-
-With this style, one would have 
-to be imaginative to design something then for paragraph and
-subparagraph entries! perhaps as superscripts? Well, usually
-one does not need paragraphs and subparagraphs numbered and
-listed in the TOC, so our putative user here chose a design
-where no provision is made for them and added the definitive:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\etocsetstyle{paragraph}{}{}{}{}
-\etocsetstyle{subparagraph}{}{}{}{}
-\end{verbatim}
-This is also the situation with the default package line styles!
-
-Each \csb{etocsetstyle} command has five mandatory arguments:
-\centeredline
-{\csb{etocsetstyle}\color{blue}\marg{levelname}%
-  \marg{start}\marg{prefix}\marg{contents}\marg{finish}}
-The initially recognized \meta{levelname}'s are the sectioning
-levels of the standard document classes: from \emph{part} (or
-\emph{book} which is used by the \ctanpkg{memoir} class) down to
-\emph{subparagraph}.
-
-The \meta{start} code is executed when a toc entry of that level is
-encountered and the previous one was at a higher level. The
-\meta{finish} code is executed when one again encounters a higher
-level toc entry. In the meantime all entries for that level are
-typeset by executing first the \meta{prefix} code and then the
-\meta{contents} code. 
-
-The (robust) commands \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber} and \csb{etocpage} are
-provided for use inside the \meta{prefix} and \meta{contents} parts of the
-\csb{etocsetstyle} specification. They represent of course, the name, number,
-and page number of the corresponding toc entry. If package \ctanpkg{hyperref} is
-active in the document and has added hyperlinks to the TOC data, then these
-links are kept in the commands \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber} and
-\csb{etocpage} (this last one will have a link only if \ctanpkg{hyperref} was passed
-either option \emph{linktoc=all} or option \emph{linktoc=page}.)%
-%
-\footnote{As expected, in case of \emph{linktoc=page}, only \csb{etocpage} is
-an hyperlink, not \csb{etocname} nor \csb{etocnumber}.  See \csb{etoclink} on
-how to create hyperlinks with the entry target.}
-%
-In accordance with the \ctanpkg{hyperref} native behavior, no
-link gets incorporated into \csb{etocpage} if the page number is empty.
-
-\section{The \csbhyp{etocskipfirstprefix} and \csbhyp{etociffirst} commands}
-\label{etocskipfirstprefix}
-\label{etociffirst}
-\label{etocxiffirst}
-
-The chosen |subsubsection| style made use of the command
-\csb{etocskipfirstprefix}, which instructs \etoc to \emph{not} use
-for the first item the specified \meta{prefix} code.\footnote{With
-versions earlier than |1.08| it had to be the very last token in
-the \meta{start} code. It may now appear anywhere therein.}
-
-The command \csb{etociffirst}\marg{YES CODE}\marg{NO CODE} (new
-with |1.08|) is a more flexible way to customize the \meta{prefix}
-(and \meta{contents}) specifications. It executes the \meta{YES
-CODE} branch if this is the first unit at that level (inside a
-lower level) and the \meta{NO CODE} if not. This is a robust
-command which survives to expansion (for example in an |enumitem| label).
-
-The variant \csb{etocxiffirst} does the same, but is expandable.
-
-
-\section{The \csbhyp{etocnumber} command}
-\label{etocnumber}
-
-So far, our specifications would use the numbering generated
-by the |enumerate| environments, but of course we generally want
-the actual numbers as found in the |.toc| file. This is
-available via the \csb{etocnumber} command. To get the labels
-in the |enumerate| list to use it we can proceed with the
-syntax {\ttfamily label=\char32} from the package |enumitem|:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\etocsetstyle{section}
-{\begin{enumerate}[label=\etocnumber]}
-{\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item}
-{\etocname{} (page \etocpage)}
-{\end{enumerate}}
-\end{verbatim}
-Rather than just \csb{etocnumber} we then used something like
-|\fbox{\etocnumber}|. Note that \csb{etocnumber} is a robust
-command which explains why it can be used inside the label specification
-without needing an added |\protect|.
-
-
-\section{The \csbhyp{etocifnumbered} switch}
-\label{etocifnumbered}
-\label{etocxifnumbered}
-
-The \csa{fbox} would give an unaesthetic result in the case of
-an unnumbered section (which ended up in the table of
-contents via an \csa{addcontentsline} command).\footnote{as
-  seen we use \csa{fcolorbox} rather than \csa{fbox}. Due
-  to some redefinition made by package |xcolor|, had we used
-  \csa{fbox} (and not used \ctanpkg{hyperref}) we would have needed
-  \csa{protect}\csa{fbox}.}
-
-The \csb{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B} command executes
-\meta{A} if the number exists, and \meta{B} if not. So we use
-it in the code which was finally chosen for the |section| level:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\etocsetstyle{section}
-{\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=.75cm, label=\etocifnumbered
-      {{\fboxrule1pt\fcolorbox{green}{white}{\etocnumber}}}{}]}
-{\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item}
-{\etocname{} (page \etocpage)}
-{\end{enumerate}}
-
-\etocsetstyle{subsection}
-{\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0cm, label=\etocnumber]}
-{\normalfont \item}
-{\etocname{} (p.~\etocpage)}
-{\end{enumerate}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-If we had changed only the |section| level, and not the
-|subsection| level, an error on compilation would have occurred
-because the package style for subsections expects to start `in
-vertical mode'. An additional \csa{par} token in the
-\meta{contents} part of the |section| level would have fixed
-this: |{...(page \etocpage)\par}|.
-
-The command \csb{etocifnumbered} is robust;  \csb{etocxifnumbered}
-(new with |1.08|) has the same effect but is expandable.
-
-
-\section{The \csbhyp{etocthename}, \csbhyp{etocthenumber}, and
-\csbhyp{etocthepage} commands}
-\label{etocthename}
-\label{etocthenumber}
-\label{etocthepage}
-
-It is sometimes desirable to have access to the name, number and page
-number without the hyperref link data: something similar to the starred
-variant of the \csa{ref} command, when package \ctanpkg{hyperref} is used. For
-example one may wish to use the unit or page number in some kind of
-numeric context, or change its formatting. This is provided by
-\csb{etocthename}, \csb{etocthenumber}, and \csb{etocthepage}.
-
-These commands are not protected, so in moving argument
-contexts (for example in a label specification) they should be
-preceded by |\protect|.
-
-\section{The \csbhyp{etoclink} command}
-\label{etoclink}
-
-The command \csb{etoclink}\marg{text} can be used in the line style
-specifications in a manner analogous to \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber} and
-\csb{etocpage}.  It creates a link (if \ctanpkg{hyperref} is present%
-%
-\footnote{Prior to \texttt{1.1a}, no such link was added if the \texttt{.toc}
- file entry was encountered
- with  \ctanpkg{hyperref}'s option \texttt{linktoc} set to \texttt{none}.})
-%
-whose target is the corresponding document unit and
-whose name is the given \meta{text} mandatory argument.
-
-Hence |\etoclink{\etocthename}| is under default conditions of \ctanpkg{hyperref} like
-the original \csb{etocname}, because the latter is already hyperlinked.  Under
-\emph{linktoc=page} context |\etoclink{\etocthename}| adds the hyperlink which
-is missing from \csb{etocname}.  Similarly under the default \ctanpkg{hyperref}
-condition (i.e.\@ \emph{linktoc=section}) \csb{etocpage} is not an hyperlink, but one
-can use |\etoclink{\etocthepage}|.
-
-The command \csb{etoclink} is robust.
-
-%  Since |etoc 1.08j| it contains the link
-% destination in an already expanded form, so for example can be used even after
-% a |&| in a tabular construction, if \csb{etocglobaldefs} was issued.
-
-
-
-
-\makeatletter\scr at activate@xsection{1}\makeatother
-% [] goes to head but {} to toc
-
-% What would really be useful is an option for the length of {} to be measured
-% and opt for [] only if does not fit on one header line
-\section[The \csbhyp{etocthelinkedname} et al.\protect\@{} commands]
-  {The \csbhyp{etocthelinkedname}, \csbhyp{etocthelinkednumber},
-       \csbhyp{etocthelinkedpage} and \csbhyp{etocthelink} commands}
-\label{etocthelinkedname}
-\label{etocthelinkednumber}
-\label{etocthelinkedpage}
-\label{etocthelink}
-
-\makeatletter\scr at activate@xsection{0}\makeatother
-
-The meanings of these commands
-can be stored for delayed usage. For example this is
-done in the \hyperref[tocastree]{examples with trees}.
-
-There has been a \textbf{breaking change} at |1.1a|.  Here is the behavior
-\emph{prior} to this release:
-\begin{itemize}[noitemsep]
-\item \csb{etocthelinkedname} and \csb{etocthelinkednumber} were hyperlinks
-  only if \ctanpkg{hyperref} was configured via |linktoc=all| or
-  |linktoc=section| (the default),
-\item \csb{etocthelinkedpage} was an hyperlink only if \ctanpkg{hyperref} was
-  configured via |linktoc=all| or |linktoc=page| and the page number was not empty.
-\end{itemize}
-This behavior was coherent with the commands \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber},
-and \csb{etocpage} being the robust variants of \csb{etocthelinkedname},
-\csb{etocthelinkednumber}, and \csb{etocthelinkedpage}.
-
-At |1.1a| it was decided that the commands should match their denominations.%
-%
-\footnote{To tell the whole truth, the author in refactoring the code completely at \texttt{1.1a} was tricked by the names and forgot to read the old documentation so the new behavior was implemented and it was decided to keep the change.}
-%
-So they are now \emph{always} hyperlinks independently of |linktoc| \ctanpkg{hyperref}
-option (\csb{etocthelinkedpage} has no hyperlink if the page number is empty,
-to match \ctanpkg{hyperref} behavior):
-\begin{itemize}[noitemsep]
-\item \csb{etocthelinkedname} and \csb{etocthelinkednumber} and
-  \csb{etocthelinkedpage} are always (in presence of \ctanpkg{hyperref})
-  hyperlinks (for \csb{etocthelinkedpage} the page number must not be empty).
-\end{itemize}
-
-
-A further command is provided: \csb{etocthelink}, which wraps%
-%
-\footnote{Prior to \texttt{1.1a}, there was a link added only if \ctanpkg{hyperref} option \texttt{linktoc} was not \texttt{none}.}
-%
-an hyperlink around its argument: |\etocthelink|\marg{foo} hyperlinks an
-arbitrary text \meta{foo} to the target sectioning unit in the document.
-The command \csb{etoclink} is its robust variant.
-
-
-Obsolete example of \begingroup
-        \etocsetstyle {section}
-          {\begin{itemize*}[itemjoin={{; }}, itemjoin*={{, and }}]}
-          {\global\let\TmpEtocNumber\etocthelinkednumber
-           \global\let\TmpEtocName\etocthelinkedname 
-           \global\let\TmpEtocPage\etocthelinkedpage }
-          {\item [{\bfseries\TmpEtocNumber.}]\TmpEtocName\ 
-                 (\emph{p. \TmpEtocPage})}
-          {\end{itemize*}.}%
-    \etocsetnexttocdepth {section}%
-    \etocsettocstyle {a table of contents done as an inline 
-                          \ctanpkg{enumitem} environment: }{}%
-    \etocinline\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds}
-\endgroup
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Obsolete example of \begingroup
-        \etocsetstyle {section}
-          {\begin{itemize*}[itemjoin={{; }}, itemjoin*={{, and }}]}
-          {\global\let\TmpEtocNumber\etocthelinkednumber
-           \global\let\TmpEtocName\etocthelinkedname 
-           \global\let\TmpEtocPage\etocthelinkedpage }
-% (the above needed as \item closes a group in enumitem inline environments)
-          {\item [{\bfseries\TmpEtocNumber.}]\TmpEtocName\ 
-                 (\emph{p. \TmpEtocPage})}
-          {\end{itemize*}.}%
-    \etocsetnexttocdepth {section}%
-    \etocsettocstyle {a table of contents done as an inline 
-                          \texttt{enumitem} environment: }{}%
-    \etocinline\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds}
-\endgroup
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\etoc |1.08a| offers a simpler way to the same result: thanks to
-\csb{etocglobaldefs} there is no need
-anymore here for \csb{etocthelinkedname}, as \csb{etocname} works.
-\begin{verbatim}
-Example of 
-\begingroup\etocglobaldefs % <-- NEW mit etoc 1.08.
-        \etocsetstyle {section}
-          {\begin{itemize*}[itemjoin={{; }}, itemjoin*={{, and }}]}
-          {}
-          {\item [{\bfseries\etocnumber.}] \etocname\ (\emph{p. \etocpage })}
-          {\end{itemize*}.}%
-    \etocsetnexttocdepth {section}%
-    \etocsettocstyle {a table of contents done as an inline
-                       \texttt{enumitem} environment: }{}%
-    \etocinline\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds}
-\endgroup
-\end{verbatim}
-Example of 
-\begingroup\etocglobaldefs % <-- NEW mit etoc 1.08.
-        \etocsetstyle {section}
-          {\begin{itemize*}[itemjoin={{; }}, itemjoin*={{, and }}]}
-          {}
-          {\item [{\bfseries\etocnumber.}]
-                 \etocname\ (\emph{p. \etocpage })}
-          {\end{itemize*}.}%
-    \etocsetnexttocdepth {section}%
-    \etocsettocstyle {a table of contents done as an inline
-                       \ctanpkg{enumitem} environment: }{}%
-    \etocinline\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds}
-\endgroup
-
-\section{DEPRECATED \csbhyp{etocsavedsectiontocline}, etc... commands.}
-\label{etocsavedsectiontocline}
-\label{etocsavedchaptertocline}
-
-Prior to |1.1a|, \etoc modified (locally) at each \csb{tableofcontents} or
-\csb{localtableofcontents} encountered the meaning of the \LaTeX\ internal
-commands |\l at part|, |\l at chapter|, |\l at section|, etc... It stored (since |1.08k|)
-their original meanings (at the time of the encountered TOC), into
-\csb{etocsavedchaptertocline}, \csb{etocsavedsectiontocline}, etc... commands,
-which allowed to do some simple changes via \etoc of the rendering via the
-technique explained in \autoref{sec:anothercompat}.
-
-This is all obsolete at |1.1a| because \etoc does not modify anymore (even
-locally) |\l at part|, |\l at chapter|, |\l at section|, etc... so they can be used
-directly in the context of the techniques of \autoref{sec:anothercompat}.
-
-Thus \csb{etocsavedchaptertocline}, \csb{etocsavedsectiontocline},
-etc... raise some warning that they will be removed at some later release and
-that you should stop using them.
-
-\section{The \csbhyp{etocsetlevel} command}
-\label{etocsetlevel}
-
-As already explained in \autoref{part:surprising}, one
-can inform \etoc of a level to associate to a given sectioning
-command with \csb{etocsetlevel}. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\etocsetlevel{cell}{0}
-\etocsetlevel{molecule}{1}
-\etocsetlevel{atom}{2}
-\etocsetlevel{nucleus}{3}
-\end{verbatim}
-In compatibility mode, it will be assumed that the commands |\l at cell|,
-|\l at molecule|, ..., have been defined somewhere either by the user or a class:
-doing only |\etocsetlevel| is not enough for the corresponding level to work
-out-of-the-box in compatibility mode.
-
-However, if no table of contents is typeset in compatibility mode, then all that
-matters  is that the various line styles have been set. If, for example
-|section| is at level |1|, then there is no need to do some
-\csb{etocsetstyle}|{molecule}{..}{..}{..}{..}| after
-\csb{etocsetlevel}|{molecule}{1}| if
-\csb{etocsetstyle}|{section}{..}{..}{..}{..}| has already been done (and it has
-been done by the package itself in its definition of its own line styles).
- 
-The accepted levels run from |-2| to |6| inclusive.  Anything else is
-mapped to |6|, which is a dummy level, never displayed. The package
-does:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\etocsetlevel{book}{-2}
-\etocsetlevel{part}{-1}
-\etocsetlevel{chapter}{0}
-\etocsetlevel{section}{1}
-\etocsetlevel{subsection}{2}
-\etocsetlevel{subsubsection}{3}
-\etocsetlevel{paragraph}{4}
-\etocsetlevel{subparagraph}{5}
-\end{verbatim}
-\etoc own custom styles are activated by \csb{etocdefaultlines}. They
-are illustrated by the main table of contents of this
-document. 
-
-These level assignments can be modified at anytime: see
-\autoref{part:surprising} for various applications of this
-technique. As one 
-further example, let's mention here that the \hyperref[toc:main]{main table of
-contents} of this document was typeset following these instructions:
-\begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}
-\etocsettocdepth {subsubsection} % set the initial tocdepth
-\etocdefaultlines % use the package default line styles. At this early stage in
-                  % the document they had not yet been modified by \etocsetstyle
-                  % commands, so \etoctoclines could have been used, too.
-\etocmarkboth\contentsname
-\etocmulticolstyle[1]                   % one-column display
-    {\pdfbookmark[1]{Table of contents}{MAINTOC}% create a bookmark in the pdf
-     \noindent\bfseries\Large
-     \leaders\hrule height1pt\hfill
-     \MakeUppercase{Table of Contents}}
-\begingroup                             % use a group to limit the scope of the
-  \etocsetlevel{subsection}{3}          %   subsection level change.
-  \etocsetlevel{subsubsection}{4}       % anything > tocdepth=3.
-  \tableofcontents \label{toc:main}
-\endgroup
-\end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{}
-In this way, the subsections used the style originally designed for
-subsubsections, the subsubsections were not printed. Without this modification,
-the appearance would have been very different: the package line styles were
-targeted to be employed in documents with many many sub-sub-sections, in a
-two-column layout, giving thus a more compact output that what is achieved by
-the default \LaTeX{} table of contents. But here, we have few sub-sub-sections
-and it is more interesting to drop them and print in a visually different manner
-sections and subsections. 
-
-
-\section{Scope of commands added to 
-         the \texorpdfstring{\texttt{.toc}}{.toc} file}
-
-\begingroup % pour \small et \MacroFont en particulier.
-\small
-
-\subsection{Testing the scope}
-
-Let us switch to the color red, and also add this command to the |.toc| file:
-
-\color{red!50}
-\addtocontents{toc}{\string\color{red!50}}
-
-\def\MacroFont{\ttfamily \footnotesize\hyphenchar\font45 }
-\begin{verbatim}
-   \color{red!50}                             % changing text color
-   \addtocontents{toc}{\string\color{red!50}} % and also in the .toc file
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\subsection{This is a (pale) red subsection for illustrative purposes}
-
-Actually, this title here was printed black, due to the way the \ctanpkg{scrartcl} class
-works (it would have been red in the |article| class), but we are more
-interested in how it looks in the tables of contents: it does appear red in the
-\hyperref[toc:main]{main table of contents} at the beginning of
-this document, and also in the \hyperref[toc:a]{table of
-contents for this part}. Both entries obey as expected the
-|\color{red!50}| command inserted in the |.toc| file.
-
-But let us now close this subsection and start a section.
-
-
-\section{Am I also red?}
-
-The question is about how it appears in the tables of contents: the answer is
-that, yes it is red in the \hyperref[toc:main]{main TOC}, and no
-it is not red in the \hyperref[toc:a]{local TOC for this part}.
-The reason is that the \meta{finish} code for the subsection level closed a
-group, as it used |\end{enumerate}|.
-
-This illustrates the discussion from \autoref{ssec:limitations}. 
-
-The default package line styles do not contain group opening and closing
-instructions: the influence of a command added to the |.toc| file will propagate
-until cancelled by another explicit such command inserted in the |.toc|
-file.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-    \normalcolor
-    \addtocontents{toc}{\string\normalcolor}
-\end{verbatim}
-\endgroup
-
-\normalcolor
-\addtocontents{toc}{\string\normalcolor}
-
-Back to black. Note that this scope problem arises in real life in a
-multi-lingual document, as the \ctanpkg{babel} package writes to the |.toc| file the
-language changes occurring in the document. 
-
-
-\clearpage
-\etocdepthtag.toc {globalcmds}
-
-\part{Commands for the toc display style}
-\label{part:globalcmds}
-
-\thispartstats
-
-\etocsettocstyle{}{}
-\etocstandardlines
-\localtableofcontents \label{toc:globalcmds}
-
-
-\section{Specifying the toc display style}
-
-
-The \emph{toc display} style says whether the TOC appears with
-multiple columns or just one, whether the title is typeset as
-in the |article| or |book| class, or should be centered above
-the entries, with rules on its sides, or if the entire TOC
-should be put in a frame. For example, to opt for a ruled
-heading and single column layout, one issues commands of the
-following type:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\etocruledstyle[1]{Title} \tableofcontents    (or \localtableofcontents)
-shortcuts:         \etocruled[1]{Title}  (or  \etoclocalruled[1]{Title})
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\subsection{The command \csbhyp{etocsettocstyle}}
-\label{etocsettocstyle}
-
-This is a command with two mandatory arguments:\\
-\centeredline{\csb{etocsettocstyle}\marg{before\_toc}\marg{after\_toc}}
-The \marg{before\_toc} part is responsible for typesetting the
-heading, for example it can be something like
-\starit{section}|{\contentsname}|. 
-
-Generally speaking this heading
-should leave \TeX{} in ``vertical mode'' when the actual
-typesetting of the contents will start: the line styles (either
-from the standard classes or the package default line styles)
-all expect to get started in `vertical mode'.
-
-The first argument to \csb{etocsettocstyle} can also contain
-instructions to mark the page headings.  Or
-it could check (book class) to see if two-column mode is on,
-and switch to one-column style, and the \meta{after\_toc} part
-would then reenact the two-column mode.
-
-\textbf{\TeX\ hacker note:} We have seen in the previous chapter some examples
-of using |\begin{enumerate}| and |\end{enumerate}| within TOC line styles.
-There is a real difficulty with doing however something like this:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\etocsettocstyle{\begin{enumerate}}{\end{enumerate}}
-\etocsetstyle{section}{}{\item \sectionname}{}{}
-\end{verbatim}
-Indeed for example on first compilation of a document, the |.toc| file is
-empty and there will be the typical ``Something's wrong--perhaps a missing
-\string\item''. Using \csb{etocchecksemptiness} does not help, because as is
-explained there, on first encountering a new TOC added at end of a document,
-\etoc considers it non-empty, hence querying \csb{etocifwasempty} serves
-nothing. No, one must do something like this:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\makeatletter
-\etocsettocstyle
-  {\begin{enumerate}}
-  {\if at newlist\item Please run \LaTeX\ again\fi
-   \end{enumerate}}
-\makeatother
-\etocsetstyle{section}{}{\item \sectionname}{}{}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The commands to be described next \csb{etocmulticolstyle},
-\csb{etocruledstyle}, and \csb{etocframedstyle} all call
-\csb{etocsettocstyle} as a lower-level routine, to start a 
-\texttt{multi\-cols} environment in \marg{before\_toc} and close it in
-\marg{after\_toc}. 
-
-\subsection{The commands \csbhyp{etocmulticolstyle}, \csbhyp{etocmulticol}, and \csbhyp{etoclocalmulticol}}
-\label{etocmulticolstyle}
-\label{etocmulticol}
-\label{etoclocalmulticol}
-
-This is a command with one optional and one mandatory argument:
-\centeredline{\csb{etocmulticolstyle}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}}
-The
-\meta{number\_of\_columns} can go from 1 to 10 (it defaults to 2; if its
-value is 1, naturally no |multicols| environment is then created). The
-\meta{heading} will typically be some `vertical' material like:
-  \meta{heading} = |\section*|\marg{title}
-but one may also have horizontal material like |\fbox{Hello World}| (\etoc
-adds automatically a |\par| at the end of this ``heading'' argument to
-\csb{etocmulticolstyle}). Here is for example
-how the main table of contents of this document was
-configured:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\etocmulticolstyle{\noindent\bfseries\Large
-                   \leaders\hrule height1pt\hfill
-                   \MakeUppercase{Table of Contents}}
-\end{verbatim}
-After \csb{etocmulticolstyle} all future \csa{tableofcontents} will use the
-specified style, if it does not get changed in-between. A shortcut for
-just one table of contents and 
-no impact on the styles of later TOCs is:
-\centeredline{\csb{etocmulticol}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}}
-And there is also
-\csb{etoclocalmulticol}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}.
-
-\subsection{The command \csbhyp{etoctocstyle}}
-\label{etoctocstyle}
-
-\centeredline{\csb{etoctocstyle}\oarg{kind}%
-\marg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}}
-\centeredline{=
-\csb{etocmulticolstyle}|[|{\itshape number\_of\_columns}|]|%
-|{\kind*{|\itshape title\upshape|}}|}
-where |kind| is one of |chapter|, |section|, . . . and defaults
-to |chapter| or |section| depending on the document class.
-
-\subsubsection{The command \csbhyp{etoctocstylewithmarks}}
-\label{etoctocstylewithmarks}
-\label{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc}
-
-\centeredline{\csb{etoctocstylewithmarks}\oarg{kind}%
-\marg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\marg{mark}}
-\centeredline
-{=\csb{etocmulticolstyle}|[|{\itshape number\_of\_columns}|]|%
-|{\kind*{|\itshape title \ttfamily\upshape\string\markboth%
-|{\MakeUppercase{|{\rmfamily\itshape mark}|}}}}|} 
-where |kind| is one of |chapter|, |section|, ... The
-actual display of the marks depends on the settings of the
-page style. There is variant \csb{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc}
-which does not uppercase.
-
-\paragraph{Do we really want paragraph entries in the TOC?}
-
-\paragraph{really?}
-
-\subsection{The commands  \csbhyp{etocruledstyle}, \csbhyp{etocruled} and \csbhyp{etoclocalruled}}
-\label{etocruledstyle}
-\label{etocruled}
-\label{etoclocalruled}
-
-The general format of \csb{etocruledstyle} is:\\
-\centeredline{\csb{etocruledstyle}%
-\oarg{number of columns}\marg{title of the toc}}
-\noindent 
-The title is horizontal material (the |LR| mode of 
-\emph{\LaTeX{}, a document preparation system}): if it
-does not fit on one line it should be put in a \csa{parbox}  of
-a given width.
-The green frame for the heading of the table of contents at
-the \hyperref[toc:a]{start of the second part of this
-  document} was obtained with:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\etocruledstyle[1]{\etocfontminusone\color{green}%
-     \fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1ex
-     \framebox[\linewidth]
-              {\normalcolor\hss Contents of this part\hss}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-As a shortcut to set the style with \csb{etocruledstyle} and
-then issue a
-\toc, all inside a group
-so that  future table of contents will not be
-affected, there is:
-\centeredline{\csb{etocruled}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}}
-And the local form will be \csb{etoclocalruled}.
-
-\subsection{The commands \csbhyp{etocframedstyle},  \csbhyp{etocframed}, and \csbhyp{etoclocalframed}}
-\label{etocframedstyle}
-\label{etocframed}
-\label{etoclocalframed}
-
-Same mechanism:
-\centeredline{\csb{etocframedstyle}%
-  \oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}}
-and the accompanying shortcut:
-\centeredline{\csb{etocframed}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}} The
-shortcut is used if one does not want to modify the style of the next
-TOCs (the other way is to put the whole thing inside braces or a
-|\begingroup...\endgroup|; there is also \csb{etoclocalframed} for a
-local table of contents).
-
-The entire table of contents is framed. The title itself is not framed:
-if one wants a frame one should set it up inside the \meta{title}
-argument to \csb{etocframedstyle} or \csb{etocframed}. The colors for
-the background and for the components (top, left, right, bottom) of the
-border are specified via suitable |\renewcommand|'s (see
-\autoref{ssec:customdisplay}).
-
-A |minipage| is used, hence the produced table of contents isn't
-compatible with a page break. For allowing page breaks, use of
-the commands of
-\ctanpkg{mdframed}
-or 
-\ctanpkg{tcolorbox}
-in the arguments of \csb{etocsettocstyle}  
-is recommended.
-
-Examples in this document are on pages \pageref{toc:d},
-\pageref{toc:floating}, \pageref{toc:b}, and \pageref{toc:clone}.
-
-
-\subsection{Headings, titles, \csbhyp{etocoldpar}, \csbhyp{etocinnertopsep}}
-\label{etocinnertopsep}
-\label{etocoldpar}
-
-For \csb{etocmulticolstyle} the mandatory \meta{heading} argument can be
-either 
-vertical mode material like |\section*{\emph{Table of Contents}}| or
-horizontal mode material like in the simple |\etocmulticolstyle{Hello World}|.
-
-No explicit |\par| or empty line can be inserted in the mandatory
-argument of \csb{etocmulticolstyle}, but \etoc provides \csb{etocoldpar}
-as a substitute: it does |\let\etocoldpar\par| before the |multicols|
-environment and inserts this |\etocoldpar|\footnote{this command
-  \csb{etocoldpar} (= working \csa{par} in the argument to
-  \csb{etocmulticolstyle}) is not related to the switch \csb{etocinline}
-  whose purpose is to tell \etoc not to do a \csa{par} before the table
-  of contents.} at the end of the heading, then does a vertical skip of
-value \csb{etocinnertopsep}. The command \csb{etocoldpar} can also be
-used explicitely if needed in the mandatory argument to
-\csb{etocmulticolstyle} (it is not allowed to insert an empty line
-in this argument).
-
-On the other hand the commands \csb{etocruledstyle} and
-\csb{etocframedstyle} expect an argument ``in LR mode'' (to use the
-terminology from \emph{LaTeX, a document preparation system}). This
-means that multiline titles are only possible if enclosing
-them inside something like a \csa{parbox}.
-
-
-
-An important dimension used by all three of \csb{etocmulticolstyle},
-\csb{etocruledstyle} and \csb{etocframedstyle} is
-\csb{etocinnertopsep}. It gives the amount of separation
-between the heading and the start of the contents. Its default
-value is |2ex| and it is changed with
-|\renewcommand*{\etocinnertopsep}|\marg{new\_value}, not with
-|\setlength|. 
-
-
-
-\subsection{The compatibility mode \csbhyp{etocstandarddisplaystyle}}
-\label{etocstandarddisplaystyle}
-
-\etoc will then emulate what the document class would have
-done regarding the global display style of the table of
-contents, in its absence. All customizing from inside the
-class should be obeyed, too.
-
-\subsubsection{The commands \csbhyp{etocarticlestyle}, \csbhyp{etocbookstyle},
-  \dots}
-\label{etocarticlestyle}
-\label{etocbookstyle}
-
-These are the commands used internally by \etoc in compatibility mode
-depending on the document class. For example \csb{etocarticlestyle} instructs
-\etoc to use |\section*{\contentsname}| (with marks on the page) and
-\csb{etocbookstyle} says to use |\chapter*{\contentsname}|. It can prove
-useful to issue \csb{etocarticlestyle} for a \csa{localtableofcontents} inside
-a chapter, in |book| class and compatibility mode for the global TOC display
-style.
-
-\subsection{The command \csbhyp{etocinline}}
-\label{etocinline}
-\label{etocnopar}
-\label{etocdisplay}
-
-With \csb{etocinline}, or its synonym |\etocnopar|, the
-|\tableofcontents| command and its variants do \emph{not} first issue a
-|\par| to close the previous paragraph. Hence, the table of contents can
-be printed in an inline style; or, if used only for preparing some token
-list or macro, it will leave nothing in the token stream on execution.
-
-Issue \csb{etocdisplay} to return to the default situation that
-|\tableofcontents| and variants issue a |\par| to switch to vertical
-mode before typesetting the TOC title and contents.
-
-\section{Starred variants and hooks}
-\label{tableofcontents*}
-\label{localtableofcontents*}
-\label{etocbeforetitlehook}
-\label{etocaftertitlehook}
-\label{etocaftercontentshook}
-\label{etocaftertochook}
-
-The \toc, \localtoc, \csb{etocmulticol}, and all their cousins have starred
-variants (the star must be before the other arguments). The non-starred
-variants execute the \csb{etocaftertitlehook}, whose default definition is to
-do nothing. The starred variants do not execute this hook.
-
-For example, imagine you are using |book| class and want \localtoc to use a
-section-like title, but unnumbered. Assuming the main \toc comes first in the
-document, you can insert this after it:
-\begin{verbatim}
-  \etocarticlestyle
-  \renewcommand{\etocaftertitlehook}{\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\contentsname}}
-\end{verbatim}
-This configures the way \localtoc will behave (or \toc) from now on in the
-document.
-
-The first line tells essentially to use |\section*{\contentsname}|, and the
-second line says to insert the title in the |.toc| file itself (thus to be
-displayed by the main table of contents). Notice that \ctanpkg{hyperref} package will
-then automatically create suitable anchor and one should \emph{not} use
-explicitly \cs{phantomsection} here (it would let the anchor be located below
-not above the title).
-
-% problème avec \xspace
-With this set-up issuing \localtoc\unskip|*| will ignore the \csb{etocaftertitlehook}
-hence not send the local toc title to the |.toc| file. This mimicks the
-\ctanpkg{memoir} class behavior, and can also be used with it. For more on \ctanpkg{memoir}
-class with \etoc, see \autoref{ssec:memoir}.
-
-There are further hook macros:
-\csb{etocaftercontentshook}, \csb{etocbeforetitlehook} and
-\csb{etocaftertochook} which are initially defined to do nothing and can be
-used for some special effects. They are executed whether or not the table of
-contents command was starred.%
-%
-\footnote{Hackers can test within these hooks if the context is starred or not
-  via an \cs{ifx}\cs{Etoc at aftertitlehook}\cs{@empty} conditional. Perhaps a
-  future release will provide \cs{etociftocisstarred} wrapper.}
-
-
-\clearpage
-\etocdepthtag.toc {custom}
-
-\part{Using and customizing the \etoc own styles}
-\label{part:custom}
-
-\thispartstats
-
-\etocdefaultlines
-\renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height2pt depth0pt}
-\renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{red}}
-
-\etocruledstyle{\normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\fboxrule1pt\color{red}%
-  \fbox{\parbox{.8\linewidth}{\centering\normalcolor This is a table of
-      contents for the sections and
-      subsections in this part. It carries the label |toc:c|}}} 
-
-\localtableofcontents \label{toc:c}
-
-
-\section{Summary of the main style commands}
-
-\subsection{Setting up local styles}
-
-\hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1em
-\setbox0\hbox{\csb{etocthename}, \csb{etocthenumber}, \csb{etocthepage}, \csb{etoclink}\marg{linkname}}%
-\framebox[\linewidth][c]
-{\vbox{\hsize\wd0\normalcolor\noindent
-\csb{etocsetstyle}\marg{levelname}%
-  \marg{start}\marg{prefix}\marg{contents}\marg{finish}\\
-\csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber}, \csb{etocpage},
-\csb{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B}\\
-\csb{etocthename}, \csb{etocthenumber}, \csb{etocthepage}, \csb{etoclink}\marg{linkname}
-}}}
-
-\subsection{Setting up toc display styles}
-
-\medskip
-\hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1em
-\setbox0\hbox{\csb{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc}\oarg{kind}%
-\marg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\marg{mark}}%
-\framebox[\linewidth][c]
-{\vbox{\hsize\wd0
-\normalcolor\noindent
-\csb{etocmulticolstyle}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}\\
-\csb{etoctocstyle}\oarg{kind}\marg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\
-\csb{etoctocstylewithmarks}\oarg{kind}\marg{number\_of\_columns}%
-\marg{title}\marg{mark}\\
-\csb{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc}\oarg{kind}\marg{number\_of\_columns}%
-\marg{title}\marg{mark}\\
-\csb{etocruledstyle}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\
-\csb{etocframedstyle}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\
-\csb{etocsettocstyle}\marg{before\_toc}\marg{after\_toc}}}}
-
-\subsection{Displaying tables of contents}
-
-
-\medskip \hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1em
-  \setbox0\hbox{\csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber},
-    \csb{etocpage}, \csb{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B}}%
-  \framebox[\linewidth][c]
-  {\vbox{\hsize\wd0\normalcolor\noindent
-      \toc\\
-      \localtoc\\
-      \csb{etocmulticol}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}\\
-      \csb{etoclocalmulticol}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}\\
-      \csb{etocruled}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\
-      \csb{etoclocalruled}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\
-      \csb{etocframed}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\
-      \csb{etoclocalframed}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\
-      \hbox{}{\itshape\ttfamily\ \ \ \  and their starred variants}
-   }}}
-
-\subsection{Labels and references}
-\label{ssec:labelref}
-
-The commands (starred or not) to actually display the table of contents
-can be followed with optional labels or references:\par
-
-\medskip \hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1em
-  \setbox0\hbox{\csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber},
-    \csb{etocpage}, \csb{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B}}%
-  \framebox[\linewidth][c]
-  {\vbox{\hsize\wd0\normalcolor\noindent
-      \toc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}|\\ 
-      \toc \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\
-      \toc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}| \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\
-      \localtoc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}|\\ 
-      \localtoc \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\
-      \localtoc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}| \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\
-      \hbox{}{\itshape\ttfamily\ \ \ \ similarly with\ }%
-      \csb{etocmulticol}{\itshape\ttfamily\ etc . . . }
-   }}}
-
-
-\medskip 
-
-%New with |1.08e|: 
-
-\localtoc \csa{ref}|{toc:far}| acts the same as \toc
-\csa{ref}|{toc:far}|.
-
-
-When re-displaying another toc, only its contents are transferred:
-both the line styles and the toc display style are the ones
-currently defined, not the ones from the cloned toc.
-
-
-\section{The package default line styles: \csbhyp{etocdefaultlines}}
-\label{etocdefaultlines}
-
-These line styles were written at an early stage in the
-development of the package; although the next section explains how
-to customize the font choicess or vertical spaces, etc\dots, used
-by these line styles, most other changes would require copying
-them from the sources and modify them directly. Admittedly they
-have been written at a rather scary low-\TeX{} level, and will not
-serve as a very friendly starting point. 
-
-Activating their use is done via \csb{etocdefaultlines}, or
-\csb{etoctoclines} if the line styles have not been modified with
-\csb{etocsetstyle}. Sections and sub-sections are printed in
-essentially the same manner, except that the leading for
-sub-sections is a bit smaller (with document classes lacking a
-\csa{chapter} command, the sections are printed in bold typeface;
-this is the case in the present document). Sub-sub-sections are
-printed inline, in one paragraph, with no numbers or page numbers.
-This style was designed and tested with documents having lots of
-sub-sub-sections, and should be used on a two-column layout: it
-provides (only in that situation with many sub-sub-sections) a
-more compact presentation than what is achieved by the \LaTeX{}
-default.\footnote{and there will never be a Part or Chapter entry
-  alone at the bottom of a column or page (except if it has no
-  sub-unit).} On the other hand, used with a one-column layout,
-and with few sub-sub-sections, the style is a bit more spread out
-vertically than the \LaTeX{} default, sub-sections are not
-visually much different from sections (especially for document
-classes with a \csa{chapter} command), so the result is less
-hierarchical in appearance than in the \LaTeX{} default.
-
-In this document, for the \hyperref[toc:main]{main table of contents}, we did 
-|\etocsetlevel{subsection}{3}| hence the sub-sections were printed with the
-sub-sub-section inline style. 
-
-Let us, to the contrary, typeset now this main table of contents as if the
-document had been done with a class having the \csa{chapter} command: we will
-print sections as chapters, and subsections as sections. We use
-\csb{etocsetlevel} for that, and also we need to change the font style of
-``sections'' (which in truth are our subsections) to use not the bold but the
-medium series; we modify the \csb{etocfontone} command for that. Also we use dot
-leaders which are less spread out than in the package default.
-
-
-\begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}
-\etocruledstyle[2]{\normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape
-  \fbox{\parbox{.6\linewidth}{
-      \leftskip 0pt plus .5fil
-      \rightskip 0pt plus -.5fil
-      \parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil This is the global table of
-      contents on two columns, using \etoc default line styles, but with
-      sections as chapters, and subsections as sections.
-      }}}
-\etocdefaultlines
-\etocsetnexttocdepth{1}
-\begingroup
-\etocsetlevel{section}{0}
-\etocsetlevel{subsection}{1}
-\renewcommand*{\etocfontone}{\normalfont \normalsize}
-\renewcommand*{\etoctoclineleaders}
-        {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hbox to 1ex {\hss.\hss}}}
-\sloppy
-\tableofcontents
-\endgroup
-\end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{}
-
-\filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro
-
-\section{Customizing \etoc}
-
-\subsection{Customizing  the \etoc pre-defined line styles}
-\label{etocfontminustwo}
-\label{etocfontminusone}
-\label{etocfontzero}
-\label{etocfontone}
-\label{etocfonttwo}
-\label{etocfontthree}
-\label{etocsepminustwo}
-\label{etocsepminusone}
-\label{etocsepzero}
-\label{etocsepone}
-\label{etocseptwo}
-\label{etocsepthree}
-\label{etocminustwoleftmargin}
-\label{etocminustworightmargin}
-\label{etocminusoneleftmargin}
-\label{etocminusonerightmargin}
-\label{etocbaselinespreadminustwo}
-\label{etocbaselinespreadminusone}
-\label{etocbaselinespreadzero}
-\label{etocbaselinespreadone}
-\label{etocbaselinespreadtwo}
-\label{etocbaselinespreadthree}
-\label{etoctoclineleaders}
-\label{etocabbrevpagename}
-\label{etocpartname}
-\label{etocbookname}
-
-
-We will simply list the relevant commands as defined in the
-package. Customizing them goes through suitable
-\csa{renewcommand}s:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*\etocfontminustwo{\normalfont \LARGE \bfseries}
-\newcommand*\etocfontminusone{\normalfont \large \bfseries}
-\newcommand*\etocfontzero{\normalfont \large \bfseries}
-\newcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont \normalsize \bfseries}
-% (in classes with chapter, \etocfontone does not do \bfseries)
-\newcommand*\etocfonttwo{\normalfont \normalsize}
-\newcommand*\etocfontthree{\normalfont \footnotesize}
-
-\newcommand*\etocsepminustwo{4ex plus .5ex minus .5ex}
-\newcommand*\etocsepminusone{4ex plus .5ex minus .5ex}
-\newcommand*\etocsepzero{2.5ex plus .4ex minus .4ex}
-\newcommand*\etocsepone{1.5ex plus .3ex minus .3ex}
-\newcommand*\etocseptwo{.5ex plus .1ex minus .1ex}
-\newcommand*\etocsepthree{.25ex plus .05ex minus .05ex}
-
-\newcommand*\etocminustwoleftmargin{1.5em plus 0.5fil}
-\newcommand*\etocminustworightmargin{1.5em plus -0.5fil}
-\newcommand*\etocminusoneleftmargin{1em}
-\newcommand*\etocminusonerightmargin{1em}
-
-\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadminustwo{1}
-\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadminusone{1}
-\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadzero{1}
-\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadone{1}
-\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadtwo{1}
-\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadthree{.9}
-\newcommand*\etoctoclineleaders
-    {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hbox to 2ex {\hss.\hss}}}
-\newcommand*\etocabbrevpagename{p.~}  % initial of "page"
-\newcommand*\etocpartname{Part}  % prior to 1.08b, was \partname
-% but this didn't make sense e.g. with babel+frenchb whose \frenchpartname
-% takes into account the value of the part counter.
-\newcommand*\etocbookname{Book} % to be modified according to language
-\end{verbatim}
-
-No customizing of the standard line styles is possible from
-within \etoc. As already explained, when
-\csb{etocstandardlines} has been issued, the package just makes
-itself very discrete and acts only at the global level, and
-the TOC entries are (hopefully) formatted as would have
-happened in the absence of \etoc.\footnote{with the
-  \ctanpkg{KOMA-script} classes, we noticed that
-  \csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle} was apparently needed for the
-  KOMA options |toc=left| to be active at the level of the line entries.}  
-
-
-The \csb{etocstandardlines} compatibility mode will work also with
-sectioning commands made known to \etoc via \csb{etocsetlevel},
-under the condition of course that these sectioning commands
-are accompanied with all the relevant definitions for
-typesetting toc entries in the \LaTeX{} default manner
-(existence of the macros \csa{l at something} . . .).
-
-Using the command \csb{etocsetstyle}, be it in the preamble or
-in the body of the document, has the secondary effect of
-switching off the compatibility mode.
-
-\subsection{Customizing the toc display styles}
-\label{ssec:customdisplay}
-\label{etocabovetocskip}
-\label{etocbelowtocskip}
-\label{etoccolumnsep}
-\label{etocmulticolsep}
-\label{etocmulticolpretolerance}
-\label{etocmulticoltolerance}
-\label{etocdefaultnbcol}
-%\label{etocinnertopsep}% déjà défini
-\label{etoctoprule}
-\label{etoctoprulecolorcmd}
-\label{etocinnerleftsep}
-\label{etocinnerrightsep}
-\label{etocinnerbottomsep}
-\label{etocleftrule}
-\label{etocrightrule}
-\label{etocbottomrule}
-\label{etocleftrulecolorcmd}
-\label{etocrightrulecolorcmd}
-\label{etocbottomrulecolorcmd}
-\label{etocbkgcolorcmd}
-\label{etocframedmphook}
-
-Again we list the relevant macros, what they do should be
-legible from their names. Note that \csa{renewcommand}'s and
-not \csa{setlength}'s have to be used for what appear to be
-lengths, and that color commands are not just color
-specifications, they must include \csa{color}, and are canceled
-by re-defining them to do \csa{relax}.
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*\etocabovetocskip{3.5ex plus 1ex minus .2ex} 
-\newcommand*\etocbelowtocskip{3.5ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}
-
-\newcommand*\etoccolumnsep{2em}
-\newcommand*\etocmulticolsep{0ex}
-\newcommand*\etocmulticolpretolerance{-1}
-\newcommand*\etocmulticoltolerance{200}
-\newcommand*\etocdefaultnbcol{2}
-\newcommand*\etocinnertopsep{2ex}
-\newcommand*\etoctoprule{\hrule}
-\newcommand*\etoctoprulecolorcmd{\relax}
-
-% for the framed style only:
-\newcommand*\etocinnerleftsep{2em}
-\newcommand*\etocinnerrightsep{2em}
-\newcommand*\etocinnerbottomsep{3.5ex}
-
-\newcommand*\etocleftrule{\vrule}
-\newcommand*\etocrightrule{\vrule}
-\newcommand*\etocbottomrule{\hrule}
-\newcommand*\etocleftrulecolorcmd{\relax}
-\newcommand*\etocrightrulecolorcmd{\relax}
-\newcommand*\etocbottomrulecolorcmd{\relax}
-
-\newcommand*\etocbkgcolorcmd{\relax}
-
-% hooks
-\newcommand\etocframedmphook{\relax}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The \csa{etocframedmphook} is positioned immediately
-after the beginning of a minipage environment where the
-contents of the framed TOC are typeset. 
-
-The \csa{...colorcmd} commands are initially set to expand to
-\csa{relax} (hence do not require package |color| or |xcolor|
-to be loaded). If one has modified a command such as
-\csa{etocbkgcolorcmd} to expand to a color command and wants
-to reset it to do nothing, one \emph{must} use
-|\renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\relax}| and not
-\csa{let}\csa{etocbkgcolorcmd}\csa{relax}.
-
-Regarding the dimensions of the top rule they can be specified
-in |ex|'s or |em|'s as in this example:
-\centeredline{|\renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 1ex}|} 
-The package code is done in such a manner
-that it is the font size in instance at the end of typesetting
-the title argument to \csb{etocruled} or
-\csb{etocframed} which will be used for the meaning of the
-`1ex'. Of course also the other rule commands can have their
-dimensions in font relative units, but their values are
-decided on the basis of the font in effect just before the
-table of contents.
-
-The top and bottom rules do not have to be rules and can be
-horizontal \emph{leaders} (of a specified height) in the general
-\TeX{} sense. However the left and right rules are not
-used as (horizontal) leaders but as objects of a given specified
-width. Note that \emph{only} the Plain \TeX{} syntax for rules is
-accepted here. 
-
-\section{One more example of colored TOC layout}
-\label{ssec:tocclone}
-
-The command \csb{etocframedstyle} puts the title on the top
-rule in a centered position. This is not very convenient for
-this example so we included the title as part of the
-\meta{start} code at section level, to get it \emph{inside}
-the frame.
-
-\begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}
-\begingroup
-\definecolor{subsecnum}{RGB}{13,151,225}
-\definecolor{secbackground}{RGB}{0,177,235}
-\definecolor{tocbackground}{RGB}{212,237,252}
-
-\renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
-\renewcommand{\etocleftrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
-\renewcommand{\etocrightrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
-\renewcommand{\etocbottomrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
-\renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}}
-
-\renewcommand{\etocleftrule}{\vrule width 1cm}
-\renewcommand{\etocrightrule}{\vrule width .5cm}
-\renewcommand{\etocbottomrule}{\hrule height 12pt}
-\renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 12pt}
-
-\renewcommand{\etocinnertopsep}{0pt}
-\renewcommand{\etocinnerbottomsep}{0pt}
-\renewcommand{\etocinnerleftsep}{0pt}
-\renewcommand{\etocinnerrightsep}{0pt}
-
-\newcommand\shiftedwhiterule[2]{%
-    \hbox to \linewidth{\color{white}%
-    \hskip#1\leaders\vrule height1pt\hfil}\nointerlineskip\vskip#2}
-
-\etocsetstyle{subsubsection}{\etocskipfirstprefix}
-  {\shiftedwhiterule{\leftskip}{6pt}}
-  {\sffamily\footnotesize
-     \leftskip2.5cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip1cm\noindent
-     \hbox to 1cm{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber\hss}%
-     \color{black}\etocname\leaders\hbox to .2cm{\hss.}\hfill
-     \rlap{\hbox to 1cm{\hss\etocpage\hskip.2cm}}\par
-     \nointerlineskip\vskip3pt}
-  {}
-
-\etocsetstyle{subsection}{\etocskipfirstprefix}
-  {\shiftedwhiterule{1.5cm}{6pt}}
-  {\sffamily\small
-     \leftskip1.5cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip1cm\noindent
-     \hbox to 1cm{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber\hss}%
-     \color{black}\etocname\leaders\hbox to .2cm{\hss.}\hfill
-     \rlap{\hbox to 1cm{\hss\etocpage\hskip.2cm}}\par
-     \nointerlineskip\vskip6pt}
-  {}
-
-\newcommand{\coloredstuff}[2]{%
-            \leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\parskip0pt
-            \fboxsep0pt % \colorbox uses \fboxsep also when no frame!
-       \noindent\colorbox{secbackground}
-               {\parbox{\linewidth}{%
-                    \vskip5pt
-                    {\noindent\color{#1}#2\par}\nointerlineskip
-                    \vskip3pt}}%
-       \par\nointerlineskip}
-
-\etocsetstyle{section}
-{\coloredstuff{white}
-     {\hfil \hyperref[toc:b]{\bfseries\large I am a twin of  
-     that other TOC (click me!)}\hfil}}
-{\vskip3pt\sffamily\small}
-{\coloredstuff{white}
-    {\leftskip1.5cm\rightskip.5cm\parfillskip-\rightskip
-     \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocnumber\hspace{.2cm}}}%
-     \etocname\hfill\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.2cm}}}%
- \vskip6pt }
-{}
-
-\etocframedstyle[1]{}
-\tableofcontents \label{toc:clone} \ref{toc:globalcmds}
-\endgroup
-\end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{}
-
-\filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro
-% 1.07l on the occasion of traduction into German documentation 
-     % APRIL 26, 2014 Improvement in the section style for better placement of
-     % page number when the section name is more than one line long. Use of
-     % \makebox rather than \hbox, to be more LaTeX like.
-
-The TOC has been put in a \hyperref[toc:clone]{float} which appears
-\vpageref{toc:clone}. The coding is a bit involved\footnote{and reveals the
-  author's preference for the \TeX{} syntax...} as it does not use any
-additional package. Also, it was written at some early stage and I have not
-revised it since.
-
-A better solution would be to use some package to set
-up a background color possibly extending accross pages, as the
-framed style (which we used to get this background
-color) can only deal with material short enough to fit on one
-page.
-
-Regarding colors, generally speaking all color commands inside
-\etoc are initially defined to do nothing, and the choice to
-use or not colors is left to the user.
-
-\clearpage
-\etocdepthtag.toc {tips}
-
-\part{Tips}
-\label{part:tipsandtricks}
-
-\thispartstats
-
-%%%% \invisiblelocaltableofcontents \label{toc:tipsandtricks}
-
-\etocsettocstyle{}{}
-\etocstandardlines
-\localtableofcontents
-
-%\section{... and tricks}
-
-% pas traduit
-\section{The \csbhyp{etoclocaltop} command}
-\label{etoclocaltop}
-
-%\textbf{New with 1.09 (2019/03/09)}.
-
-Within either the TOC style
-(\csb{etocsettocstyle}) or the local title styles (\csb{etocsetstyle}), the
-control sequence \csb{etoclocaltop} is made equivalent for the duration of
-\csb{localtableofcontents} to a numeric (self-delimiting) denotation of the
-current top level.
-
-Thus: it will in numeric contexts (|\ifnum|, |\ifcase|, ...) represent zero
-for a local TOC corresponding to chapter, or one if in a section, or two if in
-a subsection, etc..., assuming of course here that the default levels are
-obeyed (see \autoref{sec:tocdepth}).
-
-\begin{framed}
-  \csb{etoclocaltop} from inside the TOC heading (first argument of
-  \csb{etocsettocstyle}) has the correct value \emph{only under
-    \csb{etocchecksemptiness} regime}. Special circumstances correspond to
-  some special values:
-  \begin{description}[nolistsep]
-  \item[|-3|] (|-\thr@@|)\newline
-    signals that \etoc considers the local TOC to be
-    ``unknown''; this happens at the last local TOC, for the first \LaTeX\ run
-    after adding a new \localtoc to the document. In doubt, \etoc assumes the
-    TOC will prove non empty, hence it prints (independently of whether the
-    check for emptiness was activated or not) the heading as specified by
-    \csb{etocsettocstyle}. Thus, check if \csb{etoclocaltop} gives |-3| as a
-    a \meta{number} to detect that situation from within the first argument of
-    \csb{etocsettocstyle}, if desired.
-  \item[|-1000|](|-\@m|)\newline  is in case of a \localtoc
-    being considered ``known'' (although it may still refer to the data in the
-    |.toc| file from the previous run) but without the check for emptiness
-    having been executed.
-  \item[|-10000|](|-\@M|)\newline  is the value when accessed from the title
-    of a global TOCs.
-  \end{description}
-\end{framed}
-\begin{framed}
-  When executed from within a local table of contents \textbf{line styles}
-  (\csb{etocsetstyle}), \csb{etoclocaltop} always will hold the correct value,
-  whether or not the emptiness check was executed.
-
-  For a global table of contents however, it will always keep the value |-3|.
-\end{framed}
-
-Attention! \cs{etoclocaltop} is only to be queried; modifying it is strictly
-forbidden and falls under the most rigorous prosecution allowed by federal
-law.
-
-\section[The \csbhyp{etocsetlocaltop.toc} command]
-        {The \csbhyp{etocsetlocaltop.toc} and
-          \csbhyp{etocimmediatesetlocaltop.toc} commands}
-\label{etocsetlocaltop.toc}
-\label{etocimmediatesetlocaltop.toc}
-
-It is important to understand that \csb{localtableofcontents} works entirely
-from data \emph{in the |.toc| file}. If the document, say with |article|
-class, contains starred sectioning commands, which are not accompanied
-by suitable \csa{addcontentsline}, then these units are completely
-transparent to \csb{localtableofcontents}:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item If \localtoc is issued before |\section*{Foo}|, say locally to a |\section|,
-  then the local TOC will include not only the |subsection|s between the
-  |\section| and the |\section*{Foo}| but also those following, and it will
-  stop only at encountering a later |\section| or |\part| from the document's body.
-\item If the command is issued right after |\section*{Foo}| and the later was
-  itself subsequent to a (numbered) |\subsection|, then \etoc will think it
-  must display a TOC local to the \emph{subsection}.
-\end{itemize}
-
-Since release |1.08k|, \etoc provides the one-argument command
-\csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc} to insert into the |.toc| file a kind
-of ``ghost'' of a given sectioning unit. Here is an example:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-\part*{Extra unnumbered part}
-\etocsetlocaltop.toc{part}
-\localtableofcontents
-\end{verbatim}
-
-So with no |\part| heading inserted into the table of contents via an
-|\addcontentsline|, still \localtoc will know it is local to a part.  In this
-example the local contents will be delimited by the next numbered |\part|, or
-|\part*| with |\addcontentsline|, or also by a later, second,
-|\etocsetlocaltop.toc{part}|.
-
-As a (counter)-example consider this document:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{etoc}
-\begin{document}
-\tableofcontents
-
-\part*{A}
-\etocsetlocaltop.toc{part}
-\localtableofcontents
-
-\section{I}
-
-\section{II}
-
-\part*{B}
-
-\section{III}
-
-\part*{C}
-
-\section{IV}
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-It uses only |\part*|.  Thanks to the \csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc} the \localtoc
-knows it should report only sections.  But the other |\part*| are invisible to
-it as nothing is recorded in the |.toc| file.  So the local table of contents
-in this example will list \emph{all} sections not only |I| and |II|.  To fix thix one may
-e.g.\@ insert another |\etocsetlocaltop.toc{part}|, this time after |\part*{B}|
-(or make this a numbered part, or use |\addcontentsline| for it).
-
-The above document amended with added  |\etocsetlocaltop.toc{part}| after each
-unnumbered part will thus have its main TOC without any |Part| heading, but
-each |\part| can show a correct \localtoc.  The simpler
-approach would be to use |\addcontentsline| with each unnumbered |\part| so
-that it ends up in the |.toc| file, but \etoc is keen on allowing the most
-diverse point of views.
-
-It should be stressed that the various |\etocsetlocaltop.toc|\marg{sect. unit}
-do impact the global \toc: they really act like actual sectioning units,
-except for not inducing any typesetting.  In usual document classes, this
-would appear to mean that they are completely transparent to the global \toc.
-Not the case with \etoc, which adds a virtual assembly of levels: the |.toc|
-data originating in |\etocsetlocaltop.toc|\marg{sect. unit} will trigger the
-execution of the \marg{finish} parts of the line styles of finer sectioning
-units encountered before (either in the global \toc or in an active
-\localtoc); and it triggers the \marg{start} parts of the line styles of finer
-units encountered after it (again in the global \toc, but also in any
-\localtoc which is already activated at a coarser lever).
-
-Depending on how the toc line styles are configured this may translate into
-some visual effect; for example with the \etoc own line styles the
-\marg{start} and \marg{finish} mostly insert penalties or vertical spaces.
-
-It is a matter of debate if this is good design; a variant serving purely to
-influence boundaries of local table of contents with no collateral effects
-could be provided.  And the name of the macro was perhaps not so well chosen
-as it suggests it acts as would such an hypothetical variant.  In absence of
-feature requests we leave the matter standing for now.%
-%
-\footnote{This documentation was updated and this paragraph added for the
-  |1.09f| release.}
-
-Usage of \csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc} interacts with
-\csb{etocchecksemptiness} in the expected way: it modifies (as explained
-above) the selection made by \csb{localtableofcontents}, hence the decision
-whether this local TOC will end up empty or not.
-
-There is also \csb{etocimmediatesetlocaltop.toc}.  This may be useful in some
-very special circumstances involving |\include|.  For related discussion see
-the documentation of \csb{etocimmediatedepthtag.toc}.
-
-\section{Hacking framed parboxes}
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-\etocdefaultlines
-\renewcommand\etoctoprule{\hrule height 2pt depth 2pt}
-\etocruled{\color{green}\fboxrule2pt\fboxsep1ex
-               \fbox{\raisebox{-\fontdimen22\textfont2}
-                    {\color{blue}\parbox{.5\linewidth}
-                       {\normalfont This text is perfectly centered
-                        vertically with respect to the
-                        surrounding horizontal rules.}}}}
-\ref{toc:globalcmds}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\etocdefaultlines
-
-\renewcommand\etoctoprule{\hrule height 2pt depth 2pt}
-
-\etocruled{\color{green}\fboxrule2pt\fboxsep1ex
-              \fbox{\raisebox{-\fontdimen22\textfont2}
-                    {\color{blue}\parbox{.5\linewidth}
-                       {\normalfont This text is perfectly centered
-                        vertically with respect to the
-                        surrounding horizontal rules.}}}}
-              \ref{toc:globalcmds}
-
-
 \section{Interverting the levels}
 \label{subsec:interverting}
 
@@ -5760,7 +5970,7 @@
 
 \begingroup
 \etocdefaultlines
-\etocstandarddisplaystyle
+\etocclasstocstyle
 \etocsetlevel{book}{3}
 \etocsetlevel{part}{3}
 \etocsetlevel{chapter}{3}
@@ -5845,7 +6055,8 @@
   \endgroup
 }
 \end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{-A}
+\marginattach
+
 And now, the variant with macros rather than boxes (this variant as it
 stands here is for using within a section).
 \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}
@@ -5877,14 +6088,14 @@
 }
 \makeatother
 \end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{-B}
+\marginattach
 
 \section{Using depth tags}
-\label{ssec:tocwithdepthtags}
+\label{sec:tocwithdepthtags}
 
 We want a TOC which will have a heading for each |\part| (except
 the last part with the code source, which we decide not to
-include), and will additionally open up \autoref{part:globalcmds}
+include), and will additionally open up \autoref{sec:tocstyle}
 up to paragraphs. To achieve this we added to this source various
 \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} commands, and it remains now to set the
 levels for each tag using \csb{etocsettagdepth} (this was used
@@ -5947,17 +6158,14 @@
               {\mdseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[1.5cm][l]{\etocnumber}}%
                \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders}
               {}
-\etocsettagdepth {preamble}   {none}
-\etocsettagdepth {overview}   {part}
-%\etocsettagdepth {arbitrarily}{part}% not needed explicitely, keeps value
-%\etocsettagdepth {examples}   {part}
-%\etocsettagdepth {surprising} {part}
-%\etocsettagdepth {linestyles} {part}
-\etocsettagdepth {globalcmds} {paragraph}
-\etocsettagdepth {custom}     {part}
-%\etocsettagdepth {tips}       {part}
-%\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{part}
-\etocsettagdepth {code}       {none}
+\etocsettagdepth {preamble}    {all}
+\etocsettagdepth {overview}    {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {styling}     {subsection}
+\etocsettagdepth {control}     {subsubsection}
+\etocsettagdepth {examples}    {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {advanced}    {part}
+\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{all}
+\etocsettagdepth {code}        {all}
 \renewcommand\etoctoprule {\hrule height 3pt\relax }
 \renewcommand\etoctoprulecolorcmd {\color{blue}}
 \renewcommand\etocaftercontentshook 
@@ -5965,6 +6173,7 @@
 \etocruledstyle [1]{\Large\bfseries 
                     \fbox{\makebox[8cm]{A TOC using depth tags}}}
 \sloppy
+\etocobeydepthtags % let's not forget to activate this (default anyhow)
 \tableofcontents
 \endgroup
 \end{filecontentsdef}
@@ -5971,16 +6180,119 @@
 
 \filecontentsexec\foo
 
-\filecontentsprint\foo
-\marginattach{}
+\filecontentsprintviascan\foo
+\marginattach
 
-\section{Typesetting the TOC as a table (the old way)}
+\section{Sections styling subsections}
+\label{sec:anothercompatadvanced}
+
+Here is a subtler example where one only marginally modifies the sections
+(adding color to the number, removing the \ctanpkg{hyperref} link, changing
+the color for one specific section) but let them decide almost one by one
+of the style which will be followed by their subsections.  Furthermore one
+configures some sections to decide they will not display subsections at all or
+only count how many there are!
+
+% modified for 1.2 doc to make the argument optional and update number
+% of exceptional section
+
+\begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*{\MyQuasiStandardTOC}[2][]{%
+  % #1 is an optional "\ref{somelabeltoanothertoc}"
+  % #2 is the number of some exceptional section
+  \begingroup
+  \etocsetstyle{section}
+    {}
+    {\etociffirst{% Suppress display of subsections for the first section!
+                  \etocsetlevel{subsection}{6}}
+                 {\etocsetlevel{subsection}{2}}%
+     \ifnum\etocthenumber=#2 % Handle especially section number #2 ! 
+      \etocsetstyle{subsection}
+        {\def\foo{}\par\nopagebreak\begingroup
+         \leftskip2em \rightskip\@tocrmarg
+         \parfillskip \@flushglue 
+         \parindent 0pt
+         \normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape
+         \etocskipfirstprefix}
+        {\allowbreak\,--\,}
+        {\edef\foo{\the\numexpr\foo+1}\etocname\ \textup{(\etocnumber)}}
+        {.\par \upshape My AI counted circa \foo\space subsections,
+                        was it right?\par\endgroup}%
+     \else
+      \ifnum\etocthenumber>#2 % Only count subsections in those sections !
+        \etocsetstyle{subsection}
+        {\def\foo{}}%
+        {\edef\foo{\the\numexpr\foo+1}}%
+        {}%
+        {\leftskip2em \emph{There are \foo\space subsections here,
+                      but I will need payment to display them.}\par}%
+      \else
+        \etocsetstyle{subsection}
+        {}%
+        {}%
+        {\l at subsection{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}%
+        {}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    }%
+    {% Display in a special color the number of the special section!
+     \l at section{\numberline{{\ifnum\etocthenumber=#2 
+                             \color{red}\else\color{cyan}\fi\etocthenumber}}%
+                \etociffirst{\etocname\space (SUBSECTIONS SKIPPED)}{\etocname}}
+               {\etocpage}}%
+    {}%
+  \etocclasstocstyle % will use the ambient document class
+     % special KOMA-script customization as this document uses scrartcl
+     % and we need to enlarge numwidth for some subsections
+     \DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=2em,indent=0pt]{tocline}{section}
+     \DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=2.5em,indent=2em]{tocline}{subsection}
+  \etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection}%
+  \tableofcontents #1
+  \endgroup
+}
+\makeatother
+\end{filecontentshere}
+
+\marginattach
+\filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro
+
+The optional argument stands for a suitable |\ref|, see \autoref{sec:labeling}. 
+Here is what
+\begin{verbatim}
+\MyQuasiStandardTOC[\ref{toc:part:styling}]{11}% treat especially section 11
+\end{verbatim}
+gives:
+\MyQuasiStandardTOC[\ref{toc:part:styling}]{11}%
+
+\vskip.5\baselineskip
+
+The page heading (on the page where this TOC appears) may have been modified
+as is expected from usage of \csb{etocclasstocstyle} in the code.
+
+Sections are printed exactly as in the default, \emph{except} that a special
+section number is displayed especially and that its subsections are then
+displayed inline! And other sections may only count subsections or
+ignore them altogether!
+
+Note: for this code to work the macro \csa{thesection} \emph{must} not have
+been modified from its default which produces simply arabic digits.  In other
+terms it must be usable as \TeX{} number denotation.  Typically this would
+fail if we were handling subsections as their number in the |.toc| file will
+be typically something like |3.7| which does not work in a \TeX{} integer-only
+context.  But it is possible to use a counter and configure the line styles to
+increment it, and use its value.
+
+
+
+\section{The TOC as a (long) table (alternative)}
 \label{ssec:tocastableold}
 
 Due to, among other things, the fact that alignment cells create and close
 groups, and that by default definitions of \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber},
 \csb{etocpage} made by \etoc are local, it was not easy to typeset a TOC as
-table with \etoc, prior to release |1.08|. 
+table with \etoc, prior to release to the addition of \csb{etocglobaldefs} at
+\etocrelease{1.08}. 
 
 Not only \csb{etocname} etc... caused a problem, but also the basic
 redefinition of \csa{contentsline} was made by \etoc only after the
@@ -5996,9 +6308,10 @@
 For the record, here is how the TOC from \autoref{sec:tocastable} was
 coded in the old days.%
 %
-\footnote{At release |1.09f| the design of the TOC from
-  \autoref{sec:tocastable} was modified; the code here reproduces
-  the former looks.} 
+\footnote{At release \etocrelease{1.09f} the design anb contents of the TOC
+  from \autoref{sec:tocastable} were modified; the code here, if executed,
+  which will not, reproduces the
+  former looks.}
 %
 We don't have here the problems with the
 positioning of |\hline|'s we face with the newer method; on the other
@@ -6016,6 +6329,10 @@
 Note: rather than |\toks| registers it would be easier here to use \eTeX{}
 \csa{unexpanded} primitive. See for example \autoref{sec:mindmap}.
 
+\let\appendtotok\relax
+\let\PreparePart\relax
+\let\PrepareSection\relax
+\let\PrepareSubsection\relax
 \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\snippetno.tex}
 \newtoks\toctabletok
 \newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2
@@ -6035,7 +6352,7 @@
   \toks4 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedpage}%
   \edef\toctablepiece {\the\toks0 &\the\toks2 &\the\toks4 \noexpand\\}% 
 }
-% new version for 1.07k, 2014/03/06
+%
 \newcommand*{\PrepareSubsection}{%
   \toks0 \expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}%
   \toks2 \expandafter{\expandafter\itshape\etocthelinkedname\strut}%
@@ -6064,18 +6381,23 @@
 \the\toctabletok
 \endgroup
 \end{filecontentshere}
-\marginattach{}
+\marginattach
 
 \clearpage
 \etocdepthtag.toc {etocandworld}
+\part{\etoc and the world}
 
-\part{\etoc and the outside world}
+\etocsettocstyle{}{}
+\etocdefaultlines % etoc own default
+\localtableofcontents
 
 \section{Constraints on the \texttt{.toc} file constitution}
 
 The contents of the |.toc| file (if it already exists) are read into memory by
-\etoc once, at the time of |\begin{document}|.\footnote{%
-    Versions earlier than |1.07m| read the |.toc| file at the time of
+\etoc once, at the time of |\begin{document}|.%
+%
+\footnote{%
+    Versions earlier than \etocrelease{1.07m} read the |.toc| file at the time of
     \csa{usepackage\{etoc\}}. Thanks to Denis Bitouzé who signaled a Babel
     related problem, which turned out to be caused by this.}
 
@@ -6116,28 +6438,38 @@
     non-recommendable) patches. Patching after |\begin{document}| is
     naturally possible but I feel almost a rebel to mention this to \LaTeX{} users!
 \end{framed}
-\footnotetext{contrarily to \csb{etocaftertochook},
+\footnotetext{Contrarily to \csb{etocaftertochook},
       \csb{etocaftercontentshook} is not executed if the |tocdepth| did not
       allow the printing of the TOC.}
 
 \etoc \textbf{requires} the |.toc| file to use the \csa{contentsline}
     macro. It \textbf{can not} work if there is no |.toc| file or if the
-    |.toc| file does not contain the relevant data or if the |.toc| file does
+    |.toc| file does
     not use the \csa{contentsline} macro or if the \csa{contentsline} macro
-    does not invoke the \csa{l@<divisionunit>} macros.
+    second argument mixes number and name in a manner unexpected by \etoc.%
+%
+\footnote{Prior to \etocrelease{1.1a}, \etoc required the \csa{contentsline} macro
+  expansion to invoke \csa{l at section} et al.  It now does not expand
+  \csa{contentsline} hence is immune to whatever would happen during this
+  expansion, and does not use nor modify the \csa{l at section} et al.\@ macros.}
 
 \section{Compatibility with document classes}
 
 \etoc has mainly been tested with the |article| and |book| standard classes.
 Some compatibility layer with the \ctanpkg{KOMA-script} and \ctanpkg{memoir} classes was added at
-|1.05| of |2012/12/01|.  Such compatibilty layer regards what this
-documentation calls the global display style: when \etoc gets activated
-because the user employed some \csb{etocsetstyle}|{section}| (etc), i.e.\@ it
-is not used purely in compatibility mode (which happens I guess for
-\csb{localtableofcontents} functionality as it does not require reading the
-user manual), \etoc tries in absence of usage by the user of
-\csb{etocsettocstyle} to create itself a ``TOC display style'' emulating the
-default behaviour of the document class.  There does not seem to be an easy
+\etocrelease{1.05} of |2012/12/01|.%
+%
+\footnote{That this is still in the doc on \texttt{2023/02/22} shows
+  the frequency of \etoc syncing with upstream changes... but let me reassure
+  the reader there has
+  been indeed some occasional, although admittedly rare, internal updates
+  in the more than ten years elapsed since.}
+%
+A compatibility layer is required for what this
+document designates as the ``global display style'': \etoc tries to emulate the
+default behaviour of the document class when \csb{etocsettocstyle} has not
+been used, so that it is still in ``compatibility mode''.  There does not seem
+to be an easy
 way to extract this in an automated manner dynamically, so it is basically
 some manual work which the author initiated in 2012 and which got sporadically
 updated since.
@@ -6151,12 +6483,11 @@
 TOCs and which uses \ctanpkg{scrartcl}!  The package code contains
 \begin{verbatim}
 \@ifclassloaded{scrartcl}
-    {\renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocscrartclstyle}}{}
+    {\renewcommand*\etocclasstocstyle{\etocscrartclstyle}}{}
 \end{verbatim}
 with \cs{etocscrartclstyle} trying to emulate the global display style of the
 \cs{tableofcontents} within the class \ctanpkg{scrartcl}.  Thus \etoc is ready
-for basic usage in compatibility mode (last updated
-at |1.09f|).
+for basic usage in compatibility mode.  See further \autoref{ssec:tocbasic}.
 
 \subsection{Compatibility with the \ctanpkg{memoir} class}
 \label{ssec:memoir}
@@ -6163,7 +6494,7 @@
 \label{etocmemoirtoctotocfmt}
 \label{etocmemoirstyle}
 
-Release |1.07l| has also improved the compatibility with the \ctanpkg{memoir} class: its
+Release \etocrelease{1.07l} has also improved the compatibility with the \ctanpkg{memoir} class: its
 |appendix| level has been made known to \etoc. It is at the same level as
 |chapter|, thus the chapter line style should possibly do a test for some user
 defined boolean whose activation may be added to the |.toc| file at the suitable
@@ -6173,51 +6504,11 @@
 The \ctanpkg{memoir} mechanism relative to \toc versus \toc|*| is obeyed
 automatically, and applies with \localtoc too.
 
-But, attention, this means that \localtoc should preferentially be used with
-the |*|.  Else the \ctanpkg{memoir} mechanism will insert a specific line in the
-|.toc| file, using by default the |chapter| sectioning level.  But \etoc has
-already written to the |.toc| file an instruction that the user wants a local
-table of contents.  As a result, the fake |chapter| will let \etoc consider
-that the \localtoc has empty contents, except if it used in a |\part| or
-|\book|.
+With release \etocrelease{1.2} some issues which were previously described here
+when the ``to toc'' feature of \ctanpkg{memoir} was left acting on local TOCs
+have been resolved, as an after-effect of the support for
+\etocoption{localtoctotoc} etc..., see \csb{etocsetup}.
 
-This may even cause successive document builds to never stabilize if
-\csb{etocchecksemptiness} was issued in the preamble: as the local TOC is
-empty, on next run the extra entry in |.toc| is absent, so the local TOC is
-not empty and is typeset, but then |.toc| changes, so the rerunfilecheck
-mechanism instructs to compile once more, and we end in a never stabilizing
-conundrum.
-
-Thus we see that the fact that \localtoc by default use like the global \toc a
-chapter style is inconvenient. One can use the \ctanpkg{memoir} macros to modify this:
-according to \ctanpkg{memoir} documentation, |\tocheadstart| and |\printtoctitle| seem
-to be the most relevant. If you do that you will probably want the added line
-in |.toc| file to use |{section}| not |{chapter}|. \etoc provides to this
-effect \csb{etocmemoirtoctotocfmt}\marg{kind}\marg{name} whose first argument
-\meta{kind} is |chapter|, |section|, |subsection|, etc... and the second
-argument stands for the title and thus \csa{contentsname} is
-appropriate. Hence
-\begin{verbatim}
-  \etocmemoirtoctotocfmt{section}{\contentsname}
-\end{verbatim}
-seems the natural choice in this context as an addition to the customizing the
-\ctanpkg{memoir} toc related macros to achieve a section like rendering (for more
-details on the latter, please refer to \ctanpkg{memoir} manual).  This is appropriate
-for local TOCs in chapters.  Adapt to finer sectioning levels.
-
-Another approach is to overrule the \etoc
-default under \ctanpkg{memoir} like this
-\begin{verbatim}
-  \etocarticlestyle % means to use \section*{\contentsname} (and marks)
-  \renewcommand{\etocaftertitlehook}{\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\contentsname}}
-\end{verbatim}
-exactly as one would do with |book| class for example.  This emulates the
-default under memoir that table of contents write a line to the |.toc| file representing
-themselves, except that |chapter| has been replaced by |section|.  So we can
-use \localtoc after a \csa{chapter}.  But if you want one after a
-\csa{section}, you should modify \csb{etocaftertitlehook} to assign
-|subsection| level to the \localtoc own styling.
-
 \subsection{Compatibility with \ctanpkg{beamer}}
 
 For the reasons mentioned already regarding the constraints on the |.toc| file
@@ -6251,14 +6542,15 @@
 % 2015/11/12
 % Pour une raison que j'ignore dans la TOC principale j'ai un problème avec
 % cette sous-section.
+% \subsection{Com\-pat\-i\-bil\-ity with \ctanpkg{multicol}}
 
-\subsection{Com\-pat\-i\-bil\-ity with \ctanpkg{multicol}}
+\subsection{Compatibility with \ctanpkg{multicol}}
 
 \etoc loads the package \ctanpkg{multicol}.
 
 \subsection{Compatibility with \ctanpkg{tocloft}}\label{subs:tocloft}
 
-Release |1.07k| added compatibility with package
+Release \etocrelease{1.07k} added compatibility with package
 \ctanpkg{tocloft}: steps are
 taken to prevent the redefinition of |\tableofcontents| done by
 \ctanpkg{tocloft} at |\begin{document}|.
@@ -6269,7 +6561,7 @@
 from its |\localtableofcontents|, from its |\label+\ref| mechanism. One
 may use |\etocsetstyle| to define via \etoc the layout for one TOC and
 then use rather \ctanpkg{tocloft} for another one, if |\tableofcontents| follows
-\csb{etocstandardlines} and \csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle}. In this
+\csb{etocstandardlines} and \csb{etocclasstocstyle}. In this
 compatibility mode |\etocsetlevel{division unit}{6}| will render
 invisible the chosen division level, but exchanging levels is otherwise
 not possible.
@@ -6286,6 +6578,14 @@
 typeset by \etoc in compatibility mode (and of course after those
 customizations).  It will have no effect on true \etoc TOCs.
 
+\subsection{Compatibility with \ctanpkg{tocbibind}}\label{subs:tocbibind}
+
+Added at \etocrelease{1.2}. See also \csb{etocsetup} for a discussion of the
+  package options which are all related to this (they will achieve the
+  \ctanpkg{tocbibind} ``to toc'' features without requiring the package).
+
+Thanks to Denis Bitouzé for feature request.
+
 \subsection{Compatibility with \ctanpkg{tocvsec2}}
 
   \etoc used to be incompatible with package
@@ -6300,7 +6600,7 @@
 
 It is possible to use simultaneously \etoc and
 \ctanpkg{tableof}. Release
-|1.08| of \etoc requires at least version |1.4a| of \ctanpkg{tableof}. If
+\etocrelease{1.08} of \etoc requires at least version |1.4a| of \ctanpkg{tableof}. If
 \csb{etocglobaldefs} is put in the preamble, this must be after the loading of
 package \ctanpkg{tableof}. {\color{niceone}\ctanpkg{tableof}} command \csa{nexttocwithtags}
 should work as expected. 
@@ -6312,10 +6612,44 @@
 in case \csb{etocglobaldefs} was issued before, except if its scope has been
 terminated since then, or \csb{etoclocaldefs} has cancelled its influence.
 
-\subsection{Compatibility with \ctanpkg{tocstyle}}
+\subsection{Compatibility with \ctanpkg{tocbasic}}
+\label{ssec:tocbasic}
 
-Unknown. (not tested a.t.t.o.w).
+(doc last updated for \etocrelease{1.2})
 
+This has only been tested to the extent of production of this PDF file (which
+does have dozens of TOCs, among them a few in compatibility mode).  I
+noticed that some things required the global display style to also be set
+to compatiblity mode for some \ctanpkg{KOMA-script} user interface to produce
+the desired effect.  As an example, the local table of contents of
+\autoref{sec:testingcompat} uses |\KOMAoptions{toc=left}| and
+\csb{etocstandardlines} but it had to use also \csb{etocclasstocstyle}:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begingroup % to keep in particular toc=left with local effect
+\KOMAoptions{toc=left}
+\etocclasstocstyle % necessary for the display to obey toc=left
+\etocstandardlines
+\tableofcontents \ref{toc:tocstyle}
+\endgroup
+\end{verbatim}
+On the other hand I could use some other interface without having to activate
+the compatibility for the global display style.  See \hyperref[toc:d]{the example} from
+\autoref{sec:labeling} or the one from the \autoref{part:control} which uses
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begingroup
+\etocsettocstyle{}{}
+\DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=2em,indent=0pt]{tocline}{section}
+\DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=2.5em,indent=2em]{tocline}{subsection}
+\DeclareTOCStyleEntry[numwidth=3em,indent=4.5em]{tocline}{subsubsection}
+\etocstandardlines
+\localtableofcontents
+\endgroup
+\end{verbatim}
+and demonstrates that this interface works also when not using the
+compatibility mode from \csb{etocclasstocstyle}.  Of course, here the
+display style is a bit plain... but the \hyperref[toc:d]{example} of
+\autoref{sec:labeling} less so; it uses about the same TOCStyleEntry lines as
+above with some more width for the numbers of subsections.
 
 \section{\TeX nical matters}
 
@@ -6328,7 +6662,7 @@
 On the other hand \csb{etocthename}, \csb{etocthenumber}, \csb{etocthepage}
 are \emph{not} protected against expansion. And neither are
 \csb{etocthelinkedname}, \csb{etocthelinkednumber}, \csb{etocthelinkedpage}.
-They were modified at |1.1a| and now are always hyperlinks (except for the
+They were modified at \etocrelease{1.1a} and now are always hyperlinks (except for the
 latter if the page number is empty), if
 \ctanpkg{hyperref} is present, independently of |linktoc| status.
 
@@ -6376,6 +6710,12 @@
 \normalmarginpar\marginparwidth72bp
 \part{The code}
 
+% return to single spacing
+\setstretch{1}
+
+\etocdefaultlines
+\etocsettocstyle{}{}
+
 \localtableofcontents
 
 % IL FAUT METTRE AVANT \section{Timestamps} SINON FOUTU
@@ -6418,6 +6758,7 @@
 }
 \fi
 \makeatother
+
 \section{Timestamp}
 
 This is the documentation as of \texttt{\etocdocdate}, printed from the
@@ -6446,7 +6787,10 @@
   \parindent \z@ 
   \parfillskip \@flushglue 
   \parskip \tw@\p@ plus 1fil\relax
-  \let \do \@makeother \dospecials \makestarlowast \catcode`$ \active
+  \let \do \@makeother
+  \dospecials
+  \makestarlowast
+  \catcode`$ \active
   \begingroup\lccode`~`$
   \lowercase{\endgroup\def~[##1]{\foreignlanguage{ngerman}{##1}}}%
   \catcode`^ \active
@@ -6455,9 +6799,12 @@
                                 % plus de mark-up cependant
   \catcode`\~\z@ 
   \footnotesize\normalfont\baselineskip10pt\relax
+%  \def\v{\vskip\baselineskip v}% ajouté 2015/05/09; faudra trouver mieux.
 % 2022/08/30, I remove all "v"'s from version numbers.
-%  \def\v{\vskip\baselineskip v}% ajouté 2015/05/09; faudra trouver mieux.
-  \def\1{\vskip\baselineskip 1}% ajouté 2015/05/09; faudra trouver mieux.
+% 2023/01/25, creating hypertargets
+  \begingroup\lccode`~32
+  \lowercase{\endgroup
+             \def\1##1~{\vskip\baselineskip\hypertarget{v1##1}{1##1}~}}%
 % 2022/08/26, stop using \frenchspacing
   % \frenchspacing
 % 2023/01/14
@@ -6483,6 +6830,8 @@
 \makeatother
 
 \begin{multicols}{2}
+% un \raggedcolumns ne fonctionne pas vraiment pour faire de l'alignement
+% de grid à cause du \parskip
 \makeatletter
 \everypar{\leftskip\jfverbadim\bgroup
           \def\par{\egroup\jfverbadim\z@\@@par}%
@@ -6492,9 +6841,85 @@
 \begingroup\obeyspaces\def\x{\endgroup%
 \def {\ifvmode\advance\jfverbadim.5em\relax\else\expandafter\jfverbaspace\fi}}\x
 \makeatother
+\vskip-\baselineskip
 \begin{jfverbatim}
-1.1c [2023/01/20]^
+~1.2 [2023/03/01]^
 
+    \locallistoffigures and \locallistoftables.
+
+    It is for time being required to pass options `lof', resp. `lot'
+    at package loading time to activate these features.  Whether or
+    not these features are enabled, etoc interferes in absolutely no
+    way with \listoffigures and \listoftables and their respective
+    auxiliary files.
+
+    Boolean options (and utility \etocsetup) `maintoctotoc',
+    `localtoctotoc', `localloftotoc', `locallottotoc', and
+    `ouroboros'.  For above reasons, no `mainloftotoc' or
+    `mainlottotoc'.  With `ouroboros=false` local TOCs whose heading
+    has been added to the `.toc' file due to `localtoctotoc` will show
+    deeper ones and the local `lists of' from their own level, but not
+    themselves.
+    
+    Compatibility layer with `tocbibind'.  Thanks to Denis Bitouzé for
+    feature request many years ago.  Sorry for the delay!
+
+    New feature (and breaking change): local tables of contents
+    in the default package configuration auto-adapt their titles
+    to use the appropriate unnumbered division heading (for example
+    a \subsection* if inside a \section).
+
+    Formerly, it was intended one would use \etocsettocstyle (or
+    higher level commands), else local TOCs were rendered using the
+    same emulation of the document class as for the main TOC.  One can
+    still require this document class emulation but then etoc tries at
+    least to adapt to the division unit one level below \part (i.e.
+    \chapter or \section).  E.g., for KOMA-script the option
+    `leveldown' is used.  But this is not appropriate for deeper
+    levels in general.
+
+    Ultimate control of toc titling can still be achieved via
+    \etocsettocstyle.  Many commands have been added to ease its
+    usage.  It is also possible to customize the default behavior
+    without \etocsettocstyle.
+
+    Details of the user interface and produced output from these novel
+    commands and options are susceptible to change.  Use at own risk.
+
+    Bugfix: the emptiness check could fail for
+    \localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth as it ignored tocdepth changes
+    originating from inside the .toc file, contrarily to the actual
+    typesetting (and behavior with other local tocs)
+
+    Bugfix: the \tableofcontents\ref{foo} syntax caused a
+    ``Missing number'' after \vpageref{foo} from package varioref
+    in certain circumstances due to \r at foo having then acquired a
+    value with an unexpected non-numerical first chunk.
+
+    Breaking change: the \etocsavedsectiontocline et al. macros
+    which raised a deprecation warning since 1.1a now use an
+    error message.
+
+    \expanded primitive is required.
+
+~1.1d (not released, part of 1.2)^
+
+    Complete internal refactoring of the legacy core code behind
+    the concept of ``start'' and ``finish'' parts for line styles.
+
+    \etocifunknownlevelTF and \etoclevel abstract away some
+    internals and may be useful for class or package authors.
+
+    \etocsetlevel filters out forbidden keywords `all', `none' and
+    others.  Its second argument can be an expression.
+
+    \etocsetstyle checks and warns appropriately if the level is
+    unknown to etoc or has a non-accepted numerical value.
+
+    Extensive refactoring of the documentation.
+
+~1.1c [2023/01/20]^
+
     Fix a brace removal bug in the construction of \etocname.  It
     remained without visible effects in documents using hyperref and
     default settings, thanks to the hyperlink wrapper, but e.g.
@@ -6628,7 +7053,8 @@
 
    Syncs with KOMA-script deprecation of \iftocfeature.
 
-~1.09a, 1.09b [2019/11/17]^
+~1.09b [2019/11/17]^~par~nobreak~vskip-~parskip~vskip-~baselineskip
+~1.09a ^
 
    Sync with memoir v3.7i which has a better location of the TOC
    hyperref anchor. The \etocaftertitlehook can now freely be
@@ -6648,9 +7074,9 @@
 ~1.08p [2018/07/04]^
 
    Fixed bug surfacing in case of linktoc=page option of hyperref.
-   Thanks to Denis Bitouzé for report (cf.
-   https://github.com/ho-tex/hyperref/issues/65,
-   https://github.com/dbitouze/yathesis/issues/61).
+   Thanks to Denis Bitouzé for report. Cf:~\
+   https://github.com/ho-tex/hyperref/issues/65~\
+   https://github.com/dbitouze/yathesis/issues/61
 
 ~1.08o [2018/06/15]^
 
@@ -6902,7 +7328,7 @@
    grateful thanks to all!
 
 
-~1.07l [2014/04/22]^
+~vskip~baselineskip1.07l [2014/04/22]^
 
    Fixes a bug with the 1.07k compatibility layer with tocloft which had broken
    the 1.07k (sic) compatibility with memoir (yes, memoir class 1.07k testing
@@ -7125,7 +7551,13 @@
 % 9 mars 2015
 % Pour rappel on avait dans le préambule:
 % \def\MacroFont{\ttfamily\small\hyphenchar\font45 \baselineskip11pt\relax}
+% 28 février 2023
+% Mis à jour
+% \def\MacroFont{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45\relax\setstretch{1}}
 % ce qui donne donc le \macro at font qui sera utilisé.
+% J'ai déjà fait \setstretch{1} au déput de la partie The code, donc
+% je peux le supprimer ici
+\def\macro at font{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45\relax}
 
 % 26 septembre 2021
 \catcode1 14 % pour pouvoir utiliser ^^A, car je l'avais mis à \active
@@ -7354,6 +7786,10 @@
 % let code line numbers really be fully in the margin
 \MacroIndent\z@
 
+% 2023/02/22, 1.2 uses setspace
+% 2023/02/27, I return to single line spacing finally
+%\AddToHook{env/macrocode/before}{\vskip.5\baselineskip}
+
 \makeatother
 
 % 18 janvier 2023 fix d'un problème de guillements courbes et d'inutilité de upquote,
@@ -7370,6 +7806,7 @@
 % will be used in code comments
 % I could re-define \csb, but perhaps better as the mark-up is not yet there
 % when I define this to opt for a new name
+\makeatletter
 \DeclareRobustCommand\csbc[1]{{\hypersetup{linkcolor=macrocodelinktocodelinecolor}%
     \ifcsname r at etocmacro-#1\endcsname
        \hyperref[etocmacro-#1]{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \char`\\ #1}%
@@ -7379,17 +7816,31 @@
           \hyperref[etocmacro-\xintTrimUnbraced{-4}{#1}]
                    {\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \char`\\ #1}%
        \else
-          \textcolor{red}{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \char`\\ #1}%
+% red color was not enough for me to identify misspelled macro names
+% but I should have a warning mechanism, the problem is how to
+% have it activated only at right time?
+          {\fboxsep-\fboxrule\color{Orchid}%
+           %\fbox{\textcolor{red}{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \char`\\ #1}}%
+           \fbox{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \char`\\ #1}%
+          }%
+% ah ok let's do this (2023/01/22, 1.2)
+          \ifcsname r at etocmacro-etocname\endcsname
+            \expanded{\noexpand\AtEndDocument
+                       {\noexpand\PackageError{etoc}{Pas de référence à #1\on at line}%
+                                                    {Corriger!}
+                       }%
+                     }%
+          \fi
        \fi
     \fi }%
 }
+\makeatother
 
-
 \setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
 
 \paragraph{About the syntax highlighting of the code:}
 Control\normalmarginpar\marginpar{\footnotesize\rmfamily\itshape\RaggedRight
-  The ``syntax highlighting'' was added at release 1.09f of 2022/08/30.\par}
+  The ``syntax highlighting'' was added at release \etocrelease{1.09f} of 2022/08/30.\par}
 sequences are mostly hyperlinks.  When a user level command gets defined it
 hyperlinks to the user documentation with bold face and
 \textbf{\textcolor{macrocodelinktouserdoccolor}{using this colour}}.  Further
@@ -7401,7 +7852,7 @@
 their first definitions will have their names displayed using bold face and
 \textbf{\textcolor{macrocodenewmacrocolor}{this colour}} (it is not
 an hyperlink then). Comments located \emph{inside} the code source (very little are
-left at |1.1a|) have been configured
+left at \etocrelease{1.1a}) have been configured
 \textcolor{macrocodecommentcolor}{to be rendered in their own colour}, and
 \textcolor{macrocodenoncscolor}{non commented-out and non-control sequences
   tokens use this colour}.  Other tokens use the fall-back normal colour.
@@ -7428,10 +7879,10 @@
 \paragraph{An apology:}
 the code comments served mainly as a record for the author's benefit
 of the historical evolution of the package and rarely as a description of what
-the macros do.  At |1.1a| I have removed almost all code comments which had
+the macros do.  At \etocrelease{1.1a} I have removed almost all code comments which had
 accumulated as in a palimpsest.  As a result, very few comments actually
-remain.  |1.1c| re-added comments to those parts of the code which
-got refactored at and since |1.1a|, revigorating the palimpsest stratification.
+remain.  \etocrelease{1.1c} re-added comments to those parts of the code which
+got refactored at and since \etocrelease{1.1a}, revigorating the palimpsest stratification.
 
 \paragraph{About \etoc and the processing of \texttt{.toc} file data:}
 \etoc,%
@@ -7438,11 +7889,11 @@
 %
 \normalmarginpar\marginpar{\footnotesize\rmfamily\itshape\RaggedRight
   This paragraph and the next were added very late in the history of the
-  package, at 1.09h and later.\par}
+  package, at \etocrelease{1.09h} and later.\par}
 %
 when not left in compatibility mode, hijacks the \csa{contentsline} expansion
 so as to not execute \csa{l at chapter}, \csa{l at section} etc..., but rather to
-parse the date and extract from it the \emph{name}, \emph{number}, and
+parse the data and extract from it the \emph{name}, \emph{number}, and
 \emph{page number}.
 %
 The \LaTeX{} |.toc| data
@@ -7458,15 +7909,15 @@
 of things with which \TeX\ can compute, in general) separately, each providing
 an argument to \csa{contentsline}.  But some mix is prepared, which may depend
 on the document class also, and besides usually handles \csa{part} levels very
-differently.  Fortunately upstream changes happen rarely.
+differently.  Fortunately upstream changes happen rarely.%
 %
 \normalmarginpar\marginpar{\footnotesize\rmfamily\itshape\RaggedRight
-  Prior to \texttt{1.1a}, \etoc aliased \csa{l at chapter},
+  Prior to \etocrelease{1.1a}, \etoc aliased \csa{l at chapter},
   \csa{l at section}, etc... (at the time of TOC typesetting only)
   to its own \csbc{Etoc at lxyz} in order to leave time to
   \ctanpkg{hyperref} to add its mark-up.  Thus the disentangling
   of name from number
-  was more complex than it is now.  With \texttt{1.1a}, \etoc
+  was more complex than it is now.  With \etocrelease{1.1a}, \etoc
   leaves \csa{l at chapter} etc... unmodified (and unused) and
   only hijacks \csa{contentsline}.}
 %
@@ -7537,7 +7988,7 @@
 %
 %</none>
 %<*package>
-% |1.1a| implements a radical change to legacy core internals for compatibility
+% \etocrelease{1.1a} implements a radical change to legacy core internals for compatibility
 % with some (future) \ctanpkg{hyperref} changes.  In order to facilitate this
 % overhaul, we require \LaTeX{} 2020/10/01 for the fourth argument to
 % \cs{contentsline} lines in the |.toc| file to be always present.
@@ -7544,10 +7995,77 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01]
 \ProvidesPackage{etoc}
-[2023/01/20 v1.1c Completely customisable TOCs (JFB)]
+[2023/03/01 v1.2 Completely customisable TOCs (JFB)]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \etocrelease{1.2} adds experimental support (only tested with standard
+% classes and few packages) for \csbc{locallistoffigures} and
+% \csbc{locallistoftables}.  Did I say this is experimental? When \LaTeX{}
+% will have added official hook to \csa{addcontentsline}, I will probably
+% revise the way \etoc hacks into it for this \emph{experimental}
+% functionality.
+%
+% As it is \textbf{experimental}, I think we can all agree I don't have
+% to spend too much space documenting it in user manual.  So I shall be
+% brief when I will get to it.  And I will remain brief here too.
+%
+% Now that \etoc uses package options, I will use \ctanpkg{kvoptions} as I am
+% familiar with it.  I understand upstream \LaTeX{} now has support for
+% key-value input, put I simply have had no time to read the interface.
+% Besides not sure it was there for the |2020/10/01| required release.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
+\SetupKeyvalOptions{prefix=Etoc@}
+\newif\ifEtoc at lof
+\DeclareVoidOption{lof}{\Etoc at loftrue
+  \PackageInfo{etoc}{Experimental support for \string\locallistoffigures.\MessageBreak
+                     Barely tested, use at own risk}%
+}
+\newif\ifEtoc at lot
+\DeclareVoidOption{lot}{\Etoc at lottrue
+  \PackageInfo{etoc}{Experimental support for \string\locallistoftables.\MessageBreak
+                     Barely tested, use at own risk}%
+}
+\@ifclassloaded{memoir}{
+\PackageInfo{etoc}
+   {As this is with memoir class, all `...totoc' options\MessageBreak
+    are set true by default.  Reported}
+\DeclareBoolOption[true]{maintoctotoc}
+\DeclareBoolOption[true]{localtoctotoc}
+\DeclareBoolOption[true]{localloftotoc}
+\DeclareBoolOption[true]{locallottotoc}
+}{
+\DeclareBoolOption[false]{maintoctotoc}
+\DeclareBoolOption[false]{localtoctotoc}
+\DeclareBoolOption[false]{localloftotoc}
+\DeclareBoolOption[false]{locallottotoc}
+}
+\DeclareBoolOption[true]{ouroboros}
+\DeclareDefaultOption{\PackageWarning{etoc}{Option `\CurrentOption' is unknown.}}
+\ProcessKeyvalOptions*
+\DisableKeyvalOption[action=error,package=etoc]{etoc}{lof}
+\DisableKeyvalOption[action=error,package=etoc]{etoc}{lot}
+\def\etocsetup#1{\setkeys{etoc}{#1}}
+\def\etocifmaintoctotoc{\ifEtoc at maintoctotoc
+                           \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+                         \else
+                           \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+                         \fi}
+\def\etociflocaltoctotoc{\ifEtoc at localtoctotoc
+                           \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+                         \else
+                           \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+                         \fi}
+\def\etociflocalloftotoc{\ifEtoc at localloftotoc
+                           \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+                         \else
+                           \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+                         \fi}
+\def\etociflocallottotoc{\ifEtoc at locallottotoc
+                           \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+                         \else
+                           \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+                         \fi}
 \RequirePackage{multicol}
-\DeclareOption*{\PackageWarning{etoc}{Option `\CurrentOption' is unknown.}}
-\ProcessOptions\relax
 \def\etoc@{\etoc@}
 \long\def\Etoc at gobtoetoc@ #1\etoc@{}
 \newtoks\Etoc at toctoks
@@ -7563,19 +8081,22 @@
 \let\Etoc at global\@empty
 \def\etocglobaldefs{\let\Etoc at global\global\let\tof at global\global}
 \def\etoclocaldefs {\let\Etoc at global\@empty\let\tof at global\@empty}
-\newif\ifEtoc at jj  % book
-\newif\ifEtoc at j   % part
-\newif\ifEtoc@    % chapter
-\newif\ifEtoc at i   % section
-\newif\ifEtoc at ii  % subsection
-\newif\ifEtoc at iii % subsubsection
-\newif\ifEtoc at iv  % paragraph
-\newif\ifEtoc at v   % subparagraph
-\newif\ifEtoc at number
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Some have been renamed at \etocrelease{1.2}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifEtoc at numbered
 \newif\ifEtoc at hyperref
 \newif\ifEtoc at parskip
 \newif\ifEtoc at tocwithid
-\newif\ifEtoc at standard
+\newif\ifEtoc at standardlines
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% These next three added at \etocrelease{1.2}.  The latter two for handling
+% compatibility layer with \ctanpkg{tocloft}
+% and \ctanpkg{tocbibind}.\par^^A encore ce problème de ligne supp si plein!
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifEtoc at etocstyle
+\newif\ifEtoc at classstyle
+\newif\ifEtoc at keeporiginaltoc
 \newif\ifEtoc at skipprefix
 \newif\ifEtoc at isfirst
 \newif\ifEtoc at localtoc
@@ -7583,7 +8104,7 @@
 \newif\ifEtoc at stoptoc
 \newif\ifEtoc at notactive
 \newif\ifEtoc at mustclosegroup
-\newif\ifEtoc at emptytoc
+\newif\ifEtoc at isemptytoc
 \newif\ifEtoc at checksemptiness
 \def\etocchecksemptiness       {\Etoc at checksemptinesstrue }
 \def\etocdoesnotcheckemptiness {\Etoc at checksemptinessfalse }
@@ -7590,86 +8111,142 @@
 \newif\ifEtoc at notocifnotoc
 \def\etocnotocifnotoc {\Etoc at checksemptinesstrue\Etoc at notocifnotoctrue }
 \newcounter{etoc at tocid}
-\newcounter{etoc at tocdepth}
+\def\Etoc at tocext{toc}
+\def\Etoc at lofext{lof}
+\def\Etoc at lotext{lot}
+\let\Etoc at currext\Etoc at tocext
+\def\etocifislocal{\ifEtoc at localtoc\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else
+                                   \expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi
+                  }
+\def\etocifislocaltoc{\etocifislocal{\ifx\Etoc at currext\Etoc at tocext
+                                     \expandafter\@firstoftwo\else
+                                     \expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}%
+                                    {\@secondoftwo}%
+                     }
+\def\etocifislocallof{\etocifislocal{\ifx\Etoc at currext\Etoc at lofext
+                                     \expandafter\@firstoftwo\else
+                                     \expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}%
+                                    {\@secondoftwo}%
+                     }
+\def\etocifislocallot{\etocifislocal{\ifx\Etoc at currext\Etoc at lotext
+                                     \expandafter\@firstoftwo\else
+                                     \expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}%
+                                    {\@secondoftwo}%
+                     }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Formerly a \LaTeX{} counter |etoc at tocdepth| was declared here but at
+% \etocrelease{1.2} it has been replaced by macro storage.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\expandafter\def\csname Etoc at -3@@\endcsname {-\thr@@}
+\expandafter\def\csname Etoc at -2@@\endcsname {-\tw@}
+\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at -1@@\endcsname \m at ne
+\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 0@@\endcsname  \z@
+\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 1@@\endcsname  \@ne
+\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 2@@\endcsname  \tw@
+\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 3@@\endcsname  \thr@@
+\expandafter\chardef\csname Etoc at 4@@\endcsname  4
+\expandafter\chardef\csname Etoc at 5@@\endcsname  5
+\expandafter\chardef\csname Etoc at 6@@\endcsname  6
+\expandafter\let\expandafter\Etoc@@six@@\csname Etoc at 6@@\endcsname
 \@ifclassloaded{memoir}{\def\Etoc at minf{-\thr@@}}{\def\Etoc at minf{-\tw@}}
-\def\Etoc@@minustwo@@{-\tw@}
-\let\Etoc@@minusone@@\m at ne
-\let\Etoc@@zero@@    \z@
-\let\Etoc@@one@@     \@ne
-\let\Etoc@@two@@     \tw@
-\let\Etoc@@three@@   \thr@@
-\chardef\Etoc@@four@@ 4
-\chardef\Etoc@@five@@ 5
-\chardef\Etoc@@six@@  6
-\def\Etoc@@minustwo@{minustwo}
-\def\Etoc@@minusone@{minusone}
-\def\Etoc@@zero@    {zero}
-\def\Etoc@@one@     {one}
-\def\Etoc@@two@     {two}
-\def\Etoc@@three@   {three}
-\def\Etoc@@four@    {four}
-\def\Etoc@@five@    {five}
-\expandafter\def\csname Etoc at -3@@\endcsname {-\thr@@}
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at -2@@\endcsname \Etoc@@minustwo@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at -1@@\endcsname \Etoc@@minusone@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 0@@\endcsname  \Etoc@@zero@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 1@@\endcsname  \Etoc@@one@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 2@@\endcsname  \Etoc@@two@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 3@@\endcsname  \Etoc@@three@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 4@@\endcsname  \Etoc@@four@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 5@@\endcsname  \Etoc@@five@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 6@@\endcsname  \Etoc@@six@@
-\let\Etoc at all@@   \Etoc@@five@@
 \let\Etoc at none@@  \Etoc at minf
+\expandafter\let\expandafter\Etoc at all@@ \csname Etoc at 5@@\endcsname
+\let\Etoc at dolevels\@empty
+\def\Etoc at newlevel #1{\expandafter\def\expandafter\Etoc at dolevels\expandafter
+        {\Etoc at dolevels\Etoc at do{#1}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% At |1.1a|, the \csa{etocsavedsectiontocline} and cousins are deprecated and
-% when they will be removed, \csbc{Etoc at levelist} will be too as it now serves
-% only for their definitions.
+% \etocrelease{1.2} has done some refactoring here (and above), reducing
+% the number of definitions.  Formerly each defined sectioning level got two
+% macros assigned to it: one holding the numerical level (as chardef or count,
+% or even tokens for |-\tw@|), the other in a textual representation such as
+% |minusone|.  The latter do not get defined anymore.
+%
+% MEMO: the name space here is poor and I should definitely have used
+% something such as \csa{Etoc at level@section}, not \csa{Etoc at section@@}.
+%
+% So \etocrelease{1.2} adds here \csbc{etocifunknownlevelTF} and
+% \csbc{etoclevel} for a higher level interface, which may be used by third
+% parties such as the \ctanpkg{yathesis} class and will allow \etoc at some
+% point to modify its internal naming conventions.
+%
+% The |-\tw@| case needed for \csbc{Etoc at minf} (or for \ctanpkg{memoir}) means
+% that two expansions of \csbc{etoclevel} do not always deliver a single
+% token, it is at any rate always self-delimiting in assignments and
+% \csa{ifnum} tests.  I hesitated using only explicit digit tokens by the way.
+%
+% The dummy sectioning levels ``all'' and ``none'' play a special role and
+% will be declared by \csbc{etocifunknownlevelTF} as ``known''.  They should
+% not be used as first argument of \csbc{etocsetlevel}...\par^^A TO FIX WHITELINE
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\Etoc at levellist\@empty
-\def\Etoc at newlevel #1{\expandafter\def\expandafter\Etoc at levellist\expandafter
-        {\Etoc at levellist\Etoc at levellist@elt{#1}}}
-\def\etocsetlevel#1#2{%
-   \@ifundefined{Etoc@#1@@}{\Etoc at newlevel{#1}}{}%
-   \ifcase#2\relax
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@zero@@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@zero@
-   \or
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@one@@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@one@
-   \or
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@two@@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@two@
-   \or
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@three@@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@three@
-   \or
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@four@@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@four@
-   \or
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@five@@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@five@
-   \or
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@six@@
+\def\etocsetlevel#1#2{\expanded{\noexpand\etoc at setlevel{#1}{#2}}}%
+\def\etoc at setlevel#1#2{%
+   \edef\Etoc at tmp{\the\numexpr#2}%
+   \if1\ifnum\Etoc at tmp>\Etoc@@six@@0\fi\ifnum\Etoc at tmp<-\tw at 0\fi1%
+      \in@{.#1,}{.none,.all,.figure,.table,.-3,.-2,.-1,.0,.1,.2,.3,.4,.5,.6,}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Letter or other agnostic test.  First time I ever use \csa{@car} as I never
+% paid attention to its existence and in more macro-coding intensive context
+% such as \ctanpkg{xint} I use my own.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \ifin@\else\if\@car#1\@nil @\in at true\fi\fi
+      \ifin@
+         \PackageWarning{etoc}
+            {Sorry, but `#1' is forbidden as level name.\MessageBreak
+             \if\@car#1\@nil @%
+                (because of the @, especially as first character)\MessageBreak\fi
+             Reported}%
+      \else
+        \etocifunknownlevelTF{#1}{\Etoc at newlevel{#1}}{}%
+        \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@#1@@\expandafter\endcsname
+                        \csname Etoc@\Etoc at tmp @@\endcsname
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This is a mechanism to allow ``to toc'' entries to not break the core
+% mechanism for local tables of contents (now also lists of) to correctly
+% know their scope, when for example we have in a row
+% \csbc{localtableofcontents}, \csbc{locallistoffigures},
+% \csbc{locallistoftables} and each has created its ``to toc'' entry:
+% main TOC will handle the |@<division>| as aliases to |<division>| and local
+% TOCs and Lists Of will ignoer them.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \expandafter\edef\csname Etoc@@#1@@\endcsname
+                         {\expandafter\noexpand\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% As ``to toc'' will use some \csa{addcontentsline}, we must make
+% \ctanpkg{hyperref} happy.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \expandafter\edef\csname toclevel@@#1\endcsname
+                         {\expandafter\noexpand\csname toclevel@#1\endcsname}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% But we don't let \csa{toclevel\string#1} to \csa{Etoc at tmp}, with some
+% hesitation.  The level defined by \csbc{etocsetlevel} should only be
+% for interpretation for the contents of the |.toc| file.  If for some reason
+% user wants to set all levels to six (i.e. not taken into account) except for
+% some special ones, then modifying \csa{toclevel\string#1} could prevent the
+% local TOC title to find a place in the bookmarks.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \fi
    \else
-    \ifnum#2=\m at ne
-     \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@minusone@@
-     \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@minusone@
-    \else
-     \ifnum#2=-\tw@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@minustwo@@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@minustwo@
-     \else
       \PackageWarning{etoc}
-         {Unexpected value `#2' in \string\etocsetlevel.\MessageBreak
-          It must be one of -2,-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 and\MessageBreak
-          will be set to 6: the \string\contentsline\space entries of type\MessageBreak
-          `#1' will be ignored by `etoc'.\MessageBreak Reported}%
+         {Argument `\detokenize{#2}' of \string\etocsetlevel\space should
+          represent\MessageBreak
+          -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 but evaluates to \Etoc at tmp.\MessageBreak
+          The level of `#1' will be set to 6.\MessageBreak
+          Tables of contents will ignore `#1' as long\MessageBreak
+          as its level is 6.\MessageBreak
+          Reported}%
+      \etocifunknownlevelTF{#1}{\Etoc at newlevel{#1}}{}%
       \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@six@@
-     \fi
-    \fi
    \fi
 }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Maybe let it first use \csbc{etocifunknownlevelTF} and raise in the
+% ``unknown'' branch a suitable expandable error message (and return say |-3|)?
+%
+% I may also need for internal usage a variant for only numerical |#1| which be
+% submitted to a \csa{the}\csa{numexpr}.  Not so far.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\etoclevel#1{\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname}
+\def\etocifunknownlevelTF#1{\@ifundefined{Etoc@#1@@}}
 \etocsetlevel{book}{-2}
 \etocsetlevel{part}{-1}
 \etocsetlevel{chapter}{0}
@@ -7679,220 +8256,146 @@
 \etocsetlevel{paragraph}{4}
 \etocsetlevel{subparagraph}{5}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% |1.09g| adapts to \ctanpkg{hyperref} depending on
-% whether the latter is at |7.00u| or earlier.  Indeed internal changes to
-% \ctanpkg{hyperref} at |7.00u| broke \etoc.  Thanks to Denis~\textsc{Bitouzé} for
-% reporting the issue.
+% Prior to \etocrelease{1.2}, only under class \ctanpkg{memoir} was
+% \csbc{etocsetlevel} used with |appendix|.  It does not seem to hurt to do it
+% generally, with a check whether document class provides chapters.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdefined\c at chapter
+  \etocsetlevel{appendix}{0}
+\else
+  \etocsetlevel{appendix}{1}
+\fi
+\def\Etoc at do#1{\@namedef{l@@#1}{\csname l@#1\endcsname}}
+\Etoc at dolevels
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We do not do a formal \csbc{etocsetlevel}|{figure}{6}| and anyhow the user
+% level interface forbids |figure| and |table| as first argument.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\Etoc at figure@@\Etoc@@six@@
+\let\Etoc at table@@\Etoc@@six@@
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \etocrelease{1.09g} adapts to \ctanpkg{hyperref} depending on whether the
+% latter is at |7.00u| or earlier.  Indeed internal changes to
+% \ctanpkg{hyperref} at |7.00u| broke \etoc.  Thanks to Denis~\textsc{Bitouzé}
+% for reporting the issue.
 %
-% |1.1a| radically simplifies matters at \etoc core, and with this in
-% place there would have been no incompatibility with the \ctanpkg{hyperref}
-% |7.00u| internal changes.
+% \etocrelease{1.1a} radically simplifies matters at \etoc core, and if these
+% changes had been in place earlier there would have been no incompatibility
+% with the \ctanpkg{hyperref} |7.00u| release.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \AtBeginDocument{%
 \@ifpackageloaded{parskip}{\Etoc at parskiptrue}{}%
 \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{\Etoc at hyperreftrue}{}%
 }
+\def\etocskipfirstprefix {\global\Etoc at skipprefixtrue }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% |2015/03/08| One has to be careful about the |Etoc at end@<level>| user
-% defined macros which may close groups. This has always been the reason
-% for the |\global|'s here and elsewhere.
+% Start of heart of \etoc's hacks into the execution of the |.toc| file
+% commands.  It goes via a redefinition of \csa{contentsline} which will
+% launch an extraction process leading to the construction of \csbc{etocname},
+% \csbc{etocnumber}, and \csbc{etocpage}, then the styles as defined by user
+% via \csbc{etocsetstyle} get executed in accordance to the levels.
 %
-% Attention that \csbc{Etoc at setflags} must not modify \csa{Etoc at next}!
+% In passing \etoc is witness to the linear succession of sectioning levels
+% and executes the \marg{start} and \marg{finish} parts of each used level at
+% the right time (they are rather called ``|begin|'' and ``|end|'' in the code
+% though).
+%
+% \etocrelease{1.2} did a complete rewrite of how \etoc creates virtually
+% a nesting structure out of the flat succession of the \csa{contentsline}'s
+% for various levels.  Ever since the first release this was based on using
+% boolean flags, one for each level.  The flag was on if the level had been
+% seen, hence its ``begin'' macro executed, but not yet its ``end'' macro.
+% This is now replaced by a stack storage \csbc{Etoc at stackofends} which is
+% simply, e.g. |{2}{0}{-3}{}|, to mean that first a chapter (|0|) was seen
+% then a subsection (|2|).  The |{-3}{}| trail is for matters of avoiding
+% brace removal in the implementation next (I could have replaced it by a
+% single token being numerically |-3|).
+%
+% When a new level is encountered and set in \csbc{Etoc at level}, it is compared
+% to the left most entry in the stack.  If higher, the ``begin'' macro is
+% executed and the \csbc{Etoc at level} is pushed (as a digit with possibly a
+% minus sign) to the left of the stack to record that the ``end'' macro is now
+% on the queue for execution (sic).  If equal, nothing has to be done, if
+% lower, the ``end'' macro of the left-most stored level is executed then this
+% level is removed, and one proceeds with the next one, etc... legacy code was
+% using a bunch of TeX conditionals rather, and I recall how in 2012 I was
+% unfamiliar with its strange syntax and had lots of troubles; once I got
+% something working it got frozen and basically did not change since then.
+% The \etocrelease{1.2} implementation has replaced all of this by
+% maintenance of a single ``stack'', which is more economical in terms of
+% used macros and potentially more scalable too.
+%
+% About \csbc{Etoc at level} I have hesitated using only digit and sign tokens,
+% but it is currently let to some \csa{chardef} (in exceptional
+% \ctanpkg{memoir} case of |book| level it can expand to |-\tw@|, and there is
+% also the \csa{m at ne} count).  \etocrelease{1.2} thus keeps defining such
+% \csa{chardef}'s but has at least dropped auxiliary macros (see the
+% definitions prior to \csbc{etocsetlevel}) which held some alphabetical
+% denotations such as ``minusone'' or ``zero'', and the \emph{begin},
+% \emph{prefix}, \emph{content} and \emph{end} macros associated with each
+% level now use a digit (and sign perhaps) (see \csbc{etocsetstyle}).  With
+% \csbc{Etoc at level} already storing directly such a digit, one would avoid a
+% \csa{number} or \csa{the}\csa{numexpr} at some places, but would have to be
+% more careful in the various \csa{ifnum}.
+%
+% This (always globally defined) \csbc{Etoc at level} must now never be set to
+% the numerical value \texttt{6}: it is legal to add to the |.toc| file dummy
+% sectioning levels associated to the numerical level \texttt{6} (such dummy
+% sectioning will be ignored but can be assigned locally a non-ignored level
+% for special effects) and if \csbc{Etoc at level} was, as prior to
+% \etocrelease{1.2}, systematically set to the numerical level of the
+% last seen \csa{contentsline}, this could cause \csbc{Etoc@@startlocaltoc} to
+% fail to correctly set the ``local top''.  Indeed it now only has
+% \csbc{Etoc at level} at his disposal, the legacy boolean flags being gone.
+%
+% The \csa{Etoc at isfirsttrue} was formally incorporated as last token of the
+% ``begin'' macros as defined by \csbc{etocsetstyle}, but has been displaced
+% by \etocrelease{1.2} to the code below.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Etoc at setflags {%
-    \ifcase \Etoc at level
-        \global\Etoc at vfalse
-        \global\Etoc at ivfalse
-        \global\Etoc at iiifalse
-        \global\Etoc at iifalse
-        \global\Etoc at ifalse
-        \global\Etoc at true
-    \or
-        \global\Etoc at vfalse
-        \global\Etoc at ivfalse
-        \global\Etoc at iiifalse
-        \global\Etoc at iifalse
-        \global\Etoc at itrue
-    \or
-        \global\Etoc at vfalse
-        \global\Etoc at ivfalse
-        \global\Etoc at iiifalse
-        \global\Etoc at iitrue
-    \or
-        \global\Etoc at vfalse
-        \global\Etoc at ivfalse
-        \global\Etoc at iiitrue
-    \or
-        \global\Etoc at vfalse
-        \global\Etoc at ivtrue
-    \or
-        \global\Etoc at vtrue
-    \else
-        \global\Etoc at vfalse
-        \global\Etoc at ivfalse
-        \global\Etoc at iiifalse
-        \global\Etoc at iifalse
-        \global\Etoc at ifalse
-        \global\Etoc at false
-        \ifnum\Etoc at level=\m at ne
-            \global\Etoc at jtrue
-        \else
-            \global\Etoc at jfalse
-            \global\Etoc at jjtrue
-        \fi
-    \fi
+\def\Etoc at updatestackofends#1\etoc@{\gdef\Etoc at stackofends{#1}}
+\def\Etoc at stackofends{{-3}{}}
+\def\Etoc at doendsandbegin{%
+    \expandafter\Etoc at traversestackofends\Etoc at stackofends\etoc@
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% One has to be careful that this may close
-% groups. The conditionals are all global. The \csbc{Etoc at level} has been
-% |\global\let| to a |\chardef| variable. The final |\else| of the
-% |\ifcase| assumes none of the \csa{Etoc at end@..} routines modify it,
-% naturally.
+% We compare the new level with those for which the \marg{start} parts of the
+% \csbc{etocsetstyle} declarations have been executed to decide if it is time
+% to execute their \marg{finish} parts.  In passing we set the boolean
+% \csbc{ifEtoc at isfirst} which is needed for \csbc{etociffirst} and
+% \csbc{etocxiffirst}.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Etoc at doends {%
-    \ifcase \Etoc at level
-        \ifEtoc at v  \Etoc at end@five \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iv \Etoc at end@four \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iii\Etoc at end@three\fi
-        \ifEtoc at ii \Etoc at end@two  \fi
-        \ifEtoc at i  \Etoc at end@one  \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at v  \Etoc at end@five \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iv \Etoc at end@four \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iii\Etoc at end@three\fi
-        \ifEtoc at ii \Etoc at end@two  \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at v  \Etoc at end@five \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iv \Etoc at end@four \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iii\Etoc at end@three\fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at v  \Etoc at end@five \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iv \Etoc at end@four \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at v  \Etoc at end@five \fi
-    \or
-    \else
-        \ifEtoc at v  \Etoc at end@five \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iv \Etoc at end@four \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iii\Etoc at end@three\fi
-        \ifEtoc at ii \Etoc at end@two  \fi
-        \ifEtoc at i  \Etoc at end@one  \fi
-        \ifEtoc@   \Etoc at end@zero \fi
-        \ifnum \Etoc at level =-\tw@
-            \ifEtoc at j \Etoc at end@minusone\fi
-        \fi
-    \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Calls \csbc{Etoc at setflags} which must not modify \csa{Etoc at next}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Etoc at dobegins{%
-    \let\Etoc at next\@empty
-    \Etoc at global\Etoc at isfirstfalse
-    \ifcase\Etoc at level
-        \ifEtoc@
-        \else
-            \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@zero}%
-        \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at i
-        \else
-            \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@one}%
-        \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at ii
-        \else
-            \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@two}%
-        \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at iii
-        \else
-            \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@three}%
-        \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at iv
-        \else
-            \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@four}%
-        \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at v
-        \else
-            \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@five}%
-        \fi
-    \else
-        \ifnum\Etoc at level=\m at ne
-            \ifEtoc at j
-            \else
-                \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@minusone}%
-            \fi
-        \else
-            \ifEtoc at jj
-            \else
-                \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@minustwo}%
-            \fi
-        \fi
-    \fi
-    \Etoc at setflags
-    \Etoc at next
-}
-\def\etocskipfirstprefix {\global\Etoc at skipprefixtrue }
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Heart of \etoc's hacks into the execution of the |.toc| file commands.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Etoc at etoccontentsline #1{%
-  \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Etoc at level\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname
-  \Etoc at skipthisonefalse
-  \ifnum\Etoc at level=\Etoc@@six@@
-    \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
-  \else
-   \ifEtoc at localtoc
-    \ifEtoc at stoptoc
-      \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
-    \else
-     \ifEtoc at notactive\Etoc at setflags
-       \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
-     \else
-      \unless\ifnum\Etoc at level>\etoclocaltop
-        \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
-        \global\Etoc at stoptoctrue
-      \fi
-     \fi
-    \fi
+\def\Etoc at traversestackofends#1{%
+  \ifnum#1>\Etoc at level\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi
+  {\csname Etoc at end@#1\endcsname
+   \Etoc at traversestackofends
+  }%
+  {\ifnum#1<\Etoc at level
+     \csname Etoc at begin@\the\numexpr\Etoc at level\endcsname
+     \Etoc at global\Etoc at isfirsttrue
+     \edef\Etoc at tmp{{\the\numexpr\Etoc at level}}%
+   \else
+     \Etoc at global\Etoc at isfirstfalse
+     \let\Etoc at tmp\@empty
    \fi
-  \fi
-  \let\Etoc at next\@gobblefour
-  \ifEtoc at skipthisone
-  \else
-   \unless\ifnum\c at tocdepth<\Etoc at level
-    \ifEtoc at standard
-      \let\Etoc at next\Etoc at savedcontentsline
-    \else
-      \let\Etoc at next\Etoc at etoccontentsline@
-    \fi
-   \fi
-  \fi
-  \Etoc at next{#1}%
+   \expandafter\Etoc at updatestackofends\Etoc at tmp{#1}%
+  }%
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% Ever since the first release of \etoc, the code has
-% to be careful that the |\Etoc at end@<level>| user defined macros may
-% close groups. This is the reason why some assignments have to be done
-% globally (|2015/03/08|).
+% Ever since the first release of \etoc, the code has to be careful that the
+% |\Etoc at end@<level>| user defined macros may close groups. This is the reason
+% why some assignments have to be done globally (|2015/03/08|).
 %
-% |1.1a| of |2023/01/14| implements a radical change to legacy core internals for
-% compatibility with (attow future) \ctanpkg{hyperref}.  Formerly
-% \csbc{Etoc at etoccontentsline@} fetched only the first argument.
-% It now also fetches all four (the fourth argument of
-% \csa{contentsline} is always present since \LaTeX{}
-% |2020/10/01|).  The \csbc{Etoc at lxyz} used to receive only the two
-% arguments (possibly hacked by \ctanpkg{hyperref})
-% of \csa{l at chapter}, \csa{l at section}, etc..., (these macros had
-% been |\let| to \csbc{Etoc at lxyz}), and examined them to see if they
-% were carrying hyperlinking data.  The |1.1a| and later
-% version receives as third
-% argument the fourth one of \csa{contentsline}, i.e.\@ the
-% hyperlinking target, and
-% adds the hyperlinking according to the status of
+% \etocrelease{1.1a} of |2023/01/14| implements a radical change to legacy
+% core internals for compatibility with (attow future) \ctanpkg{hyperref}.
+% Formerly \csbc{Etoc at etoccontentsline@} fetched only the first argument.  It
+% now also fetches all four (the fourth argument of \csa{contentsline} is
+% always present since \LaTeX{} |2020/10/01|).  The \csbc{Etoc at lxyz} used to
+% receive only the two arguments (possibly hacked by \ctanpkg{hyperref}) of
+% \csa{l at chapter}, \csa{l at section}, etc..., (these macros had been |\let| to
+% \csbc{Etoc at lxyz}), and examined them to see if they were carrying
+% hyperlinking data.  The \etocrelease{1.1a} and later version receives as
+% third argument the fourth one of \csa{contentsline}, i.e.\@ the hyperlinking
+% target, and adds the hyperlinking according to the status of
 % \ctanpkg{hyperref}'s \csa{Hy at linktoc}.
 %
 % This is a breaking change if a user hacked \csa{contentsline} to do some
@@ -7921,48 +8424,101 @@
 % empty.  This maintains backwards-compatibility with earlier releases of
 % \etoc.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Etoc at etoccontentsline #1{%
+  \let\Etoc at next\@gobblefour
+  \ifnum\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname=\Etoc@@six@@
+  \else
+   \Etoc at skipthisonefalse
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% MEMO: the mechanism added to make
+% added toc entries from ``list of'' titles invisible to the local tocs,
+% will be with |#1| starting with an |@|.  In that case \csa{Etoc@\string#1@@}
+% is not a \csa{chardef} but expands to one (or to a count or |-\tw@| perhaps,
+% or a |\numexpr...\relax|).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+   \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Etoc at level\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The trick goes through a slight overhead here to filter out such special
+% level names and do not make them update what will serve as top level for
+% local tocs or listsof.  Formerly this was managed by booleans, then for
+% \etocrelease{1.1d} (released as \etocrelease{1.2}) it got replaced by
+% sole usage of \csbc{Etoc at level}, and finally a specific
+% \csbc{Etoc at virtualtop} which gets its updates here.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+   \if @\@car#1\@nil\else\global\let\Etoc at virtualtop\Etoc at level\fi
+   \ifEtoc at localtoc
+    \ifEtoc at stoptoc
+      \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
+    \else
+     \ifEtoc at notactive
+       \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
+     \else
+      \unless\ifnum\Etoc at level>\etoclocaltop
+        \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
+        \global\Etoc at stoptoctrue
+      \fi
+     \fi
+    \fi
+   \fi
+   \ifEtoc at skipthisone
+   \else
+    \unless\ifnum\Etoc at level>\c at tocdepth
+     \ifEtoc at standardlines
+         \let\Etoc at next\Etoc at savedcontentsline
+     \else
+         \let\Etoc at next\Etoc at etoccontentsline@
+     \fi
+    \fi
+   \fi
+  \fi
+  \Etoc at next{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Hesitation at \etocrelease{1.2} about having \csbc{Etoc at level} being
+% always explicit digit and perhaps negative sign.  For now is a
+% \csa{chardef} or \csa{m at ne} \csa{count} (perhaps |-\tw@| also).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\Etoc at etoccontentsline@ #1#2#3#4{%
-    \Etoc at doends
-    \Etoc at dobegins
+    \Etoc at doendsandbegin
     \Etoc at global\edef\Etoc at prefix  {\expandafter\noexpand
-         \csname Etoc at prefix@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname }%
+         \csname Etoc at prefix@\the\numexpr\Etoc at level\endcsname }%
     \Etoc at global\edef\Etoc at contents{\expandafter\noexpand
-         \csname Etoc at contents@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname }%
-    \ifEtoc at skipprefix \Etoc at global\let\Etoc at prefix\@empty\fi
+         \csname Etoc at contents@\the\numexpr\Etoc at level\endcsname }%
+    \ifEtoc at skipprefix \Etoc at global\def\Etoc at prefix{\@empty}\fi
     \global\Etoc at skipprefixfalse
     \Etoc at lxyz{#2}{#3}{#4}%
-    \Etoc at prefix\Etoc at contents
+    \Etoc at prefix
+    \Etoc at contents
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% A \textbf{breaking change} is made at |1.1a|: \csbc{etoclink} will always
-% create an hyperlink, even in case of \ctanpkg{hyperref} being (possibly
-% locally) configured to obey |linktoc=none|.  Formerly, in such case,
-% \csbc{etoclink} added no hyperlink because \etoc identified the hyperlink
-% target from 
-% the \ctanpkg{hyperref} hacked arguments of \csa{l at section} et al, rather
-% than picking it from the fourth argument of \csa{contentsline}.
+% A \textbf{breaking change} is made at \etocrelease{1.1a}: \csbc{etoclink}
+% will always create an hyperlink, even in case of \ctanpkg{hyperref} being
+% (possibly locally) configured to obey |linktoc=none|.  Formerly, in such
+% case, \csbc{etoclink} added no hyperlink because \etoc identified the
+% hyperlink target from the \ctanpkg{hyperref} hacked arguments of
+% \csa{l at section} et al, rather than picking it from the fourth argument of
+% \csa{contentsline}.
 %
-% Another \textbf{breaking change} (documented only at |1.1b|): all three
-% of \csbc{etocthelinkedname}, \csbc{etocthelinkednumber}, and
-% \csbc{etocthelinkedpage} are always hyperlinks (for the latter, only if
-% page number is not empty to match \ctanpkg{hyperref} ways).
-% Formerly they obeyed the |linktoc| status,
-% somewhat counterintuitively, but this meant that \csbc{etocname} etc...
-% were their robust variants, which meant one could store easily for later
-% usage (see the documentation examples with ``treetoks'') their precise
-% meaning.  The breaking change happened in part because I was fooled myself
-% by the macro names, and refactored the code in two steps separated by months
-% so in second step I forgot I had only provisory code.  And I decided finally
-% to keep the breaking change.
+% Another \textbf{breaking change} (documented only at \etocrelease{1.1b}):
+% all three of \csbc{etocthelinkedname}, \csbc{etocthelinkednumber}, and
+% \csbc{etocthelinkedpage} are always hyperlinks (for the latter, only if page
+% number is not empty to match \ctanpkg{hyperref} ways).  Formerly they obeyed
+% the |linktoc| status, somewhat counterintuitively, but this meant that
+% \csbc{etocname} etc...  were their robust variants, which meant one could
+% store easily for later usage (see the documentation examples with
+% ``treetoks'') their precise meaning.  The breaking change happened in part
+% because I was fooled myself by the macro names, and refactored the code in
+% two steps separated by months so in second step I forgot I had only
+% provisory code.  And I decided finally to keep the breaking change.
 %
-% Under |linktoc=page| option, \ctanpkg{hyperref} has a ``feature'' to
-% add one level of bracing to first argument of the \csa{l at section} etc
-% macros.  So for \etoc |<1.1a| this meant some extra work to dig into such a
-% possible brace pair to check if the entry was numbered.  At |1.1a|, the
+% Under |linktoc=page| option, \ctanpkg{hyperref} has a ``feature'' to add one
+% level of bracing to first argument of the \csa{l at section} etc macros.  So
+% for \etoc |<1.1a| this meant some extra work to dig into such a possible
+% brace pair to check if the entry was numbered.  At \etocrelease{1.1a}, the
 % \ctanpkg{hyperref} modified \csa{contentsline} is not executed, hence there
-% is no such complication.  But the trimming of the now unneeded branches
-% was not yet done at |1.1a/b| and got completed only at |1.1c|, together
-% with some renamings and refactoring.
+% is no such complication.  But the trimming of the now unneeded branches was
+% not yet done at \etocrelease{1.1a}, \etocrelease{1.1b}, and got completed
+% only at \etocrelease{1.1c}, together with some renamings and refactoring.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\Etoc at lxyz #1#2#3{%
     \ifEtoc at hyperref
@@ -7972,10 +8528,11 @@
     \fi
     \Etoc at global\def\etocthepage {#2}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% Prior to |1.1a| an hyperlink was incorporated into \csbc{etocthelinkedpage}
-% only if \ctanpkg{hyperref} added an hyperlink to the page number, i.e.\@
-% under |linktoc=page| or |linktoc=all| (and a non empty page number).  With
-% |1.1a|, the hyperlink is always added (if a non empty page number).
+% Prior to \etocrelease{1.1a} an hyperlink was incorporated into
+% \csbc{etocthelinkedpage} only if \ctanpkg{hyperref} added an hyperlink to
+% the page number, i.e.\@ under |linktoc=page| or |linktoc=all| (and a non
+% empty page number).  With \etocrelease{1.1a}, the hyperlink is always added
+% (if a non empty page number).
 %    \begin{macrocode}
     \ifEtoc at hyperref
        \ifx\etocthepage\@empty
@@ -7987,15 +8544,16 @@
        \Etoc at global\let\etocthelinkedpage\etocthepage
     \fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% Define \csbc{etocthename} but this will perhaps be adjusted later if it is found
-% out that the entry was numbered.
+% Define \csbc{etocthename} but this will perhaps be adjusted later if it is
+% found out that the entry was numbered.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
     \Etoc at global\def\etocthename{#1}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Now we check if the entry is numbered and disentangle the number from the
-% name to define correctly \csbc{etocthename} and \csbc{etocthenumber}.
-% The delimiter tokens were modified at |1.1c| for a slight optimization.
-% And secondary macros have less to do since the |1.1a| initiated refactoring.
+% name to define correctly \csbc{etocthename} and \csbc{etocthenumber}.  The
+% delimiter tokens were modified at \etocrelease{1.1c} for a slight
+% optimization.  And secondary macros have less to do since the
+% \etocrelease{1.1a} initiated refactoring.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
     \futurelet\Etoc at getnb@token\Etoc@@getnb #1\hspace\etoc@
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -8006,18 +8564,18 @@
 %
 % In presence of \ctanpkg{hyperref} we let always \csbc{etocthelinkedname} and
 % \csbc{etocthelinkednumber} (for a numbered entry) carry an hyperlink.  This
-% is a \textbf{breaking change} at |1.1a|: formerly if the TOC (or the
-% specific entry in the |.toc| file, as it is always possibly to inject
+% is a \textbf{breaking change} at \etocrelease{1.1a}: formerly if the TOC (or
+% the specific entry in the |.toc| file, as it is always possibly to inject
 % \csa{hypersetup}) was typeset under |linktoc=none| or |linktoc=page| status,
 % then no hyperlinks were incorporated.  This is how \csbc{etocthename} and
 % \csbc{etocthenumber} are configured, but \csbc{etocthelinkedname} and
-% \csbc{etocthelinkednumber} will since |1.1a| always be hyperlinked in
-% presence of \ctanpkg{hyperref}.
+% \csbc{etocthelinkednumber} will since \etocrelease{1.1a} always be
+% hyperlinked in presence of \ctanpkg{hyperref}.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
     \ifEtoc at hyperref
       \def\Etoc at tmp##1##2{\Etoc at global\def##2{\hyperlink{#3}{##1}}}%
       \expandafter\Etoc at tmp\expandafter{\etocthename}\etocthelinkedname
-      \ifEtoc at number
+      \ifEtoc at numbered
          \expandafter\Etoc at tmp\expandafter{\etocthenumber}\etocthelinkednumber
       \else
          \Etoc at global\let\etocthelinkednumber\@empty
@@ -8039,15 +8597,28 @@
     \fi
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% In presence of \ctanpkg{hyperref}, \etoc |1.1a| imports the
+% In presence of \ctanpkg{hyperref}, \etoc \etocrelease{1.1a} imports the
 % \ctanpkg{hyperref} own logic and tests \csa{Hy at linktoc} to decide if
 % \emph{name}, \emph{number} and \emph{page} get hyperlinks.  This adds a
 % dependency that \csa{Hy at linktoc} should exist and have the expected
 % interpretation.
-% \begin{framed}
+% \begin{shaded}
+% \setstretch{1}%
 % \textbf{MEMO:} \emph{Matters of tagging will have to wait for \LaTeX\ itself
 % to show me what it does in \csa{l at section} etc... so that I can imitate.}
-% \end{framed}
+%
+% Updated 2023/02/26: this is now partly available and gave me an idea of
+% what will be needed here.  As the \etoc way goes through none of the
+% \LaTeX{} hook points, I will have to add the suitable \csa{UseHook} at
+% various places, after having stored the \csa{contentsline} original
+% arguments in the same macros as the \LaTeX{} new kernel code will do.
+%
+% Some difficulties though in perspective as \etoc separates name and number
+% and has no concept akin to \csa{@dottedtocline}.  Also if the user employs
+% \csbc{etocsetstyle} with \csa{l at section}, hooks may be executed twice if I
+% put them not in \csbc{etocname} but in the \marg{prefix} and \marg{content}
+% parts for each level.\par
+% \end{shaded}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\Etoc at lxyz@linktoc{%
     \ifcase\Hy at linktoc
@@ -8071,18 +8642,18 @@
 % But this step can cause brace removal so we \csa{futurelet} to
 % peek ahead.
 %
-% Prior to |1.1a| it could be possible that the first token following
+% Prior to \etocrelease{1.1a} it could be possible that the first token following
 % \csbc{Etoc@@getnb} was an opening brace and nevertheless the entry was
 % numbered, because of a \ctanpkg{hyperref} ``feature'' in case of
-% |linktoc=page| option.  But at |1.1a|, \etoc handles directly the argument
+% |linktoc=page| option.  But at \etocrelease{1.1a}, \etoc handles directly the argument
 % of \csa{contentsline} so the presence of an opening brace implies the entry
-% is not numbered.  For some reason |1.1a| kept the extra code to check in
+% is not numbered.  For some reason \etocrelease{1.1a} kept the extra code to check in
 % case the next token was an opening brace whether the whole entry was braced,
-% which would have been indicative in the past (but not at |1.1a|) of a
-% |linktoc=page| context (\etoc prior to |1.1a| never tested the value of
+% which would have been indicative in the past (but not at \etocrelease{1.1a}) of a
+% |linktoc=page| context (\etoc prior to \etocrelease{1.1a} never tested the value of
 % \csa{Hy at linktoc} as it did not want to be dependent on details of
 % \ctanpkg{hyperref} handling of options).  This legacy, now superfluous, code
-% branch is removed at |1.1c|, bringing some simplification here, in
+% branch is removed at \etocrelease{1.1c}, bringing some simplification here, in
 % particular the removal of an \csa{ifEtoc at bracedname} boolean.  Also, when
 % branching from here to the \csbc{Etoc at getnb@nonbr}, we won't need to check
 % if the entry had a special ``Part'' syntax, which is another simplification.
@@ -8099,27 +8670,27 @@
     \Etoc at next
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% |1.08n| tries to handle reasonably the \csa{nonumberline} of
+% \etocrelease{1.08n} tries to handle reasonably the \csa{nonumberline} of
 % \ctanpkg{KOMA-script}.  If it expands to |\numberline{}|, \etoc will
 % consider the line numbered with an empty number (afaict, the meaning of
 % \csa{nonumberline} is either empty or \csa{numberline}|{}|).  This got
-% modified at |1.1c| (see below).
+% modified at \etocrelease{1.1c} (see below).
 %
-% At |1.09f| we get rid of the \csa{nonumberline} from inside
+% At \etocrelease{1.09f} we get rid of the \csa{nonumberline} from inside
 % \csbc{etocthename} when it has empty meaning, so the expansion of the latter
 % can safely be delayed by custom section styles (for example if the build up
-% some token list to be executed later not immediately).  |1.1c| fixes a
-% regression committed at |1.1a|: for a \csa{nonumberline} with empty
+% some token list to be executed later not immediately).  \etocrelease{1.1c} fixes a
+% regression committed at \etocrelease{1.1a}: for a \csa{nonumberline} with empty
 % meaning the \csbc{etocthelinkedname} did not end up hyperlinked.
 %
 % A change, almost a bug fix, but the former behavior was actually
-% deliberate, at |1.1c| regarding the KOMA-script \csa{nonumberline}
+% deliberate, at \etocrelease{1.1c} regarding the KOMA-script \csa{nonumberline}
 % token: formerly, when it expanded to \csa{numberline}|{}| (this
 % can happen only when the TOC is typeset in compatibility mode for
-% the global display) then \csbc{ifEtoc at number} was set to true.
+% the global display) then \csbc{ifEtoc at numbered} was set to true.
 % But this is only a KOMA-script typesetting thing, and should not
 % have influenced \etoc's decisions when its (user or package) own
-% line styles are used: at |1.1c| it is thus decided that in such
+% line styles are used: at \etocrelease{1.1c} it is thus decided that in such
 % circumstances the \csbc{etocifnumbered} will pick the false
 % branch, and the empty \csbc{etocthelinkednumber} will not be
 % hyperlinked.
@@ -8129,7 +8700,7 @@
 % opening brace.
 %
 % The \csbc{Etoc@@getit} branch for ``Parts'' used to be executed from inside
-% \csbc{Etoc at lxyz}.  At |1.1c| we jump directly to it from here.
+% \csbc{Etoc at lxyz}.  At \etocrelease{1.1c} we jump directly to it from here.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\Etoc at getnb #1{%
     \in@{#1}{\numberline\chapternumberline\partnumberline\booknumberline}%
@@ -8143,7 +8714,7 @@
        \fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Remove a KOMA-script \csa{nonumberline} token if present and process the
-% entry always as not numbered (see above comments).  Prior to |1.1c|, the
+% entry always as not numbered (see above comments).  Prior to \etocrelease{1.1c}, the
 % code branched according to the meaning of the \csa{nonumberline} token,
 % which was a bit silly.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -8155,15 +8726,15 @@
     \Etoc at next #1%
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% Prior to |1.1a|, \csbc{etocthelinkedname} and \csbc{etocthelinkednumber}
+% Prior to \etocrelease{1.1a}, \csbc{etocthelinkedname} and \csbc{etocthelinkednumber}
 % (for a numberd entry) were defined to carry links only if an hyperlink was
 % actually found, now they are defined in \csbc{Etoc at lxyz} to always provide
 % the hyperlinking to the target title in the document.
 %
-% |1.1a| and |1.1b| still had here some superfluous code which was trimmed at
-% |1.1c|.
+% \etocrelease{1.1a} and \etocrelease{1.1b} still had here some superfluous code which was trimmed at
+% \etocrelease{1.1c}.
 %
-% Also, |1.1c| fixes here a brace removal bug (which had always been there I
+% Also, \etocrelease{1.1c} fixes here a brace removal bug (which had always been there I
 % guess): if the numbered heading title was braced one level of bracing was
 % removed.  The bug had no effect in a document using \ctanpkg{hyperref} (and
 % its default |linktoc| setting) as the \csa{hyperlink} wrapper limited the
@@ -8171,7 +8742,7 @@
 % input such as |\section{{\color{blue}Stuff}}|.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\Etoc at getnb@nmbrd #1#2{%
-    \Etoc at global\Etoc at numbertrue
+    \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberedtrue
     \Etoc at global\def\etocthenumber {#2}%
     \Etoc at getnb@nmbrd at getname\@empty
 }%
@@ -8185,27 +8756,27 @@
 % Not numbered entry.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\Etoc at getnb@nonbr #1\etoc@ {%
-    \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberfalse
+    \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberedfalse
     \Etoc at global\let\etocthenumber \@empty
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% Special KOMA branch: |#1| starts with \csa{nonumberline} (prior to |1.1c|
+% Special KOMA branch: |#1| starts with \csa{nonumberline} (prior to \etocrelease{1.1c}
 % the |#1| would have already lost this token, and this branch was executed
 % only in case \csa{nonumberline} had empty meaning).  We need to remove this
 % token from |#1| and redefine \csbc{etocthename}.
 %
-% |1.1a| code still had here some complications with a ``braced name'' branch
-% which was in fact never executed at |1.1a|, as the \ctanpkg{hyperref} hacks
+% \etocrelease{1.1a} code still had here some complications with a ``braced name'' branch
+% which was in fact never executed at \etocrelease{1.1a}, as the \ctanpkg{hyperref} hacks
 % into the expansion of \csa{contentsline} were not executed.  These now
-% unneeded complications got removed at |1.1c|.
+% unneeded complications got removed at \etocrelease{1.1c}.
 %
-% |1.1c| also fixes a regression caused by |1.1a| in this branch: the
+% \etocrelease{1.1c} also fixes a regression caused by \etocrelease{1.1a} in this branch: the
 % \csbc{etocthelinkedname} had lost its hyperlink.
 %
 % The \csa{nonumberline} extra token guarantees no brace stripping here.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\Etoc at getnb@nonumberline #1\hspace\etoc@ {%
-    \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberfalse
+    \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberedfalse
     \Etoc at global\let\etocthenumber \@empty
     \Etoc at global\expandafter\def\expandafter\etocthename\expandafter{\@gobble#1}%
 }
@@ -8214,7 +8785,7 @@
 % possible here when grabbing |#1|, due to previous checks that it does
 % not start by a space token or an opening brace.
 %
-% |1.1c| handles this as a sub-branch from \csbc{Etoc@@getnb} which brings
+% \etocrelease{1.1c} handles this as a sub-branch from \csbc{Etoc@@getnb} which brings
 % simplifications.  Also the code has been somewhat strengthened so as to
 % avoid in later processing a brace removal issue on the name (which was a bug
 % of legacy earlier code), when it turns our we are handling a numbered Part
@@ -8226,10 +8797,10 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\Etoc@@getit #1\hspace#2{%
     \ifx\etoc@#2%
-      \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberfalse
+      \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberedfalse
       \Etoc at global\let\etocthenumber \@empty
     \else
-      \Etoc at global\Etoc at numbertrue
+      \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberedtrue
       \Etoc at global\def\etocthenumber {#1}%
       \expandafter\Etoc at getit@getname \expandafter\@empty
     \fi
@@ -8236,8 +8807,8 @@
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Chain of \csa{expandafter}'s to get rid of the added \csa{@empty} token to
-% avoid a brace removal.  And this is the end of the |1.1a| refactoring,
-% completed at |1.1c|.
+% avoid a brace removal.  And this is the end of the \etocrelease{1.1a} refactoring,
+% completed at \etocrelease{1.1c}.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\Etoc at getit@getname #1\hspace\etoc@ {%
     \Etoc at global\expandafter\def\expandafter\etocthename\expandafter{#1}%
@@ -8257,7 +8828,7 @@
 \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etocpage}  {}
 \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etoclink}  {\@firstofone}
 \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etocifnumbered}
-   {\ifEtoc at number\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}
+   {\ifEtoc at numbered\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}
 \expandafter\let\expandafter\etocxifnumbered\csname etocifnumbered \endcsname
 \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etociffirst}
    {\ifEtoc at isfirst\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}
@@ -8272,7 +8843,7 @@
   \fi
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% |1.07m| moves the reading of the toc file At Begin Document. Needed for
+% \etocrelease{1.07m} moves the reading of the toc file At Begin Document. Needed for
 % Babel activated characters.\par^^A extra \par needed to avoid empty line...
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \Etoc at toctoks {}% (superfluous, but for clarity)
@@ -8302,65 +8873,408 @@
   \fi
   \global\let\Etoc at openouttoc\empty
 }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The |\gdef\Etoc at stackofends{{-3}{}}| is in theory superfluous as normally
+% this stack should always have been restored on exit to its initial state,
+% but...
+%
+% It would perhaps be better to issue here \csa{Etoc at notactivetrue}, prior to
+% |\the\Etoc at toctoks| but it is up to the caller macros to do it.
+% \csbc{Etoc at minf} is a level which is lower (i.e. more encompassing than all
+% others), so numerically \texttt{-2} for standard classes and \texttt{-3} for
+% \ctanpkg{memoir} class.
+%
+% The \csbc{Etoc at doendsandbegin} will not try to execute a (non-existing)
+% ``begin'' macro for the level \texttt{-3}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\Etoc at toctoc{%
-  \global\Etoc at vfalse
-  \global\Etoc at ivfalse
-  \global\Etoc at iiifalse
-  \global\Etoc at iifalse
-  \global\Etoc at ifalse
-  \global\Etoc at false
-  \global\Etoc at jfalse
-  \global\Etoc at jjfalse
+  \gdef\Etoc at stackofends{{-3}{}}%
+  \global\let\Etoc at level\Etoc at minf
+  \global\let\Etoc at virtualtop\Etoc at minf
   \the\Etoc at toctoks
   \ifEtoc at notactive
   \else
-   \ifEtoc at v   \Etoc at end@five\fi
-   \ifEtoc at iv  \Etoc at end@four\fi
-   \ifEtoc at iii \Etoc at end@three\fi
-   \ifEtoc at ii  \Etoc at end@two\fi
-   \ifEtoc at i   \Etoc at end@one\fi
-   \ifEtoc@    \Etoc at end@zero\fi
-   \ifEtoc at j   \Etoc at end@minusone\fi
-   \ifEtoc at jj  \Etoc at end@minustwo\fi
+   \gdef\Etoc at level{-\thr@@}%
+   \Etoc at doendsandbegin
   \fi
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% Memo: \csbc{etoclocaltop} has only
-% meaningful meaning when the local toc has its "active" flag set. Except that
-% I used a "notactive" flag to torture myself, so: has the "notactive" flag
-% off.
+% Memo: \csbc{etoclocaltop} has only meaningful meaning when the toc is local
+% and is ``active''. Except that I used a "notactive" flag to torture myself,
+% so: has the \csbc{ifEtoc at notactive} flag set to |false|.
 %
-% Also attention |1.09| now sets the \csa{c at tocdepth} there in relation to
-% implementation of \localtocwrdp. This is needed for line styles in
-% compatibility mode as the code from standard classes checks the tocdepth
-% counter.
+% The \etocrelease{1.2} removal of usage of boolean flags associated to
+% the levels has made the next definition more succinct.  Their former r\^ole is
+% picked up by \csbc{Etoc at level}.
+%
+% MEMO: the \csbc{etoclocaltableofcontentshook} has been added during development
+% \etocrelease{1.2} probably for reasons of symmetry with handling of the
+% local ``lists of'' code, but at time of release I can't remember clearly.
+% Hesitation where to put it exactly.
+%
+% \etocrelease{1.2} adds a \csbc{Etoc@@startlocaltochook} for a refactoring of
+% \csbc{localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth}.  It also serves to make the
+% emptiness check with local ``lists of'', as will be seen further down.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\etoc@@startlocaltoc#1#2{%
+\def\Etoc@@startlocaltoc#1#2{%
     \ifEtoc at localtoc
        \ifnum #1=#2\relax
-          \ifEtoc at jj  \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@minustwo@@\fi
-          \ifEtoc at j   \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@minusone@@\fi
-          \ifEtoc@    \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@zero@@    \fi
-          \ifEtoc at i   \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@one@@     \fi
-          \ifEtoc at ii  \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@two@@     \fi
-          \ifEtoc at iii \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@three@@   \fi
-          \ifEtoc at iv  \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@four@@    \fi
-          \ifEtoc at v   \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@five@@    \fi
-          \global\c at tocdepth\Etoc at localtocdepth
+          \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc at virtualtop
+          \Etoc@@startlocaltochook
+          \etoclocaltableofcontentshook
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The \csbc{ifEtoc at etocstyle} boolean is true when \etoc is left in its default
+% mode (no usage of \csbc{etocsettocstyle} or \csbc{etocclasstocstyle}).  It
+% inhibits \csbc{Etoc at tableofcontents} from using the specified
+% \marg{before\string_toc} and \marg{after\string_toc} from usage of
+% \csbc{etocsettocstyle}.  And here we can insert the code we wish to do the
+% title.
+%
+% \begin{shaded}
+% \setstretch{1}%
+% \textbf{MEMO}: for legacy reason \etoc shares a lot of code between global TOC and
+% local TOCs.  But it would probably have been better to separate the two and
+% provide an \csa{etocsetlocaltocstyle} that the user can use in preamble.
+% As it stands \csbc{etocsettocstyle} if used in preamble also influences the
+% global TOC, so basically one has to use it again after it (if it comes first
+% in the document).
+% \end{shaded}
+%
+% The \csa{ifEtoc at ouroboros} mechanism when it is set to false appears rather
+% audacious.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \ifEtoc at etocstyle
+              \etocetoclocaltocmaketitle
+          \fi
+          \ifx\Etoc at aftertitlehook\@empty
+          \else
+            \ifEtoc at localtoctotoc
+              \ifEtoc at ouroboros
+              \else
+                \let\Etoc at tmp\contentsline
+                \def\contentsline{\let\contentsline\Etoc at tmp\@gobblefour}%
+              \fi
+            \fi
+          \fi
           \global\Etoc at notactivefalse
-          \global\Etoc at vfalse
-          \global\Etoc at ivfalse
-          \global\Etoc at iiifalse
-          \global\Etoc at iifalse
-          \global\Etoc at ifalse
-          \global\Etoc at false
-          \global\Etoc at jfalse
-          \global\Etoc at jjfalse
        \fi
     \fi
 }
 \let\etoc at startlocaltoc\@gobble
+\let\Etoc@@startlocaltoc at toc\Etoc@@startlocaltoc
+\let\Etoc@@startlocaltochook\@empty
+\def\etocdivisionnameatlevel#1{%
+    \ifcase\numexpr#1\relax
+             \ifdefined\c at chapter chapter\else section\fi%
+         \or section%
+         \or subsection%
+         \or subsubsection%
+         \or paragraph%
+         \or subparagraph%
+         \or empty%
+    \else\ifnum\numexpr#1<\m at ne
+             book%
+         \else
+             part%
+         \fi
+    \fi
+}
+\def\etoclocalheadtotoc#1#2{\addcontentsline{toc}{@#1}{#2}}
+\def\etocglobalheadtotoc{\addcontentsline{toc}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
+% I have coded this so that it can be copied pasted to a user document and
+% customized at will.  The \csa{par} is in case of a local TOC in a
+% subsubsection or deeper, the heading will then be rendered as a paragraph
+% heading...\par^^A sigh with extra line if full here
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\UseName{\@nameuse}
+\def\etocetoclocaltocmaketitle{%
+    \UseName{\etocdivisionnameatlevel{\etoclocaltop+1}}*{\localcontentsname}%
+    \ifnum\etoclocaltop>\tw@\mbox{}\par\fi
+    \etociflocaltoctotoc
+      {\etocifisstarred
+         {}% star variant, do not add to toc
+         {\etoclocalheadtotoc
+           {\etocdivisionnameatlevel{\etoclocaltop+1}}%
+           {\localcontentsname}%
+         }%
+      }%
+      {}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% In dev, I used \csa{etoc} prefix for the next two, but I
+% decided to drop it for release.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\localcontentsname  {\contentsname}%
+\let\etoclocaltableofcontentshook\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The big thing at \etocrelease{1.2}: experimental support code for
+% \csbc{locallistoffigures} and \csbc{locallistoftables}!  There were two
+% possibilities to implement the `localtoc' mechanism: either add some extra
+% things to the |.lof| and |.lot| files, or get their data duplicated in the
+% |.toc| file.  I have chosen for time being the latter path, hence this goes
+% via hacking into \csa{addcontentsline} and it must be the case that the
+% document class uses it (from \csa{caption}).  If some package has modified
+% the implementation of captions of figures and tables and insertes data in
+% the |.lof| or |.lot| files directly via \csa{addtocontents} for example
+% and not via \csa{addcontentsline}, then the \etoc mechanism will fail.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\if1\ifEtoc at lof0\fi\ifEtoc at lot0\fi1%
+\else
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \let\Etoc at originaladdcontentsline\addcontentsline
+  \def\addcontentsline{\Etoc at hackedaddcontentsline}%
+}%
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \csa{expanded} is by now available in all engines, I think.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Etoc at hackedaddcontentsline#1{%
+  \expanded{\noexpand\in@{.#1,}{\ifEtoc at lof.lof,\fi\ifEtoc at lot.lot,\fi}}%
+  \ifin@\expandafter\Etoc at hackedaddcontentsline@i
+   \else\expandafter\Etoc at originaladdcontentsline
+  \fi
+  {#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This business of \csa{protected at file@percent} is not really needed as anyhow
+% \etoc reads the |.toc| file with no space token from end of lines.
+
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Etoc at hackedaddcontentsline@i#1#2#3{%
+    \expanded{\noexpand\in@{.#1;#2,}}{.lof;figure,.lot;table,}%
+    \ifin@
+    \addtocontents {toc}{%
+      \protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}{\ifEtoc at hyperref\@currentHref\fi}%
+      \ifdefined\protected at file@percent\protected at file@percent\fi
+    }%
+    \fi
+    \Etoc at originaladdcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We will simply let \csbc{locallistoffigures} and \csbc{locallistoftables}
+% use \csbc{localtableofcontents}.  We need some dedicated variant of
+% \csbc{Etoc@@startlocaltoc}.  Hesitation where to put
+% \csbc{Etoc@@startlocaltochook} which has multiple usages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Etoc@@startlocallistof#1#2#3{%
+    \ifEtoc at localtoc
+       \ifnum #2=#3\relax
+          \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc at virtualtop
+          \global\Etoc at notactivefalse
+          \Etoc@@startlocaltochook
+          \csname etoclocallistof#1shook\endcsname
+          \ifEtoc at etocstyle
+              \csname etocetoclistof#1smaketitle\endcsname
+          \fi
+       \fi
+    \fi
+}
+\def\Etoc@@startlocallistof at setlevels#1{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |#1| is |figure| or |table|.
+%
+% \csbc{etoclocaltop} represents the level which will stop the local ``list
+% of'' contents.  I hesitated whether local ``lists of'' should obey the
+% |tocdepth|, especially a varying one.  Finally at last minute I opted for
+% ``Yes'', so in the end no alteration of |tocdepth| will be done here.  We
+% will set the level to have value
+% \centeredline{|min(1, |\csbc{etoclocaltop}|+1)|}
+% At least |1|, because it really would not make
+% sense to show figure entries as chapter entries for a local list of figures
+% in a Part (if the user has for example set the
+% \csbc{etoclocallistoffigureshook} to do nothing, so that the line styles as
+% configured via \csbc{etocsetstyle} are not avoided).  And it must be greater
+% than \csbc{etoclocaltop} else such an entry would terminate the scope of the
+% local contents.
+%
+% In the default context which has issued via
+% \csbc{etoclocallistoffigureshook} a local \csbc{etocstandardlines}, the
+% actual value of the level only has a ``all or nothing'' meaning: if it is
+% greater than |tocdepth| then the \csbc{Etoc at etoccontentsline} will not call
+% \csa{contentsline}, else it will and then the code from document class will
+% kick in.  The |article| class defines \csa{l at figure} as
+% \centeredline{|\@dottedtocline {1}{1.5em}{2.3em}|}
+% And we are here in a context where necessarily |tocdepth| is at least |1|
+% (if it was |0| or less, as the level has been set to at least |1|, the entry
+% would have been filtered out earlier by \csbc{Etoc at etoccontentsline}), so
+% the line will show.  And if \csbc{etoclocallistoffigureshook} was modified
+% and did not issue \csbc{etocstandardlines} and we are in this situation that
+% the |tocdepth| comparison did not inhibit the entry, then it will show too,
+% at least if the line style does not say to do nothing (notice that the \etoc
+% fall-back line styles are configured to do nothing for paragraph and
+% subparagraph entries).
+%
+% On the other hand if the |tocdepth| inhibits entries of level
+% \csbc{etoclocaltop}|+1|, then a \csbc{localtableofcontents} at this level
+% would display no contents, so why should it not also mute
+% \csbc{locallistoffigures}?
+%
+% This change to the level \csbc{Etoc at figure@@} or \csbc{Etoc at table@@} is done
+% only locally, no need to worry about collaterals after the ``List of''.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \ifnum\etoclocaltop<\z@
+              \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\@ne
+          \else
+              \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@#1@@\expandafter\endcsname
+                              \csname Etoc@\the\numexpr\etoclocaltop+\@ne @@\endcsname
+          \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We now make invisible all level names whose numerical level would have
+% allowed them to show in these contents.  |figure| and |table| are never
+% included in the \csbc{Etoc at dolevels} no danger to cancel them out.  The
+% special level names |@section| etc... which are inserted by headings of
+% local ``lists of'' or local TOCs under \etocoption{localloftotoc} and other
+% options have been made invisible by \csbc{Etoc at listofhook}, no need to do
+% anything about them here.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \def\Etoc at do##1{%
+              \ifnum\etoclevel{##1}>\etoclocaltop
+                     \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@##1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@six@@
+              \fi}%
+          \Etoc at dolevels
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Let's for time being configure the figure and table lines to be rendered as
+% in class default.
+%
+% Ah, I remember why I added \csbc{etoclocaltableofcontentshook} above.  It is
+% by symmetry as I had defined those next two already.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\etoclocallistoffigureshook{\etocstandardlines}
+\def\etoclocallistoftableshook {\etocstandardlines}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Here is some info about usage of \csbc{etoclocallistoffigureshook}, for
+% those who end up here from having clicked on the name from the user
+% manual.  Its default as above means to use the class default for lines in
+% \csa{listoffigures}.  If you redefine it to be empty, the effect is that
+% (except of course if \csbc{etocstandardlines} has been issued globally) the
+% figure lines will adopt the style configured for level
+% \csbc{etoclocaltop}|+1| (or more precisely the minimum of that and of |1|).
+% You can definitely put into the hook some
+% \centeredline{\csbc{etocsetstyle}|{\number\etoclevel{figure}}{}{}{...}{}|}
+% where the dots represent some code with \csbc{etocnumber}, \csbc{etocname},
+% \csbc{etocpage}, itself possibly querying \csbc{etoclevel}|{figure}|, or
+% perhaps \csbc{etoclocaltop} to know the actual depth (which may the one of a
+% Part which can thus be distinguished from being in a Chapter, whereas 
+% \csa{number}\csbc{etoclevel}|{figure}| will give |1| in both cases).
+%
+% There is variant which is to maintain the default \csbc{etocstandardlines}
+% in the hook and then re-define the kernel macro \csa{l at figure} to do the
+% desired thing.  For example the default with |article| is for \csa{l at figure}
+% to do {|\@dottedtocline {1}{1.5em}{2.3em}|} so you can do some
+% variant where the second and third argument (numwidth and indent) are set
+% according to \csbc{etoclocaltop}.
+%
+% I hope the above explanations help, they appear too advanced for inclusion
+% in the user manual so I give them here.
+%
+% In dev, I used \csa{etoc} prefix here, but I decided to drop it for release.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\locallistfigurename{\listfigurename}
+\def\locallisttablename {\listtablename}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Same observations as for \csbc{etocetoclocaltocmaketitle}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\etocetoclistoffiguresmaketitle{%
+    \UseName{\etocdivisionnameatlevel{\etoclocaltop+1}}*{\locallistfigurename}%
+    \ifnum\etoclocaltop>\tw@\mbox{}\par\fi
+    \etociflocalloftotoc
+      {\etocifisstarred
+         {}% star variant, do not add to toc
+         {\etoclocalheadtotoc
+           {\etocdivisionnameatlevel{\etoclocaltop+1}}%
+           {\locallistfigurename}%
+         }%
+      }%
+      {}%
+}%
+\def\etocetoclistoftablesmaketitle{%
+    \UseName{\etocdivisionnameatlevel{\etoclocaltop+1}}*{\locallisttablename}%
+    \ifnum\etoclocaltop>\tw@\mbox{}\par\fi
+    \etociflocallottotoc
+      {\etocifisstarred
+         {}% star variant, do not add to toc
+         {\etoclocalheadtotoc
+           {\etocdivisionnameatlevel{\etoclocaltop+1}}%
+           {\locallisttablename}%
+         }%
+      }%
+      {}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The local lists of do support the |\label/\ref| syntax as we are careful
+% here to position \csbc{localtableofcontents} as last token.
+%
+% The reset to \csa{@empty} of the \csa{Etoc at listofreset} is not strictly
+% needed as the other things can always be done with no harm.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\Etoc at listofreset\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Memo: \csa{ext at toc} defined in KOMA and memoir but not in the standard classes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\locallistoffigures{%
+    \ifEtoc at lof
+      \def\Etoc at listofreset{%
+          \let\Etoc at currext\Etoc at tocext
+          \let\Etoc@@startlocaltoc\Etoc@@startlocaltoc at toc
+          \let\Etoc@@startlocaltochook\@empty
+          \let\Etoc at listofreset\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The \csbc{Etoc at listofhook} is executed by \csbc{localtableofcontents}.  It
+% will be used here to let local ``lists of'' ignore all the special |.toc|
+% entries whose level names start with a |@|.  This is to avoid the scope
+% limiting detection of the local list of figures or tables from being
+% influenced by another list of, such as a list of tables following a list of
+% figures which has put its title inside the |.toc| due to |locallottotoc|
+% option of \etoc.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \let\Etoc at listofhook\@empty
+          }%
+      \let\Etoc at currext\Etoc at lofext
+      \def\Etoc@@startlocaltoc{\Etoc@@startlocallistof{figure}}%
+      \def\Etoc@@startlocaltochook{\Etoc@@startlocallistof at setlevels{figure}}%
+      \def\Etoc at listofhook{%
+        \def\Etoc at do####1{%
+          \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@@####1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@six@@
+        }%
+        \Etoc at dolevels
+      }%
+      \expandafter\localtableofcontents
+    \else
+      \PackageError{etoc}{%
+        \string\locallistoffigures \on at line\space but\MessageBreak
+        package was loaded without `lof' option}%
+        {Try again with \string\usepackage[lof]{etoc}}%
+    \fi
+}
+\def\locallistoftables{%
+    \ifEtoc at lot
+      \def\Etoc at listofreset{%
+          \let\Etoc at currext\Etoc at tocext
+          \let\Etoc@@startlocaltoc\Etoc@@startlocaltoc at toc
+          \let\Etoc@@startlocaltochook\@empty
+          \let\Etoc at listofreset\@empty
+          \let\Etoc at listofhook\@empty
+          }%
+      \let\Etoc at currext\Etoc at lotext
+      \def\Etoc@@startlocaltoc{\Etoc@@startlocallistof{table}}%
+      \def\Etoc@@startlocaltochook{\Etoc@@startlocallistof at setlevels{table}}%
+      \def\Etoc at listofhook{%
+        \def\Etoc at do####1{%
+          \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@@####1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@six@@
+        }%
+        \Etoc at dolevels
+      }%
+      \expandafter\localtableofcontents
+    \else
+      \PackageError{etoc}{%
+        \string\locallistoftable \on at line\space but\MessageBreak
+        package was loaded without `lot' option}%
+        {Try again with \string\usepackage[lot]{etoc}}%
+    \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
 % \csbc{Etoc at tocid} is the number of the toc (possibly gotten via a |\ref|
 % following a \csbc{tableofcontents}), or it is |\z@| if the emptiness test is
 % from a global toc. Until the compilations stabilize, some local TOCs can get
@@ -8367,33 +9281,45 @@
 % printed at wrong locations naturally and emptiness tests can not be trusted
 % either.
 %
-% Note: (|1.08i 2016/09/29|) the code has to handle both local and total toc.
-% Hence the flag \csbc{ifEtoc at notactive} has to be set prior to it. For a
-% global toc, the \csbc{Etoc at tocid} was set to |\z@|, and the |\ifnum| in
-% \csbc{etoc at startlocaltoc} did always fail, but I now prefer to simply
-% nullify the \csbc{etoc at startlocaltoc}. As its default fallback is
+% Note: (\etocrelease{1.08i} |2016/09/29|) the code has to handle both local
+% and total toc.  Hence the flag \csbc{ifEtoc at notactive} has to be set prior
+% to it. For a global toc, the \csbc{Etoc at tocid} was set to |\z@|, and the
+% |\ifnum| in \csbc{etoc at startlocaltoc} did always fail, but I now prefer to
+% simply nullify the \csbc{etoc at startlocaltoc}. As its default fallback is
 % |\@gobble| I simply test here for the \csbc{ifEtoc at localtoc} flag. The
 % \csbc{Etoc at tocid} will be undefined for a global toc but it is not tested
 % anymore.
 %
-% Note: the mechanism for recognizing the level when a local toc is
-% encountered is different from the one in \csbc{etoc@@startlocaltoc} which uses
-% the level flags. Here we just record in \csbc{Etoc at level} where we last stood.
-% The initialization |\global\let\Etoc at level\Etoc at minf| is thus needed in case
-% the |.toc| file contains an \csbc{etoc at startlocaltoc} before any
+% The initialization such as |\global\let\Etoc at level\Etoc at minf| is needed in
+% case the |.toc| file contains an \csbc{etoc at startlocaltoc} before any
 % \csa{contentsline}.
+%
+% Local list of figures and tables set especially the tocdepth and a hook is
+% added here for emptiness check to work correctly with them.
+%
+% MEMO: Should I also execute \csbc{etoclocaltableofcontentshook}?
+% Then I would need to set \csbc{etoclocallistoffigureshook} to redefine it,
+% rather than be inserted as itself. 
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Etoc at setemptytocbool {%
-    \global\Etoc at emptytoctrue
+\def\Etoc at checkifempty {%
+    \global\Etoc at isemptytoctrue
     \global\Etoc at stoptocfalse
     \global\let\Etoc at level\Etoc at minf
+    \global\let\Etoc at virtualtop\Etoc at minf
+    \gdef\Etoc at stackofends{{-3}{}}%
     \begingroup
       \ifEtoc at localtoc
         \def\etoc at startlocaltoc##1{%
           \ifnum##1=\Etoc at tocid\relax
-              \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc at level
+              \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc at virtualtop
+              \Etoc@@startlocaltochook
               \global\Etoc at notactivefalse
-          \fi }%
+          \fi
+        }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The mechanism is to check if any \csa{contentsline} triggers execution.
+% For this we replace the \etoc replacement by another replacement.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
         \let\contentsline\Etoc at testingcontentslinelocal
       \else
         \let\contentsline\Etoc at testingcontentsline
@@ -8400,17 +9326,18 @@
       \fi
       \Etoc at storetocdepth
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% |1.09i| fixes a bug arising when document has used \csbc{etocsetlocaltop.toc}.
+% This here is a \etocrelease{1.09i} added work-around to avoid usage of
+% \csbc{etocsetlocaltop.toc} which could cause the test of emptiness of a
+% global TOC to actually execute some start and finish parts in some cases.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-        \let\Etoc at setlocaltop@doends at dobegins\@empty
+        \let\Etoc at setlocaltop@doendsandbegin\@empty
         \the\Etoc at toctoks
       \Etoc at restoretocdepth
     \endgroup
 }
 \DeclareRobustCommand*\etocifwasempty
-  {\ifEtoc at emptytoc\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi }
-\expandafter
-\let\expandafter\etocxifwasempty\csname etocifwasempty \endcsname
+  {\ifEtoc at isemptytoc\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi }
+\expandafter\let\expandafter\etocxifwasempty\csname etocifwasempty \endcsname
 \def\Etoc at testingcontentslinelocal #1{%
   \ifEtoc at stoptoc
   \else
@@ -8417,18 +9344,24 @@
    \ifnum\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname=\Etoc@@six@@
    \else
     \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Etoc at level\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname
+    \if @\@car#1\@nil\else\global\let\Etoc at virtualtop\Etoc at level\fi
+    \ifEtoc at notactive
+    \else
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \csbc{ifEtoc at notactive} set to False by \csbc{etoc at startlocaltoc} with right id. It
-% that happened, check level of hit against unit. Will decide if empty or not.
-% Set \csbc{ifEtoc at stoptoc} flag afterwards in all cases. \csa{Etoc at localtop} will have been
-% initialized by \csbc{etoc@@startlocaltoc} as \csbc{ifEtoc at notactive} flag can be
-% false only then.
+% \csbc{ifEtoc at notactive} is \csa{iffalse} in case of a local TOC once it has
+% encountered the \csbc{etoc at startlocaltoc} with matching id.  So here
+% \csbc{etoclocaltop} has been set by \csbc{Etoc@@startlocaltoc} and we
+% compare to the new level encountered.  If the latter is at most equal to
+% \csbc{etoclocaltop} this means the local TOC ends there and is empty, so we
+% set the \csbc{ifEtoc at stoptoc} to true, which will cause the subsequent
+% parsing to abort immediately.  If it is greater we check how it compares to
+% the local required toc depth.  If lower or equal we conclude the toc is not
+% empty, and toggle the flag to stop the parsing; if greater, we are still in
+% doubt and must continue.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifEtoc at notactive
-    \else
      \ifnum\Etoc at level>\etoclocaltop
-      \unless\ifnum\Etoc at level>\Etoc at localtocdepth
-       \global\Etoc at emptytocfalse
+      \unless\ifnum\Etoc at level>\c at tocdepth
+       \global\Etoc at isemptytocfalse
        \global\Etoc at stoptoctrue
       \fi
      \else
@@ -8437,8 +9370,16 @@
     \fi
    \fi
   \fi
-  \@gobblefour\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The \csa{@gobblethree} was added to the \LaTeX{} kernel for its 2020-02-02
+% PL 5 release and we require 2020-10-01 since \etocrelease{1.1a}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \@gobblethree
 }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Test of emptiness of the global TOC (according to current setting of the
+% levels and a possibly evolving tocdepth).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\Etoc at testingcontentsline #1{%
   \ifEtoc at stoptoc
   \else
@@ -8445,17 +9386,23 @@
    \ifnum\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname=\Etoc@@six@@
    \else
     \unless\ifnum\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname>\c at tocdepth
-     \global\Etoc at emptytocfalse
+     \global\Etoc at isemptytocfalse
      \global\Etoc at stoptoctrue
     \fi
    \fi
   \fi
-  \@gobblefour\relax
+  \@gobblethree
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% |2015/03/16|: |1.08e| lets \csbc{localtableofcontents} do a first scan of the
-% |.toc| file (as stored in \csbc{Etoc at toctoks}) to determine if the table of
-% contents will in fact end up empty. In that case, nothing is typeset. The
+% |2015/03/16|: \etocrelease{1.08e} lets \csbc{localtableofcontents} do a
+% first scan of the |.toc| file (as stored in \csbc{Etoc at toctoks}) to
+% determine if the table of contents will in fact end up empty.
+%
+% Update (|2023/02/26|): the actual \etocrelease{1.08e} of |2015/04/17| had
+% \csbc{etocchecksemptiness} to tell \etoc to do the emptiness check, it is
+% not done automatically.
+% 
+% In that case, nothing is typeset. The
 % command \csbc{etocaftertochook} is still executed though. Other ways were
 % envisioned (like delimited macros) to determine this potential emptiness, but
 % in the end I opted for execution of the |.toc| file with suitable definitions
@@ -8471,7 +9418,7 @@
 %
 % The flag \csbc{ifEtoc at tocwithid} discriminates between a \localtoc and a
 % \toc|\ref{foo}|; the latter could so far possibly refer to a local or also to
-% a global table of contents but release |1.08e| has deprecated the latter use
+% a global table of contents but release \etocrelease{1.08e} has deprecated the latter use
 % as it complicated the code, for something truly silly. Thus |\ref{foo}| must
 % now be with |foo| a label of a local TOC. As a result \csbc{ifEtoc at tocwithid} is
 % less used now.
@@ -8478,7 +9425,7 @@
 %
 % In the case of a |\ref|ed-to toc whose label was just added hence is not yet
 % in the |.aux| file, \csbc{Etoc at tocid} is |0|. \etoc used to issue a warning to
-% run latex again and did no printing at all. Release |1.08e| in such cases
+% run latex again and did no printing at all. Release \etocrelease{1.08e} in such cases
 % prints the heading (this may gain one compilation step). Emptiness test is
 % not executed as it would necessarily turn out positive and can not be
 % trusted anyhow. The TOC is declared non empty, which it probably is...
@@ -8496,20 +9443,20 @@
 % TOC needing more compilations. The emptiness status is undecided, the code
 % declares the TOC non empty.
 %
-% |1.08i-2016/09/29| now does \csa{Etoc at localtoctrue} right at the start (the
+% \etocrelease{1.08i} |2016/09/29| now does \csa{Etoc at localtoctrue} right at the start (the
 % earlier code could have to handle table of contents which were actually
 % global, via the |\label/\ref| mechanism.) It does not rely on the |\ifnum|
-% automatically false in \csbc{etoc@@startlocaltoc} due to the special values |0|
+% automatically false in \csbc{Etoc@@startlocaltoc} due to the special values |0|
 % or |\z@| for \csbc{Etoc at tocid}, but simply leaves \csbc{etoc at startlocaltoc} to its
-% default |\@gobble|. The \csa{Etoc at emptytocfalse} is upfront in case some
+% default |\@gobble|. The \csa{Etoc at isemptytocfalse} is upfront in case some
 % code using \csbc{etocifwasempty} is in user hooks. The default is to assume the
 % TOC non-empty as its contents are actually still unknown. Under the
 % \csa{Etoc at stoptoctrue} flag, the \csbc{Etoc at etoccontentsline} is more efficient now.
 %
 % The \csbc{ifEtoc at notactive} flag needs to be set before calling
-% \csbc{Etoc at setemptytocbool}.
+% \csbc{Etoc at checkifempty}.
 %
-% I hesitated with |1.08i| to write something to aux file in order to let
+% I hesitated with \etocrelease{1.08i} to write something to aux file in order to let
 % \LaTeX\ prompt the user for extra pass, after insertion of some new
 % \csa{localtableofcontents}, but finally I prefer to only trick \LaTeX\ into
 % telling about undefined references.
@@ -8534,7 +9481,7 @@
 \def\Etoc at localtableofcontents#1{%
     \gdef\etoclocaltop{-\@m}%
     \Etoc at localtoctrue
-    \global\Etoc at emptytocfalse
+    \global\Etoc at isemptytocfalse
     \edef\Etoc at tocid{#1}%
     \ifnum\Etoc at tocid<\@ne
       \setbox0\hbox{\ref{Unknown toc ref \@secondoftwo#1. \space Rerun LaTeX}}%
@@ -8548,15 +9495,15 @@
     \fi
     \global\Etoc at notactivetrue
     \ifEtoc at checksemptiness
-       \Etoc at setemptytocbool
+       \Etoc at checkifempty
     \fi
-    \ifEtoc at emptytoc
+    \ifEtoc at isemptytoc
        \ifEtoc at notactive
          \setbox0\hbox{\ref{Unknown toc ID \number\Etoc at tocid. \space Rerun LaTeX}}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Assume real one will be non-empty and print only heading for this pass.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-         \global\Etoc at emptytocfalse
+         \global\Etoc at isemptytocfalse
          \global\Etoc at stoptoctrue
          \gdef\etoclocaltop{-\thr@@}%
          \Etoc at tableofcontents
@@ -8572,20 +9519,14 @@
 % For the latter case \csbc{etoclocaltop} has setting |-\@m|.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
        \edef\etoc at startlocaltoc##1%
-           {\noexpand\etoc@@startlocaltoc{##1}{\Etoc at tocid}}%
+           {\noexpand\Etoc@@startlocaltoc{##1}{\Etoc at tocid}}%
        \Etoc at tableofcontents
     \fi
     \@gobble\etoc@
     \endgroup\ifEtoc at mustclosegroup\endgroup\fi
     \Etoc at tocdepthreset
+    \Etoc at listofreset
     \etocaftertochook
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% |1.09| hesitates about putting this before of after the
-% \csbc{etocaftertochook}. The information of the used tocdepth is lost if
-% puuting it first. The usage of \csbc{etocaftertochook} may be broken if
-% unexpected tokens follows.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \let\Etoc at localtocdepth\c at tocdepth
 }% \Etoc at localtableofcontents
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % |2013/03/07|: I discover a \csa{@namedef} trick to construct the
@@ -8593,11 +9534,36 @@
 % |    \@namedef {Etoc at again} {...stuff...}|\\
 %  Original version was (copied from analogous stuff in |source2e|):\\
 % |    {\def\1{\Etoc at again}\expandafter\gdef\1 {...stuff...}}|\\
-% and in the end (now that I think about it) I simply use \csa{@firstofone}.\par
+% and in the end (now that I think about it) I simply use \csa{@firstofone}.
+%
+% \etocrelease{1.2} has a removed a \csa{Etoc at getrefno} as the author now
+% knows about \csa{@car} so need to define a similar utility here!
+%
+% Much more importantly (and embarrassingly) \etocrelease{1.2} fixes a bug
+% which had been here for ever. The code in its innocence 2012 birth year
+% assumed that the first entry of \csa{r at foo}, if the latter is defined, is
+% always numerical! But this is broken by \ctanpkg{varioref} if one used for
+% example \csa{vpageref}|{foo}| before!  The first brace pair will then be
+% |{??}|... causing in \etoc a ``Missing number'' error.
+%
+% About the current fixed code, there is no strong reason that
+% \csbc{Etoc at getref} should work expandably.  Later
+% \csbc{Etoc at localtableofcontents} does
+% \centeredline{|\edef\Etoc at tocid{#1}\iffnum\Etoc at tocid<\@ne|} but I certainly
+% could organize things differently.
+%
+% Maybe I should investigate more on what nasty things car be in
+% first argument.  Or submit it to an \csa{expanded}?
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Etoc at getrefno #1#2\etoc@ {#1}
-\def\Etoc at getref #1{\@ifundefined{r@#1}{0}{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
-          \Etoc at getrefno\csname r@#1\endcsname\relax\etoc@}}
+\def\Etoc at getref #1{%
+    \@ifundefined{r@#1}
+         {0}
+         {\expandafter\Etoc at getref@i\romannumeral-`0%
+          \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+          \@car\csname r@#1\endcsname0\@nil\@etoc
+         }%
+}
+\def\Etoc at getref@i#1#2\@etoc{\ifnum9<1\string#1 #1#2\else 0\fi}
 \def\Etoc at ref#1{\Etoc at localtableofcontents{\Etoc at getref{#1}}}
 \def\Etoc at label#1{\label{#1}\futurelet\Etoc at nexttoken\Etoc at t@bleofcontents}
 \@firstofone{\def\Etoc at again} {\futurelet\Etoc at nexttoken\Etoc at t@bleofcontents}
@@ -8624,26 +9590,29 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % From now on we are handling a global TOC. Earlier, I used the trick of
 % setting \csbc{Etoc at tocid} to |\z@| for compatibility with expansion of
-% \csbc{etoc at startlocaltoc}. But since |1.08i| \csbc{etoc at startlocaltoc} is left to be
+% \csbc{etoc at startlocaltoc}. But since \etocrelease{1.08i} \csbc{etoc at startlocaltoc} is left to be
 % |\@gobble|, and \csbc{Etoc at tocid} is never tested. We don't need to set the
 % \csbc{ifEtoc at notactive} flag as now \csbc{Etoc at testingcontentsline} tests first the
 % \csbc{ifEtoc at localtoc} flag (was already the case of \csbc{Etoc at etoccontentsline}). I change
 % a bit the style of conditionals here for clarity of code.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-    \global\Etoc at emptytocfalse\ifEtoc at checksemptiness\Etoc at setemptytocbool\fi
-    \ifEtoc at emptytoc
+    \global\Etoc at isemptytocfalse
+    \ifEtoc at checksemptiness\Etoc at checkifempty\fi
+    \ifEtoc at isemptytoc
      \ifEtoc at notocifnotoc
       \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobble
      \fi
     \fi
     \Etoc at tableofcontents
-    \endgroup\ifEtoc at mustclosegroup\endgroup\fi
+    \endgroup
+    \ifEtoc at mustclosegroup\endgroup\fi
     \Etoc at tocdepthreset
+    \Etoc at listofreset
     \etocaftertochook
     \@gobble\etoc@
     }% \Etoc at t@bleofcontents
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% |1.08c| does not use |\arabic| in the \csa{addtocontents} since I have seen
+% \etocrelease{1.08c} does not use |\arabic| in the \csa{addtocontents} since I have seen
 % that in some circumstances (for some right to left languages with
 % polyglossia or babel), one can not rely on |\arabic| having its default
 % definition. As the number written here will be used later in an \csa{ifnum}, I
@@ -8652,14 +9621,14 @@
 \def\Etoc at table@fcontents{%
     \refstepcounter{etoc at tocid}%
     \Etoc at tocwithidfalse
-    \futurelet\Etoc at nexttoken\Etoc at t@bleofcontents}
+    \futurelet\Etoc at nexttoken\Etoc at t@bleofcontents
+}
 \def\Etoc at localtable@fcontents{%
     \refstepcounter{etoc at tocid}%
     \addtocontents{toc}{\string\etoc at startlocaltoc{\the\c at etoc@tocid}}%
     \Etoc at tocwithidtrue
-    \futurelet\Etoc at nexttoken\Etoc at t@bleofcontents}
-\let\etocaftertitlehook    \@empty
-\let\etocaftercontentshook \@empty
+    \futurelet\Etoc at nexttoken\Etoc at t@bleofcontents
+}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Attention that there could be a |\ref| following, thus we don't yet know
 % whether this is a local or global table of contents.
@@ -8675,12 +9644,12 @@
 % \csbc{Etoc at localtableofcontents}.
 %
 % Prior to its release |1.4c|, \ctanpkg{tableof} added a group pair via \csa{tof at begin}
-% and \csa{tof at finish}. This was removed at |1.4c|. So no need to do anything now
+% and \csa{tof at finish}. It was removed at |1.4c|, so no need to do anything now
 % here about silencing \csa{tof at begingroup} and \csa{tof at endgroup}: they are
 % inserted only in the \ctanpkg{tableof} private copy of the |.toc| file which is
 % used by its own table of contents typesetting command.
 %
-% |1.09b| uses a |\def| in non-starred variant for allowing tricks to
+% \etocrelease{1.09b} uses a |\def| in non-starred variant for allowing tricks to
 % recognize later on if we are in a starred or non-starred case, whatever the
 % user definition of \csbc{etocaftertitlehook} may be.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -8688,93 +9657,167 @@
       {\let\Etoc at aftertitlehook\@empty\Etoc at table@fcontents}
       {\def\Etoc at aftertitlehook{\etocaftertitlehook}\Etoc at table@fcontents}%
 }% \etoctableofcontents
+\def\etocifisstarred{\ifx\Etoc at aftertitlehook\@empty
+                         \expandafter\@firstoftwo\else
+                         \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+                     \fi}
+\let\etocoriginaltableofcontents\tableofcontents
+\let\tableofcontents\etoctableofcontents
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% See at end of this file for the explanation of this |1.09d| added saving
-% of original meaning at package loading time.
+% The \csbc{Etoc at listofhook} is configured by \csbc{locallistoffigures} and
+% \csbc{locallistoftables}.  The latter two use hooks rather than
+% |\begingroup...\endgroup| to manage local configuration, in part because
+% they want to support the |\label/\ref| special \etoc mechanism, so need to
+% issue \csbc{localtableofcontents} last for it to be able to pick up a
+% following |\label| or |\ref|.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\etocoriginaltableofcontents\tableofcontents
-\let\tableofcontents\etoctableofcontents
+\let\Etoc at listofhook\@empty
 \newcommand*\localtableofcontents{%
    \Etoc at openouttoc
    \Etoc at tocdepthset
-   \begingroup
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % This group closed in \csbc{Etoc at t@bleofcontents} or \csbc{Etoc at localtableofcontents}.
 % Same comment relative to \ctanpkg{tableof}. No need to do anything here.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
+   \begingroup
+      \Etoc at listofhook
       \@ifstar
       {\let\Etoc at aftertitlehook\@empty\Etoc at localtable@fcontents}
       {\def\Etoc at aftertitlehook{\etocaftertitlehook}\Etoc at localtable@fcontents}%
 }% \localtableofcontents
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% |1.09| adds \localtocwrdp. The motivation is that it is impossible to set
-% in a completely satisfactory way the tocdepth from the first argument of
-% \csbc{etocsettocstyle} because the emptiness check does not execute that
-% argument. If one does not care about emptiness check, one can of course set
-% the tocdepth from the first argument of \csbc{etocsettocstyle}. One can even
-% use \csbc{etocsetnexttocdepth} for that since |1.09| but anyway direct usage
-% of \csbc{etocsettocdepth} (or |\setcounter{tocdepth}{...}| is easier as its
-% effet when executed there is automatically limited to duration of the TOC.
+% \etocrelease{1.09} adds \localtocwrdp.  Note that changes to the tocdepth
+% from inside the |.toc| file during duration of local toc will remain without
+% effect as a substitute is used which gets a frozen non-dynamical value.
+%
+% It seems \etocrelease{1.09} actually forgot a change to
+% \csbc{Etoc at etoccontentsline} and the previous sentence was false and
+% described only what happened during the emptiness check which thus could
+% give false positives or false negatives.  But if I had done the needed
+% change in \csbc{Etoc at etoccontentsline} to keep the two in sync, even if
+% |tocdepth| evolves from the |.toc| file, I would have created a divergence
+% between local TOCs (not only the
+% \csbc{localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth} ones) under
+% \csbc{etocstandardlines} and those not with standard lines.
+%
+% Redoing the whole thing at \etocrelease{1.2}.  I needed to insert a suitable
+% hook in \csbc{Etoc@@startlocaltoc} (and also in the version used by
+% \csbc{Etoc at checkifempty}).  And I have now at my disposal
+% \csbc{Etoc at listofreset} to reset it (it will be expanded after both the
+% emptiness check and the typesetting are completed, and at same grouping
+% level as the trigger command defined here).  I do not want to add tokens
+% after \csbc{localtableofcontents} to not break the |\label/\ref| thing,
+% which is one reason for this way of proceeding.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*\localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth[1]{%
-   \edef\Etoc at localtocdepth
-       {\numexpr\noexpand\etoclocaltop+\the\numexpr#1\relax\relax}%
+   \def\Etoc@@startlocaltochook{%
+       \global\c at tocdepth\numexpr\etoclocaltop+#1\relax
+   }%
+   \def\Etoc at listofreset{\let\Etoc@@startlocaltochook\@empty
+                         \let\Etoc at listofreset\@empty}%
    \localtableofcontents
 }% \localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth
-\let\Etoc at localtocdepth\c at tocdepth
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% The code does only expandable things after
-% \csbc{Etoc at toctoc}, in order to allow opening of an alignment in the first
-% argument and closing in the second.
+% Prior to \etocrelease{1.2}, \csbc{Etoc at tableofcontents} was constructed
+% by \csbc{etocsettocstyle} as one big macro where |#1| and |#2| had been
+% inserted.  It now simply stores |#1| and |#2| each in a macro and
+% \csbc{Etoc at tableofcontents} is defined once and for all.  Also the boolean
+% \csbc{ifEtoc at etocstyle} is added which helps keeping the emulation of
+% the document class only for the global document TOC but use a better choice
+% for local tables of contents (especially those in deeper sub-levels),
+% which is activated via \csbc{etocetoclocaltocstyle} (near end of code).
+%
+% \csbc{etocstoretocstyleinto} added at \etocrelease{1.2}.  Too lazy
+% to check if |#1| pre-exists.  Well, rather, too annoying to do this check
+% as one may want to redefine |#1| without further ado.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand\etocsettocstyle[2]{%
-\def\Etoc at tableofcontents
-{%
+   \Etoc at etocstylefalse
+   \Etoc at classstylefalse
+   \def\Etoc at tableofcontents@user at before{#1}%
+   \def\Etoc at tableofcontents@user at after {#2}%
+}%
+\def\etocstoretocstyleinto#1{%
+%%    \@ifdefinable#1{%
+      \edef#1{\noexpand\Etoc at etocstylefalse\noexpand\Etoc at classstylefalse
+              \def\noexpand\Etoc at tableofcontents@user at before{%
+                  \unexpanded\expandafter{\Etoc at tableofcontents@user at before}%
+                }%
+              \def\noexpand\Etoc at tableofcontents@user at after{%
+                  \unexpanded\expandafter{\Etoc at tableofcontents@user at after}%
+                }%
+             }%
+%%    }%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The macro names added here at \etocrelease{1.2} are provisory.  Next
+% release will probably do a complete renaming of various internals because
+% this is currently a complete mess with some names differing only by an |@|
+% versus a voyel, but not necessarily being at a deeper level of expansion the
+% more |@|'s they have... the deepest one being this \csbc{Etoc at tableofcontents}...
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Etoc at tableofcontents {%
+    \Etoc at tableofcontents@etoc at before
+    \ifEtoc at localtoc\ifEtoc at etocstyle\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobble\fi\fi
+    \Etoc at tableofcontents@user at before
+    \Etoc at tableofcontents@contents
+    \ifEtoc at localtoc\ifEtoc at etocstyle\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobble\fi\fi
+    \Etoc at tableofcontents@user at after
+    \Etoc at tableofcontents@etoc at after
+    \@gobble\etoc@
+}
+\def\Etoc at tableofcontents@etoc at before{%
     \ifnum\c at tocdepth>\Etoc at minf
     \else
      \expandafter\Etoc at gobtoetoc@
     \fi
     \Etoc at par
+    \Etoc at beforetitlehook
     \etocbeforetitlehook
     \Etoc at storetocdepth
     \let\Etoc at savedcontentsline\contentsline
     \let\contentsline\Etoc at etoccontentsline
-    \ifEtoc at standard
+    \ifEtoc at standardlines
     \else
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% |1.1a|'s \csbc{Etoc at lxyz} now fetches 3 not 2 arguments and the
+% \etocrelease{1.1a}'s \csbc{Etoc at lxyz} now fetches 3 not 2 arguments and the
 % \csa{l at section} etc... are not |\let| to it anymore, as they used to be here
-% formerly.  For backwards compatibility the \csa{etocsavedchaptertocline}
-% etc... are still defined, but raise a deprecation warning.
+% formerly.
+%
+% For backwards compatibility the \csa{etocsavedchaptertocline}
+% etc... are still defined but issue a warning since \etocrelease{1.1a}
+% and an error since \etocrelease{1.2}.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-        \def\Etoc at levellist@elt####1{%
-            \expandafter\def\csname etocsaved####1tocline\endcsname
-             {\PackageWarning{etoc}{%
-              \expandafter\string\csname etocsaved####1tocline\endcsname\space
-              has been deprecated at 1.1a.\MessageBreak
-              It will be removed from `etoc' in near feature. \space Use\MessageBreak
-              \expandafter\string\csname l@####1\endcsname\space directly. \space
-              Reported}%
-              \expandafter\let\csname etocsaved####1tocline\expandafter\endcsname
-              \csname l@####1\endcsname
-              \csname l@####1\endcsname
-             }%
+        \def\Etoc at do##1{%
+            \expandafter\def\csname etocsaved##1tocline\endcsname
+             {\PackageError{etoc}{%
+              \expandafter\string\csname etocsaved##1tocline\endcsname\space
+              has been deprecated\MessageBreak
+              at 1.1a and is removed at 1.2.\MessageBreak
+              Use \expandafter\string\csname l@##1\endcsname\space directly.\MessageBreak
+              Reported \on at line}%
+                                {I will use \expandafter\string
+              \csname l@##1\endcsname\space myself for this time.%
+                               }%
+              \csname l@##1\endcsname
+            }%
         }%
-        \Etoc at levellist
+        \Etoc at dolevels
     \fi
+}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% |1.09| makes \csbc{etocsetnexttocdepth} usable in |#1| (but this is not 100\%
-% compatible with the emptiness check).
+% \etocrelease{1.09} makes \csbc{etocsetnexttocdepth} usable in |#1| (but this
+% is not 100\% compatible with the emptiness check).  It makes an
+% \csbc{etoclocaltop} usable in |#1| if under checksemptiness regime.
 %
-% |1.09| makes an \csbc{etoclocaltop} usable in |#1| if under checksemptiness
-% regime.
+% (|#1| above now means \csbc{Etoc at tableofcontents@user at before} since \etocrelease{1.2})
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-    #1%
+\def\Etoc at tableofcontents@contents{%
     \Etoc at tocdepthset
     \ifEtoc at parskip\parskip\z at skip\fi
     \Etoc at aftertitlehook
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% |1.09| has replaced former \csa{Etoc at localtop} (\emph{minus one}) by
+% \etocrelease{1.09} has replaced former \csa{Etoc at localtop} (\emph{minus one}) by
 % \csbc{etoclocaltop}. Under checksemptinesstrue regime its value is already
 % known, but it will be obtained again from the toc file execution. As it is
 % used only if TOC is active, resetting it here this way is decorative and
@@ -8783,12 +9826,14 @@
     \gdef\etoclocaltop{-\thr@@}%
     \Etoc at toctoc
     \etocaftercontentshook
-    #2\@nobreakfalse
+}%
+\def\Etoc at tableofcontents@etoc at after{%
+    \@nobreakfalse
     \Etoc at restoretocdepth
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \csa{contentsline} was set to \csbc{Etoc at etoccontentsline} by a non-global |\let|,
 % and it will recover its normal value from exiting a scope limiting group.
-% But \ctanpkg{tableof} (since |1.4a|) under \csa{etocglobaldefstrue} does a global
+% But \ctanpkg{tableof} (since |1.4a|) under \csbc{etocglobaldefs} does a global
 % redefinition of \csa{contentsline}.  Its \csa{tof at finish} then does a global
 % restore of \csa{contentsline}, but it will be to the \etoc set
 % value. \csa{tof at finish} is active only if either the table of contents was
@@ -8796,7 +9841,7 @@
 % \csa{nextocwithtags} was used.  If not active it is either undefined (no
 % package \ctanpkg{tableof}) or |\@empty|. Prior to \ctanpkg{tableof} |1.4c|, the
 % \csa{tof at finish} closed a group and could be undefined as well, but not if
-% \csa{etocglobaldefstrue}.
+% \csbc{etocglobaldefs}.
 %
 % If rather than |\@empty| the \csa{tof at finish} fall-back was |\relax| we could
 % use here \csa{@ifundefined} to check in one go (matters of speaking because
@@ -8813,21 +9858,78 @@
       \fi
      }%
     \fi
-    \@gobble\etoc@
-}% end of \Etoc at tableofcontents definition by \etocsettocstyle
 }
-\def\etocsetstyle{\Etoc at standardfalse\etoc at setstyle}
-\long\def\etoc at setstyle#1#2#3#4#5{%
-     \expandafter\def
-     \csname Etoc at begin@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname
-                     {#2\Etoc at global\Etoc at isfirsttrue}%
-     \expandafter\def
-     \csname Etoc at prefix@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname   {#3}%
-     \expandafter\def
-     \csname Etoc at contents@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname {#4}%
-     \expandafter\def
-     \csname Etoc at end@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname      {#5}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Refactored at \etocrelease{1.2} to check if the style is actually known
+% and its level is from |-1| (|-2| in memoir class) to |5| inclusive.
+% If not raise a warning.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\etocsetstyle#1{\ifcsname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname
+                      \expandafter\Etoc at setstyle@a
+                    \else
+                      \expandafter\Etoc at setstyle@error
+                    \fi {#1}%
 }
+\def\Etoc at setstyle@error #1{%
+    \PackageWarning{etoc}{`#1' is unknown to etoc. \space Did you\MessageBreak
+                    forget some \string\etocsetlevel{#1}{<level>}?\MessageBreak
+                    Reported}%
+    \@gobblefour
+}
+\def\Etoc at setstyle@a #1{%
+    \edef\Etoc at tmp{\the\numexpr\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname}%
+    \if1\unless\ifnum\Etoc at tmp<\Etoc@@six@@ 0\fi\unless\ifnum\Etoc at tmp>\Etoc at minf 0\fi1%
+      \Etoc at standardlinesfalse
+      \expandafter\Etoc at setstyle@b\expandafter\Etoc at tmp
+    \else
+      \PackageWarning{etoc}{Sorry, but you can not set the style of `#1',\MessageBreak
+                     as its level \Etoc at tmp\space is either \number\Etoc at minf\space
+                     or 6.\MessageBreak
+                     Consider using \string\etocsetlevel\space first, but note
+                     that `all',\MessageBreak
+                     `none', `figure' and `table' are forbidden there. \space
+                     Check\MessageBreak
+                     the documentation about how to proceed for customizing\MessageBreak
+                     figure and table entries in \string\listoffigures/tables.\MessageBreak
+                     Reported}%
+      \expandafter\@gobblefour
+    \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Prior to \etocrelease{1.2} the |#1| here was some alphabetical string
+% such as |minusone|.  We now use digit tokens (and minus sign) in the macro
+% names.  The ``begin'' macros formerly incorporated
+% \csa{Etoc at global}\csa{Etoc at isfirsttrue}.  They are now located in
+% \csbc{Etoc at traversestackofends}.
+%
+% \etocrelease{1.2} adds \csbc{etocstorelinestylesinto}.  And
+% \csbc{etocstorethislinestyleinto}.  No error check on the level.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\Etoc at setstyle@b#1#2#3#4#5{%
+     \expandafter\def\csname Etoc at begin@#1\endcsname    {#2}%
+     \expandafter\def\csname Etoc at prefix@#1\endcsname   {#3}%
+     \expandafter\def\csname Etoc at contents@#1\endcsname {#4}%
+     \expandafter\def\csname Etoc at end@#1\endcsname      {#5}%
+}
+\def\Etoc at storelines@a#1{%
+   \noexpand\Etoc at setstyle@b{#1}%
+     {\expandafter\Etoc at expandonce\csname Etoc at begin@#1\endcsname}%
+     {\expandafter\Etoc at expandonce\csname Etoc at prefix@#1\endcsname}%
+     {\expandafter\Etoc at expandonce\csname Etoc at contents@#1\endcsname}%
+     {\expandafter\Etoc at expandonce\csname Etoc at end@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+\def\Etoc at expandonce#1{\unexpanded\expandafter{#1}}
+\def\etocstorelinestylesinto#1{%
+    \edef#1{\Etoc at storelines@a{-2}\Etoc at storelines@a{-1}\Etoc at storelines@a{0}%
+            \Etoc at storelines@a {1}\Etoc at storelines@a {2}\Etoc at storelines@a{3}%
+            \Etoc at storelines@a {4}\Etoc at storelines@a {5}}%
+}
+\def\etocstorethislinestyleinto#1#2{%
+    \edef#2{\expandafter\Etoc at storelines@a\expandafter{\number\etoclevel{#1}}}%
+}%  
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Customization macros of the package default line styles.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\etocfontminustwo {\normalfont \LARGE \bfseries}
 \def\etocfontminusone {\normalfont \large \bfseries}
 \def\etocfontzero     {\normalfont \large \bfseries}
@@ -8863,7 +9965,7 @@
         {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hb at xt@2ex {\hss.\hss}}}
 \def\etocabbrevpagename {p.~}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% Versions earlier than |1.08b| (and since |1.05 2012/12/01|) defined
+% Versions earlier than \etocrelease{1.08b} (and since \etocrelease{1.05} |2012/12/01|) defined
 % \csbc{etocpartname} (for use by \etoc's own line styles) to expand to
 % \csa{partname}. But this didn't make sense in the context for example of
 % \ctanpkg{babel} and \ctanpkg{babel-french}, because \csa{frenchpartname} does things depending on
@@ -8880,15 +9982,16 @@
 \def\etocbookname       {Book}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % The macro \csbc{etocdefaultlines} was initially called \csbc{etoctoclines}. Now
-% \csbc{etoctoclines} just does \csa{Etoc at standardfalse}.
+% \csbc{etoctoclines} just does \csa{Etoc at standardlinesfalse}.
 %
-% Version |1.09f| wraps \csbc{etocbookname}, respectively
+% Version \etocrelease{1.09f} wraps \csbc{etocbookname}, respectively
 % \csbc{etocpartname}, in the book, resp. part, line styles inside a
 % (potential) hyperlink together with the number.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\etocdefaultlines{\Etoc at standardfalse
+\def\etocdefaultlines{\Etoc at standardlinesfalse
 %% `book':
-\etoc at setstyle{@minustwo}
+\Etoc at setstyle@b
+  {-2}%
   {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix}
   {\addpenalty\@secpenalty}
   {\begingroup
@@ -8906,7 +10009,8 @@
    \endgroup}
   {}%
 %% `part':
-\etoc at setstyle{@minusone}
+\Etoc at setstyle@b
+  {-1}%
   {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix}
   {\addpenalty\@secpenalty}
   {\begingroup
@@ -8924,7 +10028,8 @@
    \endgroup}
   {}%
 %% `chapter':
-\etoc at setstyle{@zero}
+\Etoc at setstyle@b
+  {0}%
   {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix}
   {\addpenalty\@itempenalty}
   {\begingroup
@@ -8937,7 +10042,8 @@
    \endgroup}
   {\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}\addvspace{\etocsepminusone}}%
 %% `section':
-\etoc at setstyle{@one}
+\Etoc at setstyle@b
+  {1}%
   {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix}
   {\addpenalty\@itempenalty}
   {\begingroup
@@ -8970,7 +10076,8 @@
    \endgroup}
   {\addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace{\etocsepzero}}%
 %% `subsection':
-\etoc at setstyle{@two}
+\Etoc at setstyle@b
+  {2}%
   {\addpenalty\@medpenalty\etocskipfirstprefix}
   {\addpenalty\@itempenalty}
   {\begingroup
@@ -9002,7 +10109,8 @@
    \endgroup}
   {\addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace{\etocsepone}}%
 %% `subsubsection':
-\etoc at setstyle{@three}
+\Etoc at setstyle@b
+  {3}%
   {\addpenalty\@M
    \etocfontthree
    \vspace{\etocsepthree}%
@@ -9019,9 +10127,9 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % placeholder for comments
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\etoc at setstyle{@four}{}{}{}{}%
-\etoc at setstyle{@five}{}{}{}{}%
-}
+\Etoc at setstyle@b{4}{}{}{}{}%
+\Etoc at setstyle@b{5}{}{}{}{}%
+}% end of \etocdefaultlines definition
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % The \csbc{etocinnertopsep} default value is too big as well as \csbc{etocbelowtocskip}
 % and \csbc{etocabovetocskip}, I guess, but if I am remember correctly I chose them
@@ -9200,7 +10308,15 @@
           \leaders\etocbottomrule\hss\color at endgroup}}
     \addvspace{\etocbelowtocskip}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% placeholder for comments
+% For time being I will not however add the versions for ``lists of'', as
+% anyhow probably nobody apart myself ever uses these things.
+%
+% It is impossible to know what kind of division heading |#2| uses, so there
+% is not much I can do here at \etocrelease{1.2} apart from providing a
+% user interface for adding the suitable thing to the |.toc| file.  And I
+% discover at time of writing (finishing the \etocrelease{1.2}
+% documentation) that I already have \csbc{etoclocalheadtotoc}.  I only need to
+% add \csbc{etocglobalheadtotoc}.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand\etoc at multicoltoc[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{%
     \etocmulticolstyle[#1]{#2}%
@@ -9278,50 +10394,177 @@
     {\etoc at local@framedtoci}
     {\etoc at local@framedtoc}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% placeholder for comments
+% \etocrelease{1.2} makes local TOCs in compatibility display style use
+% |\subsection*| rather than |\section*|.  This is not good for local TOCs to
+% a |\part| but anyhow the default is via \csbc{etocetoclocaltocstyle} which
+% will do the right thing and the change here is irrelevant.  More comments
+% below about handling \ctanpkg{memoir} and \ctanpkg{KOMA-script}.
+%
+% The macros next will be modified if under |book| or \ctanpkg{memoir} class.
+% The \ctanpkg{KOMA-script} case uses rather the |leveldown| mechanism.
+% These local TOCs things are used only under \csbc{etocclasstocstyle}.
+% With \csbc{etocetoclocaltocstyle}, they are not used.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\etocmemoirtoctotocfmt #1#2{%
+    \PackageWarning{etoc}
+        {\string\etocmemoirtoctotocfmt\space is deprecated.\MessageBreak
+         Use in its place \string\etocsettoclineforclasstoc,\MessageBreak
+         and \string\etocsettoclineforclasslistof{toc} (or {lof}, {lot}).
+         I will do this now.\MessageBreak
+         Reported}%
+    \etocsettoclineforclasstoc{#1}{#2}%
+    \etocsettoclineforclasslistof{toc}{#1}{#2}%
+}
+\def\etocsettoclineforclasstoc #1#2{%
+    \def\etocclassmaintocaddtotoc{\etocglobalheadtotoc{#1}{#2}}%
+}
+\def\etocsettoclineforclasslistof #1#2#3{%
+    \@namedef{etocclasslocal#1addtotoc}{\etoclocalheadtotoc{#2}{#3}}%
+}
+\let\etocclasslocaltocaddtotoc\@empty
+\let\etocclasslocallofaddtotoc\@empty
+\let\etocclasslocallotaddtotoc\@empty
+\ifdefined\c at chapter
+  \def\etocclasslocaltocmaketitle{\section*{\localcontentsname}}
+  \def\etocclasslocallofmaketitle{\section*{\locallistfigurename}}
+  \def\etocclasslocallotmaketitle{\section*{\locallisttablename}}
+  \etocsettoclineforclasstoc        {chapter}{\contentsname}
+  \etocsettoclineforclasslistof{toc}{section}{\localcontentsname}
+  \etocsettoclineforclasslistof{lof}{section}{\locallistfigurename}
+  \etocsettoclineforclasslistof{lot}{section}{\locallisttablename}
+\else
+  \def\etocclasslocaltocmaketitle{\subsection*{\localcontentsname}}%
+  \def\etocclasslocallofmaketitle{\subsection*{\locallistfigurename}}%
+  \def\etocclasslocallotmaketitle{\subsection*{\locallisttablename}}%
+  \etocsettoclineforclasstoc        {section}{\contentsname}
+  \etocsettoclineforclasslistof{toc}{subsection}{\localcontentsname}
+  \etocsettoclineforclasslistof{lof}{subsection}{\locallistfigurename}
+  \etocsettoclineforclasslistof{lot}{subsection}{\locallisttablename}
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This is moved to a macro to localize complications with conditionals.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc #1{%
+    \etocifisstarred
+      {}
+      {\csname ifEtoc at local#1totoc\endcsname
+         \csname etocclasslocal#1addtotoc\endcsname
+       \fi
+      }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% No need for a \csa{phantomsection} if the \csa{addcontentsline} is after
+% |\section*|.  For the standard classes, I make no effort to adjust level
+% used for the local heading if it is local to a \csa{part}, not a
+% \csa{section}.  Anyhow this code will not be used by default for
+% local TOCs due to \csbc{etocetoclocaltocstyle}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\etocarticlestyle{%
     \etocsettocstyle
-    {\section *{\contentsname
-                \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}
-                         {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}}
-    {}}
+    {\ifEtoc at localtoc
+       \@nameuse{etocclasslocal\Etoc at currext maketitle}%
+       \etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+     \else
+       \section *{\contentsname
+                  \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}
+                           {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}%
+       \etocifisstarred{}{\etocifmaintoctotoc{\etocclassmaintocaddtotoc}{}}%
+     \fi
+    }
+    {}%
+}
 \def\etocarticlestylenomarks{%
     \etocsettocstyle
-    {\section *{\contentsname}}
-    {}}
+    {\ifEtoc at localtoc
+       \@nameuse{etocclasslocal\Etoc at currext maketitle}%
+       \etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+     \else
+       \section *{\contentsname}%
+       \etocifisstarred{}{\etocifmaintoctotoc{\etocclassmaintocaddtotoc}{}}%
+     \fi
+    }
+    {}%
+}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% placeholder for comments
+% Make definitions with |book| in the macro names or redefine them
+% for |book|? Chose the latter.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\etocbookstyle{%
     \etocsettocstyle
     {\if at twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi
-     \chapter *{\contentsname
-                \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}
-                         {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}}
-    {\if at restonecol \twocolumn \fi}}
+     \ifEtoc at localtoc
+       \@nameuse{etocclasslocal\Etoc at currext maketitle}%
+       \etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+     \else
+       \chapter *{\contentsname
+                  \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}
+                           {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}%
+       \etocifisstarred{}{\etocifmaintoctotoc{\etocclassmaintocaddtotoc}{}}%
+     \fi
+    }%
+    {\if at restonecol \twocolumn \fi}%
+}
 \def\etocbookstylenomarks{%
     \etocsettocstyle
     {\if at twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi
-     \chapter *{\contentsname}}
-    {\if at restonecol \twocolumn \fi}}
+     \ifEtoc at localtoc
+       \@nameuse{etocclasslocal\Etoc at currext maketitle}%
+       \etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+     \else
+       \chapter *{\contentsname}%
+       \etocifisstarred{}{\etocifmaintoctotoc{\etocclassmaintocaddtotoc}{}}%
+     \fi
+    }%
+    {\if at restonecol \twocolumn \fi}%
+}
 \let\etocreportstyle\etocbookstyle
 \let\etocreportstylenomarks\etocbookstylenomarks
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % |v3.7i| of memoir has moved the \csa{phantomsection} to a better location,
-% before typesetting the title and we follow suit at |1.09a|, and less rashly
-% at |1.09b|. Formerly \etoc used \csbc{etocaftertitlehook} to mimick the
-% memoir code but as its name indicate, it is supposedly executed after the
-% title... and this also had the defect of making \csbc{etocaftertitlehook} not
-% anymore a user command. Thus we here use some refactoring of the
-% \csbc{Etoc at aftertitlehook} internal mechanism to help recognize if we are
-% in the starred case or not.
+% before typesetting the title and we follow suit at \etocrelease{1.09a}, and
+% at \etocrelease{1.09b}.  Formerly \etoc used \csbc{etocaftertitlehook} to
+% mimick the memoir code but as its name indicate, it is supposedly executed
+% after the title... and this also had the defect of making
+% \csbc{etocaftertitlehook} not anymore a user command.  Thus we here use some
+% refactoring of the \csbc{Etoc at aftertitlehook} internal mechanism to help
+% recognize if we are in the starred case or not.
 %
 % \csa{phantomsection} is always defined by memoir, empty if hyperref absent.
+%
+% Updates at \etocrelease{1.2} for the standard display style inherited
+% from the class to actually be usable with local table of contents.
+% Unfortunately the printing of the title rigidly hard-codes a
+% |\thispagestyle{chapter}|:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \@lofmaketitle ->\@nameuse {lofheadstart} {\parindent \z@ \parskip \z@ \interli
+% nepenalty \@M \@nameuse {printlofnonum}\@nameuse {printloftitle}{\listfigurenam
+% e }\@nameuse {lofmark}\thispagestyle {chapter}\@nameuse {afterloftitle} } \@aft
+% erheading
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \vskip-\baselineskip
+% Oh well I discover there is a \csa{chapterheadstart} but not
+% \csa{sectionheadstart}...
+%
+% Actually now \etoc will by default not use the class inherited style for the
+% local TOC titles, so maybe I should have not wasted time on this.  From the
+% \csbc{etocsettocstyle} arguments one can know if this is for a local TOC,
+% but one can not know the level, which is inferred from the actual execution
+% of the TOC data.  There is a problem though that the \ctanpkg{memoir}
+% default would be usable for a local TOC in a |\part|.  Although one can
+% argue if it makes sense to display a TOC as prominently as a chapter anyway.
+% Again, the default with \etoc will anyhow not use this as
+% \csbc{etocetoclocaltocstyle} deactivates the \csbc{etocsettocstyle} for
+% local TOCs.
+%
+% MEMO: would it make sense to have an \csa{etocsetlocaltocstyle}?  As
+% explained above this would however induced dramatic internal \etoc changes as one
+% would have to wait for title insertion until the time one knows the local
+% level.  Which is exactly what \csbc{etocetoclocaltocstyle}  via the
+% \csbc{ifEtoc at etocstyle} does.
+%
+% Update at \etocrelease{1.2} to account for \csbc{locallistoffigures} and
+% \csbc{locallistoftables}.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\etocmemoirtoctotocfmt #1#2{%
-    \def\Etoc at addsuitablecontentsline{\addcontentsline {toc}{#1}{#2}}%
-}
 \def\etocmemoirstyle{%
     \etocsettocstyle
         {\ensureonecol \par \begingroup \phantomsection
@@ -9328,57 +10571,161 @@
          \ifx\Etoc at aftertitlehook\@empty
          \else
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% non-starred variant
+% This branch executed for the non-starred variant
 %    \begin{macrocode}
            \ifmem at em@starred at listof
            \else
-             \Etoc at addsuitablecontentsline
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Global case is only for \csa{tableofcontents} as \etoc does not hack into
+% \csa{listofpictures} and \csa{listoftables}.
+%
+% Local case will not be executed in default configurations (cf
+% \csbc{etocetoclocaltocstyle}).
+%
+% \csbc{etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc} is to avoid worries with conditionals.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+             \ifEtoc at localtoc
+                  \etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+             \else
+               \ifEtoc at maintoctotoc
+                  \etocclassmaintocaddtotoc
+               \fi
+             \fi
            \fi
          \fi
-         \@nameuse {@tocmaketitle} %<< space token here from memoir code
+         \ifEtoc at localtoc
+         % trying to mimick a section title but there is no \sectionheadstart
+         % there is no \printsectiontitle etc... Oh well I will be more
+         % radical then
+            \@namedef{@\Etoc at currext maketitle}{%
+               \@nameuse{etocclasslocal\Etoc at currext maketitle}%
+            }%
+         \fi
+         \@nameuse {@\Etoc at currext maketitle} %<< space token here from memoir code
          \ifx\Etoc at aftertitlehook\@empty
           \else
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Execute etoc hook before the \csa{cfttocbeforelisthook} and keep distinction
-% between starred and non-starred contexts for other hooks. Notice that the
-% memoir class way of implementing \csbc{tableofcontents} leaves no way for code
-% executed by the TOC code to know if it is executed in starred or non-starred
-% context.
+% between starred and non-starred contexts for other hooks (by testing if
+% \csbc{Etoc at aftertitlehook} is empty or not). Notice that the memoir class
+% way of implementing \csbc{tableofcontents} leaves no way for code executed
+% by the TOC code to know if it is executed in starred or non-starred context.
 %    \begin{macrocode}         
           \Etoc at aftertitlehook \let \Etoc at aftertitlehook \relax
          \fi
-         \parskip \cftparskip \@nameuse {cfttocbeforelisthook}}
-        {\@nameuse {cfttocafterlisthook}\endgroup\restorefromonecol}}
+         \parskip \cftparskip \@nameuse {cft\Etoc at currext beforelisthook}%
+        }%
+        {\@nameuse {cft\Etoc at currext afterlisthook}%
+         \endgroup\restorefromonecol
+        }%
+}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% |1.09c| (|2020/05/15|) does an update as \ctanpkg{KOMA-script} has deprecated
-% \csa{iftocfeature}.  Thanks to Bilel Omrani for report.  I did not check
-% if cloning of KOMA code required some further updates.
+% Compatibility layer for the \ctanpkg{KOMA-script} classes:
 %
-% Finally |1.09f| added some such updates.
+% \etocrelease{1.09c} (|2020/05/15|) did an update as \ctanpkg{KOMA-script}
+% deprecated \csa{iftocfeature}.  Thanks to Bilel Omrani for report.  I
+% did not check if cloning of KOMA code required some further updates.
+% \etocrelease{1.09f} added more updates.
+%
+% At \etocrelease{1.2} this is further updated to be usable also for list
+% of figures and tables.  However, this update is somewhat theoretical because
+% \etoc does not interfere at all with \csa{listoffigures} and
+% \csa{listoftables}: the update is useful only to make \etoc's
+% \csbc{locallistoffigures} and \csbc{locallistoftables} usable in display
+% style compatibility mode.
+%
+% But during development on this I became aware that \ctanpkg{KOMA-script}
+% since its |3.30| release has the feature that an unnumbered section resets
+% the counters of subsections.  This creates a problem (whose description I
+% have moved to the user manual) which can be alleviated for local TOCs at the
+% highest level below global one by using KOMA's |\setuptoc{toc}{leveldown}|.
+% So I decided to do this systematically, as in the code next via a new
+% private hook, but the problem will remain for local TOCs at lower levels,
+% and there does not seem to be any way to tell KOMA to use say
+% |\subsubsection*|, barring, from what I understand from the manual, usage of
+% its \csa{deftocheading}.  So in a second stage I decided that per default
+% \etoc would rather use for local TOCs, and not only for KOMA classes but all
+% classes, an adaptive heading fitted to the ``local top''.  As this ``local
+% top'' can only be determined from inside the expansion of \csbc{Etoc at toctoc}
+% which contains the |.toc| file data, the boolean \csbc{ifEtoc at etocstyle}
+% was added which will make \csbc{etocsettocstyle} configuration ignored.  In
+% this way, with \csbc{etocetoclocaltocstyle}, the document class emulation
+% will apply to the global TOC whereas local TOCs will use the adaptive
+% scheme.  To avoid duplication other relevant info is moved to the user
+% manual.
+%
+% We put the trigger of |leveldown| for KOMA classes in
+% \csbc{Etoc at beforetitlehook}.  So there will be no test with
+% \csbc{ifEtoc at localtoc} here contrarily to the case of standard classes
+% and memoir.  Again, all of this normally is not relevant as by default \etoc
+% \etocrelease{1.2} will use its \csbc{etocetoclocaltocstyle} which
+% for local TOCs ignores the emulation code of the main TOC.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\Etoc at beforetitlehook\@empty
+\if1\@ifclassloaded{scrartcl}0{\@ifclassloaded{scrbook}0{\@ifclassloaded{scrreprt}01}}%
+\expandafter\@gobble
+\else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Surely paranoid here but I don't have time to go through KOMA documentation
+% (I am not really familiar with these classes).
+%
+% MEMO: I do not know if \ctanpkg{KOMA-script}'s \csa{setuptoc} sets options
+% locally or globally.  If globally the code below must be modifed to unset
+% the |totoc| option depending on at time of use status of the \etoc own
+% |totoc| options.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+   \ifdefined\setuptoc
+     \def\Etoc at beforetitlehook{%
+         \ifEtoc at localtoc
+            \etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+            \setuptoc{\Etoc at currext}{leveldown}%
+         \else
+            \etocifisstarred{}{\etocifmaintoctotoc{\setuptoc{toc}{totoc}}}%
+         \fi
+     }%
+   \fi
+\expandafter\@firstofone
+\fi
+{\def\etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc #1{%
+    \etocifisstarred
+    {}%
+    {\csname ifEtoc at local#1totoc\endcsname
+      \setuptoc{\Etoc at currext}{totoc}%
+     \fi
+    }% 
+  }%
+}
 \ifdefined\Iftocfeature
   \def\etoc at Iftocfeature{\Iftocfeature}%
 \else
   \def\etoc at Iftocfeature{\iftocfeature}%
 \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Peut-être en fait je devrais toujours faire |\let\if at dynlist\if at tocleft|?
+% Mais je ne l'ai pas vu dans le code de KOMA pour les LOF et LOT (globales,
+% évidemment).  Mais cela m'obligerait à lire vraiment le code source de KOMA.
+% Pas le temps.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\etocscrartclstyle{%
     \etocsettocstyle
-        {\let\if at dynlist\if at tocleft
-         \def\@currext{toc}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% |1.09f| adds this \csa{list at fname} definition hunk although
-% \csa{listoftocname} is presumably always defined.  Only to match
-% closely \ctanpkg{KOMA-script} code.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-         \@ifundefined{listoftocname}%
-            {\def\list at fname{\listofname~toc}}%
-            {\expandafter\let\expandafter\list at fname\csname listoftocname\endcsname}%
-         \etoc at Iftocfeature {toc}{onecolumn}
-             {\etoc at Iftocfeature {toc}{leveldown}
+        {\ifx\Etoc at currext\Etoc at tocext
+             \expandafter\@firstofone
+         \else
+             \expandafter\@gobble
+         \fi
+         {\let\if at dynlist\if at tocleft}%
+         \edef\@currext{\Etoc at currext}%
+         \@ifundefined{listof\@currext name}%
+            {\def\list at fname{\listofname~\@currext}}%
+            {\expandafter\let\expandafter\list at fname
+                         \csname listof\@currext name\endcsname}%
+         \etoc at Iftocfeature {\@currext}{onecolumn}
+             {\etoc at Iftocfeature {\@currext}{leveldown}
               {}
               {\if at twocolumn \aftergroup \twocolumn \onecolumn \fi }}
              {}%
-         \etoc at Iftocfeature {toc}{numberline}{\def \nonumberline {\numberline {}}}{}%
+         \etoc at Iftocfeature {\@currext}{numberline}%
+                            {\def \nonumberline {\numberline {}}}{}%
          \expandafter\tocbasic at listhead\expandafter {\list at fname}%
          \begingroup \expandafter \expandafter \expandafter
          \endgroup \expandafter
@@ -9385,27 +10732,27 @@
          \ifx
              \csname microtypesetup\endcsname \relax
          \else
-             \etoc at Iftocfeature {toc}{noprotrusion}{}
+             \etoc at Iftocfeature {\@currext}{noprotrusion}{}
                  {\microtypesetup {protrusion=false}%
                   \PackageInfo {tocbasic}%
-                  {character protrusion at toc deactivated}}%
+                  {character protrusion at \@currext\space deactivated}}%
          \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% |1.09f| adds this hunk with the noparskipfalse test to match current
-% scrartcl (testing done with scrbook |2022/07/04 v3.37|).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-         \etoc at Iftocfeature{toc}{noparskipfake}{}{%
+         \etoc at Iftocfeature{\@currext}{noparskipfake}{}{%
                \ifvmode \@tempskipa\lastskip \vskip-\lastskip
                \addtolength{\@tempskipa}{\parskip}\vskip\@tempskipa\fi
-         }%
+               }%
          \setlength {\parskip }{\z@ }%
          \setlength {\parindent }{\z@ }%
          \setlength {\parfillskip }{\z@ \@plus 1fil}%
          \csname tocbasic@@before at hook\endcsname
-         \csname tb at toc@before at hook\endcsname}
-         {%
+         \csname tb@\@currext @before at hook\endcsname
+      }% end of before_toc
+      {% start of after_toc
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% At |1.09f| I considered adding this \csa{BeforeClosingMainAux} hunk
+% (This next discussion has not been revised at \etocrelease{1.2} so let's
+% hope it is fine).
+%
+% At \etocrelease{1.09f} I considered adding this \csa{BeforeClosingMainAux} hunk
 % to the second argument of \csbc{etocsettocstyle}-emulation of \ctanpkg{KOMA-script}.
 % But:
 % \begin{itemize}
@@ -9433,14 +10780,19 @@
 %                  \string\tocbasic at end@toc at file}%
 %          }%
          \providecommand\tocbasic at end@toc at file{}\tocbasic at end@toc at file
-         \csname tb at toc@after at hook\endcsname
-         \csname tocbasic@@after at hook\endcsname}}
+         \edef\@currext{\Etoc at currext}%
+         \csname tb@\@currext @after at hook\endcsname
+         \csname tocbasic@@after at hook\endcsname
+     }% end of after_toc
+}
 \let\etocscrbookstyle\etocscrartclstyle
 \let\etocscrreprtstyle\etocscrartclstyle
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% placeholder for comments
+% The \csbc{etocclasstocstyle} will be redefined according to document
+% class.  Then, later, it will be extended with an
+% \csa{Etoc at classstyletrue}.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocarticlestyle}
+\def\etocclasstocstyle{\etocarticlestyle}
 \newcommand*\etocmarkboth[1]{%
     \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase{#1}}{\MakeUppercase{#1}}}
 \newcommand*\etocmarkbothnouc[1]{\@mkboth{#1}{#1}}
@@ -9450,54 +10802,136 @@
     {\csname #1\endcsname *{#3\etocmarkboth{#4}}}}
 \newcommand\etoctocstylewithmarksnouc[4][section]{\etocmulticolstyle[#2]%
     {\csname #1\endcsname *{#3\etocmarkbothnouc{#4}}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% placeholder for comments
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Etoc at redefetocstyle#1{%
-    \renewcommand\etoctocstylewithmarks[4][#1]
-    {\etocmulticolstyle[##2]%
-          {\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3\etocmarkboth{##4}}}}
-    \renewcommand\etoctocstylewithmarksnouc[4][#1]
-    {\etocmulticolstyle[##2]%
-          {\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3\etocmarkbothnouc{##4}}}}
-    \renewcommand\etoctocstyle[3][#1]{%
-     \etocmulticolstyle[##2]{\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3}}}}
+\def\Etoc at redefetocstylesforchapters{%
+    \renewcommand\etoctocstylewithmarks[4][chapter]{%
+          \etocmulticolstyle[##2]{\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3\etocmarkboth{##4}}}%
+    }
+    \renewcommand\etoctocstylewithmarksnouc[4][chapter]{%
+          \etocmulticolstyle[##2]{\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3\etocmarkbothnouc{##4}}}%
+    }
+    \renewcommand\etoctocstyle[3][chapter]{%
+          \etocmulticolstyle[##2]{\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3}}
+    }
+}
 \@ifclassloaded{scrartcl}
-    {\renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocscrartclstyle}}{}
+    {\renewcommand*\etocclasstocstyle{\etocscrartclstyle}}{}
 \@ifclassloaded{book}
     {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize}
-     \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocbookstyle}
-     \Etoc at redefetocstyle{chapter}}{}
+     \renewcommand*\etocclasstocstyle{\etocbookstyle}
+     \Etoc at redefetocstylesforchapters}{}
 \@ifclassloaded{report}
     {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize}
-     \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocreportstyle}
-     \Etoc at redefetocstyle{chapter}}{}
+     \renewcommand*\etocclasstocstyle{\etocreportstyle}
+     \Etoc at redefetocstylesforchapters}{}
 \@ifclassloaded{scrbook}
     {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize}
-     \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocscrbookstyle}
-     \Etoc at redefetocstyle{chapter}}{}
+     \renewcommand*\etocclasstocstyle{\etocscrbookstyle}
+     \Etoc at redefetocstylesforchapters}{}
 \@ifclassloaded{scrreprt}
     {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize}
-     \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocscrreprtstyle}
-     \Etoc at redefetocstyle{chapter}}{}
+     \renewcommand*\etocclasstocstyle{\etocscrreprtstyle}
+     \Etoc at redefetocstylesforchapters}{}
 \@ifclassloaded{memoir}
-    {\etocsetlevel{appendix}{0}%
-     \renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize}
-     \etocmemoirtoctotocfmt{chapter}{\contentsname}%
-     \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocmemoirstyle}
-     \Etoc at redefetocstyle{chapter}}{}
+    {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize}
+     \renewcommand*\etocclasstocstyle{\etocmemoirstyle}
+     \Etoc at redefetocstylesforchapters}{}
 \def\etoctocloftstyle {%
-    \etocsettocstyle
-    {\@cfttocstart\par\begingroup
-      \parindent\z@ \parskip\cftparskip \@cftmaketoctitle
-      \if at cfttocbibind\@cftdobibtoc\fi }%
-    {\endgroup\@cfttocfinish }%
+    \etocsettocstyle{%
+      \@cfttocstart
+      \par
+      \begingroup
+        \parindent\z@ \parskip\cftparskip
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% I don't feel like redefining \csa{@cftmaketoctitle} etc to apply ``level
+% down''.  Up to the user to use the tocloft interface after the main TOC
+% to do appropriate actions.  I consider emitting a warning, but then if
+% the user has customize \csa{@cftmaketoctitle} or variant, how to know?
+% (apart from numerous ifx tests).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \@nameuse{@cftmake\Etoc at currext title}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% But for adding an appropriate entry to the toc file I can intervene silently.
+% I can remove the test \csa{if at cfttocbibind} here as anyhow I have to test
+% status of \etoc `to toc' options.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \ifEtoc at localtoc
+           \etoctocloftlocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+        \else
+           \etocifisstarred {}{\ifEtoc at maintoctotoc\@cftdobibtoc\fi}%
+        \fi
+    }%
+    {%
+      \endgroup
+      \@cfttocfinish 
+    }%
 }
-\@ifclassloaded{memoir}{}
-{\@ifpackageloaded{tocloft}
+\def\etoctocloftlocalperhapsaddtotoc#1{%
+    \etocifisstarred
+      {}%
+      {\csname ifEtoc at local#1totoc\endcsname
+        \ifdefined\c at chapter\def\@tocextra{@section}\else\def\@tocextra{@subsection}\fi
+        \csname @cftdobib#1\endcsname
+       \fi 
+      }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This is active only if \ctanpkg{tocbibind} boolean \csa{if at dotoctoc} is found
+% true at begin document and there was no use of \csbc{etocsettocstyle} in the
+% preamble.  The part on local TOC also applies to local LOF and LOT but is
+% executed only if \csbc{etocclasstocstyle} was present in the preamble.  Under
+% the default \csbc{etocetoclocaltocstyle}, only the global TOC is under
+% influence of this (assuming thus that \ctanpkg{tocbibind} was loaded without
+% its |nottoc| or |none| option).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\etoctocbibindstyle {%
+    \etocsettocstyle {%
+      \toc at start
+      \ifEtoc at localtoc
+          \@nameuse{etocclasslocal\Etoc at currext maketitle}%
+          \etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+      \else
+          \etoc at tocbibind@dotoctitle
+      \fi
+      }%
+    {\toc at finish}%
+}
+\def\etoc at tocbibind@dotoctitle {%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If \ctanpkg{tocbibind} is loaded but later between |\begin{document}| and
+% \csa{tableofcontents} the user does \csbc{etocsetup}|{maintoctotoc=afalse}|
+% we have to catch this.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+       \if at bibchapter
+        \etocifisstarred
+          {\chapter*{\contentsname}\prw at mkboth{\contentsname} % id.
+          }%
+          {\ifEtoc at maintoctotoc
+             \toc at chapter{\contentsname} %<-space from original
+           \else
+             \chapter*{\contentsname}\prw at mkboth{\contentsname} % id.
+           \fi
+           }%
+       \else
+        \etocifisstarred
+          {\@nameuse{\@tocextra}*{\contentsname\prw at mkboth{\contentsname}} %<-space
+          }
+          {\ifEtoc at maintoctotoc
+             \toc at section{\@tocextra}{\contentsname} %<-space from original
+           \else
+             \@nameuse{\@tocextra}*{\contentsname\prw at mkboth{\contentsname}} % id.
+          \fi
+          }%
+       \fi
+}%
+\@ifclassloaded{memoir}
+{}
+{% memoir not loaded
+ \@ifpackageloaded{tocloft}
     {\if at cftnctoc\else
-     \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etoctocloftstyle}
-     \AtBeginDocument{\let\tableofcontents\etoctableofcontents}
+                 \ifEtoc at keeporiginaltoc
+                   \else
+                   \let\tableofcontents\etoctableofcontents
+                 \fi
      \fi }
     {\AtBeginDocument
       {\@ifpackageloaded{tocloft}
@@ -9506,7 +10940,10 @@
          {Package `tocloft' was loaded after `etoc'.\MessageBreak
           To prevent it from overwriting \protect\tableofcontents, it will\MessageBreak
           be tricked into believing to have been loaded with its\MessageBreak
-          option `titles'. \space Please load `tocloft' before `etoc'}%
+          option `titles'. \space But this will cause the `tocloft'\MessageBreak
+          customization of the titles of the main list of figures\MessageBreak
+          and list of tables to not apply either.\MessageBreak
+          You should load `tocloft' before `etoc'.}%
         \AtEndDocument{\PackageWarning{etoc}
                        {Please load `tocloft' before `etoc'!\@gobbletwo}}%
         \fi
@@ -9515,34 +10952,121 @@
       }%
      }%
 }
+\@ifclassloaded{memoir}
+{}
+{% memoir not loaded
+  \AtBeginDocument{%
+  \@ifpackageloaded{tocloft}
+   {%
+     \def\etocclasstocstyle{%
+       \etoctocloftstyle
+       \Etoc at classstyletrue
+     }%
+     \ifEtoc at etocstyle
+        \ifEtoc at classstyle
+          \etocclasstocstyle
+          \Etoc at etocstyletrue
+        \fi
+     \else
+        \ifEtoc at classstyle
+          \etocclasstocstyle
+        \fi
+     \fi
+   }%
+   {% no tocloft
+    \@ifpackageloaded {tocbibind}
+     {\if at dotoctoc
+        \def\etocclasstocstyle{%
+          \etoctocbibindstyle
+          \Etoc at classstyletrue
+         }%
+        \ifEtoc at etocstyle
+           \ifEtoc at classstyle
+             \etocclasstocstyle
+             \Etoc at etocstyletrue
+           \fi
+        \else
+           \ifEtoc at classstyle
+             \etocclasstocstyle
+           \fi
+        \fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \LaTeX\ 2021 fall release lets \csa{contentsline} always grab four arguments,
-% so with |1.09e 2021/09/23| we make sure our \csa{addtocontents} will always
-% provide \csa{contentsline} with four arguments. This extra |{}| is done
-% without checking LaTeX's version by laziness, as an impact on documents
-% compiled with former LaTeX could be visible only with very special contexts
-% that only the author himself would ever consider.
+% Not clear if I should interpret \csa{Etoc at keeporiginaltoctrue} in this sense
+% to not modify \ctanpkg{tocbibind} overwrite of \csbc{tableofcontents}.  But
+% let's obey this interpretation.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \ifEtoc at keeporiginaltoc
+        \else
+           \let\tableofcontents\etoctableofcontents
+        \fi
+     }%
+     {}%
+   }%  
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Maybe I should check if the options were already set.  I will simply
+% make the message more generic.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+   \@ifpackageloaded{tocbibind}
+   {% tocbibind, perhaps with tocloft
+      \if at dotoctoc
+                 \ifEtoc at keeporiginaltoc
+                   \else
+                   \let\tableofcontents\etoctableofcontents
+                 \fi
+        \etocsetup{maintoctotoc,localtoctotoc}%
+         \PackageInfo{etoc}{%
+            Setting (or re-setting) the options `maintoctotoc' and\MessageBreak
+            `localtoctotoc' to true as tocbibind was detected and\MessageBreak
+            found to be configured for `TOC to toc'.\MessageBreak
+            Reported at begin document}%
+      \fi
+      \if at dotoclof
+       \ifEtoc at lof
+        \etocsetup{localloftotoc}%
+        \PackageInfo{etoc}{%
+            Setting (or re-setting) `localloftotoc=true' as the\MessageBreak
+            package tocbibind was detected and is configured for\MessageBreak
+            `LOF to toc'. Reported at begin document}%
+       \fi
+      \fi
+      \if at dotoclot
+       \ifEtoc at lot
+        \etocsetup{locallottotoc}%
+        \PackageInfo{etoc}{%
+            Setting (or re-setting) `locallottotoc=true' as the\MessageBreak
+            package tocbibind was detected and is configured for\MessageBreak
+            `LOT to toc'. Reported at begin document}%
+       \fi
+      \fi
+   }% end of tocbibind branch
+   {}%
+  }% end of at begin document
+}% end of not with memoir branch
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \LaTeX\ 2021 fall release lets \csa{contentsline} always grab four
+% arguments, so with \etocrelease{1.09e} |2021/09/23| we make sure our
+% \csa{addtocontents} will always provide \csa{contentsline} with four
+% arguments. This extra |{}| is done without checking LaTeX's version by
+% laziness, as an impact on documents compiled with former LaTeX could be
+% visible only with very special contexts that only the author himself would
+% ever consider.
 %
-% Let's also add \csa{protected at file@percent} at |1.09e| although this is a
-% priori of no relevance as \etoc reads the toc file with |\endlinechar=-1|
-% regime.
+% Let's also add \csa{protected at file@percent} at \etocrelease{1.09e} although
+% this is a priori of no relevance as \etoc reads the toc file with
+% |\endlinechar=-1| regime.
 %
 % When using \csa{addcontentsline} nothing needs to be done as both things are
 % handled by \LaTeX\ upstream.
+%
+% \etocrelease{1.2} executes the \csbc{ifEtoc at hyperref} test inside the fourth
+% argument, rather than using one \csa{addtocontents} in each branch.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Etoc at addtocontents #1#2%
-    {\ifEtoc at hyperref
-       \addtocontents {toc}{\protect\contentsline
-                {#1}{#2}%
-                {\thepage }{\@currentHref }%
-                \ifdefined\protected at file@percent\protected at file@percent\fi
-       }%
-     \else
-       \addtocontents {toc}{\protect\contentsline
-          {#1}{#2}{\thepage }{}%
-          \ifdefined\protected at file@percent\protected at file@percent\fi
-       }%
-     \fi}
+\def\Etoc at addtocontents #1#2{%
+    \addtocontents {toc}{%
+      \protect\contentsline{#1}{#2}{\thepage}{\ifEtoc at hyperref\@currentHref\fi}%
+      \ifdefined\protected at file@percent\protected at file@percent\fi
+    }%
+}
 \def\Etoc at addcontentsline@ #1#2#3{%
     \@namedef{toclevel@#1}{#3}\addcontentsline {toc}{#1}{#2}%
 }
@@ -9565,14 +11089,15 @@
 \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etocimmediatetoccontentsline}
     {\@ifstar{\Etoc at addcontentsline@@immediately}{\Etoc at addtocontents@immediately}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% placeholder
+% Formerly a \LaTeX{} counter |etoc at tocdepth| was used but at
+% \etocrelease{1.2} it has been replaced by macro-storage.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Etoc at storetocdepth   {\global\c at etoc@tocdepth\c at tocdepth }
-\def\Etoc at restoretocdepth {\global\c at tocdepth\c at etoc@tocdepth }
+\def\Etoc at storetocdepth   {\xdef\Etoc at savedtocdepth{\number\c at tocdepth}}
+\def\Etoc at restoretocdepth {\global\c at tocdepth\Etoc at savedtocdepth\relax}
 \def\etocobeytoctocdepth {\def\etoc at settocdepth
-        {\afterassignment\Etoc@@nottoodeep \global\c at tocdepth}}
-\def\Etoc@@nottoodeep {\ifnum\c at tocdepth>\c at etoc@tocdepth
-                          \global\c at tocdepth\c at etoc@tocdepth\fi }
+                          {\afterassignment\Etoc@@nottoodeep \global\c at tocdepth}}
+\def\Etoc@@nottoodeep {\ifnum\Etoc at savedtocdepth<\c at tocdepth
+                          \global\c at tocdepth\Etoc at savedtocdepth\relax\fi }
 \def\etocignoretoctocdepth {\let\etoc at settocdepth\@gobble }
 \def\etocsettocdepth   {\futurelet\Etoc at nexttoken\Etoc at set@tocdepth }
 \def\Etoc at set@tocdepth {\ifx\Etoc at nexttoken\bgroup
@@ -9615,7 +11140,7 @@
 \def\etocdepthtag   #1#{\Etoc at depthtag }
 \def\Etoc at depthtag  #1{\addtocontents {toc}{\protect\etoc at depthtag {#1}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% |1.09f| adds \csbc{etocimmediatedepthtag.toc}.  This can serve in some
+% \etocrelease{1.09f} adds \csbc{etocimmediatedepthtag.toc}.  This can serve in some
 % circumstances, see user documentation.  Apologies for long delay to Norman
 % Ramsey who reported problem and his fix in July... 2016!
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -9649,7 +11174,7 @@
         {Use \protect\etocsettocdepth.toc as replacement}%
 }%
 \AtBeginDocument {%
-   \@ifclassloaded{memoir}
+  \@ifclassloaded{memoir}
     {\PackageInfo {etoc}
      {Regarding `memoir' class command \protect\settocdepth, consider\MessageBreak
      \protect\etocsettocdepth.toc as a drop-in replacement with more\MessageBreak
@@ -9658,8 +11183,8 @@
      and \protect\etocsetnexttocdepth\space should be used in place of\MessageBreak
      `memoir' command \protect\maxtocdepth\@gobble}%
     }%
-    {\@ifpackageloaded {tocvsec2}
-     {\def\maxtocdepth  #1{\Etoc at tocvsec@err \maxtocdepth   }%
+    {\@ifpackageloaded {tocvsec2}{%
+      \def\maxtocdepth  #1{\Etoc at tocvsec@err \maxtocdepth   }%
       \def\settocdepth  #1{\Etoc at tocvsec@err \settocdepth   }%
       \def\resettocdepth  {\@ifstar {\Etoc at tocvsec@err \resettocdepth }%
                                     {\Etoc at tocvsec@err \resettocdepth }%
@@ -9675,9 +11200,10 @@
       {Package `tocvsec2' detected and its modification of\MessageBreak
        \protect\tableofcontents\space reverted. \space Use
        \protect\etocsettocdepth.toc\MessageBreak as a replacement
-       for `tocvsec2' toc-related commands}}% tocvsec2 loaded
-     {}% not loaded
-   }%
+       for `tocvsec2' toc-related commands}%
+     }% tocvsec2 loaded
+     {}% tocvsec2 not loaded
+    }%
 }%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % placeholder
@@ -9730,27 +11256,40 @@
    }%
 }%
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% |1.09i| would like to rename this to \csa{Etoc at setlocaltop}, for
+% \etocrelease{1.09i} would like to rename this to \csa{Etoc at setlocaltop}, for
 % consistency with internal macros, but too late it is already in user |.toc| files.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\etoc at setlocaltop #1{%
-  \global\let\Etoc at level #1%
-  \Etoc at skipthisonefalse
-  \ifnum\Etoc at level=\Etoc@@six@@
+  \ifnum#1=\Etoc@@six@@
    \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
   \else
+   \Etoc at skipthisonefalse
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% MEMO: the \csbc{Etoc at level} thus continues receiving updates from various
+% \csbc{etoc at setlocaltop} present in the |.toc| file even once the local toc
+% is already done, but this has no importance, as the code in
+% \csbc{Etoc at toctoc} after executing the code contents is not influenced by
+% this but only by the final status of \csbc{Etoc at stackofends} remains the
+% same.  And this gets updated via \csbc{Etoc at setlocaltop@doendsandbegin} (see
+% below).
+%
+% I should check if not worthwile to move the \csbc{ifEtoc at stoptoc} test
+% earlier.
+%
+% There should be two notions of local top.  One for a potential barrier,
+% stopping a toc, the other for setting a local top.  These two should be
+% distinct.  Or at least additional to this one which does both.  But then I
+% would have to document.  And test.  And implement first.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+   \global\let\Etoc at level #1%
+   \global\let\Etoc at virtualtop #1%   
    \ifEtoc at localtoc
-    \ifEtoc at stoptoc\Etoc at skipthisonetrue
+    \ifEtoc at stoptoc
+     \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
     \else
      \ifEtoc at notactive
-      \Etoc at setflags
       \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
      \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Attention, |1.09| has \csbc{etoclocaltop} which is former \csa{Etoc at localtop}
-% \emph{minus one}. Hence the shape of the conditional. Memo: it makes sense
-% only for code executed under "active" status of the TOC.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
       \unless\ifnum\Etoc at level>\etoclocaltop
        \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
        \global\Etoc at stoptoctrue
@@ -9762,42 +11301,48 @@
   \let\Etoc at next\@empty
   \ifEtoc at skipthisone
   \else
-   \ifnum\c at tocdepth<\Etoc at level
+   \ifnum\Etoc at level>\c at tocdepth
    \else
-    \ifEtoc at standard
+    \ifEtoc at standardlines
     \else
-     \let\Etoc at next\Etoc at setlocaltop@doends at dobegins
-    \fi
-   \fi
-  \fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% At |1.09f| the |\global\Etoc at skipprefixfalse| is added.  This fixes a
-% weird problem that an \csbc{etocskipfirstprefix} from this level (which a priori
-% only serves to delimit the local contents) impacted (in the global TOC for
-% example) the rendering of the first finer subsequent heading.  Not resetting
-% the boolean was an oversight, and it shows in context of the package
-% built-in level styles as they do use \csbc{etocskipfirstprefix}.  But this also
-% stresses that the name of the macro is a bit of a misnomer, yes it serves to
-% delimit local table of contents, but really it is implemented as a ghost of
-% a sectioning unit which does have an impact (on the global TOC or local TOCs
+% So here the \csbc{etocsetlocaltop}|.toc| will cause various starts and
+% finish parts to get executed, even for the somewhat fictitious levels.  But
+% this may cause collaterals, in particular we have to be careful about the
+% \csbc{ifEtoc at skipprefix} Boolean, which may be set to \csa{iftrue} in
+% the \marg{start} part of the level style and thus needs to be reset to
+% \csa{iffalse}.  This is done automatically in \csbc{Etoc at etoccontentsline@}
+% but here we are not executing it so we need to add somewhere a
+% |\global\Etoc at skipprefixfalse| (else we may impact rendering of subsequent
+% level).  So we put it together with \csbc{Etoc at doendsandbegin} in a wrapper.
+% This wrapper is also there to avoid a problem when the TOC is checked for
+% emptiness, as we need then to be able to tell \csbc{etoc at setlocaltop} to
+% not execute anything.
+%
+% This also stresses
+% that the name of the macro is a bit of a misnomer, yes it serves to delimit
+% local table of contents, but really it is implemented as a ghost of a
+% sectioning unit which does have an impact (on the global TOC or local TOCs
 % from encompassing levels), as it triggers when encountered the \marg{finish}
 % portions of previous finer levels (and the \marg{finish} code of its own
 % level will be executed sooner or later), and the \marg{start} code of
 % subsequent finer levels (as well as its own \marg{start} code at least once,
 % depending on how levels are nested).
-%
-% |1.09i| fixes a bad behaviour of \etoc in \csbc{etocchecksemptiness} regime
-% when \csbc{etocsetlocaltop.toc} has been made use of in the document.  Indeed
-% the execution of \csbc{Etoc at toctoks} for the emptiness check thus triggered
-% execution of \marg{start} and \marg{finish} parts of the line styles.  So
-% we abstract an \csbc{Etoc at setlocaltop@doends at dobegins} which will be made a no-op
-% in emptiness-checking contexts.  Also, the code lines above have been edited
-% now that \csa{Etoc at next} here is not followed by tokens within a brace pair.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
+     \let\Etoc at next\Etoc at setlocaltop@doendsandbegin
+    \fi
+   \fi
+  \fi
   \Etoc at next
 }%
-\def\Etoc at setlocaltop@doends at dobegins
-   {\Etoc at doends\Etoc at dobegins\global\Etoc at skipprefixfalse}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% It is important to reset the \csbc{ifEtoc at skipprefix} boolean, as is done in
+% \csbc{Etoc at etoccontentsline@}.\par
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Etoc at setlocaltop@doendsandbegin{%
+    \Etoc at doendsandbegin
+    \global\Etoc at skipprefixfalse
+}
 \addtocontents {toc}{\protect\@ifundefined{etoctocstyle}%
            {\let\protect\etoc at startlocaltoc\protect\@gobble
             \let\protect\etoc at settocdepth\protect\@gobble
@@ -9806,23 +11351,37 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Initializations.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\etocstandardlines {\Etoc at standardtrue}
-\def\etoctoclines      {\Etoc at standardfalse}
+\def\etocstandardlines {\Etoc at standardlinestrue}
+\def\etoctoclines      {\Etoc at standardlinesfalse}
 \etocdefaultlines
 \etocstandardlines
-\etocstandarddisplaystyle
+\def\etocstandarddisplaystyle{%
+    \PackageWarningNoLine{etoc}{%
+      \string\etocstandarddisplaystyle \on at line\MessageBreak
+      is deprecated. \space Please use \string\etocclasstocstyle}%
+}
+\expandafter\def\expandafter\etocclasstocstyle\expandafter{%
+    \etocclasstocstyle
+    \Etoc at classstyletrue
+}
+\def\etocetoclocaltocstyle{\Etoc at etocstyletrue}
+\def\etocusertocstyle{\Etoc at etocstylefalse}
+\etocclasstocstyle
+\etocetoclocaltocstyle
 \etocobeytoctocdepth
 \etocobeydepthtags
-\let\etocaftertochook    \@empty
-\let\etocbeforetitlehook \@empty
+\let\etocbeforetitlehook   \@empty
+\let\etocaftertitlehook    \@empty
+\let\etocaftercontentshook \@empty
+\let\etocaftertochook      \@empty
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % |listings| abuses \csa{tableofcontents} for its \csa{lstlistoflistings}. It
 % doesn't seem worth to let my version of \csbc{tableofcontents} have to check for
-% this special circumstance. So at |1.09d|, simply add this (and induced
-% annoying updates to documentation at at least two locations):
+% this special circumstance. So at \etocrelease{1.09d}, simply add this (the
+% boolean was added at \etocrelease{1.2}):
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\etockeeporiginaltableofcontents
-   {\let\tableofcontents\etocoriginaltableofcontents}%
+   {\Etoc at keeporiginaltoctrue\let\tableofcontents\etocoriginaltableofcontents}%
 \endinput
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \MakePercentComment

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/etoc/etoc.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/etoc/etoc.sty	2023-03-02 21:00:53 UTC (rev 66298)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/etoc/etoc.sty	2023-03-02 21:01:34 UTC (rev 66299)
@@ -22,16 +22,66 @@
 %% in the same archive or directory.)
 %%
 %% Package: etoc
-%% Version: 1.1c
+%% Version: 1.2
 %% License: LPPL 1.3c
 %% Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Jean-Francois Burnol
 %%                         <jfbu at free dot fr>
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01]
 \ProvidesPackage{etoc}
-[2023/01/20 v1.1c Completely customisable TOCs (JFB)]
+[2023/03/01 v1.2 Completely customisable TOCs (JFB)]
+\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
+\SetupKeyvalOptions{prefix=Etoc@}
+\newif\ifEtoc at lof
+\DeclareVoidOption{lof}{\Etoc at loftrue
+  \PackageInfo{etoc}{Experimental support for \string\locallistoffigures.\MessageBreak
+                     Barely tested, use at own risk}%
+}
+\newif\ifEtoc at lot
+\DeclareVoidOption{lot}{\Etoc at lottrue
+  \PackageInfo{etoc}{Experimental support for \string\locallistoftables.\MessageBreak
+                     Barely tested, use at own risk}%
+}
+\@ifclassloaded{memoir}{
+\PackageInfo{etoc}
+   {As this is with memoir class, all `...totoc' options\MessageBreak
+    are set true by default.  Reported}
+\DeclareBoolOption[true]{maintoctotoc}
+\DeclareBoolOption[true]{localtoctotoc}
+\DeclareBoolOption[true]{localloftotoc}
+\DeclareBoolOption[true]{locallottotoc}
+}{
+\DeclareBoolOption[false]{maintoctotoc}
+\DeclareBoolOption[false]{localtoctotoc}
+\DeclareBoolOption[false]{localloftotoc}
+\DeclareBoolOption[false]{locallottotoc}
+}
+\DeclareBoolOption[true]{ouroboros}
+\DeclareDefaultOption{\PackageWarning{etoc}{Option `\CurrentOption' is unknown.}}
+\ProcessKeyvalOptions*
+\DisableKeyvalOption[action=error,package=etoc]{etoc}{lof}
+\DisableKeyvalOption[action=error,package=etoc]{etoc}{lot}
+\def\etocsetup#1{\setkeys{etoc}{#1}}
+\def\etocifmaintoctotoc{\ifEtoc at maintoctotoc
+                           \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+                         \else
+                           \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+                         \fi}
+\def\etociflocaltoctotoc{\ifEtoc at localtoctotoc
+                           \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+                         \else
+                           \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+                         \fi}
+\def\etociflocalloftotoc{\ifEtoc at localloftotoc
+                           \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+                         \else
+                           \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+                         \fi}
+\def\etociflocallottotoc{\ifEtoc at locallottotoc
+                           \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+                         \else
+                           \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+                         \fi}
 \RequirePackage{multicol}
-\DeclareOption*{\PackageWarning{etoc}{Option `\CurrentOption' is unknown.}}
-\ProcessOptions\relax
 \def\etoc@{\etoc@}
 \long\def\Etoc at gobtoetoc@ #1\etoc@{}
 \newtoks\Etoc at toctoks
@@ -42,19 +92,14 @@
 \let\Etoc at global\@empty
 \def\etocglobaldefs{\let\Etoc at global\global\let\tof at global\global}
 \def\etoclocaldefs {\let\Etoc at global\@empty\let\tof at global\@empty}
-\newif\ifEtoc at jj  % book
-\newif\ifEtoc at j   % part
-\newif\ifEtoc@    % chapter
-\newif\ifEtoc at i   % section
-\newif\ifEtoc at ii  % subsection
-\newif\ifEtoc at iii % subsubsection
-\newif\ifEtoc at iv  % paragraph
-\newif\ifEtoc at v   % subparagraph
-\newif\ifEtoc at number
+\newif\ifEtoc at numbered
 \newif\ifEtoc at hyperref
 \newif\ifEtoc at parskip
 \newif\ifEtoc at tocwithid
-\newif\ifEtoc at standard
+\newif\ifEtoc at standardlines
+\newif\ifEtoc at etocstyle
+\newif\ifEtoc at classstyle
+\newif\ifEtoc at keeporiginaltoc
 \newif\ifEtoc at skipprefix
 \newif\ifEtoc at isfirst
 \newif\ifEtoc at localtoc
@@ -62,7 +107,7 @@
 \newif\ifEtoc at stoptoc
 \newif\ifEtoc at notactive
 \newif\ifEtoc at mustclosegroup
-\newif\ifEtoc at emptytoc
+\newif\ifEtoc at isemptytoc
 \newif\ifEtoc at checksemptiness
 \def\etocchecksemptiness       {\Etoc at checksemptinesstrue }
 \def\etocdoesnotcheckemptiness {\Etoc at checksemptinessfalse }
@@ -69,81 +114,81 @@
 \newif\ifEtoc at notocifnotoc
 \def\etocnotocifnotoc {\Etoc at checksemptinesstrue\Etoc at notocifnotoctrue }
 \newcounter{etoc at tocid}
-\newcounter{etoc at tocdepth}
+\def\Etoc at tocext{toc}
+\def\Etoc at lofext{lof}
+\def\Etoc at lotext{lot}
+\let\Etoc at currext\Etoc at tocext
+\def\etocifislocal{\ifEtoc at localtoc\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else
+                                   \expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi
+                  }
+\def\etocifislocaltoc{\etocifislocal{\ifx\Etoc at currext\Etoc at tocext
+                                     \expandafter\@firstoftwo\else
+                                     \expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}%
+                                    {\@secondoftwo}%
+                     }
+\def\etocifislocallof{\etocifislocal{\ifx\Etoc at currext\Etoc at lofext
+                                     \expandafter\@firstoftwo\else
+                                     \expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}%
+                                    {\@secondoftwo}%
+                     }
+\def\etocifislocallot{\etocifislocal{\ifx\Etoc at currext\Etoc at lotext
+                                     \expandafter\@firstoftwo\else
+                                     \expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}%
+                                    {\@secondoftwo}%
+                     }
+\expandafter\def\csname Etoc at -3@@\endcsname {-\thr@@}
+\expandafter\def\csname Etoc at -2@@\endcsname {-\tw@}
+\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at -1@@\endcsname \m at ne
+\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 0@@\endcsname  \z@
+\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 1@@\endcsname  \@ne
+\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 2@@\endcsname  \tw@
+\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 3@@\endcsname  \thr@@
+\expandafter\chardef\csname Etoc at 4@@\endcsname  4
+\expandafter\chardef\csname Etoc at 5@@\endcsname  5
+\expandafter\chardef\csname Etoc at 6@@\endcsname  6
+\expandafter\let\expandafter\Etoc@@six@@\csname Etoc at 6@@\endcsname
 \@ifclassloaded{memoir}{\def\Etoc at minf{-\thr@@}}{\def\Etoc at minf{-\tw@}}
-\def\Etoc@@minustwo@@{-\tw@}
-\let\Etoc@@minusone@@\m at ne
-\let\Etoc@@zero@@    \z@
-\let\Etoc@@one@@     \@ne
-\let\Etoc@@two@@     \tw@
-\let\Etoc@@three@@   \thr@@
-\chardef\Etoc@@four@@ 4
-\chardef\Etoc@@five@@ 5
-\chardef\Etoc@@six@@  6
-\def\Etoc@@minustwo@{minustwo}
-\def\Etoc@@minusone@{minusone}
-\def\Etoc@@zero@    {zero}
-\def\Etoc@@one@     {one}
-\def\Etoc@@two@     {two}
-\def\Etoc@@three@   {three}
-\def\Etoc@@four@    {four}
-\def\Etoc@@five@    {five}
-\expandafter\def\csname Etoc at -3@@\endcsname {-\thr@@}
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at -2@@\endcsname \Etoc@@minustwo@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at -1@@\endcsname \Etoc@@minusone@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 0@@\endcsname  \Etoc@@zero@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 1@@\endcsname  \Etoc@@one@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 2@@\endcsname  \Etoc@@two@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 3@@\endcsname  \Etoc@@three@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 4@@\endcsname  \Etoc@@four@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 5@@\endcsname  \Etoc@@five@@
-\expandafter\let\csname Etoc at 6@@\endcsname  \Etoc@@six@@
-\let\Etoc at all@@   \Etoc@@five@@
 \let\Etoc at none@@  \Etoc at minf
-\let\Etoc at levellist\@empty
-\def\Etoc at newlevel #1{\expandafter\def\expandafter\Etoc at levellist\expandafter
-        {\Etoc at levellist\Etoc at levellist@elt{#1}}}
-\def\etocsetlevel#1#2{%
-   \@ifundefined{Etoc@#1@@}{\Etoc at newlevel{#1}}{}%
-   \ifcase#2\relax
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@zero@@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@zero@
-   \or
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@one@@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@one@
-   \or
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@two@@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@two@
-   \or
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@three@@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@three@
-   \or
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@four@@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@four@
-   \or
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@five@@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@five@
-   \or
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@six@@
+\expandafter\let\expandafter\Etoc at all@@ \csname Etoc at 5@@\endcsname
+\let\Etoc at dolevels\@empty
+\def\Etoc at newlevel #1{\expandafter\def\expandafter\Etoc at dolevels\expandafter
+        {\Etoc at dolevels\Etoc at do{#1}}}
+\def\etocsetlevel#1#2{\expanded{\noexpand\etoc at setlevel{#1}{#2}}}%
+\def\etoc at setlevel#1#2{%
+   \edef\Etoc at tmp{\the\numexpr#2}%
+   \if1\ifnum\Etoc at tmp>\Etoc@@six@@0\fi\ifnum\Etoc at tmp<-\tw at 0\fi1%
+      \in@{.#1,}{.none,.all,.figure,.table,.-3,.-2,.-1,.0,.1,.2,.3,.4,.5,.6,}%
+      \ifin@\else\if\@car#1\@nil @\in at true\fi\fi
+      \ifin@
+         \PackageWarning{etoc}
+            {Sorry, but `#1' is forbidden as level name.\MessageBreak
+             \if\@car#1\@nil @%
+                (because of the @, especially as first character)\MessageBreak\fi
+             Reported}%
+      \else
+        \etocifunknownlevelTF{#1}{\Etoc at newlevel{#1}}{}%
+        \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@#1@@\expandafter\endcsname
+                        \csname Etoc@\Etoc at tmp @@\endcsname
+        \expandafter\edef\csname Etoc@@#1@@\endcsname
+                         {\expandafter\noexpand\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname}%
+        \expandafter\edef\csname toclevel@@#1\endcsname
+                         {\expandafter\noexpand\csname toclevel@#1\endcsname}%
+      \fi
    \else
-    \ifnum#2=\m at ne
-     \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@minusone@@
-     \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@minusone@
-    \else
-     \ifnum#2=-\tw@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@minustwo@@
-      \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@minustwo@
-     \else
       \PackageWarning{etoc}
-         {Unexpected value `#2' in \string\etocsetlevel.\MessageBreak
-          It must be one of -2,-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 and\MessageBreak
-          will be set to 6: the \string\contentsline\space entries of type\MessageBreak
-          `#1' will be ignored by `etoc'.\MessageBreak Reported}%
+         {Argument `\detokenize{#2}' of \string\etocsetlevel\space should
+          represent\MessageBreak
+          -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 but evaluates to \Etoc at tmp.\MessageBreak
+          The level of `#1' will be set to 6.\MessageBreak
+          Tables of contents will ignore `#1' as long\MessageBreak
+          as its level is 6.\MessageBreak
+          Reported}%
+      \etocifunknownlevelTF{#1}{\Etoc at newlevel{#1}}{}%
       \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@six@@
-     \fi
-    \fi
    \fi
 }
+\def\etoclevel#1{\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname}
+\def\etocifunknownlevelTF#1{\@ifundefined{Etoc@#1@@}}
 \etocsetlevel{book}{-2}
 \etocsetlevel{part}{-1}
 \etocsetlevel{chapter}{0}
@@ -152,148 +197,53 @@
 \etocsetlevel{subsubsection}{3}
 \etocsetlevel{paragraph}{4}
 \etocsetlevel{subparagraph}{5}
+\ifdefined\c at chapter
+  \etocsetlevel{appendix}{0}
+\else
+  \etocsetlevel{appendix}{1}
+\fi
+\def\Etoc at do#1{\@namedef{l@@#1}{\csname l@#1\endcsname}}
+\Etoc at dolevels
+\let\Etoc at figure@@\Etoc@@six@@
+\let\Etoc at table@@\Etoc@@six@@
 \AtBeginDocument{%
 \@ifpackageloaded{parskip}{\Etoc at parskiptrue}{}%
 \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{\Etoc at hyperreftrue}{}%
 }
-\def\Etoc at setflags {%
-    \ifcase \Etoc at level
-        \global\Etoc at vfalse
-        \global\Etoc at ivfalse
-        \global\Etoc at iiifalse
-        \global\Etoc at iifalse
-        \global\Etoc at ifalse
-        \global\Etoc at true
-    \or
-        \global\Etoc at vfalse
-        \global\Etoc at ivfalse
-        \global\Etoc at iiifalse
-        \global\Etoc at iifalse
-        \global\Etoc at itrue
-    \or
-        \global\Etoc at vfalse
-        \global\Etoc at ivfalse
-        \global\Etoc at iiifalse
-        \global\Etoc at iitrue
-    \or
-        \global\Etoc at vfalse
-        \global\Etoc at ivfalse
-        \global\Etoc at iiitrue
-    \or
-        \global\Etoc at vfalse
-        \global\Etoc at ivtrue
-    \or
-        \global\Etoc at vtrue
-    \else
-        \global\Etoc at vfalse
-        \global\Etoc at ivfalse
-        \global\Etoc at iiifalse
-        \global\Etoc at iifalse
-        \global\Etoc at ifalse
-        \global\Etoc at false
-        \ifnum\Etoc at level=\m at ne
-            \global\Etoc at jtrue
-        \else
-            \global\Etoc at jfalse
-            \global\Etoc at jjtrue
-        \fi
-    \fi
+\def\etocskipfirstprefix {\global\Etoc at skipprefixtrue }
+\def\Etoc at updatestackofends#1\etoc@{\gdef\Etoc at stackofends{#1}}
+\def\Etoc at stackofends{{-3}{}}
+\def\Etoc at doendsandbegin{%
+    \expandafter\Etoc at traversestackofends\Etoc at stackofends\etoc@
 }
-\def\Etoc at doends {%
-    \ifcase \Etoc at level
-        \ifEtoc at v  \Etoc at end@five \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iv \Etoc at end@four \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iii\Etoc at end@three\fi
-        \ifEtoc at ii \Etoc at end@two  \fi
-        \ifEtoc at i  \Etoc at end@one  \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at v  \Etoc at end@five \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iv \Etoc at end@four \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iii\Etoc at end@three\fi
-        \ifEtoc at ii \Etoc at end@two  \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at v  \Etoc at end@five \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iv \Etoc at end@four \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iii\Etoc at end@three\fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at v  \Etoc at end@five \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iv \Etoc at end@four \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at v  \Etoc at end@five \fi
-    \or
-    \else
-        \ifEtoc at v  \Etoc at end@five \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iv \Etoc at end@four \fi
-        \ifEtoc at iii\Etoc at end@three\fi
-        \ifEtoc at ii \Etoc at end@two  \fi
-        \ifEtoc at i  \Etoc at end@one  \fi
-        \ifEtoc@   \Etoc at end@zero \fi
-        \ifnum \Etoc at level =-\tw@
-            \ifEtoc at j \Etoc at end@minusone\fi
-        \fi
-    \fi
+\def\Etoc at traversestackofends#1{%
+  \ifnum#1>\Etoc at level\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi
+  {\csname Etoc at end@#1\endcsname
+   \Etoc at traversestackofends
+  }%
+  {\ifnum#1<\Etoc at level
+     \csname Etoc at begin@\the\numexpr\Etoc at level\endcsname
+     \Etoc at global\Etoc at isfirsttrue
+     \edef\Etoc at tmp{{\the\numexpr\Etoc at level}}%
+   \else
+     \Etoc at global\Etoc at isfirstfalse
+     \let\Etoc at tmp\@empty
+   \fi
+   \expandafter\Etoc at updatestackofends\Etoc at tmp{#1}%
+  }%
 }
-\def\Etoc at dobegins{%
-    \let\Etoc at next\@empty
-    \Etoc at global\Etoc at isfirstfalse
-    \ifcase\Etoc at level
-        \ifEtoc@
-        \else
-            \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@zero}%
-        \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at i
-        \else
-            \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@one}%
-        \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at ii
-        \else
-            \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@two}%
-        \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at iii
-        \else
-            \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@three}%
-        \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at iv
-        \else
-            \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@four}%
-        \fi
-    \or
-        \ifEtoc at v
-        \else
-            \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@five}%
-        \fi
-    \else
-        \ifnum\Etoc at level=\m at ne
-            \ifEtoc at j
-            \else
-                \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@minusone}%
-            \fi
-        \else
-            \ifEtoc at jj
-            \else
-                \def\Etoc at next{\Etoc at begin@minustwo}%
-            \fi
-        \fi
-    \fi
-    \Etoc at setflags
-    \Etoc at next
-}
-\def\etocskipfirstprefix {\global\Etoc at skipprefixtrue }
 \def\Etoc at etoccontentsline #1{%
-  \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Etoc at level\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname
-  \Etoc at skipthisonefalse
-  \ifnum\Etoc at level=\Etoc@@six@@
-    \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
+  \let\Etoc at next\@gobblefour
+  \ifnum\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname=\Etoc@@six@@
   \else
+   \Etoc at skipthisonefalse
+   \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Etoc at level\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname
+   \if @\@car#1\@nil\else\global\let\Etoc at virtualtop\Etoc at level\fi
    \ifEtoc at localtoc
     \ifEtoc at stoptoc
       \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
     \else
-     \ifEtoc at notactive\Etoc at setflags
+     \ifEtoc at notactive
        \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
      \else
       \unless\ifnum\Etoc at level>\etoclocaltop
@@ -303,15 +253,14 @@
      \fi
     \fi
    \fi
-  \fi
-  \let\Etoc at next\@gobblefour
-  \ifEtoc at skipthisone
-  \else
-   \unless\ifnum\c at tocdepth<\Etoc at level
-    \ifEtoc at standard
-      \let\Etoc at next\Etoc at savedcontentsline
-    \else
-      \let\Etoc at next\Etoc at etoccontentsline@
+   \ifEtoc at skipthisone
+   \else
+    \unless\ifnum\Etoc at level>\c at tocdepth
+     \ifEtoc at standardlines
+         \let\Etoc at next\Etoc at savedcontentsline
+     \else
+         \let\Etoc at next\Etoc at etoccontentsline@
+     \fi
     \fi
    \fi
   \fi
@@ -318,16 +267,16 @@
   \Etoc at next{#1}%
 }
 \def\Etoc at etoccontentsline@ #1#2#3#4{%
-    \Etoc at doends
-    \Etoc at dobegins
+    \Etoc at doendsandbegin
     \Etoc at global\edef\Etoc at prefix  {\expandafter\noexpand
-         \csname Etoc at prefix@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname }%
+         \csname Etoc at prefix@\the\numexpr\Etoc at level\endcsname }%
     \Etoc at global\edef\Etoc at contents{\expandafter\noexpand
-         \csname Etoc at contents@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname }%
-    \ifEtoc at skipprefix \Etoc at global\let\Etoc at prefix\@empty\fi
+         \csname Etoc at contents@\the\numexpr\Etoc at level\endcsname }%
+    \ifEtoc at skipprefix \Etoc at global\def\Etoc at prefix{\@empty}\fi
     \global\Etoc at skipprefixfalse
     \Etoc at lxyz{#2}{#3}{#4}%
-    \Etoc at prefix\Etoc at contents
+    \Etoc at prefix
+    \Etoc at contents
 }
 \def\Etoc at lxyz #1#2#3{%
     \ifEtoc at hyperref
@@ -350,7 +299,7 @@
     \ifEtoc at hyperref
       \def\Etoc at tmp##1##2{\Etoc at global\def##2{\hyperlink{#3}{##1}}}%
       \expandafter\Etoc at tmp\expandafter{\etocthename}\etocthelinkedname
-      \ifEtoc at number
+      \ifEtoc at numbered
          \expandafter\Etoc at tmp\expandafter{\etocthenumber}\etocthelinkednumber
       \else
          \Etoc at global\let\etocthelinkednumber\@empty
@@ -405,7 +354,7 @@
     \Etoc at next #1%
 }
 \def\Etoc at getnb@nmbrd #1#2{%
-    \Etoc at global\Etoc at numbertrue
+    \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberedtrue
     \Etoc at global\def\etocthenumber {#2}%
     \Etoc at getnb@nmbrd at getname\@empty
 }%
@@ -413,20 +362,20 @@
     \Etoc at global\expandafter\def\expandafter\etocthename\expandafter{#1}%
 }
 \def\Etoc at getnb@nonbr #1\etoc@ {%
-    \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberfalse
+    \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberedfalse
     \Etoc at global\let\etocthenumber \@empty
 }
 \def\Etoc at getnb@nonumberline #1\hspace\etoc@ {%
-    \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberfalse
+    \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberedfalse
     \Etoc at global\let\etocthenumber \@empty
     \Etoc at global\expandafter\def\expandafter\etocthename\expandafter{\@gobble#1}%
 }
 \def\Etoc@@getit #1\hspace#2{%
     \ifx\etoc@#2%
-      \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberfalse
+      \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberedfalse
       \Etoc at global\let\etocthenumber \@empty
     \else
-      \Etoc at global\Etoc at numbertrue
+      \Etoc at global\Etoc at numberedtrue
       \Etoc at global\def\etocthenumber {#1}%
       \expandafter\Etoc at getit@getname \expandafter\@empty
     \fi
@@ -446,7 +395,7 @@
 \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etocpage}  {}
 \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etoclink}  {\@firstofone}
 \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etocifnumbered}
-   {\ifEtoc at number\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}
+   {\ifEtoc at numbered\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}
 \expandafter\let\expandafter\etocxifnumbered\csname etocifnumbered \endcsname
 \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etociffirst}
    {\ifEtoc at isfirst\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}
@@ -488,77 +437,238 @@
   \global\let\Etoc at openouttoc\empty
 }
 \def\Etoc at toctoc{%
-  \global\Etoc at vfalse
-  \global\Etoc at ivfalse
-  \global\Etoc at iiifalse
-  \global\Etoc at iifalse
-  \global\Etoc at ifalse
-  \global\Etoc at false
-  \global\Etoc at jfalse
-  \global\Etoc at jjfalse
+  \gdef\Etoc at stackofends{{-3}{}}%
+  \global\let\Etoc at level\Etoc at minf
+  \global\let\Etoc at virtualtop\Etoc at minf
   \the\Etoc at toctoks
   \ifEtoc at notactive
   \else
-   \ifEtoc at v   \Etoc at end@five\fi
-   \ifEtoc at iv  \Etoc at end@four\fi
-   \ifEtoc at iii \Etoc at end@three\fi
-   \ifEtoc at ii  \Etoc at end@two\fi
-   \ifEtoc at i   \Etoc at end@one\fi
-   \ifEtoc@    \Etoc at end@zero\fi
-   \ifEtoc at j   \Etoc at end@minusone\fi
-   \ifEtoc at jj  \Etoc at end@minustwo\fi
+   \gdef\Etoc at level{-\thr@@}%
+   \Etoc at doendsandbegin
   \fi
 }
-\def\etoc@@startlocaltoc#1#2{%
+\def\Etoc@@startlocaltoc#1#2{%
     \ifEtoc at localtoc
        \ifnum #1=#2\relax
-          \ifEtoc at jj  \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@minustwo@@\fi
-          \ifEtoc at j   \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@minusone@@\fi
-          \ifEtoc@    \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@zero@@    \fi
-          \ifEtoc at i   \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@one@@     \fi
-          \ifEtoc at ii  \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@two@@     \fi
-          \ifEtoc at iii \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@three@@   \fi
-          \ifEtoc at iv  \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@four@@    \fi
-          \ifEtoc at v   \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@five@@    \fi
-          \global\c at tocdepth\Etoc at localtocdepth
+          \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc at virtualtop
+          \Etoc@@startlocaltochook
+          \etoclocaltableofcontentshook
+          \ifEtoc at etocstyle
+              \etocetoclocaltocmaketitle
+          \fi
+          \ifx\Etoc at aftertitlehook\@empty
+          \else
+            \ifEtoc at localtoctotoc
+              \ifEtoc at ouroboros
+              \else
+                \let\Etoc at tmp\contentsline
+                \def\contentsline{\let\contentsline\Etoc at tmp\@gobblefour}%
+              \fi
+            \fi
+          \fi
           \global\Etoc at notactivefalse
-          \global\Etoc at vfalse
-          \global\Etoc at ivfalse
-          \global\Etoc at iiifalse
-          \global\Etoc at iifalse
-          \global\Etoc at ifalse
-          \global\Etoc at false
-          \global\Etoc at jfalse
-          \global\Etoc at jjfalse
        \fi
     \fi
 }
 \let\etoc at startlocaltoc\@gobble
-\def\Etoc at setemptytocbool {%
-    \global\Etoc at emptytoctrue
+\let\Etoc@@startlocaltoc at toc\Etoc@@startlocaltoc
+\let\Etoc@@startlocaltochook\@empty
+\def\etocdivisionnameatlevel#1{%
+    \ifcase\numexpr#1\relax
+             \ifdefined\c at chapter chapter\else section\fi%
+         \or section%
+         \or subsection%
+         \or subsubsection%
+         \or paragraph%
+         \or subparagraph%
+         \or empty%
+    \else\ifnum\numexpr#1<\m at ne
+             book%
+         \else
+             part%
+         \fi
+    \fi
+}
+\def\etoclocalheadtotoc#1#2{\addcontentsline{toc}{@#1}{#2}}
+\def\etocglobalheadtotoc{\addcontentsline{toc}}
+\providecommand*\UseName{\@nameuse}
+\def\etocetoclocaltocmaketitle{%
+    \UseName{\etocdivisionnameatlevel{\etoclocaltop+1}}*{\localcontentsname}%
+    \ifnum\etoclocaltop>\tw@\mbox{}\par\fi
+    \etociflocaltoctotoc
+      {\etocifisstarred
+         {}% star variant, do not add to toc
+         {\etoclocalheadtotoc
+           {\etocdivisionnameatlevel{\etoclocaltop+1}}%
+           {\localcontentsname}%
+         }%
+      }%
+      {}%
+}%
+\def\localcontentsname  {\contentsname}%
+\let\etoclocaltableofcontentshook\@empty
+\if1\ifEtoc at lof0\fi\ifEtoc at lot0\fi1%
+\else
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \let\Etoc at originaladdcontentsline\addcontentsline
+  \def\addcontentsline{\Etoc at hackedaddcontentsline}%
+}%
+\fi
+\def\Etoc at hackedaddcontentsline#1{%
+  \expanded{\noexpand\in@{.#1,}{\ifEtoc at lof.lof,\fi\ifEtoc at lot.lot,\fi}}%
+  \ifin@\expandafter\Etoc at hackedaddcontentsline@i
+   \else\expandafter\Etoc at originaladdcontentsline
+  \fi
+  {#1}%
+}
+
+\def\Etoc at hackedaddcontentsline@i#1#2#3{%
+    \expanded{\noexpand\in@{.#1;#2,}}{.lof;figure,.lot;table,}%
+    \ifin@
+    \addtocontents {toc}{%
+      \protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}{\ifEtoc at hyperref\@currentHref\fi}%
+      \ifdefined\protected at file@percent\protected at file@percent\fi
+    }%
+    \fi
+    \Etoc at originaladdcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\def\Etoc@@startlocallistof#1#2#3{%
+    \ifEtoc at localtoc
+       \ifnum #2=#3\relax
+          \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc at virtualtop
+          \global\Etoc at notactivefalse
+          \Etoc@@startlocaltochook
+          \csname etoclocallistof#1shook\endcsname
+          \ifEtoc at etocstyle
+              \csname etocetoclistof#1smaketitle\endcsname
+          \fi
+       \fi
+    \fi
+}
+\def\Etoc@@startlocallistof at setlevels#1{%
+          \ifnum\etoclocaltop<\z@
+              \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\@ne
+          \else
+              \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@#1@@\expandafter\endcsname
+                              \csname Etoc@\the\numexpr\etoclocaltop+\@ne @@\endcsname
+          \fi
+          \def\Etoc at do##1{%
+              \ifnum\etoclevel{##1}>\etoclocaltop
+                     \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@##1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@six@@
+              \fi}%
+          \Etoc at dolevels
+}
+\def\etoclocallistoffigureshook{\etocstandardlines}
+\def\etoclocallistoftableshook {\etocstandardlines}
+\def\locallistfigurename{\listfigurename}
+\def\locallisttablename {\listtablename}
+\def\etocetoclistoffiguresmaketitle{%
+    \UseName{\etocdivisionnameatlevel{\etoclocaltop+1}}*{\locallistfigurename}%
+    \ifnum\etoclocaltop>\tw@\mbox{}\par\fi
+    \etociflocalloftotoc
+      {\etocifisstarred
+         {}% star variant, do not add to toc
+         {\etoclocalheadtotoc
+           {\etocdivisionnameatlevel{\etoclocaltop+1}}%
+           {\locallistfigurename}%
+         }%
+      }%
+      {}%
+}%
+\def\etocetoclistoftablesmaketitle{%
+    \UseName{\etocdivisionnameatlevel{\etoclocaltop+1}}*{\locallisttablename}%
+    \ifnum\etoclocaltop>\tw@\mbox{}\par\fi
+    \etociflocallottotoc
+      {\etocifisstarred
+         {}% star variant, do not add to toc
+         {\etoclocalheadtotoc
+           {\etocdivisionnameatlevel{\etoclocaltop+1}}%
+           {\locallisttablename}%
+         }%
+      }%
+      {}%
+}%
+\let\Etoc at listofreset\@empty
+\def\locallistoffigures{%
+    \ifEtoc at lof
+      \def\Etoc at listofreset{%
+          \let\Etoc at currext\Etoc at tocext
+          \let\Etoc@@startlocaltoc\Etoc@@startlocaltoc at toc
+          \let\Etoc@@startlocaltochook\@empty
+          \let\Etoc at listofreset\@empty
+          \let\Etoc at listofhook\@empty
+          }%
+      \let\Etoc at currext\Etoc at lofext
+      \def\Etoc@@startlocaltoc{\Etoc@@startlocallistof{figure}}%
+      \def\Etoc@@startlocaltochook{\Etoc@@startlocallistof at setlevels{figure}}%
+      \def\Etoc at listofhook{%
+        \def\Etoc at do####1{%
+          \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@@####1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@six@@
+        }%
+        \Etoc at dolevels
+      }%
+      \expandafter\localtableofcontents
+    \else
+      \PackageError{etoc}{%
+        \string\locallistoffigures \on at line\space but\MessageBreak
+        package was loaded without `lof' option}%
+        {Try again with \string\usepackage[lof]{etoc}}%
+    \fi
+}
+\def\locallistoftables{%
+    \ifEtoc at lot
+      \def\Etoc at listofreset{%
+          \let\Etoc at currext\Etoc at tocext
+          \let\Etoc@@startlocaltoc\Etoc@@startlocaltoc at toc
+          \let\Etoc@@startlocaltochook\@empty
+          \let\Etoc at listofreset\@empty
+          \let\Etoc at listofhook\@empty
+          }%
+      \let\Etoc at currext\Etoc at lotext
+      \def\Etoc@@startlocaltoc{\Etoc@@startlocallistof{table}}%
+      \def\Etoc@@startlocaltochook{\Etoc@@startlocallistof at setlevels{table}}%
+      \def\Etoc at listofhook{%
+        \def\Etoc at do####1{%
+          \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@@####1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@six@@
+        }%
+        \Etoc at dolevels
+      }%
+      \expandafter\localtableofcontents
+    \else
+      \PackageError{etoc}{%
+        \string\locallistoftable \on at line\space but\MessageBreak
+        package was loaded without `lot' option}%
+        {Try again with \string\usepackage[lot]{etoc}}%
+    \fi
+}
+\def\Etoc at checkifempty {%
+    \global\Etoc at isemptytoctrue
     \global\Etoc at stoptocfalse
     \global\let\Etoc at level\Etoc at minf
+    \global\let\Etoc at virtualtop\Etoc at minf
+    \gdef\Etoc at stackofends{{-3}{}}%
     \begingroup
       \ifEtoc at localtoc
         \def\etoc at startlocaltoc##1{%
           \ifnum##1=\Etoc at tocid\relax
-              \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc at level
+              \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc at virtualtop
+              \Etoc@@startlocaltochook
               \global\Etoc at notactivefalse
-          \fi }%
+          \fi
+        }%
         \let\contentsline\Etoc at testingcontentslinelocal
       \else
         \let\contentsline\Etoc at testingcontentsline
       \fi
       \Etoc at storetocdepth
-        \let\Etoc at setlocaltop@doends at dobegins\@empty
+        \let\Etoc at setlocaltop@doendsandbegin\@empty
         \the\Etoc at toctoks
       \Etoc at restoretocdepth
     \endgroup
 }
 \DeclareRobustCommand*\etocifwasempty
-  {\ifEtoc at emptytoc\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi }
-\expandafter
-\let\expandafter\etocxifwasempty\csname etocifwasempty \endcsname
+  {\ifEtoc at isemptytoc\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi }
+\expandafter\let\expandafter\etocxifwasempty\csname etocifwasempty \endcsname
 \def\Etoc at testingcontentslinelocal #1{%
   \ifEtoc at stoptoc
   \else
@@ -565,11 +675,12 @@
    \ifnum\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname=\Etoc@@six@@
    \else
     \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Etoc at level\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname
+    \if @\@car#1\@nil\else\global\let\Etoc at virtualtop\Etoc at level\fi
     \ifEtoc at notactive
     \else
      \ifnum\Etoc at level>\etoclocaltop
-      \unless\ifnum\Etoc at level>\Etoc at localtocdepth
-       \global\Etoc at emptytocfalse
+      \unless\ifnum\Etoc at level>\c at tocdepth
+       \global\Etoc at isemptytocfalse
        \global\Etoc at stoptoctrue
       \fi
      \else
@@ -578,7 +689,7 @@
     \fi
    \fi
   \fi
-  \@gobblefour\relax
+  \@gobblethree
 }
 \def\Etoc at testingcontentsline #1{%
   \ifEtoc at stoptoc
@@ -586,17 +697,17 @@
    \ifnum\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname=\Etoc@@six@@
    \else
     \unless\ifnum\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname>\c at tocdepth
-     \global\Etoc at emptytocfalse
+     \global\Etoc at isemptytocfalse
      \global\Etoc at stoptoctrue
     \fi
    \fi
   \fi
-  \@gobblefour\relax
+  \@gobblethree
 }
 \def\Etoc at localtableofcontents#1{%
     \gdef\etoclocaltop{-\@m}%
     \Etoc at localtoctrue
-    \global\Etoc at emptytocfalse
+    \global\Etoc at isemptytocfalse
     \edef\Etoc at tocid{#1}%
     \ifnum\Etoc at tocid<\@ne
       \setbox0\hbox{\ref{Unknown toc ref \@secondoftwo#1. \space Rerun LaTeX}}%
@@ -607,12 +718,12 @@
     \fi
     \global\Etoc at notactivetrue
     \ifEtoc at checksemptiness
-       \Etoc at setemptytocbool
+       \Etoc at checkifempty
     \fi
-    \ifEtoc at emptytoc
+    \ifEtoc at isemptytoc
        \ifEtoc at notactive
          \setbox0\hbox{\ref{Unknown toc ID \number\Etoc at tocid. \space Rerun LaTeX}}%
-         \global\Etoc at emptytocfalse
+         \global\Etoc at isemptytocfalse
          \global\Etoc at stoptoctrue
          \gdef\etoclocaltop{-\thr@@}%
          \Etoc at tableofcontents
@@ -622,18 +733,24 @@
        \global\Etoc at stoptocfalse
        \global\Etoc at notactivetrue
        \edef\etoc at startlocaltoc##1%
-           {\noexpand\etoc@@startlocaltoc{##1}{\Etoc at tocid}}%
+           {\noexpand\Etoc@@startlocaltoc{##1}{\Etoc at tocid}}%
        \Etoc at tableofcontents
     \fi
     \@gobble\etoc@
     \endgroup\ifEtoc at mustclosegroup\endgroup\fi
     \Etoc at tocdepthreset
+    \Etoc at listofreset
     \etocaftertochook
-    \let\Etoc at localtocdepth\c at tocdepth
 }% \Etoc at localtableofcontents
-\def\Etoc at getrefno #1#2\etoc@ {#1}
-\def\Etoc at getref #1{\@ifundefined{r@#1}{0}{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
-          \Etoc at getrefno\csname r@#1\endcsname\relax\etoc@}}
+\def\Etoc at getref #1{%
+    \@ifundefined{r@#1}
+         {0}
+         {\expandafter\Etoc at getref@i\romannumeral-`0%
+          \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+          \@car\csname r@#1\endcsname0\@nil\@etoc
+         }%
+}
+\def\Etoc at getref@i#1#2\@etoc{\ifnum9<1\string#1 #1#2\else 0\fi}
 \def\Etoc at ref#1{\Etoc at localtableofcontents{\Etoc at getref{#1}}}
 \def\Etoc at label#1{\label{#1}\futurelet\Etoc at nexttoken\Etoc at t@bleofcontents}
 \@firstofone{\def\Etoc at again} {\futurelet\Etoc at nexttoken\Etoc at t@bleofcontents}
@@ -644,15 +761,18 @@
     \ifx\Etoc at nexttoken\@sptoken\Etoc at dothis{\Etoc at again}\fi
     \ifx\Etoc at nexttoken\ref\Etoc at dothis{\expandafter\Etoc at ref\@gobble}\fi
     \ifEtoc at tocwithid\Etoc at dothis{\Etoc at localtableofcontents{\c at etoc@tocid}}\fi
-    \global\Etoc at emptytocfalse\ifEtoc at checksemptiness\Etoc at setemptytocbool\fi
-    \ifEtoc at emptytoc
+    \global\Etoc at isemptytocfalse
+    \ifEtoc at checksemptiness\Etoc at checkifempty\fi
+    \ifEtoc at isemptytoc
      \ifEtoc at notocifnotoc
       \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobble
      \fi
     \fi
     \Etoc at tableofcontents
-    \endgroup\ifEtoc at mustclosegroup\endgroup\fi
+    \endgroup
+    \ifEtoc at mustclosegroup\endgroup\fi
     \Etoc at tocdepthreset
+    \Etoc at listofreset
     \etocaftertochook
     \@gobble\etoc@
     }% \Etoc at t@bleofcontents
@@ -659,14 +779,14 @@
 \def\Etoc at table@fcontents{%
     \refstepcounter{etoc at tocid}%
     \Etoc at tocwithidfalse
-    \futurelet\Etoc at nexttoken\Etoc at t@bleofcontents}
+    \futurelet\Etoc at nexttoken\Etoc at t@bleofcontents
+}
 \def\Etoc at localtable@fcontents{%
     \refstepcounter{etoc at tocid}%
     \addtocontents{toc}{\string\etoc at startlocaltoc{\the\c at etoc@tocid}}%
     \Etoc at tocwithidtrue
-    \futurelet\Etoc at nexttoken\Etoc at t@bleofcontents}
-\let\etocaftertitlehook    \@empty
-\let\etocaftercontentshook \@empty
+    \futurelet\Etoc at nexttoken\Etoc at t@bleofcontents
+}
 \def\etoctableofcontents{%
    \Etoc at openouttoc
    \Etoc at tocdepthset
@@ -675,52 +795,89 @@
       {\let\Etoc at aftertitlehook\@empty\Etoc at table@fcontents}
       {\def\Etoc at aftertitlehook{\etocaftertitlehook}\Etoc at table@fcontents}%
 }% \etoctableofcontents
+\def\etocifisstarred{\ifx\Etoc at aftertitlehook\@empty
+                         \expandafter\@firstoftwo\else
+                         \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+                     \fi}
 \let\etocoriginaltableofcontents\tableofcontents
 \let\tableofcontents\etoctableofcontents
+\let\Etoc at listofhook\@empty
 \newcommand*\localtableofcontents{%
    \Etoc at openouttoc
    \Etoc at tocdepthset
    \begingroup
+      \Etoc at listofhook
       \@ifstar
       {\let\Etoc at aftertitlehook\@empty\Etoc at localtable@fcontents}
       {\def\Etoc at aftertitlehook{\etocaftertitlehook}\Etoc at localtable@fcontents}%
 }% \localtableofcontents
 \newcommand*\localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth[1]{%
-   \edef\Etoc at localtocdepth
-       {\numexpr\noexpand\etoclocaltop+\the\numexpr#1\relax\relax}%
+   \def\Etoc@@startlocaltochook{%
+       \global\c at tocdepth\numexpr\etoclocaltop+#1\relax
+   }%
+   \def\Etoc at listofreset{\let\Etoc@@startlocaltochook\@empty
+                         \let\Etoc at listofreset\@empty}%
    \localtableofcontents
 }% \localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth
-\let\Etoc at localtocdepth\c at tocdepth
 \newcommand\etocsettocstyle[2]{%
-\def\Etoc at tableofcontents
-{%
+   \Etoc at etocstylefalse
+   \Etoc at classstylefalse
+   \def\Etoc at tableofcontents@user at before{#1}%
+   \def\Etoc at tableofcontents@user at after {#2}%
+}%
+\def\etocstoretocstyleinto#1{%
+%%    \@ifdefinable#1{%
+      \edef#1{\noexpand\Etoc at etocstylefalse\noexpand\Etoc at classstylefalse
+              \def\noexpand\Etoc at tableofcontents@user at before{%
+                  \unexpanded\expandafter{\Etoc at tableofcontents@user at before}%
+                }%
+              \def\noexpand\Etoc at tableofcontents@user at after{%
+                  \unexpanded\expandafter{\Etoc at tableofcontents@user at after}%
+                }%
+             }%
+%%    }%
+}%
+\def\Etoc at tableofcontents {%
+    \Etoc at tableofcontents@etoc at before
+    \ifEtoc at localtoc\ifEtoc at etocstyle\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobble\fi\fi
+    \Etoc at tableofcontents@user at before
+    \Etoc at tableofcontents@contents
+    \ifEtoc at localtoc\ifEtoc at etocstyle\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobble\fi\fi
+    \Etoc at tableofcontents@user at after
+    \Etoc at tableofcontents@etoc at after
+    \@gobble\etoc@
+}
+\def\Etoc at tableofcontents@etoc at before{%
     \ifnum\c at tocdepth>\Etoc at minf
     \else
      \expandafter\Etoc at gobtoetoc@
     \fi
     \Etoc at par
+    \Etoc at beforetitlehook
     \etocbeforetitlehook
     \Etoc at storetocdepth
     \let\Etoc at savedcontentsline\contentsline
     \let\contentsline\Etoc at etoccontentsline
-    \ifEtoc at standard
+    \ifEtoc at standardlines
     \else
-        \def\Etoc at levellist@elt####1{%
-            \expandafter\def\csname etocsaved####1tocline\endcsname
-             {\PackageWarning{etoc}{%
-              \expandafter\string\csname etocsaved####1tocline\endcsname\space
-              has been deprecated at 1.1a.\MessageBreak
-              It will be removed from `etoc' in near feature. \space Use\MessageBreak
-              \expandafter\string\csname l@####1\endcsname\space directly. \space
-              Reported}%
-              \expandafter\let\csname etocsaved####1tocline\expandafter\endcsname
-              \csname l@####1\endcsname
-              \csname l@####1\endcsname
-             }%
+        \def\Etoc at do##1{%
+            \expandafter\def\csname etocsaved##1tocline\endcsname
+             {\PackageError{etoc}{%
+              \expandafter\string\csname etocsaved##1tocline\endcsname\space
+              has been deprecated\MessageBreak
+              at 1.1a and is removed at 1.2.\MessageBreak
+              Use \expandafter\string\csname l@##1\endcsname\space directly.\MessageBreak
+              Reported \on at line}%
+                                {I will use \expandafter\string
+              \csname l@##1\endcsname\space myself for this time.%
+                               }%
+              \csname l@##1\endcsname
+            }%
         }%
-        \Etoc at levellist
+        \Etoc at dolevels
     \fi
-    #1%
+}%
+\def\Etoc at tableofcontents@contents{%
     \Etoc at tocdepthset
     \ifEtoc at parskip\parskip\z at skip\fi
     \Etoc at aftertitlehook
@@ -727,7 +884,9 @@
     \gdef\etoclocaltop{-\thr@@}%
     \Etoc at toctoc
     \etocaftercontentshook
-    #2\@nobreakfalse
+}%
+\def\Etoc at tableofcontents@etoc at after{%
+    \@nobreakfalse
     \Etoc at restoretocdepth
     \ifx\Etoc at global\global
      \@ifundefined{tof at finish}
@@ -738,21 +897,60 @@
       \fi
      }%
     \fi
-    \@gobble\etoc@
-}% end of \Etoc at tableofcontents definition by \etocsettocstyle
 }
-\def\etocsetstyle{\Etoc at standardfalse\etoc at setstyle}
-\long\def\etoc at setstyle#1#2#3#4#5{%
-     \expandafter\def
-     \csname Etoc at begin@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname
-                     {#2\Etoc at global\Etoc at isfirsttrue}%
-     \expandafter\def
-     \csname Etoc at prefix@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname   {#3}%
-     \expandafter\def
-     \csname Etoc at contents@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname {#4}%
-     \expandafter\def
-     \csname Etoc at end@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname      {#5}%
+\def\etocsetstyle#1{\ifcsname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname
+                      \expandafter\Etoc at setstyle@a
+                    \else
+                      \expandafter\Etoc at setstyle@error
+                    \fi {#1}%
 }
+\def\Etoc at setstyle@error #1{%
+    \PackageWarning{etoc}{`#1' is unknown to etoc. \space Did you\MessageBreak
+                    forget some \string\etocsetlevel{#1}{<level>}?\MessageBreak
+                    Reported}%
+    \@gobblefour
+}
+\def\Etoc at setstyle@a #1{%
+    \edef\Etoc at tmp{\the\numexpr\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname}%
+    \if1\unless\ifnum\Etoc at tmp<\Etoc@@six@@ 0\fi\unless\ifnum\Etoc at tmp>\Etoc at minf 0\fi1%
+      \Etoc at standardlinesfalse
+      \expandafter\Etoc at setstyle@b\expandafter\Etoc at tmp
+    \else
+      \PackageWarning{etoc}{Sorry, but you can not set the style of `#1',\MessageBreak
+                     as its level \Etoc at tmp\space is either \number\Etoc at minf\space
+                     or 6.\MessageBreak
+                     Consider using \string\etocsetlevel\space first, but note
+                     that `all',\MessageBreak
+                     `none', `figure' and `table' are forbidden there. \space
+                     Check\MessageBreak
+                     the documentation about how to proceed for customizing\MessageBreak
+                     figure and table entries in \string\listoffigures/tables.\MessageBreak
+                     Reported}%
+      \expandafter\@gobblefour
+    \fi
+}
+\long\def\Etoc at setstyle@b#1#2#3#4#5{%
+     \expandafter\def\csname Etoc at begin@#1\endcsname    {#2}%
+     \expandafter\def\csname Etoc at prefix@#1\endcsname   {#3}%
+     \expandafter\def\csname Etoc at contents@#1\endcsname {#4}%
+     \expandafter\def\csname Etoc at end@#1\endcsname      {#5}%
+}
+\def\Etoc at storelines@a#1{%
+   \noexpand\Etoc at setstyle@b{#1}%
+     {\expandafter\Etoc at expandonce\csname Etoc at begin@#1\endcsname}%
+     {\expandafter\Etoc at expandonce\csname Etoc at prefix@#1\endcsname}%
+     {\expandafter\Etoc at expandonce\csname Etoc at contents@#1\endcsname}%
+     {\expandafter\Etoc at expandonce\csname Etoc at end@#1\endcsname}%
+}
+\def\Etoc at expandonce#1{\unexpanded\expandafter{#1}}
+\def\etocstorelinestylesinto#1{%
+    \edef#1{\Etoc at storelines@a{-2}\Etoc at storelines@a{-1}\Etoc at storelines@a{0}%
+            \Etoc at storelines@a {1}\Etoc at storelines@a {2}\Etoc at storelines@a{3}%
+            \Etoc at storelines@a {4}\Etoc at storelines@a {5}}%
+}
+\def\etocstorethislinestyleinto#1#2{%
+    \edef#2{\expandafter\Etoc at storelines@a\expandafter{\number\etoclevel{#1}}}%
+}%
 \def\etocfontminustwo {\normalfont \LARGE \bfseries}
 \def\etocfontminusone {\normalfont \large \bfseries}
 \def\etocfontzero     {\normalfont \large \bfseries}
@@ -780,9 +978,10 @@
 \def\etocabbrevpagename {p.~}
 \def\etocpartname       {Part}
 \def\etocbookname       {Book}
-\def\etocdefaultlines{\Etoc at standardfalse
+\def\etocdefaultlines{\Etoc at standardlinesfalse
 %% `book':
-\etoc at setstyle{@minustwo}
+\Etoc at setstyle@b
+  {-2}%
   {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix}
   {\addpenalty\@secpenalty}
   {\begingroup
@@ -800,7 +999,8 @@
    \endgroup}
   {}%
 %% `part':
-\etoc at setstyle{@minusone}
+\Etoc at setstyle@b
+  {-1}%
   {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix}
   {\addpenalty\@secpenalty}
   {\begingroup
@@ -818,7 +1018,8 @@
    \endgroup}
   {}%
 %% `chapter':
-\etoc at setstyle{@zero}
+\Etoc at setstyle@b
+  {0}%
   {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix}
   {\addpenalty\@itempenalty}
   {\begingroup
@@ -831,7 +1032,8 @@
    \endgroup}
   {\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}\addvspace{\etocsepminusone}}%
 %% `section':
-\etoc at setstyle{@one}
+\Etoc at setstyle@b
+  {1}%
   {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix}
   {\addpenalty\@itempenalty}
   {\begingroup
@@ -864,7 +1066,8 @@
    \endgroup}
   {\addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace{\etocsepzero}}%
 %% `subsection':
-\etoc at setstyle{@two}
+\Etoc at setstyle@b
+  {2}%
   {\addpenalty\@medpenalty\etocskipfirstprefix}
   {\addpenalty\@itempenalty}
   {\begingroup
@@ -896,7 +1099,8 @@
    \endgroup}
   {\addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace{\etocsepone}}%
 %% `subsubsection':
-\etoc at setstyle{@three}
+\Etoc at setstyle@b
+  {3}%
   {\addpenalty\@M
    \etocfontthree
    \vspace{\etocsepthree}%
@@ -910,9 +1114,9 @@
      \par
     \endgroup
    \addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}}%
-\etoc at setstyle{@four}{}{}{}{}%
-\etoc at setstyle{@five}{}{}{}{}%
-}
+\Etoc at setstyle@b{4}{}{}{}{}%
+\Etoc at setstyle@b{5}{}{}{}{}%
+}% end of \etocdefaultlines definition
 \def\etocabovetocskip{3.5ex \@plus 1ex \@minus .2ex}
 \def\etocbelowtocskip{3.5ex \@plus 1ex \@minus .2ex}
 \def\etoccolumnsep{2em}
@@ -1139,33 +1343,106 @@
     \@ifstar
     {\etoc at local@framedtoci}
     {\etoc at local@framedtoc}}
+\def\etocmemoirtoctotocfmt #1#2{%
+    \PackageWarning{etoc}
+        {\string\etocmemoirtoctotocfmt\space is deprecated.\MessageBreak
+         Use in its place \string\etocsettoclineforclasstoc,\MessageBreak
+         and \string\etocsettoclineforclasslistof{toc} (or {lof}, {lot}).
+         I will do this now.\MessageBreak
+         Reported}%
+    \etocsettoclineforclasstoc{#1}{#2}%
+    \etocsettoclineforclasslistof{toc}{#1}{#2}%
+}
+\def\etocsettoclineforclasstoc #1#2{%
+    \def\etocclassmaintocaddtotoc{\etocglobalheadtotoc{#1}{#2}}%
+}
+\def\etocsettoclineforclasslistof #1#2#3{%
+    \@namedef{etocclasslocal#1addtotoc}{\etoclocalheadtotoc{#2}{#3}}%
+}
+\let\etocclasslocaltocaddtotoc\@empty
+\let\etocclasslocallofaddtotoc\@empty
+\let\etocclasslocallotaddtotoc\@empty
+\ifdefined\c at chapter
+  \def\etocclasslocaltocmaketitle{\section*{\localcontentsname}}
+  \def\etocclasslocallofmaketitle{\section*{\locallistfigurename}}
+  \def\etocclasslocallotmaketitle{\section*{\locallisttablename}}
+  \etocsettoclineforclasstoc        {chapter}{\contentsname}
+  \etocsettoclineforclasslistof{toc}{section}{\localcontentsname}
+  \etocsettoclineforclasslistof{lof}{section}{\locallistfigurename}
+  \etocsettoclineforclasslistof{lot}{section}{\locallisttablename}
+\else
+  \def\etocclasslocaltocmaketitle{\subsection*{\localcontentsname}}%
+  \def\etocclasslocallofmaketitle{\subsection*{\locallistfigurename}}%
+  \def\etocclasslocallotmaketitle{\subsection*{\locallisttablename}}%
+  \etocsettoclineforclasstoc        {section}{\contentsname}
+  \etocsettoclineforclasslistof{toc}{subsection}{\localcontentsname}
+  \etocsettoclineforclasslistof{lof}{subsection}{\locallistfigurename}
+  \etocsettoclineforclasslistof{lot}{subsection}{\locallisttablename}
+\fi
+\def\etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc #1{%
+    \etocifisstarred
+      {}
+      {\csname ifEtoc at local#1totoc\endcsname
+         \csname etocclasslocal#1addtotoc\endcsname
+       \fi
+      }%
+}
 \def\etocarticlestyle{%
     \etocsettocstyle
-    {\section *{\contentsname
-                \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}
-                         {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}}
-    {}}
+    {\ifEtoc at localtoc
+       \@nameuse{etocclasslocal\Etoc at currext maketitle}%
+       \etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+     \else
+       \section *{\contentsname
+                  \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}
+                           {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}%
+       \etocifisstarred{}{\etocifmaintoctotoc{\etocclassmaintocaddtotoc}{}}%
+     \fi
+    }
+    {}%
+}
 \def\etocarticlestylenomarks{%
     \etocsettocstyle
-    {\section *{\contentsname}}
-    {}}
+    {\ifEtoc at localtoc
+       \@nameuse{etocclasslocal\Etoc at currext maketitle}%
+       \etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+     \else
+       \section *{\contentsname}%
+       \etocifisstarred{}{\etocifmaintoctotoc{\etocclassmaintocaddtotoc}{}}%
+     \fi
+    }
+    {}%
+}
 \def\etocbookstyle{%
     \etocsettocstyle
     {\if at twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi
-     \chapter *{\contentsname
-                \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}
-                         {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}}
-    {\if at restonecol \twocolumn \fi}}
+     \ifEtoc at localtoc
+       \@nameuse{etocclasslocal\Etoc at currext maketitle}%
+       \etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+     \else
+       \chapter *{\contentsname
+                  \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}
+                           {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}%
+       \etocifisstarred{}{\etocifmaintoctotoc{\etocclassmaintocaddtotoc}{}}%
+     \fi
+    }%
+    {\if at restonecol \twocolumn \fi}%
+}
 \def\etocbookstylenomarks{%
     \etocsettocstyle
     {\if at twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi
-     \chapter *{\contentsname}}
-    {\if at restonecol \twocolumn \fi}}
+     \ifEtoc at localtoc
+       \@nameuse{etocclasslocal\Etoc at currext maketitle}%
+       \etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+     \else
+       \chapter *{\contentsname}%
+       \etocifisstarred{}{\etocifmaintoctotoc{\etocclassmaintocaddtotoc}{}}%
+     \fi
+    }%
+    {\if at restonecol \twocolumn \fi}%
+}
 \let\etocreportstyle\etocbookstyle
 \let\etocreportstylenomarks\etocbookstylenomarks
-\def\etocmemoirtoctotocfmt #1#2{%
-    \def\Etoc at addsuitablecontentsline{\addcontentsline {toc}{#1}{#2}}%
-}
 \def\etocmemoirstyle{%
     \etocsettocstyle
         {\ensureonecol \par \begingroup \phantomsection
@@ -1173,16 +1450,59 @@
          \else
            \ifmem at em@starred at listof
            \else
-             \Etoc at addsuitablecontentsline
+             \ifEtoc at localtoc
+                  \etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+             \else
+               \ifEtoc at maintoctotoc
+                  \etocclassmaintocaddtotoc
+               \fi
+             \fi
            \fi
          \fi
-         \@nameuse {@tocmaketitle} %<< space token here from memoir code
+         \ifEtoc at localtoc
+         % trying to mimick a section title but there is no \sectionheadstart
+         % there is no \printsectiontitle etc... Oh well I will be more
+         % radical then
+            \@namedef{@\Etoc at currext maketitle}{%
+               \@nameuse{etocclasslocal\Etoc at currext maketitle}%
+            }%
+         \fi
+         \@nameuse {@\Etoc at currext maketitle} %<< space token here from memoir code
          \ifx\Etoc at aftertitlehook\@empty
           \else
           \Etoc at aftertitlehook \let \Etoc at aftertitlehook \relax
          \fi
-         \parskip \cftparskip \@nameuse {cfttocbeforelisthook}}
-        {\@nameuse {cfttocafterlisthook}\endgroup\restorefromonecol}}
+         \parskip \cftparskip \@nameuse {cft\Etoc at currext beforelisthook}%
+        }%
+        {\@nameuse {cft\Etoc at currext afterlisthook}%
+         \endgroup\restorefromonecol
+        }%
+}
+\let\Etoc at beforetitlehook\@empty
+\if1\@ifclassloaded{scrartcl}0{\@ifclassloaded{scrbook}0{\@ifclassloaded{scrreprt}01}}%
+\expandafter\@gobble
+\else
+   \ifdefined\setuptoc
+     \def\Etoc at beforetitlehook{%
+         \ifEtoc at localtoc
+            \etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+            \setuptoc{\Etoc at currext}{leveldown}%
+         \else
+            \etocifisstarred{}{\etocifmaintoctotoc{\setuptoc{toc}{totoc}}}%
+         \fi
+     }%
+   \fi
+\expandafter\@firstofone
+\fi
+{\def\etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc #1{%
+    \etocifisstarred
+    {}%
+    {\csname ifEtoc at local#1totoc\endcsname
+      \setuptoc{\Etoc at currext}{totoc}%
+     \fi
+    }%
+  }%
+}
 \ifdefined\Iftocfeature
   \def\etoc at Iftocfeature{\Iftocfeature}%
 \else
@@ -1190,17 +1510,24 @@
 \fi
 \def\etocscrartclstyle{%
     \etocsettocstyle
-        {\let\if at dynlist\if at tocleft
-         \def\@currext{toc}%
-         \@ifundefined{listoftocname}%
-            {\def\list at fname{\listofname~toc}}%
-            {\expandafter\let\expandafter\list at fname\csname listoftocname\endcsname}%
-         \etoc at Iftocfeature {toc}{onecolumn}
-             {\etoc at Iftocfeature {toc}{leveldown}
+        {\ifx\Etoc at currext\Etoc at tocext
+             \expandafter\@firstofone
+         \else
+             \expandafter\@gobble
+         \fi
+         {\let\if at dynlist\if at tocleft}%
+         \edef\@currext{\Etoc at currext}%
+         \@ifundefined{listof\@currext name}%
+            {\def\list at fname{\listofname~\@currext}}%
+            {\expandafter\let\expandafter\list at fname
+                         \csname listof\@currext name\endcsname}%
+         \etoc at Iftocfeature {\@currext}{onecolumn}
+             {\etoc at Iftocfeature {\@currext}{leveldown}
               {}
               {\if at twocolumn \aftergroup \twocolumn \onecolumn \fi }}
              {}%
-         \etoc at Iftocfeature {toc}{numberline}{\def \nonumberline {\numberline {}}}{}%
+         \etoc at Iftocfeature {\@currext}{numberline}%
+                            {\def \nonumberline {\numberline {}}}{}%
          \expandafter\tocbasic at listhead\expandafter {\list at fname}%
          \begingroup \expandafter \expandafter \expandafter
          \endgroup \expandafter
@@ -1207,27 +1534,31 @@
          \ifx
              \csname microtypesetup\endcsname \relax
          \else
-             \etoc at Iftocfeature {toc}{noprotrusion}{}
+             \etoc at Iftocfeature {\@currext}{noprotrusion}{}
                  {\microtypesetup {protrusion=false}%
                   \PackageInfo {tocbasic}%
-                  {character protrusion at toc deactivated}}%
+                  {character protrusion at \@currext\space deactivated}}%
          \fi
-         \etoc at Iftocfeature{toc}{noparskipfake}{}{%
+         \etoc at Iftocfeature{\@currext}{noparskipfake}{}{%
                \ifvmode \@tempskipa\lastskip \vskip-\lastskip
                \addtolength{\@tempskipa}{\parskip}\vskip\@tempskipa\fi
-         }%
+               }%
          \setlength {\parskip }{\z@ }%
          \setlength {\parindent }{\z@ }%
          \setlength {\parfillskip }{\z@ \@plus 1fil}%
          \csname tocbasic@@before at hook\endcsname
-         \csname tb at toc@before at hook\endcsname}
-         {%
+         \csname tb@\@currext @before at hook\endcsname
+      }% end of before_toc
+      {% start of after_toc
          \providecommand\tocbasic at end@toc at file{}\tocbasic at end@toc at file
-         \csname tb at toc@after at hook\endcsname
-         \csname tocbasic@@after at hook\endcsname}}
+         \edef\@currext{\Etoc at currext}%
+         \csname tb@\@currext @after at hook\endcsname
+         \csname tocbasic@@after at hook\endcsname
+     }% end of after_toc
+}
 \let\etocscrbookstyle\etocscrartclstyle
 \let\etocscrreprtstyle\etocscrartclstyle
-\def\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocarticlestyle}
+\def\etocclasstocstyle{\etocarticlestyle}
 \newcommand*\etocmarkboth[1]{%
     \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase{#1}}{\MakeUppercase{#1}}}
 \newcommand*\etocmarkbothnouc[1]{\@mkboth{#1}{#1}}
@@ -1237,51 +1568,110 @@
     {\csname #1\endcsname *{#3\etocmarkboth{#4}}}}
 \newcommand\etoctocstylewithmarksnouc[4][section]{\etocmulticolstyle[#2]%
     {\csname #1\endcsname *{#3\etocmarkbothnouc{#4}}}}
-\def\Etoc at redefetocstyle#1{%
-    \renewcommand\etoctocstylewithmarks[4][#1]
-    {\etocmulticolstyle[##2]%
-          {\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3\etocmarkboth{##4}}}}
-    \renewcommand\etoctocstylewithmarksnouc[4][#1]
-    {\etocmulticolstyle[##2]%
-          {\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3\etocmarkbothnouc{##4}}}}
-    \renewcommand\etoctocstyle[3][#1]{%
-     \etocmulticolstyle[##2]{\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3}}}}
+\def\Etoc at redefetocstylesforchapters{%
+    \renewcommand\etoctocstylewithmarks[4][chapter]{%
+          \etocmulticolstyle[##2]{\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3\etocmarkboth{##4}}}%
+    }
+    \renewcommand\etoctocstylewithmarksnouc[4][chapter]{%
+          \etocmulticolstyle[##2]{\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3\etocmarkbothnouc{##4}}}%
+    }
+    \renewcommand\etoctocstyle[3][chapter]{%
+          \etocmulticolstyle[##2]{\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3}}
+    }
+}
 \@ifclassloaded{scrartcl}
-    {\renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocscrartclstyle}}{}
+    {\renewcommand*\etocclasstocstyle{\etocscrartclstyle}}{}
 \@ifclassloaded{book}
     {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize}
-     \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocbookstyle}
-     \Etoc at redefetocstyle{chapter}}{}
+     \renewcommand*\etocclasstocstyle{\etocbookstyle}
+     \Etoc at redefetocstylesforchapters}{}
 \@ifclassloaded{report}
     {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize}
-     \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocreportstyle}
-     \Etoc at redefetocstyle{chapter}}{}
+     \renewcommand*\etocclasstocstyle{\etocreportstyle}
+     \Etoc at redefetocstylesforchapters}{}
 \@ifclassloaded{scrbook}
     {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize}
-     \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocscrbookstyle}
-     \Etoc at redefetocstyle{chapter}}{}
+     \renewcommand*\etocclasstocstyle{\etocscrbookstyle}
+     \Etoc at redefetocstylesforchapters}{}
 \@ifclassloaded{scrreprt}
     {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize}
-     \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocscrreprtstyle}
-     \Etoc at redefetocstyle{chapter}}{}
+     \renewcommand*\etocclasstocstyle{\etocscrreprtstyle}
+     \Etoc at redefetocstylesforchapters}{}
 \@ifclassloaded{memoir}
-    {\etocsetlevel{appendix}{0}%
-     \renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize}
-     \etocmemoirtoctotocfmt{chapter}{\contentsname}%
-     \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocmemoirstyle}
-     \Etoc at redefetocstyle{chapter}}{}
+    {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize}
+     \renewcommand*\etocclasstocstyle{\etocmemoirstyle}
+     \Etoc at redefetocstylesforchapters}{}
 \def\etoctocloftstyle {%
-    \etocsettocstyle
-    {\@cfttocstart\par\begingroup
-      \parindent\z@ \parskip\cftparskip \@cftmaketoctitle
-      \if at cfttocbibind\@cftdobibtoc\fi }%
-    {\endgroup\@cfttocfinish }%
+    \etocsettocstyle{%
+      \@cfttocstart
+      \par
+      \begingroup
+        \parindent\z@ \parskip\cftparskip
+        \@nameuse{@cftmake\Etoc at currext title}%
+        \ifEtoc at localtoc
+           \etoctocloftlocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+        \else
+           \etocifisstarred {}{\ifEtoc at maintoctotoc\@cftdobibtoc\fi}%
+        \fi
+    }%
+    {%
+      \endgroup
+      \@cfttocfinish
+    }%
 }
-\@ifclassloaded{memoir}{}
-{\@ifpackageloaded{tocloft}
+\def\etoctocloftlocalperhapsaddtotoc#1{%
+    \etocifisstarred
+      {}%
+      {\csname ifEtoc at local#1totoc\endcsname
+        \ifdefined\c at chapter\def\@tocextra{@section}\else\def\@tocextra{@subsection}\fi
+        \csname @cftdobib#1\endcsname
+       \fi
+      }%
+}
+\def\etoctocbibindstyle {%
+    \etocsettocstyle {%
+      \toc at start
+      \ifEtoc at localtoc
+          \@nameuse{etocclasslocal\Etoc at currext maketitle}%
+          \etocclasslocalperhapsaddtotoc\Etoc at currext
+      \else
+          \etoc at tocbibind@dotoctitle
+      \fi
+      }%
+    {\toc at finish}%
+}
+\def\etoc at tocbibind@dotoctitle {%
+       \if at bibchapter
+        \etocifisstarred
+          {\chapter*{\contentsname}\prw at mkboth{\contentsname} % id.
+          }%
+          {\ifEtoc at maintoctotoc
+             \toc at chapter{\contentsname} %<-space from original
+           \else
+             \chapter*{\contentsname}\prw at mkboth{\contentsname} % id.
+           \fi
+           }%
+       \else
+        \etocifisstarred
+          {\@nameuse{\@tocextra}*{\contentsname\prw at mkboth{\contentsname}} %<-space
+          }
+          {\ifEtoc at maintoctotoc
+             \toc at section{\@tocextra}{\contentsname} %<-space from original
+           \else
+             \@nameuse{\@tocextra}*{\contentsname\prw at mkboth{\contentsname}} % id.
+          \fi
+          }%
+       \fi
+}%
+\@ifclassloaded{memoir}
+{}
+{% memoir not loaded
+ \@ifpackageloaded{tocloft}
     {\if at cftnctoc\else
-     \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etoctocloftstyle}
-     \AtBeginDocument{\let\tableofcontents\etoctableofcontents}
+                 \ifEtoc at keeporiginaltoc
+                   \else
+                   \let\tableofcontents\etoctableofcontents
+                 \fi
      \fi }
     {\AtBeginDocument
       {\@ifpackageloaded{tocloft}
@@ -1290,7 +1680,10 @@
          {Package `tocloft' was loaded after `etoc'.\MessageBreak
           To prevent it from overwriting \protect\tableofcontents, it will\MessageBreak
           be tricked into believing to have been loaded with its\MessageBreak
-          option `titles'. \space Please load `tocloft' before `etoc'}%
+          option `titles'. \space But this will cause the `tocloft'\MessageBreak
+          customization of the titles of the main list of figures\MessageBreak
+          and list of tables to not apply either.\MessageBreak
+          You should load `tocloft' before `etoc'.}%
         \AtEndDocument{\PackageWarning{etoc}
                        {Please load `tocloft' before `etoc'!\@gobbletwo}}%
         \fi
@@ -1299,19 +1692,93 @@
       }%
      }%
 }
-\def\Etoc at addtocontents #1#2%
-    {\ifEtoc at hyperref
-       \addtocontents {toc}{\protect\contentsline
-                {#1}{#2}%
-                {\thepage }{\@currentHref }%
-                \ifdefined\protected at file@percent\protected at file@percent\fi
-       }%
+\@ifclassloaded{memoir}
+{}
+{% memoir not loaded
+  \AtBeginDocument{%
+  \@ifpackageloaded{tocloft}
+   {%
+     \def\etocclasstocstyle{%
+       \etoctocloftstyle
+       \Etoc at classstyletrue
+     }%
+     \ifEtoc at etocstyle
+        \ifEtoc at classstyle
+          \etocclasstocstyle
+          \Etoc at etocstyletrue
+        \fi
      \else
-       \addtocontents {toc}{\protect\contentsline
-          {#1}{#2}{\thepage }{}%
-          \ifdefined\protected at file@percent\protected at file@percent\fi
-       }%
-     \fi}
+        \ifEtoc at classstyle
+          \etocclasstocstyle
+        \fi
+     \fi
+   }%
+   {% no tocloft
+    \@ifpackageloaded {tocbibind}
+     {\if at dotoctoc
+        \def\etocclasstocstyle{%
+          \etoctocbibindstyle
+          \Etoc at classstyletrue
+         }%
+        \ifEtoc at etocstyle
+           \ifEtoc at classstyle
+             \etocclasstocstyle
+             \Etoc at etocstyletrue
+           \fi
+        \else
+           \ifEtoc at classstyle
+             \etocclasstocstyle
+           \fi
+        \fi
+        \ifEtoc at keeporiginaltoc
+        \else
+           \let\tableofcontents\etoctableofcontents
+        \fi
+     }%
+     {}%
+   }%
+   \@ifpackageloaded{tocbibind}
+   {% tocbibind, perhaps with tocloft
+      \if at dotoctoc
+                 \ifEtoc at keeporiginaltoc
+                   \else
+                   \let\tableofcontents\etoctableofcontents
+                 \fi
+        \etocsetup{maintoctotoc,localtoctotoc}%
+         \PackageInfo{etoc}{%
+            Setting (or re-setting) the options `maintoctotoc' and\MessageBreak
+            `localtoctotoc' to true as tocbibind was detected and\MessageBreak
+            found to be configured for `TOC to toc'.\MessageBreak
+            Reported at begin document}%
+      \fi
+      \if at dotoclof
+       \ifEtoc at lof
+        \etocsetup{localloftotoc}%
+        \PackageInfo{etoc}{%
+            Setting (or re-setting) `localloftotoc=true' as the\MessageBreak
+            package tocbibind was detected and is configured for\MessageBreak
+            `LOF to toc'. Reported at begin document}%
+       \fi
+      \fi
+      \if at dotoclot
+       \ifEtoc at lot
+        \etocsetup{locallottotoc}%
+        \PackageInfo{etoc}{%
+            Setting (or re-setting) `locallottotoc=true' as the\MessageBreak
+            package tocbibind was detected and is configured for\MessageBreak
+            `LOT to toc'. Reported at begin document}%
+       \fi
+      \fi
+   }% end of tocbibind branch
+   {}%
+  }% end of at begin document
+}% end of not with memoir branch
+\def\Etoc at addtocontents #1#2{%
+    \addtocontents {toc}{%
+      \protect\contentsline{#1}{#2}{\thepage}{\ifEtoc at hyperref\@currentHref\fi}%
+      \ifdefined\protected at file@percent\protected at file@percent\fi
+    }%
+}
 \def\Etoc at addcontentsline@ #1#2#3{%
     \@namedef{toclevel@#1}{#3}\addcontentsline {toc}{#1}{#2}%
 }
@@ -1333,12 +1800,12 @@
 }
 \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etocimmediatetoccontentsline}
     {\@ifstar{\Etoc at addcontentsline@@immediately}{\Etoc at addtocontents@immediately}}
-\def\Etoc at storetocdepth   {\global\c at etoc@tocdepth\c at tocdepth }
-\def\Etoc at restoretocdepth {\global\c at tocdepth\c at etoc@tocdepth }
+\def\Etoc at storetocdepth   {\xdef\Etoc at savedtocdepth{\number\c at tocdepth}}
+\def\Etoc at restoretocdepth {\global\c at tocdepth\Etoc at savedtocdepth\relax}
 \def\etocobeytoctocdepth {\def\etoc at settocdepth
-        {\afterassignment\Etoc@@nottoodeep \global\c at tocdepth}}
-\def\Etoc@@nottoodeep {\ifnum\c at tocdepth>\c at etoc@tocdepth
-                          \global\c at tocdepth\c at etoc@tocdepth\fi }
+                          {\afterassignment\Etoc@@nottoodeep \global\c at tocdepth}}
+\def\Etoc@@nottoodeep {\ifnum\Etoc at savedtocdepth<\c at tocdepth
+                          \global\c at tocdepth\Etoc at savedtocdepth\relax\fi }
 \def\etocignoretoctocdepth {\let\etoc at settocdepth\@gobble }
 \def\etocsettocdepth   {\futurelet\Etoc at nexttoken\Etoc at set@tocdepth }
 \def\Etoc at set@tocdepth {\ifx\Etoc at nexttoken\bgroup
@@ -1399,7 +1866,7 @@
         {Use \protect\etocsettocdepth.toc as replacement}%
 }%
 \AtBeginDocument {%
-   \@ifclassloaded{memoir}
+  \@ifclassloaded{memoir}
     {\PackageInfo {etoc}
      {Regarding `memoir' class command \protect\settocdepth, consider\MessageBreak
      \protect\etocsettocdepth.toc as a drop-in replacement with more\MessageBreak
@@ -1408,8 +1875,8 @@
      and \protect\etocsetnexttocdepth\space should be used in place of\MessageBreak
      `memoir' command \protect\maxtocdepth\@gobble}%
     }%
-    {\@ifpackageloaded {tocvsec2}
-     {\def\maxtocdepth  #1{\Etoc at tocvsec@err \maxtocdepth   }%
+    {\@ifpackageloaded {tocvsec2}{%
+      \def\maxtocdepth  #1{\Etoc at tocvsec@err \maxtocdepth   }%
       \def\settocdepth  #1{\Etoc at tocvsec@err \settocdepth   }%
       \def\resettocdepth  {\@ifstar {\Etoc at tocvsec@err \resettocdepth }%
                                     {\Etoc at tocvsec@err \resettocdepth }%
@@ -1422,9 +1889,10 @@
       {Package `tocvsec2' detected and its modification of\MessageBreak
        \protect\tableofcontents\space reverted. \space Use
        \protect\etocsettocdepth.toc\MessageBreak as a replacement
-       for `tocvsec2' toc-related commands}}% tocvsec2 loaded
-     {}% not loaded
-   }%
+       for `tocvsec2' toc-related commands}%
+     }% tocvsec2 loaded
+     {}% tocvsec2 not loaded
+    }%
 }%
 \def\invisibletableofcontents {\etocsetnexttocdepth {-3}\tableofcontents }%
 \def\invisiblelocaltableofcontents
@@ -1471,16 +1939,17 @@
    }%
 }%
 \def\etoc at setlocaltop #1{%
-  \global\let\Etoc at level #1%
-  \Etoc at skipthisonefalse
-  \ifnum\Etoc at level=\Etoc@@six@@
+  \ifnum#1=\Etoc@@six@@
    \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
   \else
+   \Etoc at skipthisonefalse
+   \global\let\Etoc at level #1%
+   \global\let\Etoc at virtualtop #1%
    \ifEtoc at localtoc
-    \ifEtoc at stoptoc\Etoc at skipthisonetrue
+    \ifEtoc at stoptoc
+     \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
     \else
      \ifEtoc at notactive
-      \Etoc at setflags
       \Etoc at skipthisonetrue
      \else
       \unless\ifnum\Etoc at level>\etoclocaltop
@@ -1494,34 +1963,50 @@
   \let\Etoc at next\@empty
   \ifEtoc at skipthisone
   \else
-   \ifnum\c at tocdepth<\Etoc at level
+   \ifnum\Etoc at level>\c at tocdepth
    \else
-    \ifEtoc at standard
+    \ifEtoc at standardlines
     \else
-     \let\Etoc at next\Etoc at setlocaltop@doends at dobegins
+     \let\Etoc at next\Etoc at setlocaltop@doendsandbegin
     \fi
    \fi
   \fi
   \Etoc at next
 }%
-\def\Etoc at setlocaltop@doends at dobegins
-   {\Etoc at doends\Etoc at dobegins\global\Etoc at skipprefixfalse}%
+\def\Etoc at setlocaltop@doendsandbegin{%
+    \Etoc at doendsandbegin
+    \global\Etoc at skipprefixfalse
+}
 \addtocontents {toc}{\protect\@ifundefined{etoctocstyle}%
            {\let\protect\etoc at startlocaltoc\protect\@gobble
             \let\protect\etoc at settocdepth\protect\@gobble
             \let\protect\etoc at depthtag\protect\@gobble
             \let\protect\etoc at setlocaltop\protect\@gobble}{}}%
-\def\etocstandardlines {\Etoc at standardtrue}
-\def\etoctoclines      {\Etoc at standardfalse}
+\def\etocstandardlines {\Etoc at standardlinestrue}
+\def\etoctoclines      {\Etoc at standardlinesfalse}
 \etocdefaultlines
 \etocstandardlines
-\etocstandarddisplaystyle
+\def\etocstandarddisplaystyle{%
+    \PackageWarningNoLine{etoc}{%
+      \string\etocstandarddisplaystyle \on at line\MessageBreak
+      is deprecated. \space Please use \string\etocclasstocstyle}%
+}
+\expandafter\def\expandafter\etocclasstocstyle\expandafter{%
+    \etocclasstocstyle
+    \Etoc at classstyletrue
+}
+\def\etocetoclocaltocstyle{\Etoc at etocstyletrue}
+\def\etocusertocstyle{\Etoc at etocstylefalse}
+\etocclasstocstyle
+\etocetoclocaltocstyle
 \etocobeytoctocdepth
 \etocobeydepthtags
-\let\etocaftertochook    \@empty
-\let\etocbeforetitlehook \@empty
+\let\etocbeforetitlehook   \@empty
+\let\etocaftertitlehook    \@empty
+\let\etocaftercontentshook \@empty
+\let\etocaftertochook      \@empty
 \def\etockeeporiginaltableofcontents
-   {\let\tableofcontents\etocoriginaltableofcontents}%
+   {\Etoc at keeporiginaltoctrue\let\tableofcontents\etocoriginaltableofcontents}%
 \endinput
 %%
 %% End of file `etoc.sty'.



More information about the tex-live-commits mailing list.